BULLETIN
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
VOL. 37
FounDED BY WILLIAM HENRY LeEGGETT, 1870
EDITOR
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy ELLiot HAZEN
JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL
PuHiLip Dow CHARLES LOUIS POLLARD
HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS
ALEXANDER xtensive synonymy.
Linnaeus’ species Lichen plicatus, L. barbutus, L. hirtus, and L.
[The cil for December, 1909 (36: 651-720) was issued 28 D 1909. }
]
2 R. H. Howe: MANUAL OF THE GENUS USNEA
floridus, here named in order of pagination * priority, all seem
to intergrade and belong to one species ; with a broader conception,
however, true transitional examples are in reality rare, if in some
cases occurring at all.
The difficulty has been that too many purely contingent
varieties have been described and recognized, so that the Linnaean
conception and nomenclature has been embarrassed ; whereas, for
the papillate species (all he considered), it was exceedingly near
the proper elucidation. Each of the following species represents
a variable, but a distinct, plant, found both fruited and sterile.
Though true intergrades may appear occasionally, they are not im-
portant enough to make it necessary for us to blind our under-
standing by adopting a special nomenclature to explain their
presence ; if we should do this and should follow the present rules
of nomenclature, we must cast aside appropriate names, applicable
original descriptions, and good recognizable figures, and the general
procedure of nearly two hundred years, and use the names simply
as handles with no other significant connection whatever. This,
it is plain, would be distinctly undesirable.
That there must come a reaction from the naming of contingent
phases in lichenology is evident. There is no halting if once it is
begun, and the inevitable result is, names standing for unique
individuals, and type localities reduced to certain fallen logs or
crumbling ledges. The law of variability is being sadly over-
looked. A study of the limits of variation in species will throw
hundreds of names already given into a now tangled synonymy.
Two distinct types of subspecies have been recognized, only
one of which has a proper claim to recognition. The first type is
what I have termed in my former paper ‘“ contingent phases,’
states of development brought about by very local and temporary
conditions ; as a result of separations thus based we have in our
synonymy such subspecies and forms as /urta, rubiginea,etc. The
second type of subspecies, based on the results of actual morpho-
logical differentiation, due to the fixed but varied environmental
effects of wide geographical distribution or of altitude, are, it is
needless to say, scientifically grounded and worthy of recogni-
tion, if the separations of this nature are well defined and not of
* Unrecognized by the Vienna Rules.
R. H. Howe: MANvuAL OF THE GENUS USNEA 3
trivial and opinionable character. Of this type we have, curiously
enough, in our area no named examples in this genus. Others
based on mere morphological reduction, a condition seen in U,
plicata, U. longissima, and U. angulata, as represented by compar-
ing specimens from the southern and northern limits of their range,
hardly need titles of separation, nor do the abnormally developed
examples growing in regions under particularly acceptable condi-
tions. Usnea strigosa (Ach.) and U. californica Herre represent
this class
UsneEa * (Dill.) Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 7. 1763
DESCRIPTION : Apothecia lateral, subterminal or terminal,
peltate, applanate, coriaceous, emarginate, periphery generally
ciliate ; thalline exciple glabrous, lacunose, echinate or ciliate, con-
colorous, pale stramineous or virescent, sometimes pruinose (rarely
dichroic-red). Asct clavate, containing 8 spores ; paraphyses gela-
tinous, filamentous. Sores monoblast, hyaline, ellipsoid. Sfer-
mogones \ateral, immersed in shallow, colorless conceptacles.
Sterigmata simple or subsimple. Spermatia fusiform or acicular-
cylindrical, incrassate, apices truncate. Soredia normal, occa-
sional on all forms. Cepha/odia lateral, concolorous or darker,
sometimes black. Zha/lus erect, subpendulous, or pendulous,
branched, fibrillose or efibrillose, terete, compressed or angulate,
nitidous, ‘glabrous, scabrous, squamose, or inion papillate or
epapillate, pale stramineous, virescent, green, or tawny ; cortex
subcrustose, subcontiguous, bambusaceous, or articulate ; gonidia
“ Protococcus”’ ; + medulla cottonous, central indurated chondroid
cord percurrent.{
Thallus papitlate
UsNEA FLORIDA (L.) Web.
Type: Species based on Usnea vulgatissima of Dillenius ; the
Dillenian specimens “typical and fertile’’ are in the Dillenian her-
barium, Botanic Gardens, Oxford, England, and are “‘ Usnea florida
(L.)”’ fide Crombie. §
* From the Arabi snah
+ ** Cystococcus humicola’’ according to A. Schneider, Text-Book Lich, 99.
1897.
¢ For Ler ree see Schwendener in Naegeli, Beitr. Wiss Bot. 2: 110-
on at 1860. lander, oer Lich. pl. 8. f. 7-21. 1858~60 ; and Schulte,
ae Bot. Coane: i 1-22 ;
3 Jour. Linn. Soc. 17: cae 1880.
4 R. H. Howe: MANUAL OF THE GENUS USNEA
b]
Type LocALity: ‘ Europae.’
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION: ‘‘ Filamentosus ramosus erectus, scu-
tellis radiatis,”’ L. Sp. Pl. 1156. 1753.
Figures: [Micheli, Nov. Pl. Gen. p/. 39. fi se. 1739.]*
[ Dill. Hist. Musc. p/. 73. f. 12, a,b,c, d; f. 13, a,6,c,d. 1741.]
Willd. Rom. & Ust. Mag. Bot. 2: pf. 7. f. 3. 1788. Hoffm.
Descript, et. Aduni: Pi..Lich; 2:-p/.. jan 72. 6-4 764, . ACK
Kongl. Vet.-Acad. Nya Handl. 16: f/. 8. f. zr. 1795. Schrad.
Jour. Bot. 1: f/. 3. f. 1, 2. 1799. Sowerby, Eng. Bot. 13: pi.
872. 1801; 19: pl. 1354. 1804. Ach. Meth. Lich. p/. 6. f. 3.
1803. Sprengel, Anleit. 3: p/. zo. f. ros. 1804. Fée, Essai
sures Crypt $1.3.f. 4,6 5 pt. 32. f. 5. 1824,
Synonymy: [ Usnea vulgatissima, ete. Dill. loc. cit. 67.| ©
Lichen floridus L. loc. cit. 1156.
Usnea florida Web.; Wigg. Prim. Fl. Holsat. g1. 1780.
Diacnosis: Thallus erect, cespitose.
DescrIpTION —typical: Zhadl/us erect, cespitose, rigid, terete,
virescent ; cortex soon scabrous, and annularly scarred ; primary
branches coarse, divaricate (max. length 12 cm.); secondary branches
subpedicellate, subdichotomous ; /dri/s short (6 mm.), sudeguiform,
frequent or stipate, rectangularly divergent, rarely dichotomous.
Apothecia common, terminal, ample, sometimes lacerate; disk
pruinose, flesh-colored or buff, rarely virescent; periphery and
thalline exciple ciliate. Spores 4-8 » x 3-6 yp.
CONTINGENT PHASES: (@) With age blackening, crustose, brittle,
leprous, abraded, nodular-bambusaceous, articulate, white medulla
exposed, indurated cord visible.
(6) Branches sorediate, soredia often becoming confluent near
the apices (Lichen hirtus L. loc. cit. 1155).
(c) Dichroic (red, either affecting all or part of the plant) (Usvea
florida, var. rubiginea Michx. FI. Bor.-Am. 2: 332. 1803).
(2) Strigose, apothecia very ample, disk now virescent (Usxea
florida, y strigosa Ach. Meth. Lich. 2: 310. 1803). This phase ~
is most common in Mexican and Arizona plants.
(e) Apothecia small, cyathiform.
(7) Reduced, very cespitose, branches hispid and echinate.
(g) Branches somewhat naked, furcate, and apices attenuate.
(2) Nitidous or granulate, internodes somewhat inflated, apices
* Pre-Linnaean references are enclosed in brackets.
R. H. Howe: MANUAL oF THE GENUS USNEA 5
of fibrils recurved and sorediate (Usnea barbata florida f. sorediifera
Arn. Flora 57: 569. 1874).
SupsTRATA : Living deciduous and coniferous trees, specimens
generally degenerate on other substrata.
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION: Common throughout North
America, represented in all zones, and reaching its greatest develop-
ment and luxuriance in the mountains of Mexico (8000 ft.), and
becoming rare and poorly exhibited in the upper Boreal zone. It
is not reported from Labrador, but it is generally recorded from
Alaska, whence I have seen normal and well-fruited specimens.
OpsERVATIONS: This plant, Usnea barbata, a florida Fr. of
Tuckerman, is the most cosmopolitan species of the genus ; both
its sterile and fertile forms, however, show enormous variation.
It is nevertheless the typical species of the papillate group and
makes the most-natural starting point for the taxonomy and an
understanding of the genus. (‘‘ Typus speciei est forma florida,”
PreLich Barop. 19). 183%;)
UsNEA PLIcATA (L.) Web.
Type: Species based on Usnea vulgaris of Dillenius; the
“fertile ’’ Dillenian specimen “sufficiently characteristic, though
. broken up into three portions,” is in the Dillenian herbarium,
Botanic Gardens, Oxford, England, andis “ Usnea ceratina Ach.”
fide Crombie.
Type Locatity: ‘‘ Europae & Americae borealis.” (‘‘ Habeo
eandem ex Virginia a Jo. Mitchellio et ex Pensylvania a Jo.
Bartramo transmissam.”’ — Dill.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION: “ Filamentosus pendulus, ramis im-
plexis, scutellis radiatis,” L. Sp. Pl. 1154. 1753.
Ficures: [Dill. Hist. Muse. p/. zz. fz. 1741.] Sowerby,
Eng. Bot. 4: pl. 2. 1795. Ach. Nova Acta Soc. Sci. Upsal.
7: pl. 7.f. 2. 1815. Schaer. Enum. Crit. Lich. Europ. f/. 7.
f. 7. 1850. 1007
This large leaf, described by Hollick from Gay Head, Marthas
Vineyard, and Glen Cove, Long Island, as a species of Eucalyptus,
is contained in the collections from Round Bay on the Severn
River.
THY MELEALES
Laurus Hotticki Berry, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
a 79. Pe. $2. J. g. C1903
This species, which is already recorded from Grove Point, is
present also in the collections from Round Bay on the Severn
River.
LAURUS PROTEAEFOLIA Lesq. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog.
Surv. err, 2 +-393.. 1876
This Dakota Group species, which was previously recorded
from the Magothy formation in New Jersey, is present in Mary-
land at Grove Point and at Round Bay on the Severn River.
Laurus PLUTONIA Heer, Fl. Foss. Arct. 67: 75.
pl. 19. f. td, 2-4, ete. 1882
This Upper Cretaceous laurel, which was previously known
from Grove Point, Maryland, occurs also at Round Bay on the
Severn River.
LAUROPHYLLUM ELEGANS Hollick, Mon. U. S. Geol.
Surv. $0: 81. pl. 270 f) fa62. 1007
Remains of this species, described originally from the morainic
material at Tottenville, Staten Island, and Glen Cove, Long Island,
are present at Grove Point and common at Round Bay on the
Severn River.
Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN a7
CINNAMOMUM INTERMEDIUM Newb, FI. Amboy Clays
89. pl. 29. f. 1-8, ro. 1896
Previously recorded from the Magothy formation in New
Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland, this species occurs at Round
Bay and at Little Round Bay on the Severn River.
UMBELLALES
Cornus ForcHHAMMER! Heer, FI. Foss. Arct. 6°:
85: pl. gg. folz.” 1882
The Grove Point leaf upon which this record is based is a trifle
narrower than the type, otherwise the two are identical. Corno-
phytlum vetustum Newb., from the New Jersey Raritan, is possibly
the same species. The features in which the Maryland leaf differs
from that of Newberry are its more lanceolate form; the sym-
metrical base ; the fewer secondaries, which form a much more
acute angle with the midrib and are more regular in their course ;
the presence of the transverse tertiaries, which are invisible in the
Raritan leaf; the more regular margin, the longer petiole, stouter
midrib, and coarser secondary system. All of these characters are
features in which the Raritan leaf departs from the typical leaves
of Cornus. The present species is closely allied to Cornus praecox
Lesq., of the Dakota Group.
ARALIA Ravniana Heer, FI. Foss. Arct. 6’: 84. pl. 38.
Jc ty See
This remarkable species of Aralia, described originally from
the Atane beds of Greenland by Heer, was recorded by the writer
from the Magothy formation at Cliffwood Bluff, N. J., where it is
represented by a number of imperfect but characteristic leaves.
It has also been recorded by Hollick from Gay Head, Marthas
Vineyard, and from Tottenville, Staten Island, but these latter
occurrences are based upon material of a very doubtful character.
The present record is based upon unequivocal material from
Grove Point. The species is closely allied to Avalia Towneri Lesq.
of the Dakota group.
Aralia washingtoniana sp. nov.
Leaves of medium size, broadly trilobate, about 8-10 cm. in
length by 8 cm. in greatest width. Sinuses shallow and rounded.
Lobes broadly rounded. Petiole and midrib stout. Lateral
28 BERRY : MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
primaries scarcely to be distinguished from the secondaries.
Secondaries 4 or 5 subopposite pairs, rather straight, indifferently
camptodrome or craspedodrome. Tertiaries well marked, trans-
verse. Margins entire. (PLATE 8, FIGURE 4.
The remains of this species arenumerous but fragmentary. In
general outlines and venation they suggest a species of Aspidio-
phyllum but they lack the characteristic base of that genus. There
is some resemblance, not close however, to Arata rotundiloba
Newb., and to Aralia nassauensis Hollick.
Collected at the Pennsylvania Avenue locality in the District
of Columbia.
Hedera cecilensis sp. nov.
Leaves of medium size, orbicular in general outline with a tend-
ency toward trilobation, 6-7 cm. in length by about 6 cm. in
greatest width. Margin entire, with shallow undulate lobes.
Petiole and midrib stout. Lateral primaries suprabasilar, not dif-
ferentiated from the secondaries in some specimens. Secondaries
one pair below the lateral primaries and one or two remote pairs
above, forking dichotomously and craspedodrome in _ habit.
(PLATE 8, FIGURE 2.)
This species resembles in a general way several which Lesque-
reux referred to Czssztes, as for example Cissites Harkerianus and
Cissites acuminatus, In appearance it suggests the somewhat
larger Dakota Group leaf which Lesquereux christened Platanus
cissoides. It is closely related to Hedera cretacea Lesq., differing
in the suprabasilar primaries and in the details of the general
outline. Hedera cecilensis is a very well marked species and is
evidently allied to Hedera, clearly differentiated however from any
of the previously described forms. The genus is rather prominent
in Upper Cretaceous floras, both in Europe and America, the pres-
ent species and /edera cretacea Lesq. resembling closely the ex-
isting species. The present material is from Upper Magothy at
Grove Point in Cecil County, from which it takes its name.
ERICALES
ANDROMEDA GRANDIFOLIA Berry, Bull. Torrey Club 34:
204. 1907
This species, previously recorded from Long Island, New Jer-
sey, North Carolina, and Alabama, is present in the collections
from Grove Point.
Berry : Mesozoic FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 29
ANDROMEDA Novak-CAkSAREAE Hollick in Newb. Fl. Amboy
Clays 121. pl. 42. f. 9-12, 28-31. 1896
This characteristic Magothy form, previously recorded from
Grove Point in Maryland, is also present at Round Bay on the
Severn River.
ANDROMEDA Cooki Berry, Bull. Torrey Club 36: 261. 1909
Recent collections show this species to be present at both
Grove Point and at Round Bay on the Severn River.
ANDROMEDA ParLaToril Heer, Phyll. Crét. d. Nebr. 18.
peel Fite 1S
Previously recorded from Deep Cut and Grove Point in the
Maryland region, this widespread Upper Cretaceous species is
present at Round Bay on the Severn River.
PRIMULALES
MyrsSINE BOREALIS Heer, FI. Foss. Arct. 37: 113.
Pt. 92. F235 1894
Typical material of this common Cenomanian species is con-
tained in the collections from Grove Point.
Explanation of plate
1. Elacodendron marylandicum Berry. Grove wae Md.
Fic. 2, Hedera cecilensis Berry, Grove.Point, Md.
3. Quercus severnensis io Round Bay, Md.
Fic. 4. Aralia washingtoniana Berry. Pennsylvania Ave., D. C.
Jouns Hopkins UNIVERsITY,
BALTIMORE, Mp.
The larkspurs of New Mexico
ELMER OTTIS WooToN
Until quite recently the species of Delphinium found in New
Mexico have all been referred to D. azureum Michx., D. scopu-
lorum Gray, or D. occidentalis Wats., with a general tendency to
call all the large forms D. scopulorum, 1 myself have been respon-
sible for sending out at least two very different plants under that
name, neither of which was close to true D. scopulorum. Dr. P. A.
Rydberg, Dr. Aven Nelson, and Professor T. D. A. Cockerell have
each contributed something towards a proper understanding of the
genus as it occurs in this Territory, but they have been concerned
with other questions than the New Mexican species and have
touched them only incidentally.
Recently I had occasion to name a specimen from the Black
Range, and in comparing it with our herbarium material my “eyes
were opened” and I saw that there were various and different speci-
mens labeled D. scopulorum, more forms than could properly be-
long in what Dr. Gray called ‘‘a collective species.” Whether
these various different kinds of plants are to be called different
species, varieties, or races is a question which has not yet been
decided, but it seems to me proper to call attention to the differ-
ences which I think can be seen by any one who is sufficiently
interested to look, and I shall follow my own solution of the above
question and call them species. Others may do as they like in
designating the degrees of differentiation.
Through the kindness of Dr. J. N. Rose I was permitted to exam-
ine the New Mexican specimens of this genus that are found in the
National Herbarium, Among these are Wright's wo. 842, which
is the type of D. scopulorum Gray, and Pringle’s no, 7184, the
type of D. tenutsectum Greene, besides several other interesting
and instructive specimens.
Our herbarium contains about one hundred sheets, more than
half of which are from New Mexico. * A critical examination of
this and the National Herbarium material, along wich the literature
of the subject, has led to the following conclusions.
51
be Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEW Mexico
Delphinium occurs in New Mexico mainly as a plant of the
higher, timber-covered mountains and in these locations is repre-
sented by the tall leafy-stemmed forms only. None of the speci-
mens seen represent any of the small tuberous-rooted blue-flowered
species. The species found in such places belong to what may be
called the scopulorum and the occidentale groups. On the plains
at the southern end of the Territory occurs D. camporum Greene.
According to Dr. Greene this species is to be looked for on the
plains east of the Rocky Mountains from New Mexico to Wyoming,
but the material I have seen does not show it from any point in
this Territory north of the southern third ; and these specimens
do not agree exactly with the original description of the species.
The material seems to indicate that the species are nearly
related, and have relatively small areas of distribution over which
they are not variable. Widely separated mountain ranges seem
to be occupied by separate species.
Key to the species
Plants low, with leaves forming a cluster about the base ; stem-
leaves few and small, or none
Flowers whitish or light- colcwed 1. D. camporum.
Flowers blue.
Leaves with numerous narrow Sige RN inflores-
cence short, flowers small and crowded
Leaves few, with thickish Seana ; inflorescence
scape-like, flowers rather La and scattered.. 3.
Plants tall, 1 m. or more, with leafy
Segments of the leaves more or sis oblong to linear,
kes age oe the basal segments -
ncedly c ; pubescence of short curled
fake oe ier rarely if ever glandular.
Bracts of the inflorescence expanded and at least the
lowest resembling the foliar leaves 4. D. amplibracteatum.
Bracts of the inflorescence narrowly linear.
lants of medium height, about I m.
Ultimate segments of the leaves oblong...
S
confertiflorum.
S
. SCaposum.
5. D. scopulorum.,
Ultimate segments of the leaves narrowly
linear . D. tenuisectum.
Plants more robust, 2 m. high or more.......... . D. robustum.
Segments of the leaves more or less narrowly diamond-
shaped in outline with acute or acuminate apex and
cuneate base ; pubescence of spreading hairs, more
or less glandular, at least in the inflorescence
(except in No
Flowers deep blue.
e 1 = rs
11. D. Cockerelliz.
Wooton: THE LARKsPpuRS OF NEw MExico 33
Sepals not acuminate, at least a part of them
obtuse.
Leaf segments broad, leaves yellowish
green ... 12, D. macrophyllum.
Leaf segments very narrow, leaves dark
Saat above ; Fog ops of the scopu-
rum sectio 8. LD. novo-mexicanum.
Flowers oe brownish- or greenish-purple,
Leaf segments broad (1-2 cM. ).........sceseeeeee 10. D. Sapellonis.
Leaf segments narrow (7 mm. or less)......... 9. D. Sierrae-Blancae.
1. DELPHINIUM CAMPORUM Greene, Erythea 2: 183. 1894
Type locality: “A plant of dry sandy plains along the
eastern base of the whole Rocky Mountain range, apparently
from British America to Mexico,”
I have not seen type material of this species, but from what I
find of other species of this region it seems doubtful to me that a
species occurring on the plains of Wyoming would occur in south-
ern New Mexico. In a paper discussing the members of the
azureum group of the genus,* Dr. Rydberg has referred two New
Mexican specimens to the species under discussion. These are
Thurber’s zo, 297 from the Jornado del Muerto and Rusby’s xo.
5 from Mangas Springs. Thurber’s specimenI have not seen, but
Rusby’s matches the following specimens :
Mangas Springs, New Mexico, May 24, 1903, Metcalfe 85.
Flats near Nutt, New Mexico, May, 12, 1905, Metcalfe 1579-
Las Cruces (probably Organ Mts.), June, 1898, Herrick 215.
Organ Mts., New Mexico, May 26, 1905, Wooton.
Besides these, I have also the type of D. Wootoni Rydb.,*
which is from the Organ Mts., and it seems to me hardly separ-
able from the above named specimens. The Jornado del Muerto
(a wide open plain about 75 miles long) ends at the Organ Mts.
and it is likely Thurber collected his plant not very far from these
mountains. If Dr. Rydberg is incorrect in assigning his New
Mexican specimens to D. camporum Greene, all this material be-
comes J. IWVootont Rydb.; otherwise the latter name becomes a
synonym.
2. Delphinium confertiflorum sp. nov.
Plant low, 20 to 30 cm. high, tufted, from a perennial root,
finely appressed-pubescent throughout with short white hairs ;
* Bull. Torrey Club 26: 583 and 587. 1899.
34 Wooron: THE LARKSPURS OF New MExIco
lower leaves with elongated petioles, 10 cm. long or less, almost
erect, their bases wing-margined and clasping the stem, upper
leaves on petioles about 1 cm. long, blades of all the leaves circu-
lar in outline, 3 cm. or less in diameter, twice or thrice parted, the
ultimate segments linear-oblong and divergent, with acute callus-
tipped apices; inflorescence short, strict or slightly panicled,
pedicels 1 cm. long or less; bracts of the inflorescence linear-
lanceolate, half as long as the pedicels and adnate to them fora
short distance at the bases, floral bracts minute, attached just be-
low the receptacle ; flowers small, 10 to 15 mm. long, bright blue,
crowded, spur slightly longer than the sepals, bent downward at
the tip, horizontal or ascending ; sepals all broadly elliptic, obtuse,
the uppermost shortest and broadest, mostly without saccate cal-
losities at the tips ; upper petals expanded at the tip, entire, blue,
white on the lower edge, limb of the lower petals oblong, entire
or retuse, not bifid, claw rather broad, spur at the base I mm.
long ; mature fruit not seen, young follicles appressed-pubescent
like the other parts.
Type collected by E. O. Wooton in the mountains 15 miles
southeast of Patterson, New Mexico, near Culbertson’s Ranch,
in pine forest, Aug. 16, 1900, at an altitude of about 2300 m.
The crowded racemes of small blue flowers suggest a relation-
ship to D. strictum A. Nels., but our plant is even smaller, has a
different kind of pubescence, and its leaves, clustered about the |
base of the stem, are more like those of D. Geyerd Greene, though ©
the segments are narrower and stiffer; the flowers are smaller and
lighter-colored than those of D. Geyeri and the stem less scape-
like. It probably is more nearly related to D. camporum Greene, —
though the flowers are very different.
3. DELPHINIUM scAPOsUM Greene, Bot. Gaz. 6: 156. 1881.
Type locality: “ Hill country between the Gila and San Fran-
cisco rivers,” New Mexico.
I have never collected this plant in New Mexico, though I have
been in the region above mentioned on two separate occasions.
The following plants probably belong to the species :
Coolidge, New Mexico, June 20, 1887, Zracy (U.S. Nat. Herb.,
sheet 20. 219,220). |
Chusca Mts., New Mexico, June 24, 1883, Marsh (U. S. Nat. |
Herb., sheet xo. 2007).
Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEw Mexico 35
Defiance, New Mexico, June 18, 1883, Marsh (U. S. Nat.
Herb., 70. 7997).
Rim of the Grand Cafion (Grand View), Arizona, July 12,
1892, Wooton.
Mancos, Colorado, June 24, 1898, Baker, Earle, & Tracy, 79.
A small scrap of a Delphinium collected by W. B. Pease in
New Mexico (doc. ?) in 1878 (U. S. Nat. Herb., sheet vo. 725,937)
belongs in this group, but the material is too scanty for identifica-
tion with the means at my command.
4. Delphinium amplibracteatum sp. nov.
An erect tall plant, appressed-pubescent throughout; leaves
palmately deeply 5-parted into narrowly oblong or cuneate lobes,
these again lobed and toothed into narrow oblong divergent
divisions or teeth, the ultimate divisions from 3-5 mm. broad,
abruptly rounded and tipped with a small callosity, about equally
pubescent on both surfaces with short, curled white hairs ; inflo-
rescence a strict raceme about 4o cm. long, the lower pedicels 5
cm. long, the upper ones bearing open flowers but 1 cm. long;
bracts extremely variable, those of the inflorescence below |leaf-
like, twice 3-lobed, making the flower appear axillary, those of
the middle of the raceme oblanceolate, few-toothed, 2-3 cm. long,
attached to the middle of the pedicels; those toward the top of
the raceme smaller and entire, but never linear and acuminate like
the bracts of its nearest allies; floral bracts showing the same
variation, the lowermost being foliaceous and toothed, only the
upper ones being acuminate; flowers bright blue, about 2 cm.
long, all parts which are outside in the bud appressed-pubescent,
spur slightly longer than the sepals, rather slender, straight, hori-
zontal or ascending ; sepals elliptic, obtuse, the uppermost slightly
narrower, each with a pronounced saccate callus at the apex ;
upper petals blue above, greenish white below; lower petals
broadly oblong, irregularly 2~3-toothed, not deeply bifid; ovary
appressed-pubescent, not viscid ; mature fruit not seen.
Type collected by E. O. Wooton at the N Bar Ranch in the
Mogollon Mountains, Aug. 2, 1900, at an altitude of about 2100
m. in open pine forest.
This description rests upon a single specimen and but for the
peculiar bracts I should not name it. I have waited in vain for
several years for more material, but the region is so difficult to
get to that no collector has been there since. The material is
36 Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEW MEXxIco
well preserved and seems amply distinct. It is evidently related
to D. scopulorum.
5. DELPHINIUM SCOPULORUM A. Gray, Pl. Wnght. 2: 9. 1853
Type locality: ‘‘ Mountain ravines near the Mimbres, New
Mexico.” Most of the material which has been passing as
D. scopulorum is not very closely related to that species if
Wright’s zo. 842, as seen in U. S. Nat. Herb., sheet 0. 2027,
is to be taken as typical. I have never, to my knowledge,
seen the plant growing, though I] have been in the type locality
once and near there three times. I have seen but one other speci-
men that I unhesitatingly refer to the species, Metcalfe’s xo. 1093
from Kingston, which was distributed as D. calophyllum Greene,
a description of which was never published.
Two other specimens of my own collecting may be referred to
this species provisionally. One is from Wheeler’s Ranch on Apache
Creek in western Socorro County, collected July 12, 1906, and the
other was taken on Sec. 17, T. 9 N., R. 12 W., near Agua Fria
Spring, July 28, 1906. Neither is typical. My material consists
of but two specimens of each number and no doubt each pair of
specimens is from the same plant.
6. DELPHINIUM TENUISECTUM Greene, Erythea 2: 184. 1894
Type locality: ‘Chihuahua, cool banks of ravines, plains at
the base of the Sierra Madre.”
Dr. Greene is correct when he says that this species is nearest
to D. scopulorum, and the New Mexican material seems to ap-
proach a little nearer to that species than do Mexican specimens.
All the specimens here referred to have the narrow leaf-segments
of the species.
The specimens seen are as follows:
Santa Rita, Wright 842 (U.S. Nat. Herb., sheet 20. 2074).
Near West’ Fork of Gila, Mogollon Mts., Aug. 3, 1903, Met-
calfe 364.
Middle Fork of Gila, Mogollon Mts., Aug. 5, 1900, Wooton.
Mountains southeast of Patterson, Aug. 16, 1900, Wooton.
Mountains west of Grant, Aug. 2, 1892, Wooton.
Near Colonia Garcia, Sierra Madre of Chihuahua, Aug. 9, |
1899, Townsend & Barber 138.
el A PS Nit td Bete go)
Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEw MExIco ST
7. DELPHINIUM ROBUSTUM Rydb, Bull. Torrey
Club 28: 276. 1901
Type locality : ‘‘ Wahatoya Creek, below the Spanish Peaks,”’
Colorado.
I have not seen authentic material of this species, but Dr.
Rydberg cites a specimen collected at Raton in 1846 by Abert.
We have, in our herbarium, two sheets of a specimen collected
in Chicorico Cafion near Raton, New Mexico, by Professor Cock-
erell, Aug. 25, 1900, which I am at present unable to place. I
took it to be D. robustum Rydb., but Dr. Rydberg feels sure that
this determination is incorrect, and is inclined to believe that my
proposed D. novo-mexicanum is his D. robustum. There is but one
argument (in the present state of our knowledge) in support of
my opinion that they are probably separate species, and that is
the rather large distance between their distribution areas and lack
of specimens of the species from intermediate points where it
might be expected; one or two such places having been visited
by capable botanists who obtained other species of the genus but
not this one (if it be one).
Being unacquainted with Professor Cockerell’s plant in the field
I hesitate to name it as new, though Dr. Rydberg thinks it such.
I believe that a specimen collected by Mr. C. C. Marsh, Sept. 2,
1883, in “*Chusa”’ (Chusca?) Valley, New Mexico (U. S. Nat.
Herb., sheet ”o. 2034), and two others from Sierra Grande, New
Mexico, collected by Mr. Arthur H. Howell, Aug. 15, 1903,
nos, 218 and 228 (U. S. Nat. Herb., sheets uo. 495,103 and
495,113) are the same as Professor Cockerell’s plant.
8. Delphinium novo-mexicanum sp. nov.
Plant perennial, with strict stems 1-2 m. high, glabrous up to
the inflorescence, bluish along one side and slightly glaucous ;
leaves circular in outline, 8-15 cm. in diameter, palmately parted
into 5-7 narrowly cuneate segments and these again cleft and
parted into a number of lanceolate, divergent, acuminate lobes,
evenly and finely appressed-pubescent throughout, dark green
above, much lighter below; petioles of the lower leaves 10-15
cm. long, slightly winged at the base; inflorescence elongated,
2-5 dm. long, at first strict and flowers crowded, later becoming
paniculate, the pedicels elongating a little in fruit, peduncles, pedi-
38 Wooron: THE LARKSPURS OF New Mexico
cels, and exterior of the flowers appressed-pubescent with short
curled hairs, not glandular or viscid ; bracts linear, one fourth to
three fourths as long as the pedicels, free at the base of the pedi-
cels or sometimes adnate part of the way up, floral bracts small,
very slender, attached 2-5 mm. below the slightly enlarged re-
ceptacle ; flowers 1-2 cm. long, spur about 10 mm. long, slightly
curved, horizontal or ascending ; sepals all elliptic-ovate, with a
small saccate callus near the apex, dark blue, the upper and lower
two sepals acute, the others obtuse ; upper petals thickish and
stiff, minutely 2-toothed at the apex, white along the lower margin, —
otherwise all petals blue, limb of the lower petals deeply bifid into
lanceolate, rather acute lobes, long and white-hairy on upper
surface, claw channeled and with a saccate protuberance I mm.
long at the base, glandular-pubescent on the back ; follicles about
I cm. long, appressed-pubescent, not viscid, veins conspicuous,
moderately divergent ; seeds (immature?) irregular, angled, and
distinctly winged, not scaly.
The type is in the herbarium of the New Mexico College of
Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, collected by E. O. Wooton near
Cloudcroft, Otero Co., New Mexico, July 31, 1899, at an altitude
of about 2700 m. in open coniferous forests. Several other speci-
mens from the type locality, and the two following are to be re-
ferred here:
Near Mescalero Agency, White Mts., July 27, 1897, Wooton
279.
Little Creek, White Mts., July 30, 1899, Turner 95.
Delphinium novo-mexicanum seems to be related most closely
to D. robustum Rydb. and may even prove to be a form of that
species,
9. Delphinium Sierrae-Blancae sp. nov.
Quite similar in general appearance to D. novo-mexicanum but
differing in the following particulars: Leaf segments a_ little
broader and of the same color on both surfaces ; bracts at the
base of the pedicels much longer, from once to twice the length
of the pedicels, the floral bracts larger and attached to the thick-
ened base of the receptacle; pubescence more copious and of
longer crinkled hairs noticeably viscid on the flowers ; callosities
of the sepals wanting ; sepals sometimes all acute, dull purplish —
green, drying as if the specimens were partly spoiled in pressing ;
upper petals part blue and part white, lower petals not so deeply
cleft, purple, with a tuft of yellow hairs on the face ; young follicles
Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEw Mexico 39
appressed-pubescent ; follicles * cylindrical, 12-15 mm. long, finely
pubescent and viscid ; seeds dark brown, irregularly oblong to tri-
angular, scarcely winged.
The typical material comes from the upper slopes of the White
Mountain Peak at elevations of from 3,200 m. down to about
2,500 m. The specimens seen are:
White Mt. Peak, Aug. 1, 1901, Wooton.
Townsend’s no. 26 (referred to in footnote), Aug., 1898.
Head of South Eagle Creek, Aug. 11, 1899, Turner 192.
Near Gilmore’s Ranch on Eagle Creek, Wooton, July 14,
1895, and Wooton & Standley, Aug., 1907, nos. 3661 and 3490.
This is the common species of the higher altitudes of the
White Mountains of Lincoln Co., and may shade gradually into
D. novo-mexicanum, Extreme forms of the two species are amply
distinct. It has the habit of that species but also shows some rela-
tion to D. Sapellonis in color of flowers, pubescence, and color of
leaves.
10. DELPHINIUM SapeLtonis Cockerell, Bot. Gaz. 34: 453. 1902
Type locality : ‘ Beulah, Sapello Cafion,”” New Mexico.
This is apparently the common species of the extensive moun-
tain region which lies between Santa Fé and Las Vegas. The
following specimens were seen :
U.S. Nat. Herb., sheet zo. 473,057, the type specimen.
Mountains near Las Vegas, July, 1881, Vasey. Two sheets,
U.S. Nat. Herb. os, 2780 and 125,892.
Two other sheets collected by Professor Cockerell at Beulah.
Gallinas Cafion, near Las Vegas, July, 1908, Bartlett 294.
Upper Pecos River, Sept., 1904, Bartlett 49.
Upper Pecos River, Aug. 6, 1898, Maltby & Coghill 130.
Pecos River, National Forest, Winsor Creek, July 28, 1908,
Standley 4579.
Sandia Mountains, New Mexico, Oct., 1883, Bige/ow, probably
belongs here.
11. Derpuintum CocKEerELiu A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. 42: 51. 1906
Type locality: ‘“ Baldy Mts., Elizabethtown, N. M.”
This seems to be a rather rare species, which occurs in the
* The type specimen is without fruit ; the description of the follicles is drawn from
a specimen collected by Townsend in the same locality in the summer of 1898,
40 Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEW Mexico
higher mountains of southern Colorado and the northern part of
New Mexico. The following specimens may be referred to the
species :
Near Pagosa Peak, Colorado, Aug., 1899, 9,000 feet, Baker
See.
Headwaters of the Pecos River, Aug., 1905, Mrs. W. #7.
Bartlett.
Pecos River (/oc.?), June 24, 1898, Herrick 15.
Upper Pecos River, Aug. 3, 1898, Maltby & Coghill 133.
Pecos Baldy, Aug. 12, 1903, Vernon Bailey 596. U.S. Nat.
Herb., sheet xo. 443,707.
Pecos Baldy, July 11, 1908, 12,000 feet, Standley 4301.
12. Delphinium macrophyllum sp. nov.
Stems erect, from a woody (?) root, 7 to 15 dm. high, the
largest I cm, in diameter at the base, glabrous almost to the
inflorescence, striate ; leaves on petioles which are slightly dilated at
the base and 15 cm. or less in length, blades circular to pentagonal
in outline, the lowermost 15 to 20 cm. in diameter, apparently 5-
to 7-lobed, in reality palmately divided to the base into three
parts, the lateral divisions again parted two thirds to three fourths
of the way down into two, sometimes three lobes, principal seg-
ments rhombic in outline, 6 to 12 cm. long, from one third to
one half as wide, with numerous coarse acute teeth, the uppermost
leaves gradually growing smaller with narrower and fewer toothed
segments, even the lowermost leaves finely pubescent on the veins,
the uppermost pubescent on both surfaces ; inflorescence a branch-
ing panicle (on oldest plants) or a simple raceme 15 to 40 cm.
long, pedicels ascending, 1-2 cm. long, slightly elongated in fruit,
bracts 5-8 mm. long, attached at the bases of the pedicels, floral
bracts smaller and attached to the enlarged receptacles, all parts ot
the inflorescence and the young follicles pubescent with short hairs,
more or less glandular ; flowers of medium size, about 2 cm. long,
deep blue; spur a little longer than the elliptic-ovate obtuse
sepals, rather thick-conical, obtuse, slightly curved, horizontal or
ascending ; upper petals minutely 2-toothed at the apex, lower
petals blue, limb 2-parted half way to the base, lobes ovate-lanceo-
late, erose; corolla with two small saccate outgrowths at the
base of the limb, which is almost at right angles to the claw, an-
other small saccate projection at the base of the claw; young
follicles 3, erect, mature fruit not seen.
The type is Metcalfe’s ~o. 737rz collected on Hillsboro Peak
Wooton: THE LARKSPURS OF NEW MEXIco 41
of the Black Range, Sierra Co., New Mexico, Sept. 11, 1904, on
shady north slopes, altitude about 3000 m.
This plant seems to agree pretty well with the description of
D. cucullatum A. Nels. but differs in at least two particulars, The
sepals are deep blue instead of ‘‘ greenish white or blue tinged”’
and they are not hooded. It is no doubt a segregate from D.
occidentale Wats. but is very slightly if at all viscid-pubescent and
the sepals are not acute.
Metcalfe’s zo. 280, collected on Mogollon Creek, in the Mo-
gollon Mts., July 20, 1903, probably belongs here, though the
leaves of this plant are smaller and have narrower segments.
New Mexico COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE AND MECHANIC ARTS,
AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE, NEW MEXICO.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1909)
The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in its broadest sense.
Reviews, and papers which relate exclusively to eee agriculture, horticulture,
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. ei occasional exception is
made in ge: of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
wholly to . Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some ‘ioc particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is reprinted a on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers,
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all ae published he the term of his subscription. Corre-
spondence arises to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Clu
peas © Flora peices 4: 1-62. f. I-15. Ig09.
An. Mus. Nac. Mortevideo, vol.
Arthur, J.C. Cultures of pee te in 1908. Mycologia 1: 225-
256. 1 D 1gog.
Includes new species in Puccinia (5), and Gymnosporangium.
Atkinson, G. F. Some fungus parasites of algae. Bot. Gaz. 48:
321-338. f. 1-8. 15 N 1909.
Includes 5 new speciesin Rhizophidium (2), Lagenidium and Phiyctochytrium (2).
Atkinson, G. F. Some problems in the evolution of the lower fungi.
Ann. Myc. 7: 441-472. O Igo9.
Atkinson, J. B. Length of time required to grow trees. Forest
Leaves 12: 85-87. D 1909.
Bailey, W. Flowers of the mountain. Mountaineer 2: 29-37. N
1909.
Bartlett, H. H. Rupture of the exoperidium in Calostoma Ravenelit.
Rhodora In: 197, 198. 3 N 1909.
Batchelder, F. W. Scirpus lineatus in New Hampshire. Rhodora
II: 200. 3N Igog.
Benedict, R.C. Ceratopteridaceae. N. Am. Fl. 16: 29, 30. 6N
1909.
Benedict, R.C. Osmundaceae. N. Am. Fl. 16: 27, 28. 6N 1909.
45
44 INDEX ‘ro AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Bergen, J. Y. Concavity of leaves and illumination. Bot. Gaz. 48:
459-461. f. r. 18 D 1909.
Bergen, J. Y. The light requirement of plants. Plant World 12:
201-205. S 1909.
Berry, E. W. A Miocene flora from the Virginia coastal plain.
Jour. Geol. 17: 19-30. f. r-rz. F 1909.
Includes 6 new species of spermatophytes.
Bessey, C. E. Some beginnings in nature-study. Nature-Study Rev.
. 5: 165-167. [N] 1909.
Bicknell, E. P. The ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket — V.
Bull. Torrey Club 36: 441-456. 35S 1909.
Blumer, J.C. On the plant geography of the Chiricahua Mountains.
Science II. 30: 720-724. 19 N 1909.
Boldingh, I. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of Anguilla
(B. W. I.). Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6: 1-36. 1go09.
Britten, J. Safzwm in the collections of Ruiz and Pavon. Jour. Bot.
47: 422-424. N 1rgo9.
Britton, E.G. Arctic mosses. Bryologist 12: 106. 6N 1gog.
Brown, N. E. L£ynealophus, N. E. Brown, gen. nov. [In Decades
Kewenses, Decas LIV. no. 539.] Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1909: 361,
362. N 1909.
Brown, N. E. Opuntia imbricata. Curt. Bot. Mag. 1V. 5: p/. 8290.
D 1909.
Campbell, D. H. The prothallium and embryo of Danaea. Prelim-
inary notes. Ann. Bot. 23: 691. O 1909.
y Cannon, W. A. The parasitism of Orthocarpus purpurascens Benth.
Plant World 12: 259-261. f. 2. N 1909.
Chamberlain, C. J. Déoon spinulosum. Bot. Gaz. 48: 401-413.
f. 1-7. 18D 1Igo9.
Clements, F.E. The genera of fungi. 1-227. Minneapolis, 1909.
Includes 115 new genera in 29 families.
(Clute, W. N.] Rare forms of ferns. XII. Polystichum acrostichoides
multifida. Fern Bull. 17: 99, 100. [N] 1909. [Illust.]
Cockerell, T. D. A. Eocene fossils from the Green River, Wyoming.
Am. Jour. Sci. 28: 447, 448. N 1909.
Includes a new genus and species of Buettneriaceae, Firmianites aterrimus.
Coker, W.C. Additions to the flora of the Carolinas. Bull. Torrey
Club 36: 635-638. 16 .N 1909.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 45
Coker, W.C. A double-flowered Sarracenia. Plant World 12: 253.
f. I, a-d. N 1909.
Coker, W.C. Leftolegnia from North Carolina. Mycologia I: 262-
264... p/.-£6;° 1 D 1960:
Coker, W.C. Liverwort types for elementary classes. Torreya 9:
233-236. 18N Igog.
Coker, W. C. Some rare abnormalities in liverworts. Bryologist 12:
104, 105. 0 2;-2.. .6.N 1906.
Coker, W. C. Vitality of pine seeds and the delayed opening of
cones. Am. Nat. 43: 677-681. N 19009.
Collins, F.S. An algological prophecy fulfilled. Rhodora 11: 196,
197- 3N 1909.
Cox, C. F. Charles Darwin and the mutation theory. Ann. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 18: 431-451. 10 F 1909.
Craig, J. Botanicalexcursions. German fieldmethods. Ottawa Nat.
23: 163-167. 6 D Igogo.
Davis, B. M. Cytological studies on Ocenothera. I. Pollen develop-
ment of Oenothera grandiflora L. Ann. Bot. 23: 551-571. pl. ZI,
42, O 1909.
Demcker, R. Die schénsten und gréssten Baume des nordamerikan-
ischen Waldes. II. Die Laubholz- und Nadelholzwalder ; ihr Werden
und Vergehen. Mitt. Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 1909: 57-68. Ig09.
Dominguez, J. A. Contribucién al estudio de la Arameria t/uca Phil.
Trabaj. Mus, Farm. Buenos Aires no. 24: 1-7. pl. I-g. 1909.
Dunbar, J. American hawthorns. Some new arborescent species.
Gard. Chron. 46: 289. 300 1909; 308. 6N 1909.
Eames, A. J. On the occurrence of centripetal xylem in Zgutse/um.
Ann. Bot. 23: 587-601. p/. 45. O 1909.
Edwards, A. M. Development of the Bacillaria from an amoeboid
form and formation of that amoeboid form by energenesis. Nuova
Notar. 24: 136-140. O 1909.
Eggleston, W. W. New North American Cra/aeg?. Bull. Torrey
Club 36: 639-642. 16 N Igog.
3 new species native in the United States.
Fernald, M. L. A new variety of Adzes balsamea. Rhodora 11:
201-203. 3 D19gog.
Fernald, M.L. Scirpus Smithii in Massachusetts. Rhodora 11: 220.
3 D 1909.
46 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Fernald, M.L. The status of Arenaria stricta in New Hampshire.
Rhodora 11: 184, 185. 3 N 1909.
Fischer, C. E.C. The biology of Armillaria mucida Schrader. Ann.
Bot. 23: 515-535. f/. 37-38. O 1909.
Flynn, N. F. Plants new to Vermont. Rhodora11: 198,199. 3N
1909.
Foster, A. S. Ferns of Paradise Park. Muhlenbergia5: 144. 17
N 1909.
Fraser, W. P. Collection of the aecial stage of Calyptospora colum-
naris (Alb. & Schw.) Kiihn. Science II. 30: 814,815. 3 D 1909.
Frothingham, E. H. Die Douglasfichte, ihre Kiistenform und Gebirgs-
form. Mitt. Deuts. Dendr. Gesells. 1909: 69-94. 1909. [lllust.]
Gates, R. R. Apogamy in Q¢enothera. Science IU. 30: 691-694.
12 N 1g09. ;
Gates, R. R. The stature and chromosomes of Oenothera gigas De
Vries. Archiv Zellforsch. 3: 525-552. Al. 29, 70. 2N 1909.
Gifford, J. A list of the trees of the state of Florida. 1-24. 19009.
Gilg, E., & Strauss, H. Uber Siparuna Thea (Seem.) A. DC.
Notizbl. Kgl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 113, 114. 18 N 19009.
Graebener, L. Seltene Cereen. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 134-137.
15 S 1909.
Graham, M. The development of the sporogonium and adjacent tis-
sues of the gametophore of Conocephalum conicum. Bull, T orrey
Club 36: 615-623. pl. 30-33. 16 N 19009.
Griggs, R.F. Mitosis in Syzchytrium with some observations on the in-
dividuality of the chromosomes. Bot. Gaz. 48 : 339-358. pl. 16-18.
15 N 1909.
Grout, A. J. Notes on Amdélystegium. Bryologist 12 : 95-100. pi.
IZ. 6N 1909.
Includes Améblystegium Holzingeri sp. nov. from Wisconsin.
Giirke, M. Nachtrag zu der Beschreibung von Cephalocereus DeLaettt
Giirke. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 129-133. 15S 1909.
Harper, R. M. Car-window notes on the vegetation of the Delaware
peninsula and southern Virginia. Torreya Q: 217-226. 18 N
1909.
Harshberger, J. W. Notes on annual tree rings. Forest Leaves 12:
84, 85. D 1909.
Harshberger, J. W. The vegetation of the salt marshes and of the salt
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 47
and fresh water ponds of northern coastal New Jersey. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 61: 373-400. f. 7-5. Au 1909.
Herre, A. W. C. T. Suggestions for lichen studies. . Plant World 12:
255-259. N 1909.
Herter W. Ein neuer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Lycopodium.
Hedwigia 49: 88-g2. p/. 37. 6 O 1909. |
Includes 4 new South American species,
Hill, A. W. The acaulescent species of Malvastrum. Jour. Linn.
Soc. 39: 216-230. 28 O 1909.
Includes 5 new species from South America.
Hill, E. J. Note on Amblystegium noterophilum. Bryologist 12: 108,
10g. 6N Igog.
Hill, E. J. The fate of a violet, or the benefit of cleistogamy. Tor-
reya Q: 229, 230. 18N Igog.
Huber, J. Novitates florae amazonicae. Bol. Mus. Goeldi 6: 60-g0.
S 1909.
Includes a new species of Bactris and 29 new species and one new genus of
dicotyledons.
Huber, J. Sobre um caso notavel de polymorphismo nas folhas do
abacateiro (Persea gratissima Gaertn.). Bol. Mus. Goeldi 6: 54-
59. 1909. [Illust.] ©
Jennings, 0. E. Aymenophyllum denticulatum in Central China.
Fern Bull. 17: 106, 107. [N] 1909. [Illust. ]
Jennings, 0. E. The Labrador tea in Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10: 13. N
1909.
Jepson, W. L. A flora of California. 33-64. f. 7-737. 4 N 1909;
337-3608. f. 61-65. 4 .N Ig09.
Includes Cupressus Bakerii and Quercus durata spp. nov. and several new forms
and new combinations.
Jones, L. R. Resting spores of the potato fungus (Phytophthora in-
Jestans). Science II. 30: 813, 814. 3 D 1909.
Jonge, A. E. de. Canker of cacao. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6:
37-61. pl. 1-3}. Ig09.
Spicaria colorans sp. nov. is described as the cause of the canker.
Jonge, A. E. de, & Drost, A. W. The die-back disease of cacao
trees, and the ‘‘brown rot’’ of cacao fruits caused by Diplodia
cacaotcola. Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6: 233-250. p/. 8, 9.
Igo9.
Kenoyer, L. A. Winter condition of lenticels. Trans. Kansas Acad.
Sci. 22: 323-326. 1909.
48 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Kneucker, A. Bemerkungen zu den ‘‘Gramineae_ exsiccatae.’’
XXV u. XXVI Lieferung 1909. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 15: 155-160.
O 1909.
Knowlton, C. H., avd others. Reports on the flora of the Boston dis-
trict. Rhodora I1: 204-209. 3 D Igog.
Knowlton, F. H. ‘The stratigraphic relationships and palaeontology of
the ‘‘ Hell Creek beds,’’ ‘‘ Ceratops beds,’’ and equivalents, and
their reference to the Fort Union formation. Proc. Washington
Acad. Sci. 11: 179-238. 14 Au 1909.
Lewis, I. F. The life history of Grifithsia Bornetiana. Ann. Bot.
23: 639-690. pl. 9-53. O 1909.
Livingston, B. E. The heath of Lueneburg. Plant World 12: 231-
237. f. I-4. O 1909.
MacDougal, D. T. Influence of aridity upon the evolutionary develop-
ment of plants. Plant World 12: 217-231. O 1909.
Macoun, J. M. Contributions from the herbarium of the Geological
Survey. Ottawa Nat. 23: 146-149. 15 N 1909.
Massee, G. Coffee diseases of the New World. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf.
1909: 337-341. S Igo9.
Maxon, W. R. Cyatheaceae [Cyathea]. N. Am. Fl. 16: 65-88. 6
N 1909
Includes Cyathea cubensis, C. araneosa, C. Harrisii, and C. Maxoni Spp. nov.
Maxon, W.R. Gileicheniaceae. N. Am. Fl. 16: 53-63. 6N 1909.
Includes Dicranopteris Underwoodiana sp. nov.
Maxon,W.R. Schizaeaceae. N. Am. Fl. 16: 31-52. 6N 1909.
Includes Anemia Underwoodiana, A. obovata, A. sOinttiiaie A. jaliscana,
A, guatemalensis, A. Roset, and A. portoricensis Spp. nov
Merwin, H. E., & Lyon, H. Sap pressure in thé birch stem. Part I.
Bot. Gaz. 48 : 442-458. f. 7-5. 18 D 1909.
Millspaugh, C. F. Praenunciae bahamenses II. ' Contributions to a
flora of the Bahamian archipelago. Field Columb. Mus. Publ. Bot.
* ee 321. Map. Au 1909.
Includes new species in Dondia (2), bb ecmn. ena (2), Croton, Heliotro-
pium, antec (2) and Ca/licarpa, and £
Morris, F. J. A. Ophioglossum oulgateen 3 in Ontario. Fern Bull. 17:
Io2—-105. [N] 1909,
Miller, C. Uber karyokinetische Bilder in den Wurzelspitzen von
Yucca. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 47: 99-117. pl. 1-3. O 1909.
Murrill, W. A. A mushroom cultivated in Formosa.
Mycologia 1 :
274, 275. f. 5. 1D 1909.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 49
Murrill,W. A. Soletaceae from Kentucky. Mycologial: 275. 1D
1909.
Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi —IV. Mycologia 1: 257-261.
pl. 15. 1£D 1909.
Nash, G. V. The tropical fern collection. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
10: 256-261. p/. 77, 72. N 19009.
Overton, J. B. On the organization of the nuclei in the pollen
mother-cells of certain plants, with special reference to the perma-
nence of the chromosomes. Ann. Bot. 23: 19-61. p/. 1-3. Ja
190g.
Palmer, T.C. The sluggish diatom. Proc. Delaware Co. Inst. Sci.
4: 131-137. Jl 1909.
Parish, S. B. Roezl and the type of MWashingtonia. Bot. Gaz. 48:
462, 463. 18 D 1g09.
Parish, S. B. Teratological forms of citrus fruits. TorreyaQ: 227-
229. 18 Nigog. _ [lIllust. ]
Peirce, G. J. The botanical aspects of Stanford University. Plant
World 12: 245-252. N 1909.
Peirce, G. J. What is the use of respiration? Plant World 12: 193-
197. S 1909.
Pelourde, F. Recherches comparatives sur la structure des fougeres
fossiles et vivantes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IX. 10: 115-147. f. 1-32.
N 1909.
Pool, V. W. The present status of plant pathology. Plant World 12 :
205-210. S 1909.
Prescott, A. Grape ferns. Fern Bull. 17: 100-102. [N] 1909.
Pulle, A. Neue Beitrage zur Flora Surinams— II. Rec. Trav. Bot.
Néerland. 6: 251-293. 1909.
Includes 17 new species distributed through 13 families of spermatophytes.
Purpus, J. A. Opuntia utahensis J. A. Purpus nov. spec. Monats.
Kakteenk. 19: 133, 134, 135- 15 S 190g. [Illust. ]
Regnier, P. R. Note sur la racine du nim-nim (.Spe/anthus uliginosa
Sw.) Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 22: I-4. 1909.
[Illust. ]
Rehder, A. Note on the morphology of the fruit of Lonicera caerulea.
Rhodora 11: 209-211. 3 D Igo9.
Riddle, L. W. A key to the species and principal varieties of C/adonta
occurring in New England. Rhodora 11: 212-214. 3 D 1909.
Mu. BOT, GARDE
‘ 1911
—_—
Lt
50 INDEX to AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
XXIII. Cla-
Riddle, L. W. Preliminary lists of New England plants
doniaceae. Rhodora 11: 215-219. 3 D 1909.
Rock, J. F. A new Hawaiian Scaevo/a. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 645,
646. 16N 1909. _ [Illust.]
Rolfe, R. A. New orchids: decade 34. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1909:
364-368. N 1909.
Includes new American species of Pleurothallis (2), Stanhopea, Mormodes, and
Oncidium,
Romell, L. Some fungi growing both on coniferous and deciduous
trees. Mycologia 1: 265-267. 1 D 1909.
Ruedemann, R. Some marine algae from the Trenton limestone of
New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 133: 194-216. AZ. 7-37. 1909.
Rydberg, P. A. The flowers and fruit of the turtle grass. Jour. N.
Y. Bot. Gard. 10: 261-264. f/. 73. N 19009.
Sargent, C.S. American Cra/aegi in the Species Plantarum of Lin-
naeus. Rhodora 11: 181-183. 3N rgog.
Sauer,L. W. Quercus Leana; a hybridoak. Plant World 12: 198-
201.77, 2, 3 t900.
Schaffner, J. H. An interesting Botrychium habitat. Ohio Nat. 10:
8,9. N 1909.
Schaffner, J. H. The gymnosperms of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10: g-12.
N 1909.
Schneider, R. C. New combinations in Araliaceae. Bull. Torrey
Club 36: 643, 644. 16 N 1go9.
Schwappach, A. F. Neuere Erfahrungen iiber das Verhalten von
Pseudotsuga Douglasii und Picea sitkaensis. Mitt. Deuts. Dendr.
Gesells. 1909: 95-103. 1909. __[Illust. ]
Schwerin, F. v. Monographie der Gattung Samébucus. Mitt. Deuts.
Dendr. Gesells. 1909: 1-56. 1909. [{llust. ]
Seaver, F. J.. Some plant diseases: their cause and treatment. Jour.
N. Y. Bot. Gard. 10: 241-256. 7. 33-377. N 1909.
Servettaz, C. Monographie des Eléagnacées. Deuxiéme _ partie.
Anatomie et biologie. Beih. Bot. Centralb. 25°: 129-420. f/. 7-140.
9 O 1909.
Sherard, S. H. Kapok ( Eriodendron anfractuosum). Philippine Agr.
Rev. 2: 440-443. f/. 7-37. Au 1909.
* Shull,C. A. Oxygen pressure and the germination of Xanthium seeds.
A preliminary report. Bot. Gaz. 48: 387-390. 15 N 1909.
VOLUME 37, PLATE IL
Buy. ToRREY CLUB
lower Austral
Gulf Strip os
Lower Anstt
sestiiemmenain
ie
Tropit al
The dotted parts bola ae mprtis Zones cant
Gre vat Pe ees URE ape cetefeal a
AONT PCB
t
2S ph
(Ip ete saat f
EX
'
of the “
Pend kEV KONA i Naae,
ed as he 2 ond Sot arctan atid «|
aripurrtan Fatinas The od praetes am the
sare Tones are jase as rhe Tran
an
pper Sonoran anal Lower So
}
| j
| oh :
Lae us “ho Ea 105" 0 ” me Be we 73° eS rial
STATES, ACCORDING TO C. HART MERRIAM
LIFE ZONES OF THE UNITED
BULL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 2
USNEA FLORIDA (L.) WEs.
VOLUME 37, PLATE 3
BuLL. TORREY CLUB
USNEA PLICATA (L.) Wes.
Buti. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 4
1,3. USNEA PLICATA BARBATA (L.) R. H. Howe
2,4. USNEA TRICHODEA Acnw.
BuLL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 5
1,2. USNEA ARTICULATA (L.) HoFrM.
3,4. USNEA CAVERNOSA Tuck.
VOLUME 37, PLATE 6
BuLi. TORREY CLUB
USNEA LONGISSIMA Acnu. (Fic. 5)
BuLy. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 7
. USNEA ANGULATA Acu.’ 3,4. USNEA LONGISSIMA Acu.
ODENDRON
MARYLANDICUM Berry
rr. BLA >I
2. HEDERA CECILENSIS Berry
3- QUERCUS SEVERNENSIS Berry
4- ARALIA WASHINGTONIANA Berry.
THE BRYOLOGIST
WITH THE JANUARY, 1908, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
ELEVENTH YEAR ano VOLUME
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics,
and Lichens, It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings
and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional
as wellasamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.
INDEX TO
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each card.
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLiece or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City.
from January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
paper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year,
North American Flora
HIS work is designed to present Sewn of all plants growing independently
| of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central
America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Tisai
Tobago, and Curagao “en. other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is
een South Americ
will be sablished in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
aa shines the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles
P. Dal
It is planned to issue parts as rapidly as they can be Lie the extent of
the work making it possible to commence publication at any n er of points.
The completed work will form a series of volumes with the following: sane cet
Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomac
olume 2to 10. Fungi
Vo umes 14 and I5. hyt
Volume 16. oid rab cee ‘Gymnospermae.
Volumes ots ae Monocotyledon
Volu 0 30. Dicotyledone
The eepansion of the work has been Pa Si by the oe ee of the
Garden to a committee consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill and Dr.
J. H. Barnhart.
Professor George F. Atkinson, of Cornell pea Professors Charles R. Barnes
and John M, Coulter, of the University of Chica Mr. ne ‘perks pi Coville, of the
United States Department of Agriculture, Profesor Edwar L, Gre <, OF the United
States National Museum, Professor Byron D. Halsted, of ee ers Coleg and Pro-
fessor William Trelease, of the Missouri ‘Botanical Cai n, have peeing! to act as
an advisory committee.
e following parts have been published;
Vol. 7. Part 1, Ustilaginales, by G, nton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ure-
dinaceae, and Aecidiaceae — by J. C. Avitene.
ol. 9. Parts 1 and 2, Polyporaceae, W. A. Murrill. Part 3, pipet by
W. A. Mur rill ; Agaricaceae (pars) by W. A. Murrill and G, S. Burlingha
Vol. 16, ohats 1; Pe La aor by m M. Underwood and HS C4 Benedient
el ap by L Underwood; Osmun eand Cer, i by
Benedic | Sciecee, Gieciseccms, mie Coates (pars), by W. -"‘Maxant
:
Vo t 1, Typhaceae, by P. Wilson; Sparganiaceae, Secheots and Hy-
drocharitaceae, ty: ie Rydberg ; eae eae, Zosteraceae, rs mo a 7
Naiadaceae, and Lileeaceae, by N. Taylor; Scheuchzeriaceae, by Britton
Alismaceae, by J. K. Small; Butomaceae ~ Poaceae (pars), by G. v. ne h.
Part 1, Podos Seba cig Crassulaceae, b
Vol. 22. y G. Nash ; y N. L.
Br ritton on and J. N. Rose: ; Penthorac kad Pamassacen by PLA A. Rydberg. Part 2, ”
rn :
Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae, yLK - Smal land P. A. Rydbe
Iteaceae, an m i e, b
, by ton ; Pterostemonaceae, me
Altingiaceae, by P. Wilson; Phyllonomaceae, by H. H. b Part 3, Grossularia-
ceae, by if V. Coville and N. L. Britton; Platanaceae, by H. A, Gleason ; Crossoso-
mataceae by J. Small ; Connaraceae, by N. L, Britton n; Calycanthaceae, by C.
este ard; g pteton (pars), by P. A. Rydbees. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A.
Vol, 25. Part : Geraniaceae, by Hanks and J. K. Small; Oxalidaceae
and Li inaceae, by J. K. Small; ah Sie by N. L. hater ae
, teem rnp spa is ech at ait 50 for each part; it is expected that four or
ve parts will be require volume. A limited
be sold at $2.00 each. Addre uel te
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEw YORK CITY
hay
ESOT eae
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
. Memoirs oF THE DEPARTMENT :
Yo 1. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Pabygonion (1895) By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893-
1895; or of the Herbarium, 1895-1898.
Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00.
ol. Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898).
By Per heat Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, PAH
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE Ratt
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00.
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00,
Vol. 3. Nos, 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00.
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00.
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00.
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00.
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00.
~ Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00.
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~-(current).
List of separate numbers available on application,
2. ext-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert
Schneider, Fainw in Botany, 1895-1896.
e Department invites propositions slahee ne ‘exchanges of cee
barium material for any of the above named pases en. Addres:
Dr. rue Curtis, Columbia University, N. Y. City
An Tijiwteased F lora of the Northern United raed ‘Canada, and
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes-
sor of ntiggt 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896—-, and Hon. Addi-
son Bro
Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol.
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in i the text, illustrating Sates
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ-
ately, $10.00.
5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900.
By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907.
Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt &
Co., New York. Price, $1.00
6. Moulds, Mildews, and sorta By Lucien Marcus Un-
derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1
Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 sites ° Published by Henry Holt &
Co. Price $1.50.
7- Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton co
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botan
1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; Adjunct Professor at
Botany, 1908-.
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 setrane ae Published by Henry Holt
& Co.; New York. . Price e $2.
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave.,
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
oe, ae
KAHLBAUM’S
C. P. Chemicals
Our Specialties
MICROSCOPES
and and Reagents
ACCESSORIES ARL
eas P SCHLEICHER
& SCHULL’S
MICROTOMES C. P. Filters
: SCHOTT &
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S
Famous Labora-
and '
@ tory Glassware
WEIGHTS |
And for many other
renowned European
houses in our line.
me LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited.
ms = 2 bea
MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
A. series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular inter =:
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. :
1; not furnished separately : a can
Bailey, Liberty Hyae. a of the types of various specie: of the genus Carex <7
Pages 1-85. 25 My rg Re
Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately : aed
Martin dale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the ey _Seney ‘coast and iis tncen
waters of Staten Island Pages 87-111. 24 Au
Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents a : 3
Spruce, Richard. Aefaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Ralivike orientalis, anni
1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 1 ire 20 Ja 1890, ©
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents: Sts a
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. ee stele sist 1890, $ ae
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately is ;
sted, Byron David. cme food- materials in buds and ——. P
Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10S 1890. 7
Vol. 2, No, 2; price, 75 cents:
Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contibtions to the
Virginia. Pages 27-56, plats 3, g. 23 D 1890.
Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately: sea
Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the kno pein of the en
some North A Auievicass plants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-19.
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents: ae
William Efner. ‘The genus Poupgais in North America, Pages
152. 730 D 1891.
Vol. 3, No 1; not furnishet ee = = 3 é 2
"Smal, John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western Nc
ne Sop ne pets ee: = 1-39. 20 ne: eee ity ee ts
' ol 3, No. 2; price, .
| Morong, Thomas. The Naiadac seo Noth Aen [wth
Bike gener evita kee plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. _
ek oe No. 3; not farnished
Rusby, Henry umeration of the plants ec
= Bang. [Part I. na ies 1-67. 28 ae Brae
|
a
Vol. 5; Price, $3.00:
List.of Pieridophyte oe Faget aga grow ing without cultivation in northeastern
8 rth Am 4 D 1893-31 D 1894. | |
e , No. 1; price, $1.25: =
Rusby, Henry Hurd. a enmeration = the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel 35
Bang. Part 3. rae 1-130.. 17 N 1896. eB
Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separa as
Grout, Abel Joel. A revision ofthe North American Pde: and Brachythecia.— |
Pages 131-210. Ji 1897. ee
Vol. 6, No. 3; price, 50 cents
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The life history of Sphaere//a ‘Wie ustris ( Haematococeus
pinvinlisy. panes iI- gab: plates 86, 37 (colored ). 8 Je 1899. ae
Vol. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents :
Underwood, L Marcus. A review of the genera of feras proposed prior to -
1832. Pages 2 re £ 1 D 1899.
Vol. 6, No. 5; 25 ce
Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen satoution in ee upper Mississippi Valley
Pages 285-307: 1 D 1899.
Vol. 7; price, $3.00 Z
Howe, Marshall Avery. tos iguie and A wéloetone of California. Pages
1-208, ees 88-r22, 5 Au :
vol nt oe f2 not furnished separately : : Fe
pe Mss a t. The comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Part 1
$ I~26, oer I=4. ee Au 1899. Part If. Pages 27-112; plates $=
1902.
Vol. 8, No, 2; price, $1. rs
Evans, Alexander William. ae s — of ie United States and Canada.
Paces 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F
Vol. 8, age - ey 75 cents:
Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude, erasers it Re life pas be
Vittaria lineata, Pages neat peri oe —3F. a
Vol. 9; price, $3. PSs
Salmon, cea Stanle A monograph of the Erysiphaceae. Pages 1-292, vee
i-9. 40 1900... No ies sold except in esbnats sets of the Memoirs.
. 10; price, $3
i ee: Edward cag pacagh 2 Histo of Clusian botany i in its relation to Aster,
Pages i-xii, 1-447. . 22 N 1902
aC GT at .
Sete reich rE he North American SORE et ome, Peas 1-134, at I-19.
Vol. 11, No. 2; price, £1.75
nage ee ie Elliot. The v TAR eae and Chaiteple aceae of the United States
Pag 5-250, plates 20-4 o O I902
Vv Sr 12, N o. 1; pee, St. 50:
or i Alice Rich. Flora of New ig a and Andros «(Rabie stands)
Pages 1-98, flates 1-79 + map. 10D Fg
Vor 12, No, Ets price, $1.00
Banker, otabiae- ets es. A babar to a revision -of-.the pn American
fydnaceae. Pages 99-194. 3 Je 4906.
Vol. a te se rice, 75 cents: be
Kupfer, Elsie. Studies in plant regeneration. Pages 195-241. 1g Jed
ol. 13; price, $3.co: =
Burgess, Edward Sandford. gets a variations of Biotian Asters, with
cussion of variability in Aster. I-41 - plates. 130° 15 Mr 1906;
Vol. 14, pe oe price, $1.25: Re
me Pee ie he Se Simmons. oe ey of tHe Lactariae of the: United S
BUT ES £5. 26-3 y sts
Bs Address: DR. LLIAM MANSFIELD,
College of Pharmacy, Aes West 68th St., New Yok
VOL. 37_ FEBRUARY, 1910 ee
BULLETIN
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
a Se
oe. MARSHALL wen deat Bs
Associate evitors: = ee ao Sore
JOHN Bewicey BARNHART
JEAN: ‘BROADHURST. ks
~ PHitip Dowett See Ee
aa ios Wuwiaw EVANS : ae =
Pe cle “CONTENTS _ ee
are tetas ‘cut flowering plants of Nantucket — VIL. ~BUOENE
- The development of air chambers in the Riccia iaceae. . LE
: Fes onan Houta ime a a
- ZA a "Siam ‘GATES
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
aes : President,
naan HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.
" Vice- Presidents,
ARD S. BURGESS, Pu. D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D
a eine Secretary, ie ae
PERCY WILSON, WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D.
eal Garde, mae: Park, New York City, of P :
115 West 68th St., New York City.
ing twice each month fea October 4 May inclusive: the second Tuesday,
at the American Museum of Natural His! istory ; the last “Acres
int the Museum fer: of the Dees York Botanical Garde
~~
‘PUBLICATIONS
other business communications relating to the publications
| be addressed to the oe William Mansfield, College of
Wes 6th New Fork Gigs
ti _ Monthly, established 1870, Price, eves year; single numbers 30.
Se nan chpei volumes, only 24-36 can be supplied separately ; certain numbers
other volumes are: available, but the entire stock of sqme numbers has been
ed for the ee of sets. Manuscripts intended for publication in the’
1 be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical
‘Gare, Ben — New York City. ;
New York =
Price, ee
established 1901. Fae $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in-
essed to = Broadhurst, Eee ee
eas Es
“ion and Peden within 00 miles ok: :
\
x
¥
-s
-
Vol. 37 No 2
BULLETIN
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
FEBRUARY, 1910
The ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket—VI
EuGENE P, BICKNELL
CHENOPODIACEAE
CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L.,
A common weed of waste places, cultivated fields, and sandy
shores, displaying several pronounced phases of variation ; begins
to flower in July.
A pale and narrow-leaved littoral form is sometimes sugges-
tive of Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt. Another form often found
along shores, growing in pure sand, has early deciduous leaves
and, in September, its leafless stem and even the crowded panicles
often become highly colored with deep reddish purple.
* CHENOPODIUM PAGANUM Reich. Fl. Germ. 579. 1830.
C. viride L. Sp. Pl. 219, in part — probably.
C. album, var. viridescens St. Am, Fl. Agen. 105. 1821.
Frequent. This is a common companion of C. a@/dum, dis-
tinguished from it by its bright or deep green color and almost
non-farinose character. It appears not to have received any at-
tention in this country as a different plant from true C. album but
has long been definitely recognized by many European botanists
under one or another name, often being erroneously referred to
C. viride. It is well described by Reichenbach, De Candolle,
Saint Amans, Moquin-Tandon, and other authors. Although
closely related to C. album it presents a number of marked and
fairly constant differences which are strikingly obvious upon com-
parison of the living plants. In addition to its bright green color
[The BULLETIN for January, 1910 (37: I-50. //. 7-8) was issued 10 F 1910.]}
51
52 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS DF NANTUCKET
and general absence of mealiness, it is characterized by thinner
and larger, very long-petioled primary leaves, sometimes over 5
cm. wide, which are more broadly cuneate at base and usually
more irregularly and acutely sinuate-toothed, and even aristulate-
acute; a larger fruiting calyx with more sharply and abruptly
carinate sepals ; a somewhat larger utricle, flatter and rather more
abruptly contracted around the edge to a blunter margin and usu-
ally darker and more distinctly rugulose-pitted. This plant often
becomes coarser and taller and more widely branched than C.
album and its flowering period appears to be somewhat later.
* CHENOPODIUM LANCEOLATUM Muhl.
C. viride L. in part.
Occasional or frequent, especially along shores.
This plant is nearer to C. paganum than to C. album but in its
typical form is widely different in appearance from either. It varies
from bright green with little or no mealiness to paler green and
somewhat scurfy-farinose. It is often low and diffuse and slenderly
much branched, the inflorescence consisting of scattered glomer-
ules on very delicate or even thread-form flexuous branchlets,
the leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate and entire or subentire,
the uppermost reduced to narrowly linear bracts subtending many
of the glomerules.
The citations underlying the Chenopodium viride of Linnaeus
make it appear that his species was made up of three distinct
factors. One of these was probably the plant later described by
Reichenbach as C. paganum ; another seems more certainly to
have been the plant proposed over half a century later by Muhlen-
berg as C. danceolatum, The remaining citation alone refers to a
published plate and may therefore be taken as fixing the type of
the species. This plate represents the European plant known as
C. opulifolium of Schrader and, indeed, formed the basis of that
species.
* CHENOPODIUM MURALE L.,
Occasional or frequent in waste places in or near the town;
Madequet ; Siasconset. When growing in dry, sandy soil it is
sometimes much reduced in size, with small somewhat fleshy
leaves abruptly narrowed to the petiole, and contracted panicles ;
BICKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 53
in richer soil and more shaded situations it becomes much larger
and brighter green, with thinner, acutely cut-sinuate leaves, nar-
rowed to a slender petiole, and with larger looser panicles.
Flowers from July and early August.
CHENOPODIUM HYBRIDUM L,
Siasconset, Sept., 1899 — a few large plants in waste ground ;
not observed since. Mentioned in Mrs. Owen’s catalogue as
having been seen once in waste ground in the town.
CHENOPODIUM RUBRUM L.
Shores of Sachacha Pond, in full flower and fruit Sept. 16,
1899; sparingly at Miacomet Pond; abundant on Coskaty in
sand along the ocean shore, where it was in full flower Aug. 14,
1906.
* CHENOPODIUM AMBROSIOIDES L.
Street-sides and waste places about town and in neglected
barnyards in the suburbs; apparently spreading ; by a barn on
Great Neck, 1904; farm yard in Polpis, 1906. It was frequent
in the town streets as far back as 1899. Flowering from July and
early August.
Note. — Chenopodium Botrys L. is included in Mrs. Owen's
catalogue, although C. ambrosioides is not mentioned.
ATRIPLEX HASTATA L,
Common along shores and brackish marshes. It displays
much variation, narrower-leaved states appearing to approach 4,
patula L. A pronounced form, found near the shore of Long
Pond and elsewhere, almost concealed among taller surrounding
plants, was bright green and nearly prostrate with wide-spreading
flatly interlaced branches and very large lower leaves becoming 14
cm. wide. Flowers through August and September. Earliest
leaves beginning to appear May 30, 1909.
ATRIPLEX ARENARIA L,
A characteristic plant of the sea-beaches, flowering through
August and September.
SALICORNIA EUROPEA L.
Common on salt marshes and mud flats throughout. It is
especially abundant on brackish marshes at the south shore, where,
54 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
in autumns favorable to its highest color development, it forms ex-
tensive reaches of vivid scarlet. At the middle of June the seed-
ling plants are only 2-5 cm. high. In August and September it
is in full flower. Anthers appearing sessile, 0.5 mm. long.
SaticorniA BicELovil Torr.
Abundant on Coatue; rather common about Polpis Harbor ;
local at the western end of the island and along the harbor shore ;
flowering in August and September. Anthers appearing sessile,
twice the size of those of S.ewropea. In late autumn it turns deep
purple-red or claret color.
SALICORNIA AMBIGUA Michx.
Abundant on wet sand on Coatue, and occurring locally at all
points where S. Bigelovii was found. Plant well developed by the
middle of June, flowering in August and September. Anthers I
mm. or more long on distinctly exserted filaments. In late autumn
this species turns light yellowish or brownish red.
DonpiA LINeEARIS (EIl.) Millsp.
Occurs rather sparingly along shores and the borders of salt
marshes, flowering in August and September ; along the harbor ;
Bache’s Harbor; Coatue; western end of the island.
On Marthas Vineyard, where this species is very common, I
have collected a form (it may occur on Nantucket also) which
answers perfectly to the description of Swaeda americana (Pers.)
Fernald, as interpreted by Fernald in Rhodora g: 146. Au 1907.
From observations made in the field in September and October I
was unable to convince myself that this form was anything more
than a state assumed by the common plant when more or less sub-
ject to tidal submersion. Its prostrate or semi-prostrate habit
appeared to be the result of a heavier and more fleshy development
under strongly saline influence.
* Donpia MARITIMA (L.) Druce.
Perhaps rather more common than D. dinearis and often found
with or near it, but usually in wetter places, flowering at the same
seasons,
Satsota Katt L.
Common on sea-beaches, flowering in August and September.
The seedling plants begin to appear early in June.
BICKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 55
* SALSOLA CAROLINIANA Walter.
Sparingly along the ocean side of Sachacha Pond and on the
adjoining sea-beach.
AMARANTHACEAE
AMARANTHUS RETROFLEXUS L.
Less common than the next; August, September.
* AMARANTHUS HYBRIDUS L,
A common weed of cultivated fields and waste places; August,
September. Either coarse and erect, or more slender and de-
pressed with fewer and more elongated spikes. A single plant
seen with purplish-tinged panicle.
AMARANTHUS GRAECIZANS L.
A common weed, sometimes abundant in cultivated fields
flowering through summer and autumn.
* AMARANTHUS BLITOIDES S. Wats.
Sparingly along the railroad on Washington Street, 1899 to
1907; farm yard in Polpis, 1906; in full flower August and
September.
AMARANTHUS PUMILUS Raf.
“On the beach. S. T. Olney, 1849.” (M. L. Owen, Cat.
50.) The range of this species is commonly given as extending
no further east than Rhode Island, yet Olney’s record is explicit
and I know of no reason why it should not be accepted as authen-
tic, especially in the case of so unmistakable a plant. Nor is this
the only record of the occurrence of the species in Massachusetts.
In Hovey’s Magazine (13: 219. 1847), itis mentioned by William
Oakes as having been found at Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard, in
1820.
PHYTOLACCACEAE
PHYTOLACCA DECANDRA L.
Occasional in waste places near the town and in burned-over
spots in the pine scrub; Quaise; Wauwinet. In full flower and
fruit September 4, 1904.
56 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
AIZOACEAE
MoLiuGo VERTICILLATA L,
Very common, especially so on sandy levels about some of
the south shore ponds. In full flower in August and September.
Nothing was seen of it in June although in the same latitude it
commonly begins to flower before the end of May.
PORTULACACEAE
PoRTULACA OLERACEA L.
Frequent in cultivated fields and occasionally elsewhere ;
apparently nowhere common. Noticed in flower as late as
September.
* PoRTULACA GRANDIFLORA Hooker.
Along aneglected roadway at Siasconset in September, 1899,
in full flower; not observed since.
ILLECEBRACEAE
SCLERANTHUS ANNUUS L.
Abundant in sterile soil, doubtless flowering at all seasons.
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
AGrostemMMA GitHaco L.
Apparently uncommon. Mrs. Owen mentions it as seen
occasionally in fields. I observed it only once, on June 9, 1908,
not yet in flower-bud. In midsummer its conspicuous flowers
might well show it to be more common.
SILENE VULGARIS (Moench) Garcke.
Observed at four places, by street-sides and in waste spots in
the town, and also in an old field on the Benjamin Coffin farm.
In fresh flower June 9, 1908 ; still in bloom Sept. 10, 1904.
* SILENE ANTIRRHINA L,
A scattered group of very small plants on a bank near Acquid-
ness Point, June 2, 1909, the flower buds just appearing.
SILENE ARMERIA L,
An occasional garden escape into waste ground, not observed,
however, since August, 1906.
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 57
* SILENE DICHOTOMA Ehrh.
I failed to meet with this species but have seen specimens col-
lected on Nantucket as follows: ‘‘Sandy meadow lot, Aug. 13,
1897,” 7. NV. Vasey, and “‘ Nantucket Sept. 2, 1896,” ex herb. E.
& C. E. Faxon, in herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden ; “ Maxcy’s
Pond, Aug., 1895,” Jés. M. P. Robinson, in herb. Nantucket
Maria Mitchell Association.
LycHnis ALBA Mill.
Infrequent. Sparingly in a grain field west of the town June
6, 1909, in full flower and with large capsules; one station at
Wauwinet, June II, 1909, just in bloom; still in flower Sept. 18,
1907, in a grassy lot on Lily Street.
* Lycunis pioica L,
Occasional by street-sides and in hay and clover fields near the
town; Shawkemo. First flowers June 2, 1909; still in full bloom
Sept. 11, 1904, and Sept. 18, 1907.
SAPONARIA OFFICINALIS L,
Roadsides and waste places, common in the town and suburbs.
In full flower August and September, the flowers often double.
DIAntTHUs ARMERIA L,
Scarce. Two sheets are in the herbarium of the Nantucket
Maria Mitchell Association, one from ‘‘ grassy field back of ‘the
Cliff’ Aug. 15, 1891,” one collected in a field on the Madequet
road, Aug. 20, 1891, by Mrs. Nellie F. Flynn. I observed it
only on Grove Lane, a few plants not yet in flower, June 17, 1908.
Mrs. Owen has recorded it from Siasconset.
ALSINE MEDIA L,
Abundant and doubtless to be found in flower at all seasons.
* ALSINE GRAMINEA (L.) Britton.
A few plants in a low pasture near Monomoy in full flower
June 7, 1908.
CERASTIUM VULGATUM L.
Everywhere in grassy places. In full flower May 30, 1909,
but many plants only just in bud; mostly out of bloom by August,
although occasional flowers may be found in September.
58 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
* CERASTIUM SEMIDECANDRUM L,
Common in and near the town in sandy fields and lots and
along roadsides ; abundant all over the sandy level by the hotel
at Wauwinet, June 11,1909; near Miacomet Pond. In full flower
and fruit May 30, 1909, evidently blooming much earlier than C.
vulgatum. The two species are frequently found together and
when thus seen side by side the differences between them are
strikingly apparent. C. semidecandrum is decidedly the more
viscid-pubescent and particles of sand and other foreign substances
often adhere thickly to its viscid cymes.
CERASTIUM ARVENSE L.
A characteristic plant of the island growing everywhere in
sandy fields, on dry banks and along roadsides. In May and early
June it is conspicuous from the abundance of its pure white flowers ;
by August it is mostly dried up and little noticeable. In full
flower May 30, 1909; passing out of bloom June 7, 1908, and no
flowers seen after June 15.
SAGINA PROCUMBENS L.,
Frequent, and widely scattered over the island. Often found
growing in the crevices of brick sidewalks in the town and common
on damp levels by some of the ponds on the south shore; Surfside;
head of Tom Never’s Swamp ; Siasconset ; near Hummock Pond.
Sometimes growing in contracted tufts in pure white sand, In
full flower from May to September.
ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA L.
Common, usually in poor or sandy soil in dry places. In full
flower May 30, 1909, mostly dried up by mid-August.
MOEHRINGIA LATERIFLORA (L.) Fenzl.
Common or, locally, even abundant in or about thickets on the
eastern side of the island through Shimmo, Shawkemo, Quaise,
and Polpis, to Pocomo and Squam ; Tom Never’s Swamp; Cos-
katy ; among the cedarson Coatue. Just in flower June 2, 1909 ;
mostly dried up by the middle of August.
Ammodenia maritima (Raf.) comb. nov.
Adenarium maritimum Raf. New Fl. N. Am. 1: 62. 1836.
Arenaria peploides L., var. robusta Fernald, Rhodora 11: 114.
1909.
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 59
On the coast sands all around the island, sometimes massed in
great abundance along or among the dunes near the shore. Just
in flower June 7, 1909.
SPERGULA ARVENSIS L.
In cultivated fields and along roadsides ; common and widely
spread. First flowers June 3, 1909; continuing to bloom through
September.
* TISSA CANADENSIS (Pers.) Britton.
Observed only on Coatue; in full flower and fruit Sept. 7,
1904. Plants small, often forming compactly much branched tufts
6-16 cm. in diameter; sepals obtuse or rounded at apex, about
half the length of the oblong-ovoid obtuse capsule ; seeds I mm.
in diameter, dark brown, wingless, roughened with minute points.
Agrees closely with typical examples of Zissa canadensis from
much further north except that it is not wholly smooth but more
or less finely glandular-pubescent, at least in its upper parts. I
met with the same plant, in October, 1909, on Chappaquiddick
Island, Marthas Vineyard, the most southern point, I think, ex-
cept Nantucket, from which it has been reported.
TissA MARINA (L.) Britton.
Common on salt marshes and brackish shores ; observed in
flower from early June until late September.
Plants larger throughout than those of Zissa canadensis and
more widely branched, sometimes spreading over 4 dm., more
pubescent and with donger leaves and internodes and larger more
acute sepals and capsule, the latter little exserted ; seeds smooth,
only half the size of those of 7. canadensis, 0.5 mm. in diameter,
and paler in color. No winged seeds were found in any Nantucket
specimen.
Tissa RuUBRA (L.) Britton.
Common in dry sandy places, often in waste ground, Ob-
served in flower from May until late September.
NYMPHAEACEAE
BRASENIA SCHREBERI Gmel.
In a number of ponds and pools mainly on the eastern side of
the island.
60 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
NYMPHAEA ADVENA Ait.
Mrs. Owen’s catalogue reports the spatterdock as not uncom-
mon. I saw nothing of it nor did I succeed by inquiry among the
islanders in ascertaining where it grew or had once grown. Since
then, however, a letter from Mrs. Mary A. Albertson, Curator of
the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association, has informed me that it
has been found by Miss Grace B. Gardner and by Mr. Walter
Burdick in a little cove at the east end of Sachacha Pond.
CASTALIA ODORATA (Ait.) Woodville & Wood.
Common. Just in bloom June 17, 1908; observed still in
flower as late as the middle of September.
A colony of pond lilies bearing large bright pink flowers was
found in Squam, Aug. 13, 1906, in a small deep pool almost
hidden by surrounding shrubbery. The locality is in an unin-
habited part of the island and the plants had every appearance
of being native, but I have been informed by Mrs. Albertson that
the pink pond lily is known to have been planted somewhere in
that section of the island.
CERATOPHYLLACEAE
CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM L.
Abundant in Long, Hummock, and Miacomet ponds ; Wash-
ing Pond. Not observed in flower or fruit.
RANUNCULACEAE
Copris TRIFOLIA (L.) Salisb.
The goldthread is included without comment in Mrs. Owen’s
catalogue. When on Nantucket I was not able to learn anything
of the status of the species as an island plant and concluded that
if it should possibly occur at the present day it must be extremely
rare. I have since heard from Mrs. Albertson that she had
recently been told by Miss Grace B. Gardner that it had been
found by her in the “thorn lot.” The reference is to the tract of
land west of the town bordered by cockspur thorn trees which,
Mrs. Owen has told us, were set out as a hedge about the year
1830.
BICKNELL : FERNS AND-FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 61
* ACTAEA RUBRA (Ait.) Willd.
This woodland ‘species occurs along Rattlesnake Bank, where,
in favorable seasons, it forms patches of luxuriant growth and fruits
prolifically ; a small colony was found also in a dense thicket in
Quaise and a single sterile plant in Polpis. Bearing green fruit
June 11, 1909; fruit matured Aug. 7, 1906.
* AQUILEGIA CANADENSIS L.
Discovered in full flower June 2, 1909, near Acquidness Point,
growing on a prominent knoll near the shore under a close
thickety growth, mainly of bear oak, beach plum, and wild thorn
(Crataegus). The colony consisted of perhaps thirty plants scat-
tered over a space of about ten yards by three yards in general
area. As this bright-flowered plant has never been reported from
Nantucket it seems probable that it occurs at no other place on
the island and, since the thicket which protects it is wholly isolated
and almost surrounded by salt marshes, there is little chance of
its ever being able to spread elsewhere.
ANEMONE QUINQUEFOLIA L,
Common in thickets and open low grounds. In full flower
June I, 1909; a few flowers remaining June 9.
* RANUNCULUS DELPHINIFOLIUS Torr.
In Squam, near Wauwinet, Sept. 5, 1904, —a nearly dried-out
pot-hole covered with a dense tangle of leafy runners, no flowers
remaining ; a few plants in a similar situation about half a mile
distant ; some young plants in a muddy pot-hole near Tristram
Coffin’s Homestead, Sept. 12, 1907.
RANUNCULUS oBTUsIUSCULUS Raf.
In two small pools near the Orange Street railroad crossing,
where it was long ago discovered by Judge J. R. Churchill and
Mr. Walter Deane; also in a pool east of the Creeks. First
leaves appearing May 30, 1909; in full flower in August and
some flowers remaining at the middle of September.
RanuncuLus Acris L.
Abundant, conspicuously so when in full flower in the fields
and meadows in and near the town. Generally in flower May 30,
1909, but not yet at its height of bloom; few or no flowers left
by the second week in September.
62 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
The later leaves, as well as those which are produced by a
second growth following the mowing of the fields or other injury,
are usually less deeply and narrowly cleft than those of the spring
and early summer and have broader segments [var. Stevent
(Andrz.) Lange]. This is the common state of the plant in the
autumn, but, in its extreme form, is scarcely to be found in the
spring, when the typical state of the plant prevails.
RANUNCULUS BULBOSUS L,
Common throughout, preferring a drier, poorer soil than X. acris,
and much less noticeable in the late summer and autumn, the
branching parts appearing to wither earlier in the season. In full
flower May 30, 1909; no flowers remaining by September.
RANUNCULUS REPENS L,
In luxuriant abundance everywhere in low meadows and springy
places in the neighborhood of the town and often growing about
yards and along street-sides ; sometimes in out of the way bogs.
In full flower May 30, 1909; a few flowers may be found as late
as the middle of September.
OxyGRAPHIS CyMBALARIA (Pursh) Prantl.
Common on damp sandy levels about some of the south shore
ponds; Capaum Pond; salt marshes along the Creeks ; Polpis
Harbor. First flowers June 8, 1909; some flowers as late as the
middle of September.
* THALICTRUM REVOLUTUM DC,
Rattlesnake Bank, not abundant, but growing with great vigor,
some plants becoming nearly eight feet tall; Watt’s Run Bank;
thicket by shore pond east of Pocomo Head. Panicles well devel-
oped but not yet in flower June 11, 1908; well fruited Aug. 7,
1906.
THALICTRUM POLYGAMUM Mulhl.
Mrs. Owen's catalogue records, on the authority of Mr. Dame,
‘‘a few depauperate specimens in swamps in Squam.”
Note.— The barberry (Berderis vulgaris L.) is admitted to Mrs.
Owen’s catalogue upon the occurrence of a single plant found by
Mr. Dame by the roadside near Siasconset. This was doubtless
only a transient waif.
BICKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 63
The Japanese Berberis Thunbergit DC. was twice observed in
waste places near the town.
LAURACEAE
SASSAFRAS SASSAFRAS (L.) Karst.
Common in thickets, sometimes flowering when only three to
four feet high. It is not often seen over ten feet in height, the
largest trees occurring in Polpis and on Coskaty. First flowers
June 4, 1909.
PAPAVERACEAE
CHELIDONIUM Majus L,
Almost confined to the town where it is common as a street-
side and garden weed; occasional in waste ground at outlying
points. In full flower May 30, 1909; in some seasons flowers
are to be found up to the middle of September.
CRUCIFERAE
* LEPIDIUM CAMPESTRE (L.) R. Br.
A recently introduced weed first observed in 1908 —a single
plant by the wharves and a small group in a farm yard west of
head of Hummock Pond; in flower and fruit June 10. In June
of the following year two plants were seen on the wharves and a
single plant by a roadside in Polpis.
LEPIDIUM VIRGINICUM L.
A very common weed, sometimes flowering casually before the
middle of June, but not generally in bloom until later in the month,
Forms occur with densely pubescent leaves, others with the lower
leaves pinnate with pinnatifid segments, these variations answering
to the characters adduced for the so-called varieties pubescens
Schmitz and pennatifidum Schultz.
* LEPIDIUM DENSIFLORUM Schrad.
L. intermedium A, Gray. Not A. Rich.
L. apetalum Asch. and auct. Am. Not Willd. fde Thellung.
Apparently of only recent appearance on Nantucket ; first
observed in September, 1904 — two street-side plants in the town
and a small groupin waste ground at Siasconset. It was not seen
at all in 1906 and 1907. In June, 1908, it was noticed once in
64 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
the town and also along a sandy driveway above the cliff. In
1909 it was seen at several places and at as remote a point as the
life-saving station near the southwestern end of the island.
Specimens collected at Shimmo Valley farm June 2, 1909, too
young for satisfactory determination, but doubtless referable to
this species, are noteworthy. They are unusually foliaceous, with
the rosulate basal leaves pinnate or deeply pinnatifid with laciniate-
dentate segments ; the flowers are distinctly petaliferous, the petals
varying from rudimentary to 1.5 mm, in length.
* LEPIDIUM NEGLECTUM Thell. (?)
While I think that there can be no doubt about the occurrence
of this species on Nantucket, the interrogation mark is employed
because the specimens collected are too immature for positive
identification. They grew in waste ground at Shimmo Valley
farm June 2, 1909, in flower and early fruit.
The plant itself, although common enough in our eastern flora,
has not yet made its way into our manuals, and thereby hangs a
tale which may appropriately be narrated here. As far back as
1895 I collected in and near Van Cortlandt Park, New York, at
three rather widely separated localities, a Lepidium: which was
clearly distinct from any of our eastern species then recognized.
In that year Doctor B. L. Robinson had completed his study of
the genus Lepfidium for the Synoptical Flora of North America
and I well remember discussing with him the Van Cortlandt speci-
mens at the Columbia University herbarium in its old home in
Hamilton Hall. The plant was determined by Doctor Robinson
as Lepidium medium Greene and so recorded in Syn. Fl. N. Am.
t'; 468, published in 1897. Subsequently, in 1898, I collected
the same plant in Bronx Park, N. Y., and also on Mt. Desert,
Maine, where a single specimen was found in a clearing near the
woodland bicycle path. I noticed it also near Short Hills, New
Jersey, in 1900, and of late years have found it to be rather well
distributed in southwestern Long Island.
In the year 1899 Mr. Percy Wilson collected at random, he tells
me, a number of specimens of Lepidium at Bedford Park, New
York, near the entrance of the New York Botanical Garden. These
were forwarded in an exchange of specimens to Doctor Albert
Thellung, at Zurich, who, as it happened, was engaged on his
BICKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 65
monograph of the genus Lefidium, which appeared in 1906. It
developed that Mr. Wilson’s collection included specimens of Z.
virgimicum and of L. densiflorum, together with a new species which
was described by Doctor Thellung as Lepidium neglectum (Bull.
Herb. Boiss. II. 4: 708. 1904). This description makes it
plain that the new species is precisely the Van Cortlandt Park
Lepidium already referred to. Doctor Thellung had, in 1903,
referred the plant, as had Doctor Robinson, to the Lepidiame
medium of Greene. Its relationship to this southwestern species is
indeed close, but an examination of authentic specimens of JZ,
medium does not allow me to doubt that Thellung was finally right
in regarding the two plants as distinct.
Lepidium neglectum is so nearly intermediate between L. virgini-
cumand L. densifiorum that the question of hybridization is readily
suggested. Yet in the behavior of the plant and in its environ-
ments as I have observed it, no evidence has appeared, aside from
the mere fact of association, that it is not a perfectly true species.
The three plants sometimes occupy the same square yard of space,
yet L. neglectum is also found growing with L. wvirginicum in
localities where ZL. densiforum is unknown.
Lepidium neglectum, although discussed by Thellung espe-
cially in its relation to ZL. densiflorum has much more the aspect of
L. virginicum. It is, indeed, sometimes difficult to distinguish
from forms of the latter except by reference to the position of the
cotyledons in the seed, which is always conclusive — accumbent in
L. virginicum, incumbent in ZL. neglectum. The most obvious
differences from L. virginicum are more elongated racemes and
shorter-pedicelled and often larger and more orbicular capsules,
which become over 3 mm. long and broad; it differs also in the
form and texture of the leaves and in the character of the obscure
pubescence. In the field it may be useful to recall that it begins
to flower considerably earlier than L. virginicum.
There need be no uncertainty as between L. neglectum and L.
densiflorum. The former is at once set apart to the eye by its
much larger and less crowded, more broadly orbicular capsules,
and by its petals, which are always more or less obvious except in
the terminal or later flowers, where they may be rudimentary or
even absent.
66 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
* Coronopus pipyMus (L.) J. E. Smith.
In the collection of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association
I found an unmounted fruiting specimen of this wart cress among
a series of plants which, Mrs. Albertson informed me, had been
collected in or near the town in August, 1908.
* THLASPI ARVENSE L.
Wauwinet, June 11, 1909, a small colony of scattered plants
in a waste spot back of the beach, growing with Brassica arvensts,
Brassica campestris, and Conringia orientalis. The plants were
mostly just beginning to flower, but a few bore good-sized pods.
SISYMBRIUM LEIOCARPUM Jord.
A very common weed of farm yards, old fields, and waste
ground. First flowers May 30, 1909.
Nothing was seen of typical Szsymbrium officinale (L.) Scop.,
which, although apparently rare in the eastern states, I have col-
lected near New York City and on Long Island.
* SISYMBRIUM ALTISSIMUM L.
A recently introduced weed which threatens to become trouble-
some, First observed June 12, 1908, two plants just in flower in
a field west of the town and a single plant in waste ground on the
road to Surfside. The following year it was found in considerable
abundance at Shimmo Valley farm and also in a cultivated field
on the Miacomet Pond farm, just in flower June 2.
CAKILE EDENTULA (Bigelow) Hooker.
Common on sea-beaches. First leaves May 30, 1909; con-
tinuing to bear flowers into September.
BRASSICA CAMPESTRIS L.
Occasional in old fields and waste places. Back of the shore
on the ocean front at Wauwinet it was freshly in flower June 9,
1909 ; the same day in a waste spot near the town it showed well-
developed fruit. Plant pale green and glaucous, fleshy, glabrous,
or the lowest leaves bearing obscure scattered hairs ; flowers bright,
light yellow, the petals about 1 cm. long.
* Brassica Rapa L,
Frequent in cultivated fields. Scattered plants in a wheat field
near the town were freshly in flower June 13, 1900.
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 67
Plant greener and thinner-leaved than B. campestris ; at least
the lower leaves, and often the base of the stem, hispid-pubescent ;
flowers deeper yellow, rather small, the petals 7-8 mm. long.
* Brassica Napus L.
About farms and in old fields, sometimes common as a sur-
vival of cultivation ; occasionally in grain fields. In full flower
and with well-developed fruit June 12, 1909. Much stouter and
taller than the other associated Brassicas, and very conspicuous
when in full bloom. Wholly smooth, blue-glaucous and rather
fleshy ; flowers resembling those of Brassica oleracea, very pale
yellow, large, the petals sometimes 18 mm. long.
* BRASSICA JUNCEA (L.) Cosson.
Occasional or frequent about the wharves and streets and in
outlying old fields. First flowers June 2, 1909; no flowers ob-
served as late as September.
Brassica NIGRA (L.) Koch.
Common about the wharves and fishermen’s houses and in
waste places, beginning to flower later than 4. juncea. First flowers
June 10, 1909; remaining in full flower through September.
* BRASSICA ARVENSIS (L.) Kuntze.
About farms and in old fields and waste places, now generally
common but apparently infrequent until recent years. First flowers
May 31, 1909; continuing to bloom into September.
* DIPLOTAXIS MURALIS (L.) DC.
Along a cartway in the western outskirts of the town Sept. IT,
1899, some flowers remaining. Not observed since. Plant ex-
haling an unpleasant odor, suggesting that of Geranium Robert-
anum,
RapHANus RAPHANISTRUM L.,
Abundant in neglected and in cultivated fields. First flowers
May 30, 1909; remaining in bloom through September.
* RAPHANUS saTivus L.
Met with several times near cultivated ground and in waste
places. First flowers May 30, 1909; also in full flower at the
middle of September.
68 BIcKNELL : FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
BARBAREA RIVULARIS Martr. Pl. Crit. du Tarn. 1: 9. 1862; FI.
Tarn. 44. 1864. .
Barbarea stricta auct. Am. Not Andrz.
A plant of comparatively recent introduction to Nantucket
and now fast becoming widely established. Mrs. Owen reports
Barbarea vulgaris as having first appeared in 1883; this record
probably refers to the species here discussed, which was not at
that time generally recognized as distinct from B. vulgaris, In
September, 1889, I observed two plants in a weedy alley in the
town, but saw nothing more of it until June, 1908, when a few
plants were observed near the old wharves and by a street-side in
the town and a mass of it occupied a shallow gully in the side of
the cliff. The next year it had spread extensively and was seen
at a number of points in the town as well as in fields near by, and
at such distant points as Miacomet Pond farm, Hummock Pond
and the life-saving station at the southwestern side of the island.
In full flower May 30, 1909.
* RapiIcULA NASTURTIUM-AQUATICUM (L.) Britten & Rendle.
Growing in luxuriant masses about springs and ditches at
Shawaukemmo ; Watt’s Run; near Reed Pond. First flowers
May 30, 1909.
* RADICULA PALUSTRIS (L.) Moench.
A group of half a dozen plants just in flower June 6, 1909, at
edge of pool by the Madequet road, just beyond Crooked Lane.
* Rapicuta ArmoraciA (L.) Robinson.
Frequent in and near the town; ditch in Polpis. Just in
flower May 30, 1909.
CARDAMINE PENNSYLVANICA Muhl.
Not common; ditches west and southwest of the town;
Quaise ; Polpis ; Watt’s Run. In full flower May 31, 1909.
Along Watt’s Run, in the shade of a dense thicket, occurs a
lax and slender form which so closely simulates Cardamine flexu-
osa With. that it required a close examination of the siliques and
styles to convince me that it was not that species.
* CARDAMINE ARENICOLA Britton.
Wet meadow west of the town ; Shawkemo ; muddy border of
sink-hole near Tristram Coffin’s Homestead. In full flower May
31, 1909.
oI
eR eee) we ee ee ere
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 69
Bursa Bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton.
A commen weed occurring in various more or less distinct
forms or elementary species.
DRABA VERNA L, |
Common in sandy fields and along roadsides in and near the
town ; Monomoy; Shawkemo. Plants past flowering and mostly
dried up by May 30, 1909, but in protected spots still green and
retaining mature fruit. On June 7, 1908, only withered plants
were to be found, many retaining the dried septa of the pods.
* ERYSIMUM CHEIRANTHOIDES L,
Two plants in waste ground at Shimmo Valley farm, just in
flower June 2, 1909.
* ALYSSUM ALYSSOIDES L,
Along a sandy bank and adjoining grassy level by an old stone
foundation on the cliff. In full flower and fruit June 2, 1909.
Petals at first yellow, early becoming pure white.
* CONRINGIA ORIENTALIS (L.) Dumort.
Wauwinet, June 11, 1909, two plants just in flower in waste
spot back of the beach with 7h/aspi arvense, Brassica arvensis, and
Brassica campestris. Petals palest yellow or cream-colored.
Note. — Hesperis matronalis L. is occasionally found by street-
sides in the town as a casual escape from adjoining gardens.
RESEDACEAE
RESEDA LUTEA L,
Reported by Mrs. Owen, on the authority of Mr. Dame, as
being well established in a pasture in Polpis in August, 1886.
SARRACENIACEAE
SARRACENIA PURPUREA L,
Occurs in a few sphagnum bogs between Polpis and Sachacha.
In one of the larger bogs it was numerous enough to be rather
conspicuous when in full flower June 15, 1908.
DROSERACEAE
DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA L,
Common in sandy and peaty bogs.
70 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
DROSERA LONGIFOLIA L.
Common in bogs and on pond shores.
DRoSERA FILIFORMIS Raf.
Common on the sandy shores of Tom Never’s Pond and spar-
ingly near the head of the swamp. A single flower as late as
Sept. 15, 1907.
CRASSULACEAE
TILLAEAstRUM VaiLiantil (Willd.) Britton.
One of the rarer plants of which we have earliest record on
Nantucket is the 77//aea simplex of Nuttall, which was recorded by
William Oakes as having been collected by him in 1829 ‘‘ on the
dried borders of small ponds” (Hovey’s Mag. 7: 182. 1841).
Writing in 1888, Mrs. Owen says ‘‘ Not reported since.’ In the
herbarium of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association and of
the New York Botanical Garden are Nantucket specimens of the
plant now referred to 72//aeastrum Vaillant (Willd.) Britton which
were collected by Mrs. Mabel P. Robinson on the shore of Hum-
mock Pond Aug. 15, 1894, and July, 1896. Mrs. Albertson has
informed me that the plant still grows at that locality, having been
collected there in very recent years.
Whether 7i//aeastrum Vaillantii (Willd.) Britton is really dis-
tinct from Zi/aeastrum aguaticum (L.) Britton (Tillaea simplex
Nutt.) cannot yet be said to be satisfactorily established. The .
only diagnostic character adduced for 7. Vai/lantii would seem to
be the slender peduncle, but such a character might well prove to
be an unstable one in a shore plant which is doubtless sometimes
subject to submersion, and it remains to be determined whether the
elongation of the peduncle is not related to a chance submersion of
the plant during some period of its growth. In one of Mrs, Rob-
inson’s Nantucket specimens the lower flowers only are peduncled,
the uppermost being subsessile.
Should the two plants be distinct, it is not improbable that
both are to be credited to Nantucket and that Oakes was quite
correct in his record of 7i//aea simplex, which plant, in its perfectly
typical form, was collected on Marthas Vineyard, not twenty miles
from Nantucket, on September 27, 1909.
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 71
* SEDUM PURPUREUM Tausch.
Bank near the Orange Street railroad crossing ; dry field over
a mile west of the town. First observed June, 1908.
SEDUM ACRE L.
At two localities in dry fields near Millbrook Swamp; bank
on Grove Lane; Poor House grounds and roadsides near by.
GROSSULARIACEAE
GROSSULARIA HIRTELLA (Michx.) Spach.
Thickets or open ground either in dry or moist soils, some-
times in open boggy places. In full bloom May 31, 1909, a few
flowers as late as June 20; some fruit nearly full size June 7.
Not a few of the plants of Nantucket differ from the ordinary
form of their species found on the mainland. The variations from
their common types displayed by such species may be either
slight and inconstant or well emphasized and firmly established.
And there may be discerned a tendency in a number of species of
widely different relationships to follow similar lines of variation,
thus affording a hint of some broad influence operating in the flora
of the island.
The reduced stature of arboreal species on a wind-swept island "
may be readily understood and is doubtless correlated with an
increased horizontal growth of the branches and their develop-
ment low on the trunk, or from its base, which is a frequent con-
dition of Nantucket trees.
In the herbaceous species which show obvious departures from
their usual forms tt seems possible to recognize a drift of variation
in two main directions, one towards an increased development of
pubescence, the other leading to a tendency in certain erect or
ascending species to become declined or even prostrate.
The Nantucket gooseberry is a marked example of a species
modified by an unusual development of pubescence. In its ex-
treme form the young branches, petioles, and lower leaf surfaces
are densely white-tomentose and the upper surfaces of the leaves
closely soft-pubescent. This increased pubescence often extends
to the flowers, which become notably villous, and to the fruit,
which is sometimes finely puberulent all over and may even de-
72 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
velop an occasional weak Spine. In other more variable charac-
ters the plant is also noteworthy. The leaves are often smaller
and thicker than in the typical form with the larger veins distinctly
impressed above; they may also be duller green in color, less
deeply cleft, less sharply dentate and with more obtuse lobes.
Parts of the stem and branches are often densely bristly but, by
the exfoliation of the pale outer bark, become bright reddish
brown and wholly unarmed except for the infra-axillary spines.
This form of the plant is the prevailing one on Nantucket.
The typical plant also occurs and each form appears to shade in-
sensibly into the other.
Many specimens of the pubescent form are identical with typi-
cal material of Aibes oxyacanthoides, var. calcicola Fernald, from
the Province of Quebec (Rhodora '7: 153-155. Au 1905).
The development of air chambers in the Ricciaceae
PAULINE E, HirsH
The thallus in the family Ricciaceae is characterized by the
presence of clearly defined air spaces, varying in different species
in size and shape. On the basis of the structure of the tissues
and enclosed air chambers a subdivision of the old genus Riccia
into smaller genera is made by some writers. For example,
Evans and Nichols in their “‘ Bryophytes of Connecticut’’ have
placed in the genus Azccia those species with air spaces in the
form of narrow canals lying between rows of cells at right angles
to the upper surface of the thallus. Species with the green tissue
arranged in layers one cell thick, separating irregular air spaces
from one another, they placed in the genera Riccie/la and Riccio-
carpus, the latter characterized by an epidermis with pores, the
former by an epidermis without pores, though sometimes becoming
ruptured irregularly with age.
In the Botanical Gazette for September, 1907, Barnes and Land
published a paper dealing with the origin of air chambers in the
Marchantiales. They studied representatives of as many groups as
they could obtain, and described results so uniform as to make it,
in their opinion, a matter of doubt whether any other mode of
origin exists than that found in every plant investigated. They
concluded that the ‘‘ air chambers of Marchantiales arise invariably
by the splitting of internal cell walls, usually at the junction of the
outermost and first internal layer of cells.’* In the Ricciaceae
they examined only Riccia fluitans and R. natans. They stated
that in these species “the origin of the air chambers is exactly
alike, though the later course of development seems to be differ-
ent. The origin of both is certainly by internal cleavage, and it
is quite evident that the air chamber is wholly unrelated to the
sex-organ pit.”
At the time that the present study was undertaken, the only
fresh material available was ‘‘ Riccia /utescens,’ the terrestrial form
* Barnes and Land. Bot. Gaz. 44: 213. 1907.
7 Barnes and Land. JZ. ¢. 205.
74 Hirsu : AIR CHAMBERS IN THE RICCIACEAE
of Ricciocarpus natans, which was obtained from the marshes near
the southern end of Cayuga Lake. In addition, material of Riccia
Frostii Aust., which had been preserved in alcohol, was used.*
For comparative purposes herbarium material of Riccia nigrella,
R. glauca, R. Miyakeana, R. crystallina, R. arvensis hirta, R.
fluitans, R. Donnellii, and Ricciocarpus natans was studied. This
was prepared for sectioning by first soaking it in dilute KOH and
warm water before running it through the alcohols and cedar oil,
and imbedding finally in paraffin. Although the tissue of this
herbarium material was distorted and could not be used as a basis
for positive statements or drawings, it was evident that the first
three species named presented a different type of air chamber from
that found in the two species studied by Barnes and Land; and
the earliest stages suggested an entirely different origin. Azecia
Frostit Aust. also exhibited the same type of air chamber ; and as
this had been preserved in alcohol the tissue was in good condi-
tion, so that satisfactory sections through the apical region could
be obtained and the development of the air chambers could be
followed with certainty.
A study of Ricciocarpus natans showed that in every instance
the air spaces arise through cleavage. The figures (1-3 inclusive),
IGURE Ricciocarpus natans. Verti- FIGURE 2. Ricciocarpus natans.
cal longitudinal section of thallus near the Section nearly parallel to the surface
growing point. 4, early stage of an air cham- showing origin of air chambers.
ber; 8 and C, older chambers which have
opened to the outside.
made from sections close to the growing point, display this clearly.
There is no doubt concerning the origin of space A in FIGURE I.
B and C in the same figure show older spaces that have opened
out to the surface Ficure 3, A, indicates cell division preparatory
* The material was collected near the ‘*Kaw River,’’ Kansas, by an unknown
collector, ‘The writer is indebted to Professor Alexander W. Evans for its determination-
+
HirsH : AIR CHAMBERS IN THE RICCIACEAE 75
to the closing of the air chamber C that has broken out to the sur-
face. All of the figures confirm the truth of the statements of
Barnes and Land; and they cannot be interpreted in any other
way than in consonance with their observations.
FIGUR Ricciocarpus na- FIGURE 4. Riccta Frostii. Vertical longitudinal
tans. A, cell division prepara- section, showing archegonium and origin of chambers
tory to closing the chamber C. and filaments.
An examination of Ricca Frost Aust., however, indicates an
entirely different structure. FiGuREs 4, 5, and 6 present a condi-
tion strikingly in contrast with that shown in the previous figures
of Ricciocarpus natans, In FicuRE 6, A is the apical cell; M isa
young archegonium; B, C, and D, are tiny depressions lying be-
tween the rounded ends of the outermost layer of cells ; N and O
show older spaces, and at P is shown the way in which the elon-
gated, narrow air spaces are closed at the end. The air chambers
of Riccia Frostii Aust. are, therefore, narrow chambers or canals,
which are the spaces between the elongated filaments or rows of
cells at right angles to the upper surface of the thallus. Ficure
6 shows clearly the way in which these filaments and spaces origi-
nate. Immediately back of the apical cell, the superficial cells
arch outward in a papillate manner as a result of the cessation of
growth at the lines of their junction. As they elongate they are
divided by transverse walls so that filaments or rows of cells are
formed, which are separate and distinct from one another. The
intervening spaces in this species are formed, therefore, not by the
cleavage or the separation of mature tissues, but in a manner
76 Hirsu : AIR CHAMBERS IN THE RICCIACEAE
almost exactly indicated by the diagrammatic scheme given by
Barnes and Land in their figure 1. During the formation of the
filaments there is a marked growth in the thallus in which the pro-
truding filaments do not share, so that the air spaces broaden per-
Ficure 5. éiccia Frostii, Later stage, showing similar structures.
ceptibly. In the older parts of the thallus the air spaces may
become nearly completely closed (FriGuRE 6, P) through the en-
largement of the terminal cells of the filaments; but, nevertheless,
they retain their canalicular form and present an entirely different
appearance from the irregular but more or less polygonal air spaces
of Ricctocarpus natans,
This method of development is clearly in harmony with Leit-
geb’s account of the origin of intercellular spaces. In his ‘‘ Un-
tersuchungen tiber die Lebermoose”’ Leitgeb maintains that near
the growing point on the dorsal surface there appear between four
cells small pits that in profile view are simply dark points, ‘that
these impressions arise not by cleavage but in this way, — that the
free outer walls of the enclosing cells grow up over these places.”
B, C, and D in Figure 6 are without doubt these pits. He states
further that there is a possibility that occasionally these depres-
sions could elongate through a splitting from without in; but he
rejects this in favor of the view that their increase in size is accom-
plished by a growth in thickness of the thallus dorsally.* He
thus believed that the sex organs are visible at the same time as
the pits that form the very beginning of the intercellular space
formation, and that, as in the case of the former, the whole cell
* Leitgeb, Untersuchungen iiber die Lebermoose 42 EJ; 27) 1870,
HirsH: AIR CHAMBERS IN THE RICCIACEAE 77
becomes imbedded by an upward growth of the surrounding tissue,
so in,the case of the latter the bottom of the pit becomes sunken
in the3thallus by similar growth.
From what has been said it is evident that there are two
methods of origin of the air spaces in the Ricciaceae : the first, by
partly closed.
internal cleavage, resulting in the formation of broad, irregular,
chamber-like spaces separated by plates of green cells one layer
thick; the second by the upward growth of filaments at right
angles to the surface of the thallus, resulting in the formation of
elongated, narrow air chambers. The two species studied by
Barnes and Land represent only Récciella and Kicciocarpus, in
which groups the origin of the air chamber is by internal cleavage.
R. Frostii Aust., on the other hand, is a true Riccza, in which the
air chambers are formed by the growth of filaments at right angles
to the surface.
This work was done in the botanical laboratory of Cornell
University at the suggestion and under the supervision of Dr. E.
J. Durand.
The validity of Helianthus illinoensis Gleason as a species
FRANK C, GATES
The plants to which the name Helianthus tllinoensis Gleason
was assigned were collected by Dr. H. A. Gleason on sand dunes
along the Illinois River near Havana, Illinois, during 1903 and
1904, where they occur in the Quercus velutina association. The
original description was published in the Ohio Naturalist (5: 214.
1904) and reprinted in “On the biology of the sand areas of
linois”” by C. A. Hart and H. A. Gleason (Bulletin Illinois State
Laboratory of Natural History 7: 188. Ja 1907). The salient
points in the description are as follows:
“‘ Erect, six to ten dm. high, from a long running rootstock.
Stem simple, slightly angled, densely villous below, pubescent
above. Leaves six to eight pairs, strictly opposite, slightly sca-
brous above, softly pubescent beneath and villous on the veins,
obtuse ; the lowest four or five pairs oblong-lanceolate to ovate-
lanceolate, three-nerved, entire, ten to fifteen cm. long, tapering at
the base into a winged petiole equaling or but little shorter than
the leaves ; the upper two or three pairs much smaller or bract-
like, petiole short or none. Lower internodes five to eight cm. in
length, or the two lowest pairs of leaves approximate, upper inter-
nodes much longer. .. . Flowers in August. . . . Helzanthus
wlinoensis is evidently closely related to Helianthus occidentalts
Riddell, which it resembles in the reduction in size of the upper
leaves. It is at once distinguished from the latter species by the
villous pubescence and the greater length of the lower internodes.
The two are sometimes associated in the field, but in general
appearance they are entirely distinct. Helianthus occidentalis has
broad, scabrous, light green, short-petioled leaves which are nearly
erect in a basal cluster, while in Helianthus illinoensis they are
darker green, more or less spreading and scattered on the stem.’
The corresponding features of Helianthus occidentalis Riddell
are thus characterized in Britton’s Manual :
“Stems appressed-pubescent or sometimes nearly glabrous,
slender, mostly simple, 6-9 dm. high. Leaves mainly basal, firm,
ovate or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or obtusish at the apex, nar-
rowed at the base, 3—5-nerved, serrulate or entire, mostly scabrous
above, pubescent beneath, with slender petioles.”
80 GATES : THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS ILLINOENSIS
In the American Naturalist (42: 73-80. F 1908), David
Starr Jordan formulates what he terms the “ Law of Geminate
Species” in these words: “ Given any species, in any region, the
nearest related species is not to be found in the same region nor
in a remote region, but in a neighboring district separated from
the first by a barrier of some sort or at least by a belt of country,
the breadth of which gives the effect of a barrier.’ This state-
ment is given in slightly different words and amplified to make its
application to plants more obvious by A. E. Ortmann (Science
II. 27: 427. 1908) as follows. ‘Closely allied species occupy
neighboring areas; more or less closely allied species, occupying
the same or nearly the same territory, generally possess different
habits.’ This makes it clear that ecological as well as geographic
segregation enters into the composition of species. Stated upon
an ecological basis, this principle is that closely allied species ought
not to occur within the same association in a given geographic
area. Variations in any given species are always more or less
marked according to local or edaphic factors. This variation, occa-
sioned by environment, leads to extreme types between which
there may be every gradation. In some cases only the extremes
are noticeable but wider observation will reveal the intermediate
steps. Ecological consideration of the factors involved clearly
shows that these types are variations of one species. When vari-
ation in ecological factors has led to the production of two or more
apparently well-characterized types, it is frequently necessary, for
the sake of definiteness and conciseness in referring to them, to
give them recognized names. These names, however, are not of
really specific rank. In general, the normal type or the one from
which the variations occur ought to bear the specific name and the
well-characterized variations, especially those which are connected
with the normal form by comparatively few gradations, ought to
bear subspecific names, reserving the term “ variety” to horticul-
ture where it more properly belongs. Ortmann (Science II. 27:
429. 1908) sums up the idea in the form of a rule. “If further
studies should show that there is segregation, geographical or
ecological, between these forms, then they are species ; if not, they
are varieties (= subspecies), which fact then also will be expressed
in their morphological condition, one form running into the other
at least in certain parts of their ranges.’’
GATES : THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS II.LINOENSIS 81
As the plants under consideration were both found in the
Quercus velutina association where it occurs on sand dunes, it
seemed well to look into their status during 1908, when the sand
areas of Illinois were studied by Dr. Gleason. During the early
part of the summer, plants seemingly belonging to the new species
were found associated with the Quercus velutina wherever that
association occurred. The following are a number of localities in
which this association was studied and from which plants in ques-
tion were collected :
St. Anne, Kankakee Co., Ill. (Gaves 2437, 2439.)
Hanover Station, Jo Daviess Co., Ill. (2662, 2672.)
Savanna, Carroll Co., Ill. (2684.)
Oregon, Ogle Co., Ill. (2778, 2733.)
Winthrop Harbor, Lake Co., Ill. (2774.)
Beach, Lake Co., Ill. (2749, 2887, 2936, 2965.)
In addition to these localities observations were made in Rock
and Kenosha counties, Wisconsin, and McHenry Co., Illinois.
Nothing seemed to be amiss until near Winthrop Harbor, IIli-
nois, it was discovered that plants which in the spring and early
summer were /7/. zl/inoensis, were at the time of blooming and
fruiting simply 7. occidentalis. This observation led to careful
study of these plants wherever they were found during the season
of 1909. The conclusions that were inevitably drawn were that
HT. illinoensis was an ecological subspecies of A. occidentalis, pro-
voked in response to severer xerophytic conditions or increased
food supply. Accordingly I propose that these plants should bear
the name:
Helianthus occidentalis illinoensis (Gleason) Gates, comb. nov.
Helianthus tllinoensis Gleason, Ohio Nat. 5: 214. 1904.
Helianthus occidentalis grows both in the black soil prairies of
Illinois, etc., and in the sand areas which are distributed over the
north and central parts of Illinois. In so far as could be observed
those plants of this species growing in the black soil prairies
showed no indications whatsoever towards modification in the
direction of the subspecies. The latter is a plant of sand regions,
but the mere growing of the type in sand does not necessarily
mean that any characters of the subspecies will appear. In all
82 GATES: THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS ILLINOENSIS
situations this species grows erect from a long running rootstock,
by means of which propagation is usually effected from year to
year. Reproduction by seeds does not seem to be customary in
view of the scarcity of seedlings observed. Observations on the
association of the individual seedlings, in the Beach region at least,
seemed to point to the dissemination — not of the seeds separately
—but by heads containing the full quota of seeds or nearly so.
At all events vegetative propagation and reproduction soon lead to
the formation of a patch of plants. The patch is usually a closed
association and admits of but few interstitials (such as Polygonum
tenue or Arabis lyrata), while on the other hand the patch may
spread outwards for a meter or more. It was this assemblage in
patches that furnished the key to the situation. It was very
plainly evident that edaphic factors varied within the extent of the
patches. Of these the most important were light and soil. An-
other factor, water supply, due to varying amounts of precipitation,
varied from season to season and also within a given season.
These three factors, acting either singly or conjointly with the
compound factor, wind, may produce the subspecific type, 77. occi-
dentalis iwllinoensts on sandy soil. In so far as could be determined,
the greater amount of pubescence which is characteristic of the
subspecies, /7, occidentalis illinoensis, was to afford the plant ade-
quate protection from excessive transpiration brought about by
varying edaphic conditions. Light, acting singly while the other
factors mentioned were constant, could produce the subspecific
type, provided the physiological water-content of the soil was such
as to make the transpiration ratio (7. ¢. the amount of water
transpired divided by the amount of water taken up by the plant)
at or below the critical point for the particular plants. Some
patches were found which extended from the full sunlight up into
the fairly dense shade of oak trees and in every observed case
those plants which received full sunlight were more pubescent than
those in the shade.
It is, however, only in case the water supply is deficient that
the difference in pubescence is so marked as to constitute the sub-
specific type. Long lower internodes are characteristic of the sub-
species but several examples of plants growing in full sunlight with
a dense villous pubescence had internodes but very little longer
Gates: THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS ILLINOENSIS 83
than the normal type. It seems quite likely that this is due to the
inhibiting action of excessive light upon plant growth. Typical
plants of this species when growing on sandy soils normally occur
in the shade. When growing in the sun on the black soil prairies
of Illinois no deviation from the specific type was observed. In
the case of the sand prairies of the Beach region the few cases that
were found showed otherwise. Ina few places where patches of
this sunflower extended from the sandy soil into the edge of the
prairie, whose soil, though essentially sandy, was gray on account
of admixture with humus, the plants growing in the latter situation
had the appearance of the subspecies while those that were in the
purer sand remained characteristic of the species. It was very
evident that both extremes had arisen from the same parent stock.
This shows the tendency of an increased food supply to produce
larger plants of the long internode type. The increased pubes-
cence seems always to accompany the long internodes, while the
latter may be virtually absent in cases where the former is present.
Plants growing in sand mixed with humus under the shade of the
oaks (Quercus velutina) generally responded with longer inter-
nodes. This was, of course, accentuated in the diminished light.
The presence of the villous pubescence, which usually is regarded
as a protection against excessive transpiration, is not so easy to
understand, for the transpiration under the shade of the oaks is
obviously not so great as in the open sunlight. As the soil is
richer and there is no appreciable difference in the water supply,
it may be that the hairs are produced from an excess of materials
taken up into the plants, as is suggested by Strasburger for other
more or less similar cases and for the grit cells of the pear.
The remaining factor that has the power to influence in the
production of the subspecific type is the available water-content of
the soil. A physiological water supply which is too low decreases
the amount of water available for transpiration, consequently in-
duces pubescence. Obvious excess of water supply was not
observed and very likely seldom occurs, as water in the form of
rain sinks rapidly through the sandy soil of the Quercus velutina
ridges upon which this Helianthus grows. Normally a sufficient
supply of the water is left in the sand as films around the sand
grains. As is very well known, rainfall varies widely both from
84 GATES: THE VALIDITY OF HELIANTHUS ILLINOENSIS
season to season and even within a given season. This has a
decided effect in the production of the subspecific type, as is shown
in the following examples. The spring and the first part of the
summer of 1908 were characterized by extreme and protracted
drought in Illinois. During that time, almost without exception,
plants of this sunflower were densely pubescent and had long inter-
nodes, whether they occurred in sun or in shade, in poor soil or in
a richer soil. This is characteristic of 7. occidentalis illinoensis.
The drought was broken in August in Lake County, Illinois, and
the result was that virtually all the plants, some of which had
been definitely marked, lost their pubescence and to all intents
and purposes were normal ZH. occidentalis. The season of 1909
had abundant precipitation throughout and during that entire year
but very few plants were found that could be referred to 17. occt-
dentalis illinoensis, even in patches which the spring before had
been dominated by that type.
Flelianthus occidentalis easily maintains itself on the sand but it
may also occur on black-soil prairies without apparent modifica-
tion. In addition, it may occur on sand prairies where, near
Winthrop Harbor at least, it is barely able to hold its own. In
such situations, however, the plants are of the pubescent, long-
internode type. The subspecific type, termed /7/. occtdentalis
ilinoensis, always occurs in sandy soil, within or near the limits of
the Quercus velutina association, where it is a response to edaphic
conditions in the environment which increase the amount of food
supply or which increase the transpiration on a soil more or less
deficient with respect to either or both of the factors, physiological
water supply and food materials.
The preceding conclusions have been based on field observa-
tion alone. Culture of the plants under control conditions will in
the future give more conclusive results.
URBANA, ILLINOIs.
Notes on Rutaceae — III
PERcyY WILSON
Within the past few years, a number of writers on Rutaceae
have taken up the name Fagara (L. Syst. ed. 10. 897. 1759)
for the species of Zanthoxylum which have both sepals and petals.
In his Species Plantarum (270. 1753), Linnaeus mentions only
two species of Zanthoxylum, Z. Clava-herculis and Z. trifoliatum ;
the second is an Acanthopanax and belongs to the Araliaceae.
Z. Clava-hercults is plainly the type of the genus Zanthoxylum.
In his Genera Plantarum (ed. 5. 130. 1754), the genus Zan-
thoxylum is credited to Colden and said to be without corolla, and
it is evident that Linnaeus had in mind Colden’s plant from New
York, the species afterward described as Z. americanum Mill.
In his Species Plantarum, however, Linnaeus did not refer to Z.
americanum, but bases Z. Clava-herculis upon the extended de-
scription of Zanthoxyl/um in Hortus Cliffortianus and the descrip-
tion and plate of Catesby. The plant of the Hortus Cliffortianus
and Catesby possessed a corolla and belongs in what has been
called Fagara. Fagara then is a mere synonym of Zanthoxylum
and the latter name should be retained for this genus of Rutaceae.
ZANTHOXYLUM (Catesby) L. Sp. Pl. 270. 1753
Zanthoxylum Hartii (Krug & Urban) P. Wilson, comb. nov.
Fagara Hartii Krug & Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 586. 1806.
Jamaica.
Zanthoxylum rhodoxylon (Urban) P. Wilson, comb. nov.
Fagara rhodoxylon Urban, Symb. Ant. 5: 530. 1908.
Jamaica.
Zanthoxylum Liebmannianum (Engler) P. Wilson, comb. nov.
Fagara Liebmanniana Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 21: beibl. 54: 20.
1896.
Mexico.
Zanthoxylum elegantissimum (Engler) P. Wilson, comb nov.
Fagara elegantissima Engler, E. & P. Nat. Pflanzenfam., 3°:
85
86 Witson : Nores ON RUTACEAE
118. 1896. (Hyponym); Bot. Jahrb. 21: beibl. 54: 25. 1896.
Mexico.
Zanthoxylum mollissimum (Engler) P. Wilson, comb. nov.
Fagara mollissima Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 21: beibl. 54: 22. 1896.
Mexico.
Zanthoxylum bijugum (Engler) P. Wilson, comb nov.
Fagara bijuga Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 21: beibl. 54: 23. 1896.
Mexico.
Zanthoxylum monophyllum (Lam.) P. Wilson, comb. nov.
Fagara monophylla Lam. Tabl. Encycl. 1: 334. 1791.
Santo Domingo to Trinidad, Costa Rica, and northern South
America,
Zanthoxylum granulatum (Krug & Urban) P. Wilson, comb, nov.
Fagara granulata Krug & Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 594. 1896.
Santo Domingo.
Zanthoxylum Harmsianum (Loes.) P. Wilson, comb. nov.
Fagara Harmsiana Loes. Bull. Herb. Boiss. I. 3: 96. 1903.
Guatemala.
Amyris Purpusii P. Wilson, sp. nov.
A small tree with grayish branches. Young twigs, branches
of the inflorescence, and the petioles minutely hispidulous. Leaves
opposite ; leaflets 3, petioluled, elliptic to ovate, 2-3.8 cm. long,
1.2-2.4 cm. broad, coriaceous, rounded and somewhat emarginate
at the apex; lustrous above, dull and minutely puberulous on the
veins beneath, the margin entire or obsoletely crenate, lateral leaf-
lets cordate at the base; inflorescence 3-5 cm. high; flowers not
seen, on triangular, ciliate ; drupe (immature) narrowly obovoid,
4-5 m
Pee collected in Barranca de Santa Maria, Zacualpan, State
of Vera Cruz, Mexico, C. A. Purpus 2355.
Related to Amyris elemifera L. and A. balsamifera L., but dif-
fering from both in the lateral leaflets, which are cordate at the
base and rounded at the apex. The obovoid fruit and presence of
hairs on the branches of the inflorescence seem to indicate that this
species is closer to A. dalsamifera L. than to A. elemifera L.,
which usually has a globose or subglobose fruit and the branches
of the inflorescence glabrous.
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN.
\
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE #
(1903-1909)
aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in its broadest sense.
ws, and papers which relate eae to forestry, agriculture, horticulture,
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and
no attempt is made to index the literature o bacteriology. An occasional exception is
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is was a monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers,
at the rate of on t for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must oe nt cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre-
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Club.
Atkinson, G. F. The influence of mushrooms on the growth of some
plants. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 240: 215-234. 7.
r16-126. Je 1906.
Ball, QO. M. Alfalfa seed testing. Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 81:
I-15. Drgos5. _ [Illust.]
Bell, W. B. The plants of the Williston area. Rep. North Dakota
Agric. Exp. Sta. 18’: 53-75. 1908.
Blankinship, J. W. Native economic plants of Montana. Montana
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 56: 1-38. Ap 1905.
Bolley, H. L. Rust problems; facts, observations, and theories ; pos-
sible means of control. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 68:
605-676. f. 7-70. F 1906.
Bolley, H. L. Weeds and methods of eradication. Weed control by
means of chemical sprays. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 80:
511-574. f. 1-29. Mr 1908.
Brooks, C. Notes on apple diseases. New Hampshire Agric. Exp.
Sta. Rep. 20; 371-376. 1909.
Brooks, C. Notes on peach diseases. New Hampshire Agric. Exp.
Sta. Rep. 20; 376-382. pl. r4+f. 15-17. 1909.
Brooks, C. Pine blight. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 20:
379, 371. 1909.
87
88 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Brooks, C. The fruit spot of apples. New Hampshire Agric. Exp.
Sta. Rep. 20: 332-365. A/. 7-7. 1909.
Burrill, T. J. Bitter rot of apples. [Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull.
118: 553-609. pi. 7-0. S 1907.
Burrill, T. J., & Barrett, J. T. Ear rots of corn. [Illinois Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 133: 63-109. p/. 7-17. F 1909.
Clinton,G. P. Heteroecious rusts of Connecticut having a peridermium
for their aecial stage. Rep. Connecticut Agric, Exp. Sta. 1907—
1908: 369-396. p/. 25-372. My 1908.
Clinton, G. P. Notes on fungous diseases, etc., for 1907. Rep. Con-
necticut Agric. Exp. Sta, 1907-1908: 339-362. f/. 77-23. My
1908,
Clinton, G. P. Root rot of tobacco—II, Rep. Connecticut Agric.
Exp. Sta. 1907-1908 : 363-368. f/. 24. My 1908.
Davenport, E., & Rietz,H.L. Type and variability in corn. Illinois
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 119: 1-29. O 1907.
East, E. M. The relation of certain biological principles to plant
breeding. Connecticut Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 158: 1-93. f. 7-6.
N 1907.
Emerson, R. A. Inheritance of colorin the seeds of the common bean,
Phaseolus vulgaris. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 22: 65-101.
1 F 1g09.
Emerson, R. A. The relation of early maturity to hardiness in trees.
Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 1to1—110. f. 7-737. 1 F 1906.
Eustace, H. J. Investigations on some fruit diseases. New York Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 297: 31-48. p/. 7-7. F 1908.
Faurot, F. W. Report of fungous diseases occurring on cultivated
fruits during the season of 1902. Missouri State Fruit Exp. Sta.
Bull. 6: 3-24. f 7-9. 1 Mr 1903.
Fulton, H. R. Cotton wilt. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 96:
I-15. S1g07. [LIllust.]
Fulton, H. R. Diseases affecting rice. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 105: 1-28. f. 7-72. Ap 1908.
Fulton, H.R. Diseases of pepper and beans. Louisiana Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. ror: 1-21. f. 7-75. Ja 1908. ,
Fulton, H.R. The root disease of sugar cane. Louisiana Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 100: 1-21. f. 7-8. Ja 1908.
Georgeson, C. C. Brief summary of work. Report Alaska Agric.
Exp. Sta. 1906: 9-20. 10
Includes notes on some native Alaskan fruits.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 89
Giddings, N. J. The occurrence of plant diseases in 1907. Vermont
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 136: 188-190. Je 1908.
Green, W. J., & Secrest, E. Forest conditions in Ohio. Ohio Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 204: 237-277. Je 1g09. _ [Illust.]
Halsted, B. D. Breeding sweet corn — codperative tests. New Jersey
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 192: 1-30. p/. r-g +f. 7-8. 2 Mr 1906.
Halsted, B. D. Forest trees of New Jersey. New Jersey Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 202: 1-52. f. 7-25. 25 Ap 1907.
Halsted, B. D., & Owen, E. J. Report of the botanist. Rep. New
Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 27: 369-514. pl. 1-25. 1907.
Halsted, B. D., Owen, E. J., & Shaw, J. K. Report of the botanist.
Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 26: 423-525. p/. 7-17. 1906.
Halsted, B. D., Owen, E. J., & Shore, N. D. Report of the botanist.
Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 28: 257-386. p/. 7-27. 1908.
Halsted, B. D., Owen, E. J., & Shore, N. D. Report of the botanist.
Rep. New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 29: 179-301. A/. 1-73. 1909.
Hare, R. F., & Griffiths, D. The tunaas food forman. New Mexico
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 64: 1-88. p/. 7-7. Ap 1907.
>» Hartwell, B. L. Effect of sodium on plant composition. Rep. Rhode
Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 21: 235-242. 1908.
» Hartwell, B. L., & Pember, F. R. Sodium as a partial substitute for
potassium. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 21: 243-285.
Jit E2665;
» Hartwell, B. L., & Pember, F. R. The relation between the effects
of liming, and of nutrient solutions containing different amounts of
acid, upon the growth of certain cereals. Rep. Rhode Island Agric.
Exp. Sta. 20: 358-380. f. 7, 2. 1908.
Hartwell, B. L., & Pember, F. R. The relative toxicity of ferrous
sulfate to bariey and rye seedlings. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp.
Sta. 21: 286-294. 1908.
» Hartwell, B. L., Wheeler, H. J., & Pember, F. R. The effect of the
“addition of sodium to deficient amounts of potassium, upon the growth
of plants in both water and sand cultures. Rep. Rhode Island Agric.
Exp. Sta. 20: 299-357. f. 7, 2. . 1908.
Heald, F. D. A disease of the cottonwood due to Z//vingia megaloma.
Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 92-100. p/. 7-g. 1 F 1906.
Heald, F.D. Report on the plant diseases prevalent in Nebraska
during the season of 1905. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 19-
81. 1 F 1906.
N
“
90 INDEX tro AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Heald, F.D. Seed treatment for the smuts of winter barley. Nebraska
Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 28: 45-53. 4 7-3. 29 Ja 1908.
Heald, F.D. The black rot of a ples due to Sclerotinia fructigena,
Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 19: 82-91. f/. 7, 2. 1 F 1906.
Heald, F. D. The bud-rot of carnations. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 103: 1-24. fl. 1-6. 10 Ja 1908.
Heald, F. D. The life history of the cedar rust fungus, Gymnosporan-
gium Juniperi-virginianae Schw. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep.
22: 103-127. pl. 1-137 + map. 1 F 1909.
Heald, F. D., & Pool, V. W. The influence of chemical stimulation
upon the production of perithecia by Me/anospora pampeana Speg.
Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 22: 129-134. p/. z, 2. 1 F 1909.
Heald, F. D., & Pool, V. W. The mold of maple syrup. Nebraska
Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 21: 54-68. f. 1-7. 28 Ja 1908.
Heald, F. D., Wilcox, E. M., & Pool, V. W. The life-history and
parasitism of Diplodia Zeae (Schw.) Lév. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta.
Rep. 22: 2-79. pl. 1-10. 1 F 1909.
Hedrick, U. P., Taylor, 0. M., & Wellington, R. Ringing herba-
ceous plants. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 288: 191-210.
pl. 1-4. Ap 1907.
Hunt,.T. F. The importance of nitrogen in the growth of plants.
Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 247: 177-203. fi 83-85. Je
1907.
Ingham, N. D. L£ucalyptus in California. California Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 196: 29-112. f. z-69. Jl 1908.
Jones, L. R. Concerning disease resistance of potatoes. Rep. Ver-
mont Agric, Exp. Sta. 18: 264-267. 1905.
Jones, L. R. The black leg disease of the potato. Rep. Vermont
Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 257-265. 1907
Jones,L. R. ‘The black leg disease of the potato. Vermont Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 129: ror—103. Ap 1907.
Jones, L. R. The damping off of coniferous seedlings. Vermont
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 136: 205, 206. Je 1908.
Jones, L. R., & Giddings, N. J. The occurrence of plant diseases in
Vermont in 1906. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 129: 92-98.
Ap 1907.
Jones, L. R., & Giddings, N. J. The occurrence of plant diseases in
Vermont in 1906. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 227-236.
Je By Fe 1907,
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 91
Jones, L. R., & Morse, W. J. Potato diseases and their remedies.
Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 18: 272-291. 1905.
Jones, L. R., & Morse, W. J. The occurrence of plant diseases in
Vermont in 1904. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 18: 267~271.
1905.
Jones, L. R., & Pomeroy,C. S. The leaf blotch disease of the potato
caused by Cercospora concors. Rep. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 19:
2360-257. f. 9-5. 1907.
Jones, L. R., & Pomeroy, C. S. The leaf blotch disease of the
potato caused by Cercospora concors. Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 129: g8-1oo. Ap 1907.
Kern, F. D. Indiana plant diseases in 1905. Indiana Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 111: 121-134. Mr 1906.
Kern, F. D, Indiana plant diseases in 1906. Indiana Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 119: 425-436. Mr 1907.
Knight, H. G., Hepner, F. E., & Nelson, A. Wyoming forage plants
and their chemical composition. Studies no. 2. Wyoming Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 70: 1-76. f. 7-37. My 1906.
Knight, H. G., Hepner, F. E., & Nelson, A. Wyoming forage plants
and their chemical composition. Studies no. 3. Wyoming Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 76: 1-120. fi r-50. Mr 1908.
Lang, W. H. On the sporogonium of Mofothy/as. Ann. Bot. 21:
201-210. pl. 27. Ap 1907.
Lawrence, W. H. Some important plant diseases of Washington.
Washington Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 83: 1-56. f. 7-77. 1907.
- Lewis, C. I., & Vincent, C. C. Pollination of the apple. Oregon
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104: 1-40. pl. r-r1g. F 1909.
Lewis, I. M. Apple leaf spot. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta.
Rep. 20: 365-369. A/. 8,9. Ig09.
Longyear, B. 0. The evergreen trees of Colorado. Colorado Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 130: 1-32. péZ. r-g. . My 1908.
Metcalf, H. A preliminary report on the blast of rice, with notes
on other rice diseases. South Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 121:
1-43. My 1906.
Milward, J. G. Observations upon the prevalence of early potato
blight in Wisconsin. Rep. Wisconsin Agric. Exp. Sta. 24: 343-
350. f. 637-68. 1907.
ee Morse, F. W. The respiration of apples and its relation to their keep-
é ing. Néw Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 135: 85-92. F 1908.
[Illust. ]
92 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Morse, W. J. Notes on plant diseases in 1908. Maine Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 164: 1-28. fi z-4. Ja 1909.
Nelson, A. Some potato diseases, their cause and control. Wyoming
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 71: 1-40. f r-zz. Ja 1907.
- Norton, J. B. S. Irish potato diseases. Maryland Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 108: 63-72. f. 7-4. Ap 1906.
Olive, E. W. Rusts of cereals and other plants. South Dakota Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 109: 1-19. f 7-5. Je 1908.
Pernot, E. F. Preserving wild mushrooms. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 98: 1-6. Ja 1908.
Peters, A. T., & Sturdevant, L. B. Poisoning of horses by the
common horsetail weed (Zguisetum arvense). Nebraska Agric. Exp.
Sta. Rep. 19: 111-115. 1 F 1906. [Illust.]
Pool, V. W. Some tomato fruit rots during 1907. Nebraska Agric.
Exp. Sta. Rep. 21: 1-33. p/. 7-10. 29 Ja 1908.
Price, H. L., & Drinkard, A. W. Inheritance in tomato hybrids.
Virginia Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 177: 15-54. p/. z-ro +f. 7-5. Jl
1908.
Reddick, D. Necrosis of the grape vine. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 263: 321-344. f. gr-57. F 1909.
Reddick, D. The fungus that causes black rot of grapes. Cornell
Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 253: 365-374. 177-182. Ap 1908.
Reed, H.S. Three fungous diseases of the cultivated ginseng. Mis-
souri Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 69: 43-66. f. 7-9. O 1905.
Rolfs, F. M. Diseases of fruits and fungicides. Missouri State Fruit
Exp. Sta. Bull. 16: 1-39. Mr 1907.
Sanborn, C. E., & Scholl, E. E. Texas honey plants. Texas Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 102: 1-31. Ja 1908.
Seaver, F. J. Notes on North Dakota fungi. Rep. North Dakota
Agric. Exp. Sta. 18’: 48-53. 1908.
Selby, A. D. A second Ohio weed manual. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 175 ; 291-384. f. 1-737. Je 1906.
Selby, A. D., & Manus, T. F. Studies in diseases of cereals and
grasses. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 203: 187-236. pl. 7-14 + f-
I-7. Ap 1909.
Sheldon, J. L. The ripe rot or mummy disease of guavas. West Vir-
ginia Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 104: 299-315. p/. r-4+f.7. Ap 1906.
Shull,G. H. A pure-line method in corn breeding. ‘Proc. Am.
Breed. Assoc. §: 51-59. My 1909.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 93
Smith, J. B. The New Jersey salt marsh and its improvement. New
Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 207: 1-24. pd. 7, 2 +f. 1-4 + map.
14 N 1907.
Smith, L. H. ‘The effect of selection upon certain physical characters
in the corn plant. Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 132: 47-62. fd.
I-5. F i909. ;
Smith, R. E. California peach blight. California Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 191: 73-98. f. 7-76. S 1907.
Coryneum Beyerinkii Oud. and its growth,
Smith, R. E. The brown rot of the lemon. California Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 190: 1-70. fi z-29. Jl 1907.
Pythiacystis citrophthora Smith & Smith and its growth.
Snyder, H. ‘The water soluble plant food of soils. Minnesota Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 89: 198-202. Jai1go5.
Also other papers on related subjects in the same Bulletin.
Sprague, T. A. The American species of Microtropis. Kew Bull.
Misc. Inf. 1909: 362-364. N 1909.
Includes 2 new species from Mexico and Guatemala.
Staber, M. J. Notes on the anatomy of Seshan macrocarpa Muh.
Bull. Torrey Club 36: 625-633. Al. 74. 16 N 1909.
Stephani, F. Hepaticae mexicanae novae récoltées par le Dr. Pringle
de Burlington. Rev. Bryol. 36: 138-140. N 1909.
Includes new species, one each in Anthoceros, Cheilolejeunea, Cyathodium, Fim-
briaria, Leioscyphus, Metageria, Radula, and Symphyogyna,
Stevens, F. L. Apple scurf. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull.
196: §4,°55. Je71907.
Stevens, F. L. A bacterial disease of lettuce. Rep. North Carolina
Agric. Exp. Sta. 30: 29, 30. f 2. 1908.
Stevens, F. L. Experiments upon the effect of formalin upon the
germination of oats. Rep. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. 31:
30-36. I9g909.
Stevens, F. L. Sclerotia on carrots. Rep. North Carolina Agric.
Exp. Sta: 30:31, 32. 7.37: 1908.
Stevens, F. L. The chrysanthemum ray blight. Rep. North Carolina
Agric. Exp. Sta. 30: 33-47. 7. ¢-17- 1908.
Stevens, F. L., & Hall, J. G. Stuart, W. The use of anesthetics in the forcing of plants. Rep.
Vermont Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 279-293. fA. 7, 2. 1907.
» Stuart, W. ‘The use of anesthetics in the forcing of plants. Vermont
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 129: 117-122. Ap 1907.
Sydow, H. & P. Fungi paraénses. Hedwigia 49: 78-84. 6 O
1909.
Includes 21 new species of fungi, distributed through 10 families.
Van Hook, J. M. I. Blighting of field and garden peas, chiefly due to
seed infection. Il. Powdery mildew of the pea. Ohio Agric.
Exp, Sta. Bull. 173: 233-249. f. 7-72. Ap 1906,
Vickers, E. W. Mountain spleenwort in northeastern Ohio. Fern
Bull. 17: 97-99. [N] 1909.
Voorhees, E. B., & Lipman, J. G. Investigations relative to the use
of nitrogenous materials. Rep. New Jersey Agric, Exp. Sta. 26:
138-211. 1906,
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 95
Voorhees, E. B., & Lipman, J. G. Plant nutrition studies. Rep.
New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 26: 211-218. p/. 1-6. 1906.
7 Voorhees, E. B., & Lipman, J. G. Plant nutrition studies. Rep.
New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 27: 101-107. 1907.
Vries, H. de. Bastarde von Oe¢nothera gigas. Ber. Deuts. Bot.
Gesells. 264: 754-762. 28 Ja 1909.
Walker, L. B. A new form of Sphaeropsis on apples. Nebraska Agric.
Exp. Sta. Rep. 21: 34-44. f. 7-10. 29 Ja 1908.
Warren, G. F., & Voorhees, J. A. Report of the horticulturist. Rep.
New Jersey Agric. Exp. Sta. 27: 189-266. f 7-8. 1907.
W{[atson], W. The wonderberry. Gard. Chron. 46: 291. /. 727-
129. 300 1909.
Webber, H. J. Plant breeding for farmers. Cornell Univ. Agric.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 251: 289-332. f. 135-144. F 1908.
/ Wheeler, H. J., & Hartwell, B. L. Concerning the functions of sodium
salts. Rep. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. 19: 186-316. 1907.
Whetzel, H. H. Bean anthracnose. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 255: 429-448. f. 277-222. My 1908.
Whetzel, H. H. Some diseases of beans. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 239: 195-214. f. roo-114. Ap 1906.
Whetzel, H. H. The blight canker of apple treees. Cornell Univ.
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 236: 99-138. /. 51-84. F 1906.
Whetzel, H. H., & Stewart, F. C. The control of plant diseases.
Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 252: 349-361. 4. 167-775.
Mr 1908.
Wieland, G.R. The Williamsonias of the Mixteca Alta. Bot. Gaz.
48: 427-441. f. 1-70. 18 D Ig09.
Wilcox, E. M., & Stone, R. E. Directions for the control of Nebraska
plant diseases. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 22: 21-63. 1
1909.
Wilson, C. S., & Reddick, D. The black rot of the grape and its con-
trol. Cornell Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 266: 389-412. f 99-170.
My 1909.
Wilson, G. W., & Seaver, F. J. Ascomycetes and lower fungi. Fas-
cicle III. Mycologiat: 268-273. 4 D 1909.
Wilson, N. E., Dinsmore, S. C., & Kennedy, P. B. Native forage
plants and their chemical composition. Nevada Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 62: 1-41. Je 1906. [Illust.]
96 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Wilson, J. R. The pines of the Piedmont belt. Southern Woodlands
3: 34-38. N 1909.
Winslow, E. J. Botrychium lanceolatum in northern Vermont. Fern
Bull. 17: 105. [N] 1909.
Wittmack, L. Studien itiber die Stammpflanze der Kartoffel.. Ber.
Deuts. Bot. Gesells. 27: (28)-(42). f. 7-6. 27 O 1909.
Wolf, F. A. A rot of grapes due to Pesta/ozsia uvicola Spegaz. Ne-
braska Agric. Exp. Sta. Rep. 21: 69-72. fi 1-5. 28 Je 1908.
[Ilust.]
Wooster, L.C. ‘The germ-plasm hypothesis of Weismann untenable.
Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 22: 338-350. f. a-2. 1909.
Yamanouchi, S. Cytology of Cutleria and Ag/aozonia. A preliminary
paper. Bot. Gaz. 48: 380-386. 15 N 1909.
Zahlbruckner, A. Neue Flechten—V. Ann. Myc. 7: 472-478. O
1909.
Includes Lopadiopsis foridana, a new species from Florida, and two new species
of Auellia and one of Caloplaca from Arizona,
THE BRYOLOGIST
WITH THE JANUARY, 1908, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
ELEVENTH YEAR AnD VOLUME
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics,
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings
and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional
as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year.
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.
INDEX TO
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each card.
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLEcE or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City.
From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
paper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year,
North American Flora
HIS work is designed to present descriptions of a plants grow tes neces
I of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central
merica, the Republic of Panama, and the Wed Indies, aoe Trinidad,
obago, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is
easiness South America
will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
eae han the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles
P. Daly.
It is planned to issue age as rapidly as they can = eae ee extent of
the work pap et it possible commence publication any 0 Aig —
he completed a will foe's a series of volumes — the ‘Slowing tudes
Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomacea
Volume 2 to 10, Fungi.
Volumes 11 to 13. Algae
Volumes 14 and 15. Bryophyta.
Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae.
Volumes 17 to 19, Monocotyledones.
tga
=P
°
oc
=
&
vo
The preparation of the work has been referred by the pe Medien of the
Garden r eigeaaae Saitine of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill and Dr.
J. H. Bar
Prfeor a8 F. Atkinson, te Cornell ae big ae Charles R. Barne
and John M, Coulter, of ys University of Chic rederick Og Coville, of the
Unite a Sate as, sey of Agricu tows ure, Pokan Bag ae L. Greene, of the United
‘ste Natoual Mus a Propet Byron D. Halsted, of Rutgers College e, and Pro-
fessor Willia ei iseleae: ‘of the Missouri Botanical Garden, have consented to act as
an sais committee.
he following parts have been published:
Vol. 7. Part ilaginales, by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ure-
dinaceae, and Acca Mes ars), by J. C. Arthur
Vol. 9. and Papen wagers by W = he Murrill. Part :, Boletaceae, by
W. A. Meni: rcicacase (pars) by W. A. Murrill and G. S. Bur ngham
ol. 16 I, Phieclonatiad fs L. M. tinier nd - c. Renediet;
oe. by L. M. Underwood; undaceae and C oe oe by
Benedic C Rephileamereie, Cliheniseese. and Crates aceae vie s), by W. "Maxon.
¥9.) Part 1, Pech ti by P. W ee iaceae, Aeiee and Hy-
Pisthartateae: by P. Rydberg ; Zansicheli steraceae, Cymodoceaceae,
Naiadaceae, and Lilacaceae by N. Taylo Sa featatacese, by N L. Britton ;
Alismaceae, by J. K. Small ; Butomaceae and Poaceae he s), by G. V. “Nash.
2. Part 1, ane erie niin y V. Nas Parag antl by N. L.
Britton sa J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and Parassiaceac, or A . Rydberg. Part 2,
axifragaceae and Hyd drangeacese, ry oS and P. A. Ry dberg; Cunoniaceae,
ae, r -
y H. H.R
: ym -_ . L, Britton ; Platanaceae, my H, A, Gleason ; Crossoso-
mataceae By faites s Connaracene,; by poke. Britton ; Calycanthaceae, by C. L.
ct Rosueeas sont by P. A. Rydberg. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A.
erg.
a 1. art e ee by L. Hanks and J. ~ ema Oxalidaceae
and Linaceae, i jo hak by N. i Britt
a yee em penal price is fx cach ge ie = _ — part; it is one that four -
be iets at kates bb oe m imited number of separate parts w!
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
. MEmorrs OF THE DEPARTMENT :
i eS a of the North American Species of the Genus
Pabygonin ‘(1895 y John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893-
1895 ; Curator of the Aohontics 1895-1598.
Rend Ble ee 84 plates. Price $6.00.
Vol. nograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898).
By Per Axil Rydbers Fellow in Botany, 1896-
uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00.
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT?
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00.
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894, Price $5.00,
Vol. 3. Nos, SI 75. 1894-1895, Price $5.00,
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00,
' Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00.
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00.
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00.
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00.
“Gi
Nos, 201-. 1903—(current).
List of separate numbers available on application.
3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert
Schneider, Fellow in Seek 1895-189
ctavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper).
—_— by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y.
epartment invites sripoetibiae relative “ ‘exchanges of ous
bsiaes aeiaeetal for any of the above nam ve seta Addre
Dr. se ee C. Curtis, Columbia Universit
An Illu
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to st Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes-
sor of ey 1891-1896 ; Emeritus pone 1896-, and Hon. Addi-
son Bro
Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. , 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, 5 Aseeabaey every
e
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ-
ately, $10. oo. 2 igs
5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900.
By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907
Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt &
; , $1.0 :
6. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un-
SS Professor of Botany, 1896-1907
odecimo, 236 pages, ro plates.
Co. hee St: lton Clar-
ie Nature and Dev elopment of Plants ea es oT sag ta oe
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-199
t8gb606 + Inducer ie Hoven. 1906-1908 ; Adjunct Professor of
Botany, 1908-.
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 ite Published by Henry Holt
€ $2.
Published by Henry Holt &
& Co., New York. Price
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave.,
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
ss CASS
KAHLBAUM’S
C. P. Chemicals
and Reagents
Our Specialties
MICROSCOPES €
and
ACCESSORIES © eae
ites E ' SCHLEICHER
& SCHULL’'S
—_— SCHOTT &
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S
Famous Labora-
me tory Glassware
WEIGHTS bi
MAnd for many other
renowned European
houses in our line.
COMPLETE LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited,
ig 8g Wile ep ae al IRR a Ea ease
MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals.
Price $3.00 a volume, Not offered in exchange.
Vol. 1, No. 1; not furnished separately
gle Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species ag the genus Carex,
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889.
Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately :
Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the New Jersey coast and adjacen
waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889.
No. 3; ‘price, 75 cents
Spruce, sieeaeres d. Hepatcae Ralivianans in Andibus Boliviae ie annig
1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. 20 Ja I
Vol. 1,-No. 4; price, 75 cents:
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Pages 141-187. 30 My 1890.
by . 2, No. 1; not furnished separately :
Halsted, Byron vid. Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding: parts.
Pages I-26, picks i, 2, 10 8 1890
. 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents
Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Gontssbetions to the botany of
Virginia. Pages 27-56, plats 37, g. 23 D 1890.
Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately :
Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the knowledge of the t Sean of
some North American plants. Pages eee aes =% 15 Ap
2, No Q. 4; ? €; 75C¢ : *
Wheelock, William Efner. ‘he genus ees z ee America. Pages 109-
152 oD 18o1.
Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately :
Small, John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Race of western North Carolina
and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20F 1
No. 2; price, oo
Morong, Thomas. The Naiadaceae of North America [with illustrations of all the
species]. Pages 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893.
Vol. 3, No. 3; not furnished separat
Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration 2 oes plants Saas in Bolivia by Miguel
Bang. [Part 1.] 7 1-67. Ap 1893.
1. 4, No. 1; not furnished separately :
Underwood, Lucien alee Index Hefaticarum. Part I, Bibliography. Pages
I-91 93-
Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately :
Small, John Kunkel, & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on the botanical explora-
tion of southwestern Virginia dtring the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, p/ates
75-82. 18 N 1893-17 Ap 1894.
Vol. 4, No. 3; price, 50 cen
ap nas a Hurd, An enumeration of the ae shisha in Bolivia by Migue
Part 2. Pages 203-274. 10 Mr-17 Ap Bes
. 4, No. 4; price, 50 cen
Pettit, np Stockton. Arachis Aypogaea L. Bas 275-296, plates 83-85
5 Je 18
: Vol. 4, No. 5; price, 75 cents:
Rydberg, Per Axel. The North American species of Physalis and related genera.
Pages 297-374. 15 S 1896
Vol. 5; price, $3.
List of ey and seat ha grow ring without cultivation in northeastern
North America. Page 4 D 1893-31 D 1894.
ek ‘. No. 1; price, $1.25:
Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel ~
Bang. Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896.
Vol. 6, No. 2; vot furnished separately
Grout, Abel Joel. A a oe nie the North American highicidiead and Brae
Pages 131-210. 30 fli
Hg 6 No. 3 phe 50 cé :
y Elliot. The life se f Sphaereila aaah is ( Haematococcus —
eet. es 211-246, plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Je 1899.
Vol. 6 No. 4; price, 50 cents :
shor saga Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior io
Pages ay 3. I D 1899.
pay 2 3; price, 25 cen
Fink, Notes on lichen disaabusion in ee upper Mississippi Valley.
Fades of, 1 D 1899.
Vv + price, ae
Howe, Marshal very. The Hepatica and tiihaconoies of California. Pages
I- << , plates Tange 5 Au 189
Vol. 8, No. 1; not furnished separately :
Lloyd, Fran est. The comparative embryology of the Awdiaceae. Part
Pa ages I- a Gee zg. 26 Au 1899, Part Il. Pages 27-112, plates pe
15 F rg02.
ol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00: =
Evans, Alexander William. aa Ee cate of the United States and Canada: ©
Pages 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F 1902 3
Vol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 cents: $. 4
Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude, & Taylor, Alexandrina. The life history of 3
Vittaria lineata. Pages 185-211, plates 27-31. 30 o Au 1902. sa
ol. 9; price, $3.00
ree, Ernest Stanley. A monograph of the pe siphaceae. Pages aoe plates ‘4
40 1900. No longer sold except in complete sets of the Memoirs
Vol. 10; price, $3.
Burgess, Edward + See Peete ef Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aster.
Pages i—xii, 1-447. 22 N 1g02
Wok LIMO: 1; price, $4.75: ;
aga pote The North American “Sordariaceae. Pages 1-134, plates ec.
Vol. 11, No. 2; price, 2
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The pe os tcaceaé and Eisele: ‘aceae of the United States.
Pages 135- tors plates 20-4 oO 1902. ;
Wl af No. 1; price, $1. 50
ected, A Rich. aof New ees and odris {Bahama Islands).
Pages ie ates I-i9 = am 10
Vol. 12, No. 2; price, $1 g
Banker, Howard James. A oe. to a “revision of the North Ameiiet :
Hydnacéae. Pages 99- a
1. 12, No. sap price, 75: cents
Kupfer, Elsie. Reis” in cas regeneration, Pires 195-241. 10 Je 190%
1. 13; price, $3.00
Burgess, Edward AoE Specie and — of Biotian Asters, with dis-
cussion of variability in 4ser. Pages i-xv, 1-419, plates 1-73. 15 Mr 19
~ Wal. i Wo. 15: ptice; $1.25:
Burlingham, Gertrude Simmons. & adr of the Lactariae of f the United States.
Pages 1-109, figures 7-15. 26 My I¢
Address: DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, |
College of ae 115 eras 68th St., New York
VOL. 37 MARCH, 1910 NO. 3°
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
€bitor
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE
Associate Editors
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy ELtiot HAZEN
JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSG MuRRILt
Puitip DoweELt CHarces Louis POLLARD
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS
CONTENTS
The morphology of Taenioma. (Plates 9 and ro)
ELIZABETH ILSLEY THOMPSON 97
A botanical and geological trip on the Warrior and Tombigbee rivers in the
coastal plainof Alabama . .. . . »+ +... ROLAND M. HARPER 107
Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora _XXI... . PER AXEL RYDBERG 127
Studies on the flora of Southern California—TIIl. - |. _ EE ROY ABRAMS 149
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ....-. .--: 155
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
THE NEW BRA PRINTING COMPANY
LANC
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Presiden,
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.
Vice-Presidents,
EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D
Recording Secretary, Treasurer,
PERCY WILSON. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D.
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. College of Pharmacy,
115 West 68th St., New York City.
MEETINGS
Meetings twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday,
at 8:co P.M., at the American Museum of Natural History; the last Wednesday,
at 3:30 P.M., m the Museum Building of the New York Botanical Garden.
PUBLICATIONS
All subscriptions and other business communications relating to the publications
of the Club should be addressed to the Treasurer, William Mansfield, College of
Pharmacy, 135 West 68th St., New York City
ulletin. Monthly, established 1870. Price, $3.00 a year; single numbers 30
cents. Of former volumes, only 24~36 can be supplied se ee A ; certain numbers
of other volumes are srdilahfe ec, the entire stock of so numbers has been
reserved for the completion of sets. Manuscripts intended a soa calion in the
BULLETIN should be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical
tden, Bronx Park, New York City.
Torreya. Monthly, a rgor. Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in-
tended for publication in ToRREYA should be addressed to Jean Broadhurst, Editor,
Teachers College, Columbia hice, New York City
Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. (See last pages of coaes )
Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta within 100 miles of
New York City, 1888, Price, $1.00
Vol. 37 No 3
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
MARCH, tgto
The morphology of Taenioma
ELIZABETH ILSLEY THOMPSON
(WITH PLATES 9 AND I0)
The work here described was done in the Botanical Laboratory
of Barnard College, Columbia University, under the direction of
Professor H. M. Richards, for whose kindly interest and assistance,
as well as that of Dr. T. E. Hazen, I wish to express my deep ap-
preciation. Iam greatly indebted also to Dr. M. A. Howe of the
New York Botanical Garden, through whose kindness the material
has been available for this work. The material used was col-
lected by Dr. Howe on two of his southern trips and was pre-
served with the aid of formaldehyde as well as by drying. The
fertile plants, possessing all the kinds of reproductive organs, were
obtained in Porto Rico in 1903; sterile (rarely tetrasporic) plants
were collected in the Bahamas (West Caicos) in 1907.
It is not the purpose here to determine the species to which
these two plants belong. There are minor differences between
them. The plant from Porto Rico (antheridial, cystocarpic, and
tetrasporic) appears larger, is dark violet in color, less secundly
branched, and the short flattened shoots are longer, sometimes 15—
30 segments in length, are more closely and more conspicuously
fasciculate or even fastigiate, and are prolonged into three hairs ;
while the plant from the Bahamas (sterile or rarely tetrasporic) is
smaller, reddish purple in color, the branches are apparently more
secund and the short flattened shoots, 9-15 segments in length, are
prolonged into two hairs. In spite of these differences there seems
little reason to doubt that both of these plants belong to the spe-
[The BuLLeTIN for February, 1910 (37: 51-96), was issued 5 Mr 1910. }
97
4
98 TuompsoN: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA
cies Zaentoma macrourum (Schousb.) Thuret.* According to Falk-
enberg ('01) the Zaenioma macrourum which he found near Naples
had short shoots ending in two hairs and but 15-20 segments long,
which is somewhat longer than the specimen from the Bahamas ;
otherwise the two agree. The Bahamian plant also agrees with the
Taenioma macrourum, as described originally by Thuret (’76)
from plants collected by Schousboe in Tangier, as far as can be
determined by the figures given and by the somewhat condensed
description. Agardh (’63) alone notes that the flattened shoots are
often prolonged into three hairs, but he is writing of Zaentoma per-
* [EDITORIAL NOTE.—Froma study of Thuret’s description and figures of his 7aenz-
oma macrourunt, based on Schousboe’s plant from Tangier, Morocco (Polysiphonia mac-
roura Schousb. in herb.), Miss Thompson seems to be justified in identifying at least
the Bahamian plant his this species. But the question still remains as to the identity
of this 7: macrourum with the previously . éaentome sone recta of J. Agardh,
based on material weiietesd on the Pacific coast of Me had not seen
Agardb’s specimen, but in proposing Seine sas a lilies species, he was in-
fluenced by the widely separated stations of the two plants, by some sintes t differ-
ences in size and color, judging from Agardh’s description, and by A rabs “a
silence as to the apical avis sion of the stichidium and _ the elongation oe its divisions
into two sae os Agardh, spibdioe does state that the stichidia are often ex-
current at the apex ‘“‘in fila minuta 3.’’ I have had the opportunity of comparing
aa shai! specimen of enee perpusilium ae a: J. Ag.
Ofv. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1847), in the rium at Lund,
with my specimen from Porto Rico rcecinie June 15, et no. eae and find them
ese the same except that the terminal hairs are much longer and more luxuriant
e Porto Rican plant. In the original 7: perpusi/lum the stichidia often terminate
in Beek short hairs, as described by Agard My Bahamian specimens ( West Caicos,
December 20, 1907, 0. 5708) differ in savers respects from the Porto Rican, as in-
dicated above y Miss Thompson. However, they are mostly sterile and they were
more or less abnormal and peculiar. The color of these specimens when dry is reddish
purple instead of the sordid green attributed to 7. macrourum by Thuret and the ter-
minal hairs (always, apparently, in twos) are commonly shorter than in the figures pub-
lished by Bornet & Thuret and by see though often longer than any figured by
Miss Thompson, In the Porto Rican specimens, the terminal hairs, which are nearly
always in threes, though rarely in twos, are fully as long and as well sonal’ as those
figured by Bornet & Thuret and by Falkenberg for 7: macrourum, though one, perhaps,
Bornet (Mem. Soc. Nat. Sci. Cherbourg 28: 297. 1892), with eee (Hedwigia
- 295. 1894), and with De-Toni (Sylloge Algarum 4: 732. 1900) in considering
aenioma macrourum (Schousb. ) Thuret a syno: f A
on ion ) ynonym of 7zenioma peruse AS
‘
THOMPSON: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA 99
pusilum J. Ag. and not of 7. macrourum (Schousb.) Thuret.
However, although it would seem probable that both of my speci-
mens should be classed with 7. macrourum, a discussion of the
classification would not be profitable here, since this work con-
cerns itself not with a determination of species, but with a descrip-
tion of the exact method of growth and cell division, and the
appearance and formation of the reproductive organs.
The species of Zaexzoma studied is a small marine alga, form-
ing dense tufts on other algae, or on sticks of wood near the low-
water line. It is purplish red or dark violet in color, and minute
in size as to the individual plants, though forming, in mass, patches
easily distinguishable. The main axis is monopodial, siphonous,
branched, creeping, segmented, and not corticated, and is attached
to the substratum by numerous rhizoids (Fic. 1). Branches arising
from the main stem are in turn much branched, frequently forming
long secondary axes, which are prostrate and produce rhizoids.
The shorter secondary axes are erect, arising alternately from either
side of the stem, those on the lower side twisting in the process of
erection, so that superficially they appear secund. Both these and
the main shoot bear short flattened shoots, arising alternately, and
prolonged at the apex into two or three long monosiphonous hairs.
Growth takes place by means of a single apical cell which is re-
corded by Agardh (’63) as dividing dichotomously. Since the cell
does not divide by a longitudinal split, as will be shown later, and
since the main axis is monopodial, this cannot be considered true
dichotomy, although the branching may be called subdichotomous.
The rhizoids are numerous, arising irregularly, each being a
direct prolongation of any pericentral cell on the under side of
the thallus. They are unicellular, often of considerable length,
with ends rounded or spread out into disks or forked projections
(FIG, 2).
The main stem or primary monopodial axis of the plant is
composed of four pericentral siphons in protoplasmic connection
with each other and with the central siphon. This latter forms a
distinct core through the stem, the cells being elongated and
closely joined, with deep pit connections. A stem segment is
cylindrical, composed of four of these pericentral cells with the
corresponding axial cell. No evidence of cortication has been
100 TuHompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA
observed at the joints, even in the oldest portions. The method
of growth is by a single dome-shaped apical cell, which cuts off
disk-shaped cells at its base, each of which will correspond to a
single segment in the fully formed stem. When the formation of
a branch is to take place, the apical cell divides by an oblique wall
into two unequal parts. The smaller of the two is the cell which
will continue the main axis; the larger increases laterally and
divides by an oblique wall at right angles to the first. This
second dome-shaped apical cell forms the apical cell of a secon-
dary axis (FIG. 4). Hence it is evident that this branching is not
true dichotomy, since the two newly formed apical cells are not
the product of the single division of an apical cell. The cell of
the shoot tip is the true apical cell, for the branch apical cell is
formed secondarily by the further growth and division in a cell
underlying the tip cell. The apical cell of the tip next cuts off
3-6 disk-shaped segments below, in which soon appear two longi-
tudinal divisions, separating these segments into three cells in a
row in one plane.* Somewhat later and usually just behind the
first branch formed from the tip, two other longitudinal divisions,
parallel to each other and perpendicular to the first division, occur
in the middle cell, forming the other two pericentral cells. Con-
sequently in the fully formed stem the branches are separated by
three to six segments, whose structure superficially resembles that
of a simple Po/ysiphonia (FIG. 3).
The secondary axes develop in the same way as the main
shoot, from the apical cell mentioned above. They may be short
and erect with but 2-6 branches (Fic. 1), or they may be long and
recumbent, giving rise to similar tertiary axes. On them as
lateral outgrowths appear the flat short branches, and also the
reproductive organs, the stichidia with tetraspores, the antheridia,
and the cystocarps.
The flat shoots (Fic. 11) arise in the following manner: An
apical cell of the axis divides into a growing tip cell and a branch
cell as before (Fic. 4). This branch apical cell cuts off below
disk-shaped segments until a filament of 9-30 cells is formed
(FIG. 7). It then divides as did the apical cell into two, from
: :
Longitudinal will be oe ‘throughout as indicating a division parallel to the axis;
transverse as across the plan
THOMPSON: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA 101
which come the long narrow monosiphonous hairs (1—many
cells in length) at the apex (Fics. 6, 7, 8). In the case of the
plant having three hairs, the formation of the third hair presents
no variation. After the second apical cell has been separated off,
the larger lower cell again increases laterally and a third cell is
formed by division. After the hairs begin their formation no
further transverse split takes place in the branch cells already
formed, thus fixing definitely at this point the number of segments
in a mature branch. The first divisions of the branch cells are
similar to those of the stem. Two longitudinal divisions split the
filament into a plate of cells in three rows (FIG. 10). But now a
characteristic change takes place in the two outer rows. In these
cells an oblique wall, first occurring in the upper half, splits off a
triangular cell one third the size of the original, then a second of
like shape and size in the lower half, forming three cells: an inner
pericentral cell of the same height but one half the width, and
two outer marginal cells, one lying above the other, one half as
long and one half as wide as the original cell (FIG. 9). Simultane-
ously with these divisions two longitudinal ones in the central row
of cells divide it into a midrib, three cells in thickness. These
divisions all begin at the base of the branch and proceed to the
apex. A flat-branch segment in distinction from an axis segment
now.consists of nine cells; three in the midrib, a pericentral cell
on each side of the midrib, and beyond each of these two small
marginal cells. These segments are of a similar structure through-
out the branch with the exception of 2-4 at the base, which do
not form the small marginal cells, but have four pericentral siphons
like those of the main axis.
Up to the present time, so far as my knowledge goes, the
tetraspores have been the only known organs of reproduction of
Taenioma. These have been mentioned both by Bornet and
Thuret, and by Agardh. Bornet and Thuret (’76) merely figure
and describe very briefly the gross appearance and position of the
stichidia with no account of the tetrasporic formation. Agardh
(63) gives a fuller account, but yet does not satisfactorily present
in detail all cell divisions taking place in the stichidia. This ac-
count will supplement both the above, as well as the later descrip-
tion and figures given by Falkenberg. In the material examined,
102 TuHompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA
both the Porto Rican plant with the three-haired branches, and
the Bahamian one with the two-haired branches produced tetra-
sporic stichidia. Agardh (’63) speaks of the stichidia as “ often
excurrent at the top into three minute hairs, of which the middle
one continues the middle part of the segment [7. ¢., the midrib]
the marginal ones the marginal cells” [translation]. This cor-
responds exactly to my Porto Rican material. There the tetra-
sporangia are formed in stichidia on the flat shoots of the secon-
dary axes in considerable number (Fic. 12). These stichidia are
flat branches which remain practically unmodified except that,
with the formation of the large tetraspores, they become some-
what broader. The tetrasporangia are formed in two long rows
from the two pericentral cells which lie one on each side of the
midrib, A transverse division first separates these cells into an
upper and a lower half (Fic. 13). The upper half becomes the
mother-cell of the tetraspores. The lower half divides by two
longitudinal divisions parallel to the flat surface of the branch into
a layer of three cells in thickness. These become crowded and
elongated in a radial direction by the growth of the tetraspore
mother-cells. The upper half of the pericentral cell enlarges
greatly to form the tetraspore mother-cell, which still remains in
protoplasmic communication with the lower layer of supporting
cells. To form the tetraspores, the contents of the mother-cell
divide first into two by a longitudinal wall parallel to the flat sur-
face of the stichidium (ric. 14). A transverse division forms two
tetraspores from one half, and another division, at right angles to
the planes of the first two divisions, correspondingly forms the two
in the second half. These are therefore one form of “ cruciate”’
tetraspores. They are held within the mother-cell wall, which
breaks when mature, allowing the tetraspores to escape. These
lateral pericentral cells are the only ones to be modified, the midrib
and the marginal cells being unchanged. The entire branch or
only a portion of it may be transformed into a stichidium.
Little has been known heretofore concerning the antheridia.
Falkenberg (’oI) figures a shoot bearing two large conical pro-
tuberances, seemingly filled with, or composed of, small cells, but
he rightly concludes that these are malformations and not an-
theridia. De-Toni (’00) mentions antheridia as spots between the
THompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA 103
middle vein and the margins of the branches, a description which
does not wholly correspond to the antheridia as seen in the
material at hand. In this, antheridia are formed, as are the tetra- .
sporangia, in ordinary flattened branches, clustered near the grow-
ing tips of the secondary axes (FIG. 15). The entire branch (with
the exceptions noted below) is usually transformed into antheridial
cells, although these may be found only in the middle portion,
while the cells at base and apex of the branch remain unchanged.
In the formation of the antheridia the first divisions occur in the
row of marginal cells. A longitudinal split cuts each into two
(Fic. 17). After the first division of the marginal cells into
two, the outer row of these never divides again, so that, in the
mature antheridium, there is always to be seen a row of marginal
cells one half the size of the original ones (Fic. 18). The inner
row divides irregularly into many small cells. The lateral peri-
central cells now become modified, being cut by both longitudinal
and transverse divisions into numerous small cubical cells (FIG. 16).
Before these are entirely completed, a longitudinal split parallel to
the flat surface of the shoot takes place. This causes the shoot
to become a flattened plate of small angular cells, two layers of
cells in thickness, with two exceptions: (1) the midrib, which re-
mains entirely unchanged, and (2) the marginal cells. Next, the
true antheridial cells are separated from these mother-cells in the
two layers on the side toward the surface of the flat shoot (FIG. 19).
These very small, ovoid bodies, containing the spermatia, are all
in protoplasmic connection and are formed 2-4 toa mother-cell,
4 being probably the normal number. At regular intervals in the
antheridial branch there can be noticed a faint line of separation
from the midrib to the margin, denoting the original separation of
cells into segments (FIG. 15).
Although the tetraspores have been known since the plant was
first described, and the presence of antheridia has more recently
been alluded to, the cystocarp has been absolutely unknown. De-
Toni (’00) says specifically “ Cystocarpia ignota”’ and other liter-
ature on the subject does not mention them at all. It has been
my good fortune to find in the material collected at Porto Rico a
number of cystocarpic specimens. Unfortunately the material has
not afforded sufficient stages to trace the growth of the cystocarp
from its beginning, nor has there been a sufficient number of
104 Tuompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA
mature cystocarps to make sectioning by microtome possible.
The young material was not satisfactory. No procarps were dis-
tinguishable as such, although in several instances there appeared
to be distortions of normal cells, forming slight protuberances,
looking like small malformed branches in some cases. Here indi-
cations were found of a row of three small cells which led me to
consider the possibility of these being unfertilized and disorganized
procarps. Inno case wasatrichogyne found. The young stages
of the cystocarp, when crushed, lost all cell connections, so that
no details of their interior structure could be seen. The mature
cystocarp from its position is a modified branch, and is situated
directly on an axis, not ona flattened branch (Fic. 20). It isa prom-
inent flask-shaped, sessile body, resembling that of Dasya, with a
large rounded base containing the carpospores, and a long narrow
neck which opens at the tip by a distinct carpostome. (The cysto-
carp pictured is not fully mature, hence the neck is shorter than
normal.) The outer covering of cells appears to be continuous
with the pericentral cells, and thus probably developed from them.
The wall cells are irregularly angular and one layer in thickness.
By crushing the material and noting the position of parts, the cysto-
carp appears to correspond in many details with those of the Rho-
domelaceae, especially with those of Dasya and Chondria, as
described by Phillips ('96). The paranematal filaments which he
mentions in all these forms are here very apparent; they consist of
about 12 chains of cells springing from the base of the cystocarp ;
but their origin could not be distinguished. These filaments extend
to the carpostome. They are narrow and distinct, and do not form
in any sense an inner lining to the cystocarp. Also, on crushing,
the following structures appeared to constitute the inner apparatus of
one cystocarp, which structures were later confirmed by those from
a second (Fic. 21). In both cases a comparatively large central
cell bore at its apex, by deep pit connections, four large rounded
cells. From these proceeded long branching filaments, the spo-
rogenous filaments, on whose tips were borne the large ellipsoidal
carpospores. At the base of this central cell was attached a single
cell, in the first case examined, and three cells in the second case.
Since the central cell was larger in the first, it might be suggested
that the cystocarp was older and that a process of absorption of
the surrounding cells by the central cell (an auxiliary cell ?) was
THomMpsoN: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA 105
taking place during the formation of the carpospores. In the
second case, not pictured here, one of the lower lateral cells is
producing a mass of branching filaments. In two other cystocarps,
before crushing, a cluster of filaments was observed at the base of
the true spore clusters. This cluster was formed of small elon-
gated cells, densely branching, and apparently without carpospores.
Although their connection with the main cells could not be dis-
covered, the question suggested itself: might these not be the two
branches of sterile cells found by Phillips (95, ’96) in all the
Rhodomelaceae? From this necessarily incomplete account,
which merely suggests the identity of the structures observed, it
can be seen that much more investigation remains to be done on
the cystocarp.
According to the classification of Schmitz & Hauptfleisch (’97),
Taenioma is placed in the family Delesseriaceae. This position is
determined from the similarity of the thallus to those of some
members of that family, such as the well-known Ca/oglossa, and
also from the formation of the tetraspores in two rows along a
midrib. This would seem logical when the tetrasporic reproduc-
tion was the only method known. However, with the discovery
of the cystocarps, and their strong resemblance to those of Dasya
and Chondria, as described by Phillips (’96), it would seem as if
Taenioma had been wrongly placed, and that it belongs in the
family Rhodomelaceae. The structure of the thallus and the
method of branching, resemble that of the simpler members of
the Rhodomelaceae and the formation and position of the tetra-
spores are not such as to exclude it from this latter family.
Indeed, from Hauck’s (’85) description of the placentation of the
cystocarp it must belong here. According to his descriptions
the distinguishing mark of the Delesseriaceae is the broad basal
placental cell of the cystocarp, from which the sporogenous fila-
ments come in clusters. In distinction to this the placentation in
the cystocarps of the Rhodomelaceae is an upright central cell
bearing the branching sporogenous filaments at its apex. On
comparison with Fic. 21, the latter method of placentation is
clearly recognized to obtain in Zaenioma, which undoubtedly
would cause this alga to be placed in the family Rhodo-
melaceae,
BARNARD COLLEGE, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY.
106 TuHompson: THE MORPHOLOGY OF TAENIOMA
LITERATURE CITED
Agardh, J. G. Species, genera et ordines algarum 2: 1256, 1257.
1863.
De-Toni, J. B. Sylloge algarum 4: 731-733. 1900
Falkenberg, P. Die Rhodomelaceen des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna
und Fl. Golf. Neap. Monog. 25: 709-711. fl. 15. f. 27-29. 1901.
Hauck, F. Die Meeresalgen Deutschlands und Oesterreichs. Raben-
horst, Krypt.-F). Deutsch. Oesterr. und Schweiz 2: 169. 1885.
Oltmanns, F. Morphologie und Biologie der Algen 1: 593, 595, 659-
662. 1904.
Phillips, R. W. On the development of the cystocarp in Rhodome-
laceae. Ann. Bot. 9: 289-305. p/. 20. 1895; 10: 185-204. Pi.
£2577. 1896.
Schmitz, F., & Hauptfleisch, P. Delesseriaceae. Engler & Prantl,
Nat. Pflanzenfam, 1°: 409, 415
Thuret, G., in Bornet & Thuret, Notes algologiques 69. f/. 25. 1876.
Explanation of plates 9 and 10
Slides were prepared by staining with eosin and fixing with acetic acid, and by
further treatment with potash and lactic a
Drawings were made with a ene camera lucida, and are reduced one half.
Figures I-11 were drawn sei the Bahamian material ; figures 12-21, from the
poe Rican.
. Portion of the prostrate main axis (< sae
2. Segment of the axis with rhizoids (>< 107).
3. Growing apex, showing alternation of branches (>< 107).
4-11. Development of flat shoot ( 278).
4. Division of apical cell.
- Main axis with young b
9. Divisions forming marginal cells
rmed shoot.
12, Branch bearing stichidia (>< 45).
3. ee of stichidium, showing division of pericentral cells to form tetrasporan-
ene . 27
ghee stichidium with fully formed tetraspores (>< 278).
5).
16-19, Deve lo opm ent t of antheridia.
19. Antheridial cells with scan cells: (5 We
20, Branch with cystocarp (><
21. Interior cells of cystocarp es 278).
A botanical and geological trip on the Warrior and Tombigbee
rivers in the coastal plain of Alabama
ROLAND M. HARPER
Since Nuttall’s memorable journey of exploration on the Ohio,
Mississippi, and Arkansas Rivers in the years 1818 to 1820,*
probably very few botanists have traveled any considerable dis-
tance by daylight on any of the navigable rivers of our coastal
plain. At the present time passenger traffic has almost ceased on
many rivers which were once important arteries of commerce,
partly on account of railroad competition and partly on account
of great variations in the volume of water, due presumably to de-
forestation of drainage areas ; and even where there are still regular
lines of steamboats it is not easy to plan a satisfactory trip on one
of them. For the boat schedules are in many cases irregular, in-
frequent, or not widely advertised, and the connections with rail-
roads too often inconvenient or uncertain; and above all, when
a river journey extends over 100 miles or so a part of it is usually
made at night and a good deal of scenery thus missed.
On account of these conditions, previous to the fall of 1908 I
had traveled on a river boat but once (and that was for a distance
of only about twenty miles, on the Tennessee River in the Paleo-
zoic region of Alabama); but in October of the year named a rare
opportunity was presented for a much more extensive river trip,
all by daylight, and at the same time with ample facilities for
botanizing. An expedition was being organized by Dr. Eugene
A. Smith, state geologist of Alabama, for the purpose of clearing up
a few doubtful points in stratigraphy by examining the exceptionally
complete geological sections displayed in the river-bluffs between
Tuscaloosa and Mobile; and the writer was invited to participate.
The other members of the party were seven well-known geologists
besides Dr. Smith (most of them connected with state ais ee
* See his “ Seca of travels into the ees territory,”’ published in 184s: iat
reprinted in 1905 as vol. 13 of Thwaites’s ‘‘ Early western travels.
107
108 HarpPER: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
surveys in the southeastern states), a young minister (who was also
a conchologist), a navigator, and a negro cook.
The trip was made in an old house-boat refitted for the occa-
sion, towed by a 20-horse-power gasolene launch. Our best speed
(including the acceleration of the current of something like a mile
an hour) was about six miles an hour; and the distance covered
between sunrise and nightfall each day averaged about twenty-six
miles, but varied greatly with the number of bluffs to be examined
and the difficulties encountered, from one to forty-nine miles.
Our voyage began on the morning of October 7, 1908, at the
fall-line on the Warrior River, in the city of Tuscaloosa, and
ended on the evening of the 16th at Jackson, near the head of
tide-water on the Tombigbee, 261 miles from Tuscaloosa and 100
from Mobile, by the river. Although there would doubtless have
been much of botanical interest below Jackson,* the geologists did
not care to go any farther than that, for there are said to be no
important bluffs on the tidal part of this river. The river at this
time was almost at its lowest stage, because its headwaters are
mostly in regions which have their greatest rainfall in winter and
spring and least in summer and fall, as seems to be the case in
most of the country between the mountains and the coastal plain
in the southeastern states. | This state of affairs greatly facilitated
our examination of the banks, but at the same time it caused most
vexatious delays at the shallowest places, which were usually just
below the mouths of swift creeks, which bring down coarse sand
and gravel faster than the slower current of the river can remove
it, and thus form shoals.
But on the whole probably no better season of the year could
description of some of the swamps between Jackson and Mobile can be found
in Bartram’s Travels, Ae 35 seg 6; and parts of the same have
some of Dr. Mohr’ itings.
been described in
rte region now under consideration there is hardly
any previous Setaniedt ecu: to be cited. Excellent geological descriptions, with
cuts of some of the bluffs, by Dr. Smith and others, have been published in Bulletin 43
of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1887, and in the ** Report on the geology of the
coastal plain of Alabama,’’ issued by the state survey in 1894
he surface of the Warrior River at Tuscaloosa is about go feet above sea-level
at low water, usually in October, and 150 feet at high water, usuallyin March. (Far-
ther down stream the elevations are of course Ser tg lower.) The smallest
flow ever recorded there was 90 cubic feet a seco ctober, 15, 1897, and the
mae 136,687 cubic feet, on April 18 Ig00; an enormous variation. The average is
ut 8,000, which is nearly two cable feet a second for every square mile drained.
HARPER: TrIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 109
have been selected, for we enjoyed ideal weather most of the time,
and entire freedom from mosquitoes; and although not many
plants along the river were in bloom, there were few if any which
were not in the right condition for identification.
One of the indirect effects of civilization in Alabama is that locks
and dams now have to be provided in the larger rivers to make navi-
gation possible at all seasons.* Thereare to be nine locks between
Tuscaloosa and Jackson when the contemplated river ‘ improve-
ments’”’ are completed, but at the time of our trip the second and
third (counting from tide-water) were unfinished, and all our diffi-
culties were in the part of the Tombigbee to be served by them, a
distance of not quite fifty miles. This system of locks, while it
seems to be an economic necessity, is a detriment to science in
more ways than one. In the first place, it seriously interrupts the
normal life-history or physiographic development of the rivers,
and, what was of more concern to our party, it has permanently
covered the lowest few feet of one of the most important bluffs
with an opaque screen of muddy water.t
The Warrior River has its sources among the Carboniferous
plateaus of northern Alabama, leaves the highlands at Tuscaloosa,
and at Demopolis, 130 miles farther down, joins the Tombigbee,
which derives most of its water above that point from the Creta-
ceous region of western Alabama and northeastern Mississippi.
The Warrior between Tuscaloosa and Demopolis probably aver-
ages a little less than 100 yards in width, and the Tombigbee be-
tween Demopolis and Jackson a little more. In most of what
follows the two rivers will be treated as one, the fact that the
name of the lower portion continues up the western instead of the
eastern branch at Demopolis being more or less arbitrary or acci-
dental. After passing through Tuscaloosa County this river forms
a — boundary the rest of the way to the Gulf, { passing the
Locks for 1 navigation are practically unknown in the other southeastern states,
a ne because those states have much less heavy freight, such as coal and cement,
to export than Alabama has, and also partly because most of the navigable rivers in the
other states could not be dammed up much without flooding large areas.
+ The only known station in Alabama for Hymenocadlis coronaria (see Mohr,
Contr. U. S. Nat, Herb. 6: 447. 1901) nih probably been destroyed by this time,
by the same proc
tItis J lass largely for this reason that there are no wagon bridges across it
below Tuscaloosa County.
110 Harper: Trip oN WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
following counties alternately on the right and left: Greene, Hale,
Sumter, Marengo, Choctaw, Clarke, and Washington (besides Bald-
win and Mobile below the point where our journey ended).
Like most rivers of gentle slope, this one meanders so that dis-
tances by water are about twice as great as by air line, and forms
bluffs on the convex sides of the bends in the usual manner. The
bends are naturally shorter and sharper on the Warrior than on the
Tombigbee, on account of the smaller volume of water ; and for
some reason not altogether obvious, they seem to be most fre-
quent in the region of the Eutaw formation, in the upper parts of
Hale and Greene counties.
The banks of the river present a variety of aspects, according
to the material of which they are composed, and their position
with respect to the meanders and to the sun. Lithologically they
are sandstone, limestone, clay, sand, mud, or various intermediate
conditions ; and there is often considerable variation in a single
formation. The oidest material is the stratified Cretaceous and
Eocene rocks, which in some places extend as much as 200 feet
above the water, in steep bluffs, and elsewhere are entirely under
water, or concealed by later formations. Capping the stratified
rocks on bluffs which extend above high-water mark can often be
seen the stiff reddish loam of the Lafayette formation, which is
probably Pliocene. Bluffs not more than 30 feet high are often
composed entirely of “second bottom ” deposits (Pleistocene),
which are usually of loose buff-colored loam, and level on top for
considerable distances. Recent alluvium is confined chiefly to low
banks subject to frequent inundation. These are of comparatively
limited extent, however, and there is very little swamp along any
of the rivers in the Cretaceous and Eocene regions of Alabama.
The alluvial banks often slide into the river, carrying down
whatever trees grow on them (mostly willows in such places) and
drowning them. This phenomenon is especially common in the
region of the Tuscaloosa formation (which consists mostly of
slippery clay, and lines the river-banks for the first 60 miles
below Tuscaloosa), where rows of dead willows are in sight from
nearly every point. In this same portion of the river, and appar-
ently nowhere else on our route, are many cut-offs or ox-bow
lakes, showing that the channel has been shifting there rather fre-
HARPER: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 111
quently. The bars of sand and gravel which give rise to shoals
have been mentioned above.
In Choctaw, Clarke, and Washington counties on the last two
days of the trip we got frequent glimpses of the “ mountains,”
which are a characteristic feature of this part of Alabama * and
adjacent Mississippi, but are almost unknown to botanists and
geographers. These are high rocky ridges, mostly of the buhr-
stone (Middle Eocene) formation, extending in a general north-
=
FIGURE I. Mt. Ararat (near the center) and McCarthy’s Blaff, Choctaw County,
Alabama, looking downstream from the boat, October 15, 1908.
west-southeast direction. Ina few places where the river impinges
directly against them they form bluffs over 200 feet high, which
s ‘doing pretty well” for the coastal plain. A distant view of
one of them is subjoined. A few plants which grow on them are
mentioned in the geological reports cited, and some others will be
discussed in the latter part of this paper.
Four divisions of the Cretaceous strata are represented in
western Alabama, namely, the Tuscaloosa, Eutaw, Selma Chalk
or Rotten Limestone, and Ripley. These are quite easily recog-
nized along the river by their different appearance or lithological
*See seuith, cae Census U. S. 6: 55 (line 11), 143-145 Sa5re mare n}.
1884; U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 43: 35-42. 1887; Geol. of Coastal Plai Ala,
620-622, 630, a 634, 640-641, 645-647. 1894; Mohr, Contr. ie S. Nat. an
6: 107. I901
112 Harper: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
composition, and in the country away from the river by their
characteristic topography and vegetation. The Eocene, which
begins at Moscow Bluff on the Tombigbee, about 15 miles below
Demopolis and just above the upper mouth of Sucarnochee Creek
in Sumter County, has numerous subdivisions, which are not so
easily recognized by one who is not a paleontologist, and there-
fore scarcely need to be mentioned here. Details concerning
them can be found in the geological reports cited above.
Except for the locks already mentioned, civilization has not
done much damage along the banks of these rivers. The highest
bluffs are not cultivated because of their difficulty of access, and
the lowest banks because of their liability to inundation, so that
such places are generally pretty well wooded. The cultivated
fields visible from a boat are mostly in the “second bottoms,”
just above the reach of floods. And such locations are not con-
sidered very healthy to live in, consequently not many houses are
to be seen. Cotton warehouses, with inclined tracks leading
down to the water, are frequent on the bluffs of the lower
Tombigbee, but rare or absent on the Warrior, probably largely
because there navigation has hitherto been almost impossible in
the fall, which is the cotton season. Lumbering has apparently
not been carried on much in the region we traversed, probably
because the prevailing trees near the river are hardwoods and
short-leaf pines, for which there is not much demand. Long-leaf
pine, the most important tree in Alabama, seldom grows on river-
banks, but after we came within its range (which was not until the
second week) we passed several wood landings and even a few
logging railroads, by means of which the trunks of this noble tree
were being hauled down from the uplands and embarked on their
voyage to the seaport sawmills. Cypress, the most important river-
bank tree of the coastal plain, probably never was very abundant
along our route, for the banks are in most places too steep for it.
Having sketched the main geographical features of the river,
we are now ready to consider in some detail the vegetation along
its banks. While the boat was moving I wrote down the names
of all the species I could identity, starting anew after every recog-
nizable landing, bluff, creek, etc. As we usually kept near the
middle of the river, and no one had thought to bring along a field-
HARPER: Trip ON WarRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 113
glass, my notes made on the boat were chiefly confined to trees,
shrubs, and vines. But our frequent stops at the bluffs, lasting
from half an hour to several hours or all night, gave me oppor-
tunity to note many herbs and check up my identifications of the
woody plants, and to do a little collecting. A few short trips
away from the river on foot were also made, the longest being from
Beckley’s Landing in Marengo County via Myrtlewood to Naheola
ferry, a walk of eight or ten miles (with one companion), which cut
off about fifteen miles of river. The plants noted on such trips
are not counted with those on the river-banks, however.
One extreme method of treating the plants observed would be
to combine them all in a single list, and the other would be to
consider each geological formation separately and classify the
plants growing on or near it according to habitat, as far as pos-
sible. But the former method would obscure some interesting
features of distribution, and my notes are not complete enough to
make it worth while to attempt the latter. Another method would
be to consider the Warrior and Tombigbee Rivers separately, thus
dividing the journey into two equal parts. But this would be
rather arbitrary, for the upper Tombigbee does not flow through
any kind of country that the Warrior does not, so that there
was no perceptible change of natural conditions as we passed
Demopolis except an increased flow of water. (If we had started
at the head of navigation on the Tombigbee instead of on the
Warrior, then Demopolis might have been a logical dividing point,
for the Warrior doubtless brings down from the mountains seeds
of quite a number of plants which do not grow along the upper
Tombigbee at all.)
The dividing line between the Cretaceous and Eocene forma-
tions is a line which several species growing along the river do
not seem to cross, and by dividing the notes there some interesting
features of distribution can be brought out. That method is here
adopted.
In the following table the plants of the Cretaceous and Eocene
portions of the river banks are listed in parallel columns. They
are divided first into trees, shrubs, and herbs, then arranged in
order of apparent frequency, the number prefixed to each being
the number of times it was noted in the region under which it is
114 Harper: TriIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
listed. Those seen only once or twice are omitted from this table.
The names of vines are italicized, evergreens are in small capitals,*
parasites in parentheses, and epiphytes in brackets.f Author-
citations are not considered necessary here, and times of flowering,
modes of dissemination, etc., are not accurately known in most
cases, and are therefore omitted. All the plants visible from the
river naturally do not have the same habitat, but it is hardly worth
while at this time to go into details of zonation, etc. I have how-
ever added the symbol (H) to the names of those species which
were seen only on high bluffs or in hammocks or second bottoms,
above ordinary high water. Species which grow sometimes above
and sometimes below this level are indicated by (h).
CRETACEOUS EOCENE
TREES TREES
99 Salix nigra 82 Salix nigra
gl re a ee 77 Populus deltoides
78 Betula
75 Acer old
68 Planera aquatica
65 Populus deltoides
8 QUERCUS LAURIFOLIA (H)
6 Morus rubra
5 JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA (H)
H
3 Carpinus caroliniana (h)
47 Platanus occidentalis
inum
23 Taxodium distichum
22 Betula nigra
14 Pinus TAEDA (H)
II PINUS GLABRA
7 MAGNOLIA GRANDIFLORA
7 Fraxinus americana ?
5 Fagus pranditilin (H)
3 Morus rubra (h)
tica
3 Cercis canadensis (H)
3 ILex opaca (H)
* [The author preferred to use bold-face type for the evergreens, but for the past
eleven years the BULL
binations of names.
+ For
N. Y. Acad. Sci.
LETIN has reserved that style of type for new names and new com-
a more detailed explanation of this method of treating plant lists, see Ann.
17: 36-39. 6.
1899. )
thee no milky juice, and neha ae angled nor erect ;
to be silent on these points, perhaps not
—
wor RTO
me NN & &
Noon a
3
HARPER:
CRETACEOUS
SHRUBS
Brunnichia cirrhosa
( PHORADENDRON FLAVESCENS )
ARUNDINARIA MACROSPERMA
Rhus radicans
Vitis vulpina
Amorpha fruticosa
Ampelopsis arborea
Bignonia CRUCIGERA (h)
Ampelopsis cordata
Adelia acuminata
HERBS
Onoclea sensibilis
Sicyos angulatus
Aster lateriflorus
[TILLANDSIA USNEOIDES]
Conoclinium coclestinum
Fimbristylis Vah
Uniola latifolia
unda regalis
Dianthera americana
Panicum virgatum (h)
Xanthium s
[Pouveonris POLYPODIOIDES ]
3 ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS
* Gonolobus laevis Michx.
> 427, 428,
seem
specimens,
leet albida Nutt.
TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 115
EOCENE
SHRUBS
44 (PHORADENDRON FLAVESCENS )
25 Brunnichia cirrhosa
15 ARUNDINARIA MACROSPERMA
12 Adelia acuminata
12 Tecoma vadicans
9 Vitis vulpina
yes 3 i tA
4 syne ate spit
4 Rhus ra
3 Cc eontcatls
HERBS
48 [TILLANDSIA USNEOIDES]
42 Sicyos angulatus
14 Dianthera americana
14 Xanthium sp.
g Onoclea sensibilis
7 lLpomoea lacunosa
£
ic)
a
oo
Pp
3 Echinochloa Crus-galli
3 Leptochloa mucronata
3 Euphorbia humistrata ?
3 Gonolobus laevis ?*
3 Sida spinosa
See Vail, Bull. Torrey Club
ts I examined differ from current descriptions in
but most descriptions
without reason. I preserved no
116 Harper: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
The higher numbers for the shrubs and trees in the first column
are of course due principally to the fact that we traveled 145 miles
through the Cretaceous and only 116 through the Eocene. The
slightly greater number of woody plants in the Cretaceous list
may be due to the same cause, and the excess of herbs in the
second column to the fact that we landed oftener in the Eocene
region; but there is also a possibility that this may be a part of
the general tendency for woody plants to be most numerous in
climax forests and herbs in pioneer forests —the Cretaceous region
having of course been above the sea longer than the Eocene.
A few words on habitats should be inserted here. The favorite
habitat of the A/nus, Aster, Onoclea, Osmunda, and Adiantum was
at the line of contact between the Cretaceous and second-bottom
deposits, where water is perpetually seeping out, on shaded bluffs
of moderate height. In such places the four herbs just mentioned
usually hang down against vertical cliffs, which in the case of
the Oxoclea and Osmunda at least is somewhat of a departure from
their habit elsewhere. The Diéanthera, Ammannia and several
Cyperaceae not seen often enough to be mentioned in the above
table commonly grow on gently sloping clayey Eocene strata near
the bases of bluffs, where they are usually moistened by trickling
water from above when the river is low and completely submerged
when it is high. The Phoradendron seemed to grow oftener on
Populus than on any other tree. It was also frequent on Acer, less
so on Betula, occasional on Platanus, but apparently never on
Salix, Planera, or any of the conifers.
If the hammock and high bluff plants, which happen to be
mostly trees, be disregarded, the most striking features of both
lists are the scarcity of evergreens and the large proportion of
vines. This seems to be characteristic of most alluvial forests in
temperate eastern North America, especially those of the Missis-
sippi Valley type.* A dense tangle of at least half a dozen species
of vines was nearly always in sight, giving the banks in some
places, especially where low and swampy, somewhat the appear-
ance of the proverbial tropical jungle. (Many of the species,
curiously enough, have near relatives in tropical America.)
The parallel column arrangement brings out the relatively
*See Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 69-73. 1906 ; Torreya 10: 62. Mr IgIo.
HarPeR: Trip oN WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 117
greater prevalence of Platanus, Betula, Hicoria aquatica, Quercus
lyrata, Juniperus, Alnus, Onoclea, Aster lateriftorus, Conoclinium,
Uniola, and Osmunda in the Cretaceous region, and of Populus,
Pinus glabra, Magnolia grandiflora, Adelia acuminata, Vitis vul-
pina, Tillandsia, Dianthera, Acuan, Spermacoce, Paspalum mucro-
natum, Ammannia, and a few others in the Eocene. All of the
former are species of more or less climax tendencies, and all but
one or two of them are common above the fall-line, so it is not
surprising that they are less frequent coastward. Most of the
latter, on the other hand, are confined to the coastal plain, or
nearly so. Alnus rugosa, common in the Cretaceous, was not
noticed in the Eocene region at all, while the reverse is true of
Pinus glabra, Magnoha grandiflora, and Acuan illinoense.
Considering the table as a whole again, it is noteworthy that
most of the species seem to have their greatest development
(or centers of distribution) in the Mississippi Valley,* and that
most of the monocotyledonous and many of the dicotyledonous
genera have tropical representatives. The families most largely
represented in the table are Compositae, Euphorbiaceae, Legum-
inosae, Cupuliferae, Cyperaceae, and Gramineae. Such large fam-
ilies as Solanaceae, Labiatae, Gentianaceae, Ericaceae, Umbel-
liferae, Hypericaceae, Rosaceae, Cruciferae, Caryophyllaceae,
Ranunculaceae, Orchidaceae, Liliaceae, and Juncaceae, and such
genera as Viola, Carex, Rynchospora, Scirpus, and Panicum, which
are well represented in other parts of Alabama, are scarce or ab-
sent on the river banks. About 20 per cent. of the angiosperms
are monocotyledons, but perhaps the number of species involved
is too small for this fact to be of much significance.
The weeds + along the river furnish an interesting problem. I
was surprised to find them so numerous in spots so remote from
human habitations and so rarely trod by the foot of man. They
are common on all the bluffs, and as many of them are known to
have been introduced from foreign countries in comparatively re-
cent times, the vegetation of some parts of the river-banks must
present quite a different appearance now from wit it a a cen-
* See Ann. N. Y. wes Sci. 17: 74. 1906; Torreya 7: 44. 1907-
+ By ‘‘weed”’ is here meant a species which grows chiefly in unnatural habitats
created by civilization. See Bull. Torrey Club 35: 347- 190
118 Harper: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
tury or two ago. Those which were seen more than twice have
already been listed above with the native species, without any
attempt to separate them. These will be mentioned again below,
together with the less frequent weeds.
For the occurrence of so many weeds (about 40 species were
noted on the trip) in such out-of-the-way places the following
explanation is suggested: The edaphic conditions on the banks
are very diverse, each subdivision of the Cretaceous and Tertiary,
as well as the Quaternary second bottoms, furnishing one or more
different types of rock or soil, some of which extend only a few
feet vertically and a few hundred yards horizontally. In addition
to this, the different bluffs face all points of the compass, so that
there is a change of environment with every bend in the river.
Now if every different formation (and some of them are very
different from anything exposed on level ground away from the
rivers) had one or more peculiar species adapted to it by processes
of evolution, every such river would be bordered by many endemic
and very local species. But species (fortunately, one might say)
do not seem to be produced quite so freely, and few native plants
have been able to grow on the faces of the bluffs at all. The
existence of a species confined to a particular kind of river-bluff
would be rather precarious, anyway, for the faces of bluffs
frequently slough off into the river, destroying all the vegetation
on the area affected.
But most weeds are already adapted to diverse soil conditions,
and a river is an excellent highway for plants to travel, so that
those species which gain access to the river from the fields and
settlements along it quickly take possession of the unoccupied
bluffs where native plants have been unable to establish themselves.
It should not be inferred from this statement however that the
bluffs are now completely covered with weeds. A large part of
their area is usually too hard or too steep, or crumbling away
too rapidly, to afford a foothold for any kind of vegetation, and
consequently the bluff weeds are confined chiefly to crevices or to
gentle slopes near the base.
Not all of the river-bank weeds are exotics. There seem to
be all gradations (if such a thing were possible) between species
known to have been introduced from distant parts of the earth and
HARPER: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 119
species which are unquestionably native in the vicinity, as proved
by the manner of their occurrence in other habitats. There is no
known way of distinguishing which are native and which are intro-
duced species by local observation alone, so recourse must be had
to the statements in botanical literature, and those unfortunately
are sometimes conflicting. According to the latest and best
information obtainable, however, the weeds observed on this trip
might be classified roughly according to the origin as follows:
(There will of course be room for some difference of opinion here,
and further study of the behavior of these plants in other parts of
this country and in the tropics is needed.)
I. Species endemic to the Eastern United States, and occur-
ring often in perfectly natural habitats, but also capable of
flourishing in weedy places.
Spermacoce glabra, Diodia virginiana, Conobea multifida,
Ipomoea lacunosa, Acuan illinoense, Fimbristyis Vahli, Panicum
virgatum, Paspalum mucronatum, Andropogon furcatus,
2. Species supposed to be confined to the Eastern United
States, but occurring almost solely in unnatural habitats. Some
of these have perhaps never had suspicion cast upon them before,
but they will bear watching.*
Spilanthes repens, Xanthium sp., Diospyros virginiana, Euphor-
bia humistrata (and perhaps one or two of its congeners which I
could not identify with certainty), Acalypha virginica, Meibomia
sp. (perhaps more than one), Glottidium vesicartum, Panicum
proliferum.
3. Species apparently native in the Eastern United States, like
those in the first group, but occurring also in tropical America.
Conoclinium coelestinum, Eupatorium serotinum, Tecoma radi-
cans, Ammannia coccinea, Ampelopsis arborea, Commelina hirtella,
Fimbristylis autumnalis, Eragrostis hypnotdes.
4. Species common to the Eastern United States and the
tropics, supposed by most writers to be native here, but chiefly
confined to unnatural habitats, like those in the second group.
Eclipta alba, Ambrosia trifida, Physalis angulata, Jussiaea
decurrens, Euphorbia nutans, Sesbania macrocarpa, Cebatha Caro-
*Bartram’s Oenothera grandiflora, whose rediscovery farther down this same
river in 1904 created a mild sensation among botanists (see Vail, Torreya 5: 9, Io.
1905), probably belongs to the same class.
120 Harper: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
lina, Mollugo verticillata, Echinochloa Crus-galli, Tripsacum dacty-
loides.
5. Species believed to have been introduced from the tropics
in modern times. (There seem to be no European weeds along
these rivers.)
Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Boerhaavia erecta, Leptochloa
mucronata, Eleusine indica, Capriola Dactylon, Sorghum halepense.
No information as to relative frequency or local distribution is
given in these five lists, but some of the most abundant weeds are
mentioned in the first table. Perennials seem to predominate in
the first and third classes and annuals in the fourth, but in the
whole list of 40 weeds they are about equal in number.
The following notes on particular species are believed to add
something worth knowing to our present stock of information
about the distribution of each. Specimens of some of them have
already been distributed, and such are indicated by numbers.
CAMPANULA AMERICANA L.
Still in bloom on Oct. 16 near the base of St. Stephens Bluff,
Washington County, a perpendicular cliff of “‘ White Limestone”
about 75 feet high, which faces nearly north. This species is
confined chiefly to the Alleghanies and northward, and had never
before been reported so far south.
SicyOS ANGULATUs L.
A common vine on densely wooded alluvial banks; seen on
every day of the trip, in every county passed, and perhaps over
every formation. Still in bloom. Dr. Mohr does not seem to
have seen this in Alabama himself, but he reported it from a
single locality in Autauga County, where it was collected by Dr.
Smith. I have never met with it in any other southern state.
HOusTONIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Michx.
This is a comparatively rare species, but pretty widely distrib-
uted, with a remarkable range of habitat, from limestone rocks to
dry sand, both in Georgia and Alabama. On this trip I found it
on St. Stephens Bluff, with Campanula americana. Dr. Mohr
knew it only from dry ridges.
HARPER: TrIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 121
DIAPEDIUM BRACHIATUM (Pursh) Kuntze.
On shaded alluvial banks, Tuscaloosa, Marengo, and Wash-
ington counties, nearly past flowering. This genus is an addition
to the known flora of the state.
CONOBEA MULTIFIDA (Michx.) Benth.
On exposed loamy banks of the Tombigbee in Sumter County,
near Demopolis (v0. 720) and Moscow. Nearly past flowering.
Dr. Mohr knew this only as a ballast plant in Mobile County, but,
where I saw it, it seemed as much at home as any of the other
river-bank annuals. However, as stated above, there seems to be
no criterion for distinguishing native from introduced species in
such places.
Nyssa UNIFLORA Wang.
It is perhaps worth recording that this was not seen on the
banks of the river at all, but only in a slough on top of a second-
bottom bluff in Marengo County nearly opposite the boundary
between Sumter and Choctaw. There it was accompanied by
Taxodium distichum, as is often the case throughout its range.
THASPIUM BARBINODE CHAPMANI C. & R.
On the limestone on the shaded north side of St. Stephens
Bluff. Previously known only from Randolph County, Georgia,
and Jackson County, Florida, likewise on Eocene limestone.*
AMMANNIA COCCINEA Rottb.
On wet banks, nearer horizontal than vertical, of soft Eocene
rock along the Tombigbee in Sumter, Marengo, Choctaw, Clarke,
and Washington counties. Known to Dr. Mohr only from
Mobile County.
Acer rubrum L. and Magnolia glauca L. were not seen at all,
probably because they are chiefly confined to areas much farther
from base-level (as a physiographer would term it) than the banks
of a large sluggish river.
MENISPERMUM CANADENSE L.,
On shaded alluvial banks on both sides of the Tombigbee near
the northeastern corner of Choctaw County. This is not men-
“*See Bull. Torrey Club 33: 240. 1906; Coulter & Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 7: 148. 1900.
122 Harper: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
tioned in Mohr’s Plant Life of Alabama, but it was later reported
from the base of Sand Mountain in Jackson County by T. G.
Harbison.* It probably does not extend much farther south than
where I saw it.
ApIcEA puMILA (L.) Raf.
On shaded alluvial bank near Beckley’s Landing, Marengo
County, and in rich shady woods near Hatchetigbee Bluff, Wash-
ington County ; accompanied by the somewhat similar Urticastrum
divaricatum at both places. Apparently not reported from the
coastal plain of Alabama before.
FimpristyLis VAHL (Lam.) Link.
Rather common on exposed loamy banks, considerably below
high-water mark, in Greene, Hale, Sumter, Marengo, and Clarke
counties. (Vos. 277, 1718.) This neat little plant evidently can-
not stand, or does not have, much competition, for it grows in
scattered tufts, unobstructed by other vegetation. A study of its
life-history would doubtless bring out some interesting things. As
the places where it grows are often under water, its periods of
vegetative activity must be subject to considerable interruption.+
To offset this, it seems to have a habit of sending up several suc-
cessive crops of culms during the season, and of course if any one
crop succeeds in maturing seed its purpose is accomplished. Some
of the specimens collected show two sets of culms of different
ages, perhaps a month or two apart.
Not very much is known about the range and habitat of this
species. It is rarely mentioned outside of manuals and mono-
graphs, and I had never seen it growing before this time and have
not seen it since. Its name does not appear in Mohr’s Plant Life
of Alabama, but singularly enough there is a specimen of it in the
Mohr Herbarium at the puveeny e of sb sno from “ a tege allu-
* Biltmore Bot. Stud. r: 155.
Tt See notes on one of its near relatives, 7. ferpusi/la, in Bull. Torrey Club oe
17-19. 1904. /. autumnalis seems to have similar struggles for existence in som
places. Very minute specimens of the latter, some not more than an inch tall, ad
fruiting, were collected on the muddy bottom of a shallow dried- -up Sid about a mile
west of Black Buff, Sumter County, on October 12 (mo. 122). See also in this con-
nection Fernald in Rhodora 11: 180. S 1909.
HARPER: TRIP ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS 123
uvial banks, Chastang’s Bluff, Sept. 1, 1879,” labeled ‘ Stexophyl-
lus Stenophyllus”’/
HEMICARPHA MICRANTHA (Vahl) Pax.
Seen only on a gentle slope of soft shale (Black Bluff formation),
perpetually moistened by water trickling down from the second-
bottom deposits a few feet higher up, just below Beckley’s Landing,
a mile or two north of Myrtlewood, Marengo County, Oct. 13
(zo. 123). The bulk of the vegetation in this habitat consisted of
Dianthera americana and various Cyperaceae, one more of which
is mentioned below,
This is another species which I have never seen elsewhere in
the South. Dr. Mohr reported it from “ Low, damp sandy ground,
most frequent in flat open grassy pine barrens”’ (which by the way
would be a very unusual habitat for /femzcarpha), in Washington,
Clarke, and Mobile counties ; but the only specimen so labeled in
his herbarium at the University (and I am informed that a similar
state of affairs exists in his other collection, now deposited in the
U. S. National Herbarium), from ‘‘ Close damp soil, pastures, etc.
Mobile. April, May,” is Scirpus carinatus /*
CypERuS INFLEXxUS Muhl.
Collected at the same time and place as the preceding (vo. 724),
and seen also at Jackson landing, where our river trip terminated.
The occurrence of this species in Alabama was not known until I
found it on Lookout Mountain in the fall of 1905,7 (or in. Georgia
until I found it on flat granite rocks in Clarke and Clayton counties
in the summer of 1900).
HoMALOCENCHRUS LENTICULARIS (Michx.) Scribn.
In wide densely wooded alluvial bottoms, about two miles west
of Myrtlewood and the same distance from the Tombigbee River,
* For notes 0 on the occurrence of this species in Alabama, see Bull. ‘Torrey Club
: §25. 1906.
See Torreya 6:
have been the first to find this species and the preceding in Worcester County, Massa-
chusetts, pie two or three floras of the county had been published. (See Rhodora 1:
201, 202. 1899.) There they both grow on the sandy shores of two lakes in Brook-
Bae: ee neon interesting notes on their occurrence together see Haberer, Rhodora
: 61. 1900; Blankinship, Rhodora 5: 130. 1903; Fernald, Rhodora 11. 220.
ete Wiegand, Rhodora 12: 39. 1910.
115. 1906. It is rather a curious coincidence that I should
124 Harper: Trip oN WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
in Marengo County, Oct. 14. Not previously reported from
Alabama.
Paspacum MucronatuM Muhl. (P. flwitans Kunth).
Not rare, on shaded alluvial banks, Tuscaloosa (x0. 176),
Sumter, Marengo, Choctaw, and Washington counties. This, too,
was new to the known flora of the state.
Pinus PAtustris Mill.
The only places between Tuscaloosa and Jackson where this
is visible from the river seem to be the crests of the high Buhr-
stone ridges or ‘‘mountains’’ above mentioned, in Choctaw and
Clarke counties. There a few specimens of this unmistakable
pine could barely be distinguished with the naked eye as we floated
along. It also grows to some extent on the hills capped with
Lafayette red loam around Jackson.
? EQUISETUM ARVENSE L.
Sterile specimens which cannot be distinguished from this
species were collected in damp crevices of Ripley (Cretaceous)
limestone at Barton’s Bluff in Marengo County, about ten miles
below Demopolis (wo. 727). This is just the kind of a place in
which one usually finds Equisetums (mostly of the Ayemale group)
in the South, but the finding of &. arvense in Alabama was
decidedly unexpected. Dr. Gattinger reported it from “ moist
fields, Cave Spring, E. Tenn.,”’ and Dr. Small in his Flora of the
Southeastern U. S. credited it to North Carolina, without definite
locality, but these are the only records of its occurrence in the
southeastern states that I have found. &. arvense in the North
is often if not usually a weed, but these specimens appeared
decidedly native.
Perhaps if my locality could be visited in spring when the
fertile stems are visible this plant would turn out to be something
else than £. arvense ; but it is certainly not one of the three species
credited to Alabama by Dr. Mohr, for those are all of the Ayemale
group.
ASPLENIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Michx.
Many fine specimens of this, some fruiting (m0. 129), were
found in rich shady woods on the north side of a steep Buhrstone
HARPER: TRIP
FIGURE 2. Rich shady*woods, with Asplenium angustifolium, etc., on north
ae
side of Hatchetigbee Bluff, Washington County, Alabama, October 16, 1908.
126 Harper: Trip ON WARRIOR AND TOMBIGBEE RIVERS
hill rising over 100 feet above the river at Hatchetigbee Landing,
Washington County, on the last day of thetrip. (See illustration —
FIGURE 2.) This was quite a surprise, as the southern limit of this
species was previously supposed to be in the mountains of Wins-
ton County, about 160 miles farther north and 1,500 feet higher.
(The fact that several of the smaller tributaries of the Warrior
River flow through Winston County may have something to do
with the occurrence of this fern on the Tombigbee.)
At the same time and place I noticed Scrophularia marilandica,
Phryma Leptostachya, Adicea pumila, and Phegopteris hexagon-
optera, which were not known from the coastal plain of Alabama
before, and Panax quinguefolium, which here reaches just about its
southern limit.
TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA,
Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora— XxXI
Per AXEL RYDBERG
* Ambrosia media sp. nov.
nnual; stem 4~6 dm. high, hispid with ascending or ap-
pressed short hairs, more or less strigose, branched; leaves pin-
nately divided, thick, 5-10 cm. long, scabrous and glandular-
granuliferous above, hispid-strigulose beneath, all except the
uppermost with shorter or longer, hirsute-ciliate, narrowly winged
petioles ; divisions oblong or lanceolate, usually more or less cleft
or toothed, the lobes or teeth lanceolate, acute; staminate racemes
rather dense; involucre nodding, slightly lobed with 5 rounded
lobes and crenulate, 4-5 mm. in diameter, hispid-strigose ; hairs
about 0.5 mm. long, with more or less pustulate bases ; receptacle
with few narrow lance-subulate scales; fruit obovoid ; body about
3 mm. long, puberulent or in age glabrate, with 5-7 sharp spines
0.5 mm. long and strongly directed forward; beak about 1 mm,
long, pubescent.
In the form and texture of the foliage, this species resembles
A. coronopifolia T. & G. (A. psilostachya of most authors) as closely
as to make it almost impossible to distinguish the two by the leaves
alone, the only difference being that the leaves of A. media are
more inclined to be petioled and the petioles distinctly hispid-
ciliate. Otherwise, the plant is more closely related to A. e/atior
and A. artemisiifolia, the root being annual and the fruit spiny.
A. coronopifolia has a larger fruit, which is inclined to be round-
elliptic instead of obovoid, is more pubescent, without spines,
either perfectly smooth or rarely with small rounded tubercles.
Cotorapo: Fort Collins, Aug. 27, 1885, C. S. Crandall (type,
in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
New Mexico: Pecos, San Miguel County, Aug. 20, 1898,
Standley 5138 ; Kingston, 1904, Metcalfe 1337 (?).
Coaunuita: Saltillo 1898, Palmer 293.
Montana: Sand Coulee, Sept. 7, 1885, &. S. Williams.
Nepraska: Chadron, Oct. 9, 1897, /. M@. Bates 706 (plants
predominantly pistillate).
127
128 RypBerG: Rocky MouNrTAIN FLORA
v Grindelia integerrima sp. nov.
Perennial, with a cespitose base; stems about 3 dm. high,
glabrous, somewhat angled by the decurrent lines; leaves nar-
rowly oblanceolate, 2-4 cm. long, acute, strongly resinous-dotted,
entire ; heads numerous, corymbose ; involucre about 7 mm. high
and 1 cm. wide; bracts lanceolate, with very short, terete, squar-
rose tips; ligules 6-7 mm. long; pappus-bristles slightly flat-
tened, curved and twisted, 3 mm. long, about the length of the
achenes.
_ This somewhat resembles Grindelia nana in general habit but
differs in the broader bracts with much shorter tips and the
strongly curved and twisted pappus-bristles.
IpaHo: Sandy soil near Granite Station, Kootenai County,
July 29, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal, & Heller 784 (type, in herb.
N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
’ Grindelia columbiana (Piper) Rydb. comb. nov.
Grindeha discoidea Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 7: 315. 1840.
Not G. discoideaH. & A. 1836.
Grindelia nana discoidea A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1: 119. 1884.
Grindelia nana columbiana Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 11: 556.
1906.
~ Chrysopsis angustifolia sp. nov.
Chrysopsis stenophylla Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 3: 327. 1808.
Not C. stenophylla (A. Gray) Greene. 1884.
Perennial, with a cespitose caudex ; stems erect, 2-4 dm. high,
canescent and more or less hirsute ; leaves narrowly linear-oblance-
olate, the lower short-petioled, the upper sessile, 2-5 cm. long, 2-5
mm. wide, acute, grayish-strigose on both sides, somewhat hispid-
ciliate on the lower portion; involucres turbinate-campanulate,
8—1o mm. high and about as broad; bracts narrow and linear, acute,
grayish-strigose ; rays about 1 cm. long; achenes canescent;
outer pappus of short bristles ; inner pappus-bristles tawny.
This is intermediate between Chrysopsis foliosa and C. steno-
phylla. It resembles the latter in leaf-form but differs in being
more canescent, less hispid, not at all viscid, and in the bracts,
which are narrower, and strigose-canescent instead of hispid and
viscid-puberulent. From C. /foliosa it differs in the narrower,
spreading leaves, the more distinctly peduncled heads, and less
white pubescence.
RypDBERG: Rocky MounrTaIN FLORA 129
Nesraska : Middle Loup River, near Mullen, Hooker County,
Sept. 14, 1893, P. A. Rydberg 1766 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. and Columbia Univ.); Long Pine, Sept. 14, 1890, /. 7.
Bates ; Deuel County, Aug. 24, 1891, Rydberg 149.
Kansas: Kiowa County, Sept. 4, 1898, Z. F. Ward.
ALBERTA: Vicinity of Banff, Aug. 14, 1899, McCalla 2032,
in part.
* Chrysopsis Butleri sp. nov.
Perennial; stem decumbent at the base or erect, grayish-
hispidulous and slightly hirsute; leaves 1-3 cm. long, the lower
obovate, the upper oblong or elliptic, obtuse or apiculate, often
spreading, sessile, grayish-hirsute with short hairs ; heads pedun-
cled but usually subtended by an oblong small leaf; involucres 8
mm. high, 10-15 mm. broad; bracts linear, acute, hirsutulous,
but not at all glandular or viscid; ligules about 8 mm. long;
achenes silky-strigose ; pappus tawny, the outer of minute bristles.
This species is characterized by the small, obovate or elliptic,
subsessile leaves, which are often spreading and with short spread-
ing pubescence. Nearly all the species of the Chrysopsis villosa
group, with spreading pubescence, are more or less viscid or
glandular, but this is not at all the case with C. Butleri. In leaf-
form it resembles C. vz//osa, but both leaves and heads are smaller
and the pubescence is different. In C. villosa the hairs are at
least in the young state appressed.
Montana: Gateway, Aug. 17, 1908, B. TZ. Butler 620 (type,
in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Midvale, Sept. 3, 1901, Umbach 564 ;
Wild Horse Island, Aug. 13, 1908, Butler 480, 481, 485, 4gr.
Wyominc: Near Fort Laramie, 1842, /remont 482.
Uranu: City Creek Cafion, 1875, JZ £. Jones ; same locality,
Oct. 7, 1905, Garrett 1703.
’ Chrysopsis grandis sp. nov.
Perennial, with a cespitose caudex; stems about 3 dm. high,
leafy, long-hirsute, hispidulous and resinous-granuliferous ; leaves
spatulate or oblanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, the lower petioled, the
upper sessile, hirsute or hispid and conspicuously resinous-granu-
liferous, apiculate ; heads corymbose, short-peduncled, rarely sub-
tended by a small leaf; involucres 8 mm. high, 12-18 mm. broad ;
bracts densely hirsute, only slightly granuliferous; rays golden
yellow, about 1 cm. long; achenes strigose; pappus yellowish
tawny, the outer of short bristles.
130 RypsBerG: Rocky MountTAIN FLORA
This species is related to Chrysopsis hispida and C. columbiana,
but differs from both in the larger heads ; it differs also from the
former in the more copious pubescence and the more decidedly
oblanceolate and petioled leaves; from the latter in the longer
pubescence, the more copious resinous granules and the more
decidedly petioled leaves.
Montana: Jocko Creek, June 16, 1901, MacDougal 275
(type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; also 265.
’ Chrysopsis barbata sp. nov.
Perennial ; stems about 3 dm. high, more or less tinged with
purplish or red, hirsute with long white hairs and somewhat puber-
ulent ; leaves sessile, lanceolate, 3~5 cm. long, the upper acuminate,
long-hirsute and somewhat resinous-granuliferous ; heads subses-
sile ; involucres 1 cm. high and 12-15 mm. broad; bracts linear,
acute, sparingly long-hirsute and resinous-granuliferous ; ligules
about 7 mm. long, golden yellow; achenes strigose; pappus
brownish tawny, the outer squamulate, I-1.5 mm. lon
This species is related to Chrysopsis hispida but differs in the
long, dense pubescence, a much less abundance of resinous gran-
ules, larger leaves and heads, and more conspicuous outer pappus.
It grows on sandy plains.
Ipauo: Valley of Spokane River, Kootenai County, July 17,
1893, Sandberg, MacDougal, & Heller 664 (type, in herb. N. Y.
Bot. Gard.).
Chrysothamnus attenuatus (Jones) Rydb. sp. nov.
Bigelovia Howardi attenuata Jones, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. Il. 5:
691. 1895.
Chrysothamnus affinis attenuatus A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. 28: 374:
1899.
‘ Chrysothamnus salicifolius sp. nov.
A shrub 3-10 dm. high ; branches erect, white or gray, finely
pannose-tomentulose ; leaves linear, 3-nerved, 4-6 cm. long, 3-6
mm. wide, minutely tomentulose ; heads in a dense corymbiform
cyme; involucres 7-8 mm. long; bracts elliptic, oval or ovate, the
outer acutish, the inner obtuse or rounded at the apex, erose-
ciliate, the outer slightly tomentose, the inner glabrous ; corollas
about 1 cm. long; teeth 1.5-2 mm, long, lanceolate, obtusish ;
achenes coarsely strigose, angled.
RYDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 131
This species resembles Chrysothamnus graveolens in habit, but
the leaves are broader, more tomentulose ; the bracts are slightly
tomentulose, erose-ciliate, and broader than in that species. Ward’s
specimens were determined by Dr. Gray as Bigelovia graveolens
latisquamea and included therein in the Synoptical Flora; but it
is wholly distinct therefrom. The true C. /atisgquamea (A. Gray)
Greene has very white filiform-revolute leaves and the bracts more
rounded at the apex.
Uran: Strawberry Valley, Sept. 3, 1883, 7. &. Leonard 288
(type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; Twelve-mile-Creek, Aug. 29,
1875, L. F. Ward 659.
’ Chrysothamnus stenolepis sp. nov.
Low shrub, 2-3 dm. high, somewhat spinescent ; branches
short, erect, glabrous or finely puberulent above ; leaves narrowly
lance-linear, I-2 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, glabrous, scabrous-
ciliate on the margins, convolute and somewhat twisted ; inflores-
cence corymbiform, of few heads ; involucres about 8 mm. long ;
bracts 4-ranked in 3 series, narrowly lanceolate, or the inner linear,
acute, glabrous, keeled, somewhat viscid; corollas scarcely ex-
ceeding the involucre; lobes lanceolate, 2 mm. long; achenes
hirsute-strigose.
This species is related to Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus and C.
glaucus, but differs from both in the very narrow acute bracts.
Montana: Pass Creek, near Bridger Pass, 7. Engelmann (type,
in herb. Columbia Univ.).
Urau: Saleratus River, Aug. 1889, C. K. Dodge.
’ Chrysothamnus marianus sp. nov.
Undershrub, 1-2 dm. high, with a woody thick caudex ;
branches erect, at first green, soon straw-colored or white, densely
and finely puberulent ; leaves linear or the lower linear-oblanceo-
late, acute, thick, densely puberulent, 1-2 cm. long, I-15 mm.
wide, 1-nerved, somewhat twisted ; heads narrow, in small, corym-
biform-cymose panicles, involucres about 5 mm. high; bracts
yellowish, glutinous, erose-ciliate on the margins, 4-ranked and in
about 3 series, the outer ovate, acutish, the inner spatulate-oblong,
rounded at the apex ; achenes sparingly strigose ; corollas scarcely
exceeding the involucres.
This species has many characters of Chrysothamnus puberulus,
soo RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
but differs in the more yellowish-green herbage, the whiter stems,
the narrower, more erect, thick, 1-nerved instead of 3-nerved leaves,
the finer pubescence, and the involucres, which are narrower and
with different bracts. In C. puderulus the inner bracts are linear or
linear-lanceolate and acute. The young achenes are only slightly
strigose, in which respect it approaches C. Bakeri and C. Vasey.
Uran: Along Sevier River, below Marysvale, July 20, 1905,
Rydberg & Carlton 6993 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; also
6983; Mount Barette, July 26, 7253.
SoLrpaGo MIssouRIENSIS Nutt. Jour. Acad.
Pavia. 9 242.1534
Solidago Tolmieana A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 11: 151. 1884.
Dr. Gray in the original publication of S. Zo/mieana adds the
following note: ‘Has been taken for a form of S. mzssourtensis
var. montana ;” but he overlooked the fact that it was identi-
cal with the original S. mssouriensis, He might have been led
astray by Nuttall himself, who later included in S. mssouriensis the
common plant of the upper Missouri Basin with recurved secund
branches. That the latter is not the original S. #zssourtensis may
be seen from Nuttall’s diagnosis, of which I here give a copy:
“55 SOLIDAGO * mssouriensis. Pumila, glabra, racemis erectis,
foliis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, inciso-subserrulatis, superioribus
integris, panicula brevi laxa, floribus majusculis.”’
«Stem slender, smooth, leafy, about a foot or so high. Leaves
scabrous at the margin. Panicle about three inches long, the
branches slender, the flowers pedicellate, and brought together in
a somewhat rhomboidal raceme. Rays as long as the calyx.”
This agrees with S. Zo/mieana but not with the plant de-
scribed by Gray as S. mzssourtensis.
The original Solidago missouriensis was collected by Wyeth
on the upper branches of the Missouri. There is a specimen of
this collection in the Torrey Herbarium which agrees with the
description and this matches very well the type of S. Zolmicana
in the Gray Herbarium. The plant described by Gray as S. mis-
souriensis is Characterized by its flat-topped or round-topped in-
florescence with recurved-spreading, secund branches, in variance
with Nuttall’s characterization: ‘‘racemis erectis,’” and ‘the flow-
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 133
ers pedicellate, and drought together in a somewhat rhomboidal
raceme.’ The synonymy of Gray’s plant is as follows:
SOLIDAGO GLABERRIMA Martens, Bull. Acad.
Brux. 8: 68. 1841
Solidago missourtensis Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. 7: 327, in
part. 1840. Not S. missouriensis Nutt. 1834.
Solidago missouriensis A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 17: 155. 1884.
Solidago serotina Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 97. 1835. Not.
serotina Ait. 1789.
‘ Solidago glaucophylla sp. nov.
Perennial, with a branching rootstock ; stems slender, pale, gla-
brous up to the sparingly pubescent inflorescence; leaves glabrous,
glaucous, minutely ciliolate on the margins, rather thick, linear-
oblanceolate or the upper linear, triple-nerved, 6-10 cm. long,
4-10 mm. wide, entire, acute ; inflorescence a round-topped panicle,
the branches somewhat recurved-spreading and somewhat secund ;
heads about 5 mm. high; bracts oblong, obtuse, or the outer
lance-oblong, acutish ; rays short, 2-2.5 mm. long, 0.7-0.8 mm.
wide ; achenes slightly strigose-hirsute.
This species is related to Solidago missourtensis and S. glaber-
vima, but differs from both in the narrow, entire, glaucous leaves
and the thicker, oblong and obtuse instead of linear-lanceolate and
acute bracts. The type grew on dry plains at an altitude of
1000 m.
Montana: Dry plains near Kalispel, Flathead Valley, July 25,
1901, MacDougal 760 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
Wyominc: Buffalo, July 25, 1896, A. Nelson 2507 (?, similar
but with narrower inflorescence).
- Solidago nivea sp. nov.
Perennial, with a woody cespitose rootstock and short caudex ;
stems 1-2 dm. high, decumbent at the base, canescent-puberulent ;
basal leaves 2—4 cm. long, short-petioled ; blades obovate-spatu-
late, rounded at the apex, entire or nearly so; stem-leaves
oblanceolate, sessile, the upper acutish ; all leaves thick, densely
canescent- puberulent, almost velvety and almost white ; inflores-
cence a flat-topped corymbiform panicle ; heads slightly nodding
at first, but not secund on the branches, about 6 mm. high;
134 RypBerG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
bracts yellowish with a greenish midrib, lanceolate and acute ;
achenes hirsute-strigose ; ligules 3 mm. long and nearly I mm.
wide.
This is closely related to Solidago nana, but differs in the
narrower, lanceolate, and acute bracts. Its pubescence is usually
also denser and whiter. Platt’s specimens were labeled S. ms-
souriensis v. montana Gray, to which it has no relationship, only
resembling it a little in habit and in the narrow bracts.
Montana: Lima, Aug., 1905, Rydberg 2804 (type, in herb.
N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Hot Sulphur Springs, July 24, 1871, W. &.
Platt.
~ Solidago Garrettii sp. nov.
Perennial, with a creeping rootstock; stem 2-3 dm. high,
sparingly puberulent or glabrous ; leaves obovate-spatulate or the
upper oval, entire or the lower toothed towards the apex, rather
thin, triple- nerved, minutely and sparingly scabrous-puberulent or
nearly glabrate, oe on the margins, 3-6 cm. long ;
inflorescence more or less leafy, with a few secund branches ;
heads 5-6 mm. high « bracts lanceolate, acute, yellowish ; ligules
2 mm. long and fully 0.5 mm. wide, golden yellow; achenes
sparingly hirsute.
This species is related to Solidago mollis, S. radulina, and S.
Radula, It differs from the first in the thinner, green, more decid-
edly obovate, and sparingly pubescent leaves, and the open, few-
branched panicle; from S. radulina in the larger, thinner leaves,
the open and more leafy inflorescence, and the acute instead of
obtuse bracts; and from S. Radu/a in the thin, broad leaves, large,
ample upper stem-leaves, the small inflorescence, and acute bracts.
Uran: Big Cottonwood Cafion, Aug. 28, 1906, A. O. Garrett
2047 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); same locality and col-
lector, Aug. 14, 1905, 2608, and Aug. 5, 1905, 1587.
Wyominc: Headwaters of Cliff Creek, Aug. 9-18, 1900,
byt. Caras.
ASTER RICHARDsonII Sprengel, Syst. 3: 528. 1826
Aster montanus Richards. App. Frankl. Journ. 749. 1823. Not
A. montanus Nuttall. 1818.
Aster salsuginosus Less. Linnaea 6: 124. 1831. Not A. salsu-
ginosus Richards. 1823.
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 135
Aster Richardson, var. gigantea Hook. F1. Bor.-Am. 2: 7. 1834.
Aster sibiricus giganteus A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 17: 177. 1884.
Aster giganteus Rydb. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2: 184. 1901.
In describing Aster meritus,* Professor Aven Nelson evidently
was correct in referring the name A. Richardsoniit Spreng. to the
subarctic species, characterized by the densely villous peduncles
and involucres, which the writer has named A. giganteus. Rich-
ardson collected both, as shown by specimens in the Columbia
University herbarium, and evidently included both under the name
A. montanus, but his description applies only to the plant which
Hooker afterwards named and described as A. Richardsonit, var.
gigantea. There are, however, two points in Professor Nelson’s
discussion which are a little erroneous, ambiguous, and unclear,
wherefore I add the following.
Professor Nelson has made the following remarks: ‘It is
equally clear that A. Richardsonii is the name given to the A.
montanus Nutt.” If this was true, A. Richardsonit should be a
synonym of A. sericeus montanus of the Southern States, and I re-
ceived that impression when I read Professor Nelson’s discussion.
Evidently this was not Professor Nelson’s intention. He evidently
meant A. montanus Richardson.
From Professor Nelson’s discussion, one also gets the impres-
sion that A. meritus Nels. is not found in the subarctic regions,
and is a plant of the Rocky Mountains only, but this is not the
fact. The specimens regarded as A. Richardson by Hooker and
cited in his Flora, as collected in the “ barren country from lat.
64° to the Arctic Seas”’ belong to A. meritus. Two of Richard-
son’s specimens are in the herbarium of Columbia University.
These cannot be distinguished from Nelson’s vos. 2734 and 6610
cited under A. meritus.
As said before, Richardson collected both plants. Hooker was
the first one to distinguish them and made one the species, the
other the variety of A. Richardsonti Spreng., as A. montanus Rich-
ardson was not available on account of the older A. montanus Nutt.,
A. Richardsonit Spreng. being only a substitute for the former.
Under ordinary circumstances, we should have followed Hooker's
interpretation and used A. Richardsoni for the short-pubescent
* Bot. Gaz. 37: 268, 1904.
136 RypBErG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA
plant. The writer made such a ruling in 1901, when he raised
A. Richardsonii, var. gigantea to specific rank. But it is evident
from Richardson’s description that his A. sonxtanus characterized
rather the more villous-tomentose plant. Not only was Sprengel’s
A. Richardsonii based upon A. montanus Richardson, but his
description also characterizes Hooker’s var. gigantea.
The synonymy of the more southern plant is as follows :
AsTER MERITUS A. Nelson, Bot. Gaz. 37: 269. 1904
Aster montanus Richardson, App. Frankl. Journ. 32, in part (?).
1823.
Aster Richardson Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 7. 1834. Not A.
Richardsoni Spreng. 1826.
Aster sibiricus A. Gray, Syn. F). 17: 176. 1884. Not A. szbiricus
1753.
- Aster Williamsii sp. nov.
Perennial, with cespitose rootstock ; stems erect, about 3 dm.
high, more or less villous; leaves oblanceolate, 3-10 cm. long,
the lower petioled, the upper sessile, finely villous on both sides ;
heads few in a corymbiform inflorescence; involucres 8 mm. high,
I cm. broad; bracts linear or lance-linear, acute, sparingly and
finely villous on the back, slightly scarious-margined below, im-
bricate in 3 series; rays lilac, about 1 cm. long; achenes spar-
ingly and finely pilose ; pappus tawny.
This species is somewhat intermediate between Aster andinus
and A. meritus. From the former it differs in the taller and more
slender, erect stem, the finely villous leaves, the shorter, more
numerous and more pubescent involucral bracts; and from the
latter in the narrower leaves, which are always entire, in the com-
paratively higher involucre, and the narrower bracts.
WyominG: Dry hills, North Fork of Clear Creek, Big Horn
Mountains, Aug. 12, 1898, 7. A. Williams (type, in herb. N. Y.
Bot. Gard.); eastern slope of Big Horn Mountains, headwaters
of Clear Creek and Crazy Woman River, July 20-Aug. 15, 1900,
Tweedy 30 96 A,
» Aster Macounii sp. nov.
Perennial, with a rootstock; stem 3-6 dm. high, sparingly
hispid-strigose, purple-tinged ; leaves thick, oblanceolate or lance-
ate, 2-8 cm. long, hispidulous- ciliate, otherwise glabrous ; in-
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 137
florescence corymbiform ; heads solitary on branches with lance-
olate bract-like leaves; involucre 8-10 mm. high, 12-15 mm.
broad ; bracts oblanceolate, squarrose, acute and spinulose-tipped,
pubescent on the back and ciliate on the margins; rays 7-8 mm.
long, rose-colored ; achenes strigose, pappus pinkish tawny.
This species combines the characters of two different groups
of asters. It has the habit, leaves, middle-sized heads, pappus,
and pubescence of the bracts of Aster Nelsonit, A. griseus, and their
allies, but has the spinulose- or callus-tipped bracts and upper
leaves of A. multifiorus, A commutatus, etc.
Canada: Old Wives Lake, Northwest Territory [Keewatin],
July, 1880, John Macoun (type, in herb. Columbia Univ.).
AsTeR Linpieyanus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 122. 1841
Aster paniculatus, var. 0 Lindl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am, 2: 8. 1834.
Dr. Gray in his Synoptical Flora* stated: ‘The original of
this species was raised by Gordon from Labrador seeds and has
more extended inflorescence of smaller heads than is common in
the wild plant.” Dr. Gray evidently referred to Aster paniculatus
Ait. ;+ however, A. Lindleyanus was not based on A. paniculatus
Ait., but principally on A. paniculatus, var. 0 of Lindley in Hooker's
Flora, although A. paniculatus of the same work was partly in-
cluded. The var. 0 was collected by Richardson near Slave Lake.
Whether this plant is the same as A. paniculatus Ait. is very
doubtful. Aster Lindleyanus has been reported from many stations
in eastern North America as far south as Ohio, but the eastern
plant differs somewhat from that of the Mackenzie basin and the
northern Rockies in thinner more decidedly cordate basal leaves,
and in its bracts with more conspicuous green tips. As these
differences are hardly specific it is best to leave the eastern plant
in A. Vindleyanus. In the northern Rockies and the Saskatchewan
region there are found plants which have been referred to 4.
Lindlejanus but which the writer thinks are distinct. They can be
distinguished as follows :
Basal leaf-llades cordate or cme! ovate; upper stem-leaves lance-
olate, achenes glabrou
Petioles,midribs, and wall also the stem pubescent with long
white hairs A. Wilsonii,
72: 18h 1884.
¢ Hort. Kew. 3: 207. 1789.
138 RypsBerG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA
Plant glabrous or sparingly short-pubescent A. Lindleyanus.
Basal leaf-blades lanceolate ; upper sem-leaves eaccaives lanceolate
e of the inflorescence lance-line
Heads saws ; involucres 8-9 mm. high ; rays about 15 mm. long ;
HOWCNES A DTOUS 05 lies vaca sds vstvaceuesocsstesteccssarsesesrs socees A. MacCallae.
Heads numerous; involucres 5-6 mm. high; rays 8-Io mm
long; achenes hispidulous-strigose A, Butleri.
. Aster Wilsonii sp. nov.
Aster Lindleyanus 8B T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 122. 1841.
Perennial, with a horizontal rootstock; stem 3-6 dm. high
often purplish, more or less pubescent with long white, curved,
somewhat deciduous hairs ; basal leaves petioled; petioles 5-10
cm. long, densely white-ciliate, together with the midrib ; blades
ovate or subcordate, 5-10 cm. long, usually more or less hirsute
on both sides, but in age glabrate, serrate, acuminate at the apex ;
the lower stem-leaves similar; the upper lanceolate, sessile, sub-
entire or those of the paniculate inflorescence narrowly lanceolate ;
involucre 7-8 mm. high, scarcely 1 cm. wide ; bracts subulate, at-
tenuate, with a green midrib which widens somewhat above the
middle ; rays 8-10 mm. long, bluish purple; pappus tawny ;
achenes glabrous.
This species is related to Aster Lindleyanus and may grade into
it, but the typical specimens are very distinct, characterized by the
long white hairs on the petioles, midribs, and often the stem, by
the narrower upper leaves, the smaller heads, and the more ascena-
ing branches.
British Corumpia: Armstrong, 1904, &. Wilson g19 (type,
in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; also gr, 476, and 393.
ALBERTA: Grattan Creek, Aug. 16, 1906, Macoun & Herriot
77073; also Edmonton, Aug. 26, 1906, 77074.
WESTERN Ontario: Fort Williams, Sept. 7, 1889, Dr and
Mrs. N. L. Britton and Miss Millie Timmerman.
MACKENZIE: Fort Resolution and Mackenzie River, 1361-2
R. Kennicott. :
v Aster MacCallae sp. nov.
(?) Aster praecor Lindl. in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 9 1834.
Not A. praecox Willd. 1813.
Perennial, with a horizontal rootstock; stems 3-6 dm. high,
often purplish, glabrous up to the inflorescence, the tranches of
which are slightly pubescent in lines; lower leaves vith winged
RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 139
petioles, which are slightly dilated and ciliate at the base ; blades
broadly lanceolate, 8-15 cm. long, usually more or less serrate
with ascending teeth, acute, glabrous or essentially so, hispidulous-
ciliolate on the margins, rather thick ; upper leaves lanceolate,
sessile or those of the inflorescence lance-linear ; inflorescence or
its few principal branches racemiform ; involucres 8—g mm. high,
I cm. broad; bracts subulate, glabrous, with linear-lanceolate
green tips and green midveins below; rays blue or bluish purple,
about 15 mm. long; disk-flowers red-purple ; achenes glabrous,
at least in age.
This may be the A. praecox of Hooker's Flora Boreali-Ameri-
cana; but the name is preoccupied by A. praecoxr Willd. It is
related to A. Lindleyanus, but differs in the narrower leaves, of
which the lower are neither cordate nor broadly ovate and those
of the inflorescence are lance-linear, in the larger rays, which are
about 15 mm. long, and in the more ascending branches of the
simpler inflorescence.
ALBERTA: Along streams, edge of woods on the Sulphur
Mountain, Aug. 16, 1899, J/cCalla 2026 (type, in herb. N. Y.
Bot. Gard.) ; roadside, Spray Avenue, Banff, Sept. 18, 1899,
McCalla 2027; below Wapta Lake, Aug. 6, 1904, /, Macoun
69480; gravelly banks, Second Lake, Rocky Mountain Park,
Aug. 3, 1891, Macoun 7770.
“Aster Butleri sp. nov.
Perennial, with a horizontal rootstock ; stem 4-10 dm. high,
glabrous, slender ; lower leaves petioled ; blades lanceolate, about
1 dm. long, distantly serrate with ascending teeth, hispidulous-
ciliolate on the margins, otherwise glabrous ; upper stem-leaves
sessile, narrowly lanceolate, or those of the inflorescence lance-
linear, entire ; inflorescence paniculate with numerous heads; in-
volucres 5-6 mm. high. about 8 mm. wide; bracts subulate, with
green midribs and narrowly lanceolate green tips, attenuate, gla-
brous ; rays bluish purple, 8-10 mm. long; achenes hispidulous-
strigose.
This is related to the preceding, but differs from it in the large
inflorescence with numerous small heads, and in the pubescent
achenes. In the latter respect it differs from all the species of
the Aster Lindleyanus group.
Montana: Gateway, Aug. 16, 1908, B. 7: Butler 443 (type,
in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); also 433.
140 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
ALBERTA: Field, Aug. 28, 1904, /. Macoun 65485.
British CotumstA: Flood plains of Columbia at Beavermouth,
Aug. 18, 1905, C. H. Shaw 1165; Armstrong, 1904, £. Wilson
422 (?); Emerald Lake, Aug. 30, 1904, /. Macoun 65488 (in part).
- Aster subsalignus sp. nov.
Perennial, with a rootstock ; stem glabrous throughout, 6-10
dm. high ; leaves nearly erect, glabrous, glaucous, entire, clasping
but scarcely auricled, 5-10 cm. long, narrowly linear, 6-7 mm
branches lance-linear and reduced ; inflorescence paniculate ; invo-
lucres about 7 mm. high and 8 mm. wide; bracts linear or the
outer linear-lanceolate, glabrous, acute, with a green midrib and
narrowly lanceolate green tip, or the outer nearly wholly green ;
rays bluish or bluish purple, about 8 mm. long ; achenes glabrous ;
pappus tawny ; disk-flowers dark, red-purple.
This is related to Aster Geyeri, but differs in the narrow leaves,
scarcely auricled at the base ; they are also more erect or strongly
ascending and wholly entire. It stands in the same relation to
Aster Geyerias A. virgatus and A. concinnus do to A. laevis. It
has the narrow green tips of the bracts found in A. Geyer? but not
in the others. The spreading branches of the inflorescence with
their very small bract-like leaves characteristic of the three are not
found in this species, and scarcely in A. Geyeri.
Cotorapo: Glenwood Springs, Aug. 18, 1906, G. &. Oster-
hout 3397 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
Aster Wooroni! Greene, Leaflets 1: 146. 1905.
Aster hesperius Wootonit Greene, Bull. Torrey Club 25: 119. 1898.
In raising the variety to specific rank, Dr. Greene stated : “ Mr.
Baker’s n. 817 from near Gunnison represents well that of Mr.
Wooton’s distribution from New Mexico, and I judge the form
worthy of specific rank.” In the herbarium of the New York
Botanical Garden there are duplicates of both Baker 8r7 and
Wooten 329, the latter the type of A. hesperius Wootonit. Thetwo
are not the same. The latter has the subequal loose bracts and
entire leaves of A. hesperius, and is best referred to that species ; in
fact it matches very closely Wright 1158, which number I take to
be the type of A. hesperius. In the former the bracts are well
RYDBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FLORA 141
imbricated in 3 or 4 unequal series and the leaves are distinctly
dentate and it agrees in every respect with specimens of A. panicu-
atus. In the writer's judgment it is nothing but the not uncom-
mon pinkish- or light lilac-flowered form of that species.
Aster roseolus sp. nov.
Perennial, with a horizontal rootstock ; stem 3~—5 dm. high,
often purple-tinged, glabrous, pilose in lines on the branches ;
leaves linear, glabrous or nearly so, scabrous-ciliolate on the mar-
gins, 5-10 cm. long, 5-12 mm. wide, inflorescence paniculate but
the heads usually few; involucres about 5 mm. high, 8-9 mm.
broad ; bracts glabrous, oblong or oblong-linear, acute, in about
3 series, often wholly green, with broadly lanceolate tips; rays
rose-colored, 5-6 mm. long ; achenes hispiéulous-strigose.
This species is related to Aster longulus and A. Tradescanti,
but differs in the bright rose-colored rays, the less numerous heads,
simpler plant, and broader leaves. It grows in meadows at an alti-
tude of 1500-2000 m. :
Monrana: Melrose, 1895, Rydberg 2817 (type, in herb. N.
Y. Bot. Gard.); Lima, Aug. 5, 1895, Rydberg ; Logan, July 28,
1895, Shear 5253; Emigrant Gulch, Aug. 23, 1897, Rydberg &
Bessey 5121.
v Aster Franklinianus Rydb. nom. nov.
Aster salicifolius Richardson, in Frankl. Journ. 748. 1823. Not
Aster salicifolius Lam. 1783.
Aster laxiflorus Lindl. in Hook, Fl. Bor.-Am, 2:10, mainly. 1834.
Not Aster laxiflorus Nees. 1833.
Aster laxifiorus borealis T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 138, in part. 1841.
Dr. Gray referred this to Aster junceus but it is more closely
related to A. Jongifolius, having the subequal bracts and the dark
green leaves of that species, but the bracts are narrower and
strictly appressed and the leaves are very narrowly linear and as
far as I know perfectly entire. It is A. /ariflorus of Lindley
mainly but he included a specimen of Mrs. Percival’s from eastern
Canada (apparently of A. yunceus), and this very specimen is the
type of A. laxiflorus borealis T. & G. Otherwise the species would
have become J. dorealis Prov., as Provancher raised the variety to
specific rank. He also characterized the eastern plant. The fol-
lowing specimens belong to A. /ranklinianus -
142 RypBErRG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA
MACKENZIE TERR.: Slave Lake, Richardson ; Wooded Coun-
try, Richardson ; Mackenzie River 1861-2, Kezmnicott; Fort Reso-
lution, 1861-2, Onion, Kennicott & Hardisty.
SASKATCHEWAN: 1857-8, £. Bourgeau.
Montana: Gateway, Aug. 17, 1908, Butler 477, 473, and
434; Helena, Aug. 16, 1892, Kelsey.
‘ Aster junciformis sp. nov.
Aster gunceus Coulter, Man. 161, in part. 1885.
Aster longulus Rydb. Fl. Colo. 356. 1906. Not Aster longulus
Sheldon. 1894.
Perennial, with a slender horizontal rootstock ; stem slender,
3-5 dm. high, simple below, with pilose lines or wholly glabrous
below; leaves narrowly linear, 4-8 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide,
scabrous-ciliolate on the margins, light green; inflorescence
corymbiform, with the rather few heads terminating the stem
and leafy branches; involucres about 6 mm. high, about I
cm. broad; bracts glabrous, erose-ciliolate; the inner bracts
linear, acute, with green midrib and green lanceolate tips, the
outer oblong or somewhat oblanceolate, obtuse, and often almost
wholly green ; rays white, 6-8 mm. long; achenes sparingly hairy
or nearly glabrous.
This has been known under the name of A. jwnceus in nearly
all western botany, but differs in the always white rays, the sub-
corymbose inflorescence, and the broader bracts. In the eastern
A, junceus the bracts are narrowly linear or linear-subulate and the
rays are always described as light purple.
Montana: East Gallatin Swamps, July 24, 1896, Hlodman
533 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
Nortu Dakota: Butte, Aug. 5, 1906, Lunell.
SoutH Dakota: Custer, Aug. 15, 1892, Rydberg 775.
CoLorapo: West Cliff, 1896, Shear 3463, 3817; Twin Lakes,
Clements 388 and 379.
MINNEsoTA: Minneapolis, 1891, G. B. Aiton; Hennepin
County, 1890, Sandberg.
SASKATCHEWAN: Cypress Hills, 1880, /. Macoun; Lake
Manitou, July 23, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 77052; also Bear
Hills, July 29, 77052.
ALBERTA: Five miles west of Battle River, 1906, Macoun &
Herriot 77053 ; also Grattan Creek, Aug. 16, 77050.
RypDBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 143
British CoLuMBIA: Swamps at Gold Stream, Aug. 3, 190%,
Shaw 1081,
» Aster eriocaulis sp. nov.
Perennial, with a rootstock ; stems. about 8 dm. high, leafy,
more or less villous, especially above, purplish ; stem-leaves lan-
ceolate, 3-7 cm. long, ciliolate on the margins, otherwise glabrous,
more or less auriculate-clasping ; inflorescence a round-topped
panicle ; involucres 8 mm. high, 10-12 mm. broad ; bracts linear,
acute, more or less ciliate, in 2-3 series, with green midrib and
lanceolate green tips, or the outermost almost wholly green; rays
purple, 8-1o mm. long ; achenes sparingly hirsute-strigose.
This species is perhaps most nearly related to Aster loncho-
phyllus but differs in the longer villous pubescence of the stem,
the more or less clasping” leaves, less imbricated and not purple-
tinged bracts. In general habit and leaf-form it resembles some-
what A. /essicae, but differs in the glabrous leaves and narrower
glabrous bracts.
IpaAHoO: Mountain meadows, valley of Traille River, Kootenai
County, Aug. 9, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal, & Heller 877 (type,
in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
- Aster subcaudatus sp. nov.
Perennial, with a creeping rootstock ; stem 3-6 dm. high, more
or less purple, glabrous below, with villous or pilose peduncles
and lines above; lower leaves petioled, 1-2 dm. long ; blades lance-
olate, 4~10 cm. long, often sparingly dentate with ascending sharp
teeth, dark green, glabrous, ciliolate on the. margins ; upper leaves
sessile, linear-lanceolate, attenuate ; panicle open, with rather few
heads ; involucres 7-8 mm. high, about 12 mm. broad; bracts linear-
subulate, in 2 or 3 series, but nearly of the same length, attenuate,
the inner almost caudate, only slightly white-margined below ;
rays purple, about 1 cm. long ; achenes nearly glabrous,
The type was determined as Aster Fremontit (?), but is evi-
dently distinct ; differing from that species as well as its relatives,
A. occidentalis, A. ciliomarginatus, etc., in the narrow attenuate
bracts. It is alsoa taller plant with a tendency to having dentate
leaves. If one should use Piper’s key in his Flora of Washington
it would fall under A. occidentalis Nutt. The latter, as described
in Gray’s Synoptical Flora, has well-imbricated bracts, of which
the outer are shorter; but neither the present species nor Gray’s
144 RypsBerGc: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA
description agrees with the original diagnosis of Aster occidentalts.
It may be that the plant described by Gray should receive a new
name. I have not seen Nuttall’s type and shall await the chance
of seeing it before making such a change.
ALBERTA: Laggan, Lake Louise region, alt. 1950 m., Aug.
23, 1902, Rosendahl ro8g (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ;
also ro6r,
Ipano: Priest Lake, Aug. 1901, Piper 4120, 3723, 3682.
Montana: Rost Lake, July 15-16, 1901, MacDougal 661;
Big Fork, July 24, 1908, Butler 697.
‘ Aster Umbachii sp. nov.
Perennia!, with a slender rootstock ; stem slender, erect, simple,
glabrous below, sparingly pilose above, 3-5 dm. high ; lower leaves
about 1 dm. long, petioled ; blades broadly oblanceolate or lance-
olate, dark green, more or less crenate, acute, glabrous, ciliolate
on the margins ; middle stem-leaves similar but the petioles with
dilated, clasping bases ; upper stem-leaves lanceolate, sessile ; heads
I—3 in a corymbiform inflorescence ; involucres 8—g mm. high,
12-15 mm. broad; bracts in about 2 series, oblong-oblanceolate,
acute, not very unlike in length, glabrous, slightly ciliate, with
broad lanceolate green tips; rays dark bluish-purple, fully 1 cm.
long; achenes almost glabrous ; pappus tawny.
This species is most nearly related to Aster ciliomarginatus
Rydb. (A. glastifolius Greene) ; but differs in the dark green and
mostly crenate leaves and broader and more conspicuously green-
tipped bracts. In A. ciliomarginatus the leaves are light green,
more or less glaucous and entire.
Montana: River bank, Lake McDonald, Aug. 20, 1901,
Umbach 275 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); also 267.
“ Aster Mearnsii sp. nov.
Perennial, with a rootstock; stem 3-10 dm. high, leafy,
branched, glabrous below, sparingly pubescent above ; leaves
linear, 5-10 cm. long, ascending-spreading, sessile, entire, gla-
brous and smooth beneath, scabrous or glabrate above, scabrous-
ciliolate on the margins ; inflorescence large, paniculate, leafy ;
heads numerous, disk about 8 mm. high and barely 1 cm. broad ;
bracts oblanceolate, acute, some longer than the disk ; rays about
8 mm. long, white or pinkish ; achenes strigulose,
RYDBERG: Rocky MouUNTAIN FLORA 145
This species is intermediate between A. oreganus Nutt. and A.
proximus Greene. It has often been mistaken for the former, as
it has the same narrow leaves and general habit, but differs in the
involucre, which is essentially that of A. proximus, consisting of
foliaceous oblanceolate outer bracts and shorter merely green-
tipped inner ones ; but the bracts are less squamose and the leaves
much narrower, darker in color, and firmer.
Wyominc : Mammoth Hot Springs, Oct. 11, 1902, Mearns
4806 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); same locality and col-
lector, Aug. 2, 2737 (?); Aug. 17, 3390, Gardiner River, Sept. 11,
1902, Mearns 3915; Mt. Leidy, Aug., 1897, Tweedy 567.
Montana: Bozeman, Aug. 24, 1892, Kelsey ; near Rost
Lake, Aug., 1901, MacDougal 887a,; Belt River, Oct., 1883, F.
W. Anderson 3803.
SASKATCHEWAN: Cypress Hills, Aug. 5, 1880, /. Macoun 7938.
ALBERTA: Crows Nest Pass, July 31, 1897, /. Wacoun 23076 ;
overflow from Middle Spring, Banff, July 16, 1899, Sauson 2241 ;
Banff, Sept. 24, 1904, /. Macoun 65486,
‘ Aster phyllodes sp. nov.
Aster foliaceus Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 3: 371 (excluding figure).
1898. Not A. foliaceus Lindl. 1835.
The plant described in Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora is
not Aster foliaceus Lindl. of the Northwest, which is a simple
plant, with 1-3 large heads and narrowly linear-lanceolate leaves.
The figure in the Illustrated Flora was not drawn from my
Kimball County plant as stated there. It probably does not rep-
resent an Astev at all. Evidently some illustrations have been
interchanged. The Nebraska plant is nearer to A. puniceus in habit
than to A. foliaceus, although the pubescence and bracts approach
the latter. It is more closely related to A. proximus Greene, but
differs in the more or less toothed and more distinctly auriculate,
darker leaves.
The only specimens seen are the following :
NeEsrRASKA : Lodge Pole Creek, near Kimball, Kimball County,
Aug. 12, 1891, Rydberg 165 (type).
Cororapo: West of Livermore, Larimer Co., Aug. 26, 1896,
Osterhout 2953.
146 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
Xylorrhiza lanceolata sp. nov.
Shrubby perennial, with white stems; branches more or less
villous; leaves lanceolate, 4-6 cm. long, more or less villous,
especially when young, reticulately veined, dentate with spinu-
lose-subulate teeth, which are directed forward and then fal-
cately curved outward ; peduncles 1-2 dm. long ; involucre fully
I cm. high, 15-20 mm. broad; bracts lance-subulate, villous
and slightly glandular, attenuate and spinulose-tipped, the inner
about equaling the disk, a few of the outer ones often longer and
squarrose ; rays purple, about 2 cm. long; achenes hirsute ; pap-
pus brownish tawny.
This is related to Xylorrhiza tortifolia (T. & G.) Greene, but
differs in the broader leaves and their teeth. In X. sortifolia, the
body of the leaves is linear or narrowly linear-lanceolate, the teeth
are shorter and broader and diverge at almost right angles to the
midrib ; the outer bracts are neither elongated nor spreading.
Uran: St. George, 1877, Palmer 208 (type, in herb. Colum-
bia Univ. and N. Y. Bot. Gard.); South Utah, 1875, 7, £. John-
son; 1874, C. C. Parry gt (2).
- Unamia alba (Nutt.) Rydb. comb. nov.
Inula ( Chrysopsis) alba Nutt. Gen. 2: 152. 1818.
Aster albus Eat. Man. Bot. 127. 1829. Not Aster albus Willd.
1826,
Doellingeria ptarmicoides Nees, Gen. & Sp. Ast. 183. 1833.
Chrysopsis alba Nutt.; Nees, Gen. & Sp. Ast. 18 3, aS a synonym.
1833.
Diplopappus albus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 21. 1834.
Flehastrum album DC. Prod. §: 264. 1836.
Encephalus albus Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. '7: 299. 1840.
Aster ptarmicoides T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 160. 1841.
Unamia ptarmicoides Greene, Leaflets 1: 6. 1903.
From the various disposition which has been made of this
plant, it is evident that the species has been out of place in all the
genera to which it had been referred. I therefore agree with Dr.
Greene that it represents the type of a distinct genus. Unfortu-
nately Dr. Greene did not use the first available specific name,
which is here accepted. Usually the original publication is given
as Chrysopsis alba Nutt. Gen. 2: 152. 1818. In that work
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 147
Nuttall, however, did not publish it as Chrysopsis but as /nula,
Chrysopsis being only a subgeneric name. The Kew Index cites
DC. Prod. (4. c.) as the place of publication of the combination
Chrysopsis alba, but it appeared at least one year earlier in Nees’s
Genera. In describing the genus Uxamia, Dr. Greene stated :
“And that the bristles of the pappus are visibly dilated at the tip
is a character, here for the first time noted.”” This appears to be
not quite the fact, for we find in the’sectional description in Torrey
& Gray’s Flora: ‘the longer bristles clavellate-thickened at the
apex ;” and in Gray’s Synoptical Flora: ‘‘pappus white, of rather
rigid bristles, longer ones manifestly clavellate at tip.” The ex-
pressions used by these authors are even more characteristic than
Greene’s description, for the pappus-bristles are by no means flat-
tened, as the word “dilated” usually implies.
» Unamia lutescens (Lindl.) Rydb. comb. nov.
Diplopappus albus 3 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am 2: 21. 1834.
Diplopappus lutescens Lindl.; DC. Prod. 5: 278. 1834.
Aster lutescens T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 160. 1841.
Aster ptarmicoides lutescens A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1°: 199. 1888.
The color of the rays, yellow or ochroleucous as it has been
described, is probably of little value specifically and may vary ;
but in the specimens seen the bracts are “very obtuse” as
described in Torrey & Gray’s Flora, the inner even rounded at
the apex and therefore different from those of the typical U. alba.
The range of this species seems to be more restricted than that of
U. alba, extending from Illinois and Wisconsin to Saskatchewan.
v Doellingeria pubens (Gray) Rydb. sp. nov.
Aster umbellatus pubens A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1°: 197. 1884.
This I think specifically distinct from D. uméellata (Mill.) Nees.
- Machaeranthera angustifolia nom, nov.
Machaeranthera linearis Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 398.
1900. Not M. linearis Greene. 1897.
Machaeranthera leptophylia sp. nov.
Biennial, cespitose at the base; stems slender, simple up to
the inflorescence, green, sparingly puberulent, 3-5 dm. high;
148 RypBerGc: Rocky Moun'rAIN FLORA
lower leaves petioled, 2-5 cm. long, finely cinereous-puberulent,
in age sparingly so; blades spatulate or oblanceolate, entire or
sparingly dentate, thin ; upper leaves linear- oblanceolate or linear,
entire ; branches strongly ascending ; involucre turbinate, 8 mm
high, 8-romm. broad ; bracts in 6 or 7 series, linear, acute; green
tip short, glandular-puberulent, much shorter than the chartaceous
portion, only slightly squarrose; rays rose-purple, about 8 mm.
long ; achenes finely strigose.
This agrees fairly well with the description of JZ /aetevirens
Greene, except that the plant is evidently cinereous-puberulent.
Uran: Logan, Aug. 9, 1895, Aydberg (type, in herb. N. Y.
Bot. Gard.).
New YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Studies on the flora of Southern California — III
Le Roy ABRAMS
’ Lepidium bernardinum sp. nov.
Root stout, perpendicular ; stem simple below, branched above,
or in small specimens simple, 4-6 dm. high, pubescent below with
short, deflexed hairs, puberulent above ; basal leaves oblanceolate,
the blade toothed, 3-5 cm. long, tapering to a slightly longer,
somewhat winged petiole, pubescent ; petiole ciliate on the mar-
gin; stem-leaves narrowly oblanceolate, sessile, pubescent, toothed,
those of the ultimate branches becoming entire and nearly linear ;
sepals slightly exceeding I mm. in length; petals oblanceolate,
scarcely equaling the sepals; silicels glabrous, 3.5 mm. broad,
orbicular or slightly longer than broad, on slender, puberulent,
widely spreading, terete pedicels, which are about 5 mm. long;
cotyledons incumbent.
A near relative of Lepidium medium, but readily distinguished
by its pubescence, broader leaves, and larger silicels.
Lepidium bernardinum is common in the coniferous forests of
the southern California mountains. The type, which is deposited
in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, was collected
by the writer (2826) in Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mountains,
July, 1902.
‘ Cercocarpus minutiflorus sp. nov.
Shrub 2-2.5 meters high, with herbage glabrous throughout ;
leaves obovate, cuneate at base, serrate-toothed on the rounded
summit, I~2 cm. long, green and shiny beneath, thin; veins 3 or 4
pairs ; petioles 4 mm. long ; pedicels slender, 7 mm. long; calyx-
tube 12 mm. long (in young fruit), 1 mm. broad; calyx-limb 2
mm. broad, minutely and very sparsely tomentulose, its lobes
subulate-triangular.
The small bright green leaves distinguish this species at once
in the field. The minute calyx-limb with its almost subulate lobes
are, also, quite unlike the silky-tomentose calyx-limb and broadly
triangular lobes of C. detulacfolius.
This species belongs to the chaparral belt of southwestern San
Diego County, where it seems wholly to replace C. detu/acfolius.
149
150 ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
een ase ed
FIGURE I,
Photograph of the type specimen of Amelanchier recurvata Abrams,
about two fifths of its natural size.
ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 151
The type was collected by the writer (3376) in dry chaparral-cov-
ered hills, near San Dieguito (Bernardo), May 4, 1903.
The type sheet of this species, as well as those of the follow-
ing new species, is deposited in the herbarium of the Leland
Stanford Jr. University.
» Amelanchier recurvata sp. nov.
Low spreading shrub, 1~1.5 meters high; branches slender,
spreading and more or less drooping, their bark reddish brown;
leaves mostly broadly oblong, 15~25 mm. long, distinctly serrate
on the rounded or truncate summit, sparsely tomentulose on both
surfaces ; veins in 7 or 8 pairs, prominent; petioles slender, 4-6 mm.
long ; racemes 4—7-flowered ; pedicels nearly or quite glabrous,
reddish ; calyx glabrous without at flowering time, its lobes
sharply acute, 3 mm. long, strongly recurved, villous within ;
petals oblanceolate, 10 mm. long, rounded at the apex, 3.5-4
mm. broad. [FicurE I. ]
Amelanchier recurvata has the foliage aspect of A. venulosa,
but is distinguished by its slender, spreading habit, its more
glabrous foliage and inflorescence, and by its larger flowers.
Topatopa Mountains, altitude 5500 feet, Ventura County,
Abrams & McGregor 107, June 4, 1908.
‘ Lupinus Hallii sp. nov.
Shrubby, 6-10 dm. high; herbage canescent with a short
appressed silky pubescence; leaflets 7-9, spatulate, 12-24 mm.
long ; petioles slender, 2.5—4.5 cm. long ; peduncles 20-25 mm.
long ; flowers mostly in whorls 2~3 cm. distant; bracts ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, caducous, 7 mm. long; calyx-lobes I cm.
long, the upper 2-lobed (lobe 2 mm. long), the lower 3-toothed ;
standard 15 mm. long, nearly orbicular; wings 15 mm. long, 8
mm. broad, completely enclosing the keel ; keel strongly falcate,
5 mm. broad at the angle, conspicuously ciliate on the central part
of the inner margins; pod about 4 cm. long, silky-pubescent, 5-
or 6-seeded. [FIGURE 2.
Distinguished from L. a/bifrons, which seems to be confined to
central California, by the size of the flower and the structure of the
calyx. JL. albifrons has petals scarcely 10 mm. long, the lower
calyx-lobe entire, and the upper lobed to near the middle. The
large size of the flower in Z. Hadlit is like that of ZL. longifolius, but
the latter has much larger leaves, which are less silky-pubescent,
and calyx-lobes of the Z. a/bifrons type.
152 ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
fe Lifset Hath. bom
iyhs :
FIGURE 2, Photograph of the type specimen of Lupinus Hallii Abrams, about
two fifths of its natural size.
ABRAMS: FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 153
Type collected in Reche Cajion, altitude 400 meters, San Ber-
nardino County, AH. JZ, Hall, May 15, 1901. Farish 4772, col-
lected in the vicinity of San Bernardino, May, 1901, also belongs
here.
-Rhamnus pilosa (Trelease) Abrams, comb, nov.
Rhamnus crocea, var. pilosa Trelease; Curran, Proc. Cal. Acad.
iT, SSSR EGS:
A small arborescent shrub with grayish bark and pilose herb-
age; leaves broadly ovate or nearly orbicular, 15-30 mm. long,
spinose-serrate ; calyx of staminate flowers 3.6 mm. long, its lobes
ovate-lanceolate, 1.7 mm. long; anthers 0.5 mm. long, nearly as
broad ; filaments scarcely dilated at base, nearly twice the length
of the anthers ; fruiting pedicels equaling the glabrous capsules.
This species, which was originally collected in the “Santa
Maria Valley, in the mountains back of San Diego,’’ is apparently
confined to the San Diego district. It is nearest related to
Rhamuus ilicifolia, but differs in the pilose herbage, the shorter
and broader calyx-lobes, and the minute anthers, which are scarcely
half the size.
STANFORD UNIVERSITY, CALIFORNIA.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE —
(1903-1908)
The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in its broadest sense.
, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture,
manafactred products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and
attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is
ae? in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated
This Index is reprinted sees on cards, and tivaishedsl in this form to subscribers,
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all aid published during the term of his subscription. Corre-
spondence erie to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Clu
Arechavaleta, J. Flora heen 3: 1-84. f. r-I9. 1906.
An. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, vol.
Arechavaleta, J. Flora he 3: 229-502. f. g2-108. 1908.
An. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, vol. 6
Arthur, J. C. The part taken by teleutospores and aecidia in the dis-
tribution of maize and cereal rusts. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci.
26: 94-98. 1905.
Autran, E. Les Tropéolacées argentines et le genre A/aga//ana Cav.
Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 14: 74-81. 1907. [Illust.]
Bailey, L. H. What is horticulture? Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci.
26: 31-40. 1905.
Beal, W.J. A study of Rudbeckia hirta L. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci.
8: 38, 39. 1906.
Beal, W.J. Improving wild potatoes by selection. Proc. Soc. Prom.
Agric. Sei, 29:95, °° 1906,
Beal, W. J. Planning an experiment to show to what extent bumble
bees aid in pollinizing red clover. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci.
28: 136-138. 1907.
Beal, W. J. Some botanical errors found in agricultural and chemical
text-books. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 64-66. 1906.
155
156 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Beal, W. i The vitality of seeds. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26:
89-93. 1905.
Bessey, C. E. The growing importance of plant physiology in agri-
cultural education. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 27: 50-54. 1906.
—
Bolley, H. L. Plans for procuring disease-resistant crops. Proc, Soc.
Prom. Agric. Sci. 28: 107-114. 1907.
Braendle, F. J. The two t’s, or the golden and silvery Z7icholoma.
[1-16.] Washington, D. C., 1907. [Illust.]
Brainerd, E. Mendel’s law of dominance in the hybrids of Voda.
Rhodorag: 211-216. 10 D 1907.
Briquet, J. Decades plantarum novarum vel minus cognitarum. Ann.
Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 10: 99-106. 15 F 1907.
Includes 6 new American species in Ha/imium and Verbena (5).
Candolle, C. de. JAfe/iaceae novae. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot.
Genéve 10: 122-176. 15 Mr 1907.
Includes new American species in Cadbralea, Guarea (16), Trichilia
Cedrela (8).
Clark, G. H., & Fletcher, J. Farm weeds of Canada. 1-103. f/. 1-5
Ottawa,
A special baile of the Department of Agriculture, Dominion of Canada.
~ Clements, F.E. Plant physiology and ecology. i-xv + 1-315. fi I-
125. New York, 1907.
~~
11), and
Conard, H. S., & Hus, H. Water-lilies and how to grow them.
i-xili + 1-228. p/. 1-37. New York, 1907.
Conzatti, C. Las criptogamas vasculares de México. Mem. y Rev.
Soc. Cien. Antonio Alzato 25: 59-106. f. 7-77. * Au 1907; 107-
154. f. 78-52. S 1907; 155-176. 7. 52-60. O 1907.
Cook, O. F. Evolution of weevil-resistance in cotton.
20: 666-670. 18N 1904.
Corrado, A. J. Contribucién al estudio de la yerba mate. Trabaj.
Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 20: 1-69. 1908.
Dachnowski, A. Zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungs-Physiologie von
Marchantia polymorpha 1. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 44: 254-286. pl. 4
I-g. Ap 1907.
Dandeno, J.B. A fungus disease of greenhouse lettuce.
Acad, Sci. 8: 45-47. 1906. [lIllust.]
_ Dandeno, J. B. A stimulus to the production of ceJlulose and starch.
Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8:40-44. 1906.
~ Dandeno,J.B. The aerating systems in plant tissues.
Acad. Sci. 8: 48-53. 1906.
Science II.
Rep. Michigan
Rep. Michigan
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 157
Diels, L. Menispermaceae. [In III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea
nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl.
Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 73, 74. 10 Je 1908.
Includes 4 new species in as many genera.
Dusén, P. Beitriige zur Flora des Itatiaia. Arkiv Bot. 8': 1-26.
pl. 1-5 +f. 1-10. § Au 1908.
Engler, A. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Araceae— X. Bot. Jahrb. 37:
I10—143. S 1905.
Includes 80 new species from tropical America, and one new genus, Ca/adiopsis.
Fries, R. E. Zur Kenntnis der Phanerogamenflora der Grenzgebiete
zwischen Bolivia und Argentinien —IV. LEinige choripetale und
monokotyledone Familien. Arkiv Bot. 8°: 1-51. p/. 7, 2. 3 Au
1908.
, Gager,C.S. A-simple modification of the experiment to show the
gaseous exchange in plant respiration. Torreya 8: 121-123. 19
My 1908. _ [Illust.]
Hanna,I.M. Expeditions into the Olympic Mountains. Mountaineer
I: 29-34. Je1go7. [Illust.]
Hartley, C. P. Some apple leaf-spot fungi. Science I]. 28: 157-159.
31 Jl 1908.
Hicken, C. M. Nouvelles contributions aux fougéres argentines.
Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 19: I-12. 1907.
Includes 2 new species, one each in Mephrodium and Asplenium.
Hicken,C. M. Observations sur quelques fougéres argentines nouvelles ~
ou peu connues. Trabaj. Mus. Farm. Buenos Aires no. 15: 161-
218. 1907. [[llust.]
Includes new species, one each in Mephrodium, Pellaea, and Hypolepts.
Hicken, C. M. Polypodiacearum argentinarum catalogus. Rev. Mus.
La Plata 15: 226-282. 1908.
Hochreutiner, B. P. G. Malvaceae et Bombacaceae novae vel minus
cognitae. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 10: 15-25. 8 Jl
1906.
Includes Pavonia costaricensis and Ceiba Fiebrigit (from Paraguay) spp. nov.
Hochreutiner, B. P. G. Malvaceae et Sterculiaceae novae vel minus
cognitae. Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genéve 11 & 12: 1-9. 30
D 1907.
Hollick, A. Systematic palaeontology of the Pleistocene deposits of
Maryland: Preridophyta and Spermatophyta. Maryland Geol. Surv.
Pliocene and Pleistocene 217-237. f/. 67-75. 1906.
158 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Hoérold, R. Zricaceae. [In III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach
den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot.
Vereins Brandenburg 50: 92-94. 10 Je 1908.
Huber, J. A Hevea Benthamiana Miill. Arg. como fornecedora de
borracha ao N. do Amazonas. Bol. Mus. Goeldi 5: 242-248.
1908.
Huber, J. As especies amazonicas do genero Vitex. Bol. Mus. Goeldi
5: 209-222. pl. r-g. F 1908.
Huber, J. Sobre uma nova especie de seringueira Hevea collina Hub.
e as suas affinidades no genero. Bol. Mus. Goeldi 5: 249-252.
O 1908.
, Hunt, T. F. The importance of nitrogen in the growth of plants.
Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 27: 38-49. 1906.
Jeffrey, E.C. Araucariopitys,a new genus of araucarians. Bot. Gaz.
44: 435-444. pl. 28-370. 18 D 1907.
Jones, L. R., & Morse, W. J. The relation of date of digging pota-
toes to the development of the rot. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci.
25: gI-95- Igo4.
Jones, L. R., & Sprague, L.P. Plum blight caused by the pear blight
organism. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 29-31. 1903.
Jones, M.E. Contributions to western botany — no. 12: 1-100. 16
Mr 1908.
Kauffman,C.H. Unreported Michigan fungi from Petoskey, Detroit,
and Ann Arbor for 1905. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 26-37.
1906.
Kellerman, K. F., & Beckwith, T. D. Effect of drying upon legume
bacteria. Science II. 23: 471, 472. 23 Mr 1906.
King, F. H. Promising methods for the investigation of problems of
soil and plant physiology, and some lines of investigation to which
they are adapted. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 25: 171-190.
1904.
Kneucker, A. Bemerkungen zu den ‘‘ Gramineae exsiccatae’’ —
XXII. und XXIV. Lieferung, 1908. Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 14:
137, 138. Au 1908.
Knowlton, F. H. Description of new fossil liverwort from the Fort
Union beds of Montana. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 35: 157-159.
pl. 25. 9 N 1908.
Krause, K. udiaceae. [In III. Beitrage zur flora der Hylaea nach
den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 159
Vereins Brandenburg 50: 96. 10 Je 1908; 97-119. 30 S
1908.
Krause, K. Safofaceae. [In III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach
den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot.
Vereins Brandenburg 50: 94-96. 10 Je 1908.
Lazenby, W. R. Composition and waste of fruits and nuts. Proc.
Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 101-108. 1903.
Lazenby, W. R. The economic uses of wood. Proc. Soc. Prom.
Agric. Sci. 26: 54-67. 1905.
Lyon, T. L. Modifications in cereal crops induced by changes in
their environment. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 28: 144-163.
1907.
MacDougal, D. T. The physiological aspect of a species. Am. Nat. »
42: 249-252. 18 My 1908.
MacKay, A. H. Fungi of Nova Scotia: First supplementary list.
Proc. & Trans. Nova Scotia Inst. Sci. 12: 119-138. 8 My 1908.
Malme, G.0.A. Uber die Asclepiadaceen-Gattungen Avaujia Brotero,
und Morrenia Lindley.. Arkiv Bot. 8': 1-30. p/. zr. 19 Au 1908.
Moore, W. C. Contribution to the life history of Cornus florida.
Ohio Nat. 8: 197-204. p/. 74. Je 1907.
Munson, W. M. A study of red clover from various sources. Proc.
Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26: 83-88. 1905.
Munson, W. M. Some problems in experimental horticulture. Proc.
Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 28: 122-128. 1907.
Norén, C. 0. Zur Kenntnis der Entwicklung von Saxegothaea con-
spicua Lindl. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 2: 1ro1—122. p/. 7-9+/. I-3.
15 Je 1908.
Pammel, L. H. Some fungus diseases common in Iowa during the
season of 1904. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 26: 69-82. 1905.
Pammel, L.H. Some phytopathological problems. Proc. Soc. Prom.
Agric. Sci. 27: 76-81. 1906.
Pammel, L. H. Some seed studies. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci.
28: 168-172. 1907.
Pammel, L. H. Some seed studies made during 1908. Proc. Soc.
Prom. Agric. Sci. 29: 52-56. 17 N 1908.
Pammel, L. H. Some unusual fungus diseases in Iowa during the
summer of 1903. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 25: 144-156. f/.
T, 2. “1904.
160 INDEX 10 AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Pammel, L. H., & Lummis, G. M. Germination of maize. Proc.
Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 92-96. 1903.
Pammel, L. H., & Lummis, G. M. The germination of weed seeds.
Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 24: 89-92. 1903.
Parish, S. B. A contribution toward a knowledge of the genus
Washingtonia. Bot. Gaz. 44: 408-434. f. 7-12. 18 D 1907.
Patten, A. J. The proteid content of wheat as an index to its bread-
making qualities. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8: 75-77. 1906.
Penhallow, D. P. A blazing beach. Pop. Sci. Mo. 70: 557-564.
Je 1907. [I llust. ]
Penhallow, D. P. A contribution to our knowledge of the origin and
development of certain marsh lands on the coast of New England.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada III. 1*: 13-55. f. 7-8. 1907.
Pennington, L. H. Plant distribution at Mud Lake. Rep. Michigan
Acad. Sci. 8: 53-63. f. 1-4. 1906.
Pittier, H. Ensayo sobre las plantas usuales de Costa Rica. i-xi +
1-176. pl. 1-77. 1908.
Pond, R. H. Solution tension and toxicity in lipolysis. Am. Jour.
Phys. 19: 258-283. 1 Jl 1907.
Robinson, C. B. Sugar-cane smut. (Ustlago Sacchari.) Philippine
Agr. Rev. 1: 295-297. Jl 1908.
Also in the Spanish edition of the Review 1: 312-315. Jl 1908.
Saunders, W. Decrease in vitality of grain by age. Proc. Soc. Prom.
Agric. Sci. 24: 60-64. 1903.
Saunders, W. Some results of cross-fertilizing. Proc. Soc. Prom.
Agric. Sci. 24: 56-59. 1903. [Illust. ]
Schaffner, J. H. Check list of Ohio shrubs. Ohio Nat. 8: 205-209.
N 1907.
Sellards, E. H. Notes on the spore-bearing organ Codonotheca and its
relationship with the Cycadofilices. New Phytol. 6: 175-178. Jl
1907.
Shepperd, J. H. Some of the effects of excessive nutrition. Proc. Soc.
Prom. Agric. Sci. 25: 98-101. 1904.
Shimek, B. Notes on some Iowa plants. Proc. Davenport Acad.
Sci. 10: 141-145. 1907.
Smith, C. D. Some notes on nodules. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 8:
67-74. 1906. [lllust.]
Snyder, H. ‘The water soluble plant food of soils. Proc. Soc. Prom.
Agric. Sci. 25: 25-31. 1904.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 161
Spegazzini, C. Fungi aliquot Paulistani. Rev. Mus. La Plata 15:
7-48. 2F 1908. [Illust.]
Spegazzini, C. Hongos de la yerba mate. Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos
Aires II]. 10: 111-141. 10 Je 1908.
Fungi growing on //ex paraguayensis.
Spillman, W. J., & Cates, J. S. Agronomic habits of rootstock-pro-
ducing weeds. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 29: 57-66. f. 1-9.
17 N 1908.
Sprague, T. A. Signoniaceae. [In supplement to III. Beitrage zur
Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedi-
tion.] Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 119-123. 30S
1908.
Sylvén, N. Die Genliseen und Utricularien des Regnell’schen Her-
bariums. Arkiv Bot. 8°: 1-48. p/. 7-7. 5 N 1908.
Includes 9 new species in Ufricudaria and 1 in Gendisea.
Tidestrom, I. Elysium Marianum. Ferns and fern allies, 1-64. f/. 7
-9. 1907 [ed. 2]; Evergreens, 65-96. f~/. ro~r2. 1908. Wash-
ington, D. C.
Ulbrich, E. Sombacaceae. [In Ill. Beitraige zur Flora der Hylaea
nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Ver-
handl. Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: go, 91. 10 Je 1908.
Includes 2 new species of Quararibea,
Ulbrich, E. Malvaceae. [In UI. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach
den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl.
Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 85-90. fi. 7, 2. 10 Je 1908.
Ulbrich, E. Stercu/iaceae. [In Ul. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea
nach den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl.
Bot. Vereins Brandenburg 50: 91, 92. 10 Je 1908.
Ule, E. III. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach den Sammlungen
von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition. Verhandl. Bot. Vereins Branden-
burg 50: 69-96. f. z, 2. 10 Je 1908; 97-123. f. a-d. 305
1908.
Contains 9 separate paper 1 under th ti th Diels, Hérold,
Krause (2), Sprague, Ulbrich a and Ule (2).
Ule, E. Commelinaceae. [In II. Beitrage zur Flora der Hylaea nach
den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas- eae, Verhandl. Bot.
Vereins Brandenburg 50: 69-72. 10 Je 19
Includes descriptions of 3 species and the new genus "Chicibeaiies
Ule, E. Zuphorbiaceae. [In UL. Beitriige zur Flora der Hylaea nach
den Sammlungen von Ule’s Amazonas-Expedition.] Verhandl. Bot.
Vereins Brandenburg 50: 74-85. 10 Je 1908.
162 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Vestergren, T. < 3).
fie 3 3. Impression of same on clay (> 3).
Fic. 5. Moriconia americana Berry. Elizabethtown.
PLATE 21.
Fics. 1-15. Pistia Nordenskioldi (Heer) Berry
Figs. 1-3, 5-14. A.C. L, anak Black Rives
Fig. 15. Near Blackmans Bluff, Neuse River.
PLATE 22
Fics. 1-11. Salix eutawensis Berry. Tar River.
PLATE 23
Fic. 1, Young leaf of Ficus elastica Roxb., for comparison.
Fics, 2, 3. Ficus Stephenson? Berry. Court House Bluff,
PLATE 24
Fics, 1-9, Malapoenna horrellensis Berry. Horrell Landing.
One of the hybrids in Dryopteris
MARGARET SLOSSON
In a recent number of the BULLETIN oF THE TorREY Boran-
ICAL Crus* Mr. Ralph C. Benedict cites fifteen crosses as occur-
ring between the following six of our species of Dryopteris: D.
cristata, D. Clintoniana, D. Goldiana, D. marginalis, D. spinulosa,
and LD. intermedia, Twelve of the fifteen hybrids have been
described already.+ Two are held for further study. The one
remaining, D. Clintoniana x marginalis, is the subject of this paper.
This group of hybrid ferns is a difficult one, and plants are
often found that are by no means easy to identify. This is partly
due to our lack of knowledge of the range of variation normal to
some of the parent species, or to be found in the different hybrids.
D. cristata x marginalis, one of the best known and most com-
mon members of the group, appears to have a perfectly definite
range of variation. It is impossible to say at present whether this
is true of the others or not. Few have been collected in sufficient
quantities to justify a conclusion. Most of them represent problems
to be worked out.
The case is simplified by the fact that as a rule, at least, either
the sporangia of these hybrids are abortive, or the spores, if present,
are abnormal, and fertile hybrids, etc., are thus not likely to occur
and confuse the outlook. Perhaps an exception to this may be
found in D. cristata x intermedia (D. Boottit). Certainly the
many plants of this hybrid, which occur so often, seem to indicate
either a much more frequent hybridization than would be supposed
probable, or some means of reproduction of the hybrid, perhaps
asexual growth of some kind.
Dryopteris Clintoniana x marginalis 1 collected first at Pitts-
ford, Seront. in 1897, and again several times since then in
*36: 4I- 1909.
Tt See Bull. Toney Club 35: 135-140. 1908; 36: 41-49. 1909. —Rhodora6:
75-77. 1904. — Bot. Gaz. 19: 492-495. 1894.
201
202 SLossoN: ONE OF THE HYBRIDS IN DRYOPTERIS
the same locality. It grows there on the outskirts of a deeply
wooded sphagnum swamp, near plants of both D. Clintontana
and D. marginalis. It may be described as follows :
Dryopteris Clintoniana x marginalis hyb. nov.
Rhizome stout, caudiciform or more or less Fe enDene ial a
35-60 cm. long, 16-25 cm. broad, Sarco or Y elligtic
acuminate ; pinnae, excepting the uppermost, short-stipitate, vary-
ing from oblong- lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate in the main part
of the laminae to ovate-lanceolate at or near the base, mostly all
long-acuminate, deeply pinnatifid or at base subpinnate, inequi-
lateral, the inferior pinnulae the longest; pinnulae oblique, often
subfalcate, oblong or ovate-oblong to lanceolate, obtuse or the
longer often subacute to long-acute, the longest either at or near
center or base of the pinna, few, usually the basal if any, con-
stricted at base, obscurely notched or toothed or sparingly cre-
nate-serrately toothed or lobed, the lobes often obscurely toothed ;
sori about 3-7 (rarely 8 or 9) pairs, nearer midveins than margins
or midway between, a few occasionally submarginal ; indusia
glabrous.
Type in the Underwood Fern Herbarium, New York Botanical
Garden, J. Slosson, from Pittsford, Vermont, 1908. Collected
also by R. C. Benedict at Cornwall, Connecticut, July, 1907, and
June, 1909; by E. J. Winslow at Barton Landing, Vt., 1905; by
E. Brainerd at Middlebury, Vt., 1908 and 1909; and by H. G.
Rugg, at Dorset, Vt., 1909.
The lack of resemblance of Dryopteris Clintoniana x margin-
alis to D. Clintoniana may perhaps be best defined as its sugges-
tiveness of D. marginalis in outline of lamina, pinnae, and pinnulae,
a suggestiveness which D. C/intoniana lacks altogether. Notice-
able points of distinction from Dryopteris Clintoniana are the greater
proportional breadth of the hybrid’s leaf, its conspicuously attenuate
apices, its color, nearer that of D. marginalis, the varying position
of its sori, and its oblique often subfalcate pinnulae.
From Dryopteris cristata x marginalis, D. Clintoniana x mar-
ginalis may be most easily distinguished by the greater proportional
breadth of the lower part of the lamina, coupled mostly with
attenuate apices of all, even the basal, pinnae; by the position of
SLOssonN: ONE OF THE HYBRIDS IN DRYOPTERIS 203
its sori, often nearer the midveins than in D. crisiata x marginalis;
and as a rule by its scales, which usually have dark centers, while
those of D. cristata x marginalis appear uniformly light brown, so
far as observed. But dark-centered scales do occur sometimes in
D. marginalis, so are to be looked for in any of its hybrids. They
are common in Dryopteris marginalis x spinulosa (D. pittsfordensis),
In 1902 Mr. George E. Davenport described in Rhodora* an
anomalous plant as baffling identification, but suggested it might
prove to be D. Clintoniana x marginalis. 1 have seen only scraps
of pinnae of this plant, and have not been able to find out if other
specimens are now in existence. Neither these scraps nor the
published description of the plant tallies with anything I have seen
that appeared unmistakably D. Clintoniana x marginalis, and it
does not seem probable that the plant can have been this hybrid.
I am indebted to Dr. Ezra Brainerd, Dr. Philip Dowell, Mr.
Ralph C. Benedict, and Mr, Harold G. Rugg for the privilege of
examining material.
New York CITY.
* 4: 10-13.
Ere he
am
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is reprinted ace on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers,
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all sari published during the term of his subscription. Corre-
spondence mare to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Clu
Andrews, A.L. Dr. R&ll’s proposals for the nomenclature of Sphagnum.
Bryologist 13: 4-6. 3 Ja 1910.
Bailey, I. W. Microtechnique for woody structures. Bot. Gaz. 49:
875: SOc. 290fa 1Otd:
Bailey, W. W. The November woods. Am. Bot. 15: 103, 104.
[Ja 1910. ]
Banker, H. J. A correction in nomenclature. Mycologia 2: 7-11.
I Ja 1gto.
Barrett, M. F. Three common species of Auricularia. Mycologia
2: 12-18. 1 Ja 19gIo.
Benedict, R. C. A peculiar habitat for Campfosorus. Torreya 10:
13-15. 29 Jaigro. [Illust. ]
Berry, E.W. A new Cretaceous Bauhinia from Alabama. Am. Jour.
Sci. IV. 29: 256-258. f. 7. Mr 1910.
Berry, E. W. A new species of Dewalguea from the American Cre-
taceous. Torreya 10: 34-38. f. 7. ' 28 F 1910.
Berry, E. W. Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic
coastal plain—IV, Maryland. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 19-29. //.
&. 10 F rgro.
Includes 5 new species, one each in Aforiconia, Quercus, Elacodendron, Aralia,
and Hedera.
207
208 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Blumer, J.C. An animal factor in plant distribution. Plant World
13: 16-18. Ja 1910.
Brainerd, E. The evolution of new forms in /7o/a through hybridism.
Am. Nat. 44: 229-236. Ap IgIo.
Britton, E.G. Coe Finch Austin, 1831-1880. Bryologist 13: 1-4.
Portrait. 3 Ja gto.
Broadhurst, J. The weeping willow in winter. Torreya 10: 38, 39.
28 F 1910.
Burlingham,G.S. Zactarieae. N. Am. Fl. 9: 172-200. 3F 1910.
Burlingham, G. S. The Zactariae of North America— Fascicles |
and II. Mycologia 2: 27-36. 1 Ja 1gt!o.
Bushwell, W. M. Some wild fruits of Alberta, Canada. Am, Bot.
15: 99-101. [Ja 1910.]
Chabaud, B. Un nouveau palmier: Sada/ uresana. Rev. Hort, 82:
58-60. f. 78. 1 F 1910. “
Chrysler, M. A. The nature of the fertile spike in the Ophzog/oss-
aceae, Ann. Bot. 24: 1-18. p/. 7, 2+ f. 7-16. Ja 1gio.
Clute, W.N. ‘The fronds of Lycopodium. Fern Bull. 18: 7-9. Ja
Lygodium is the genus discussed.
Cockerell, T. D. A. The Miocene trees of the Rocky Mountains. Am.
Nat. 44: 31-47. f. 7-70. Ja IgIo.
Collins, F.S. A variety of So/anum new to America. Rhodora 12:
40. 9 F 1910.
Collins, F. S. Flora of lower Cape Cod; supplementary note. Rho-
dora 12: 8-10. 30 Ja 1g!Io.
Collins, J. F. Sclerolepis uniflora in Rhode Island. Rhodora12: 13.
30 Ja 1910.
Cowles, H.C. Charles Reid Barnes. Science II. 31: 532, 533. 8
Ap Igo.
Davis, B. M. Genetical studies on Oenothera—I. Notes on the be-
havior of certain hybrids of Oenothera in the first generation. Am.
Nat. 44: 108-115. F 1g1o.
Deane, W. Zannichellia palustris, an additional record. Rhodora 12:
I2. 30 Ja Igio.
De Fraine, E. The seedling structure of certain Cactaceae. Ann.
Bot. 24: 125-175. f. 1-19 + 18 diagrams. Ja 1910.
Detmers, F. Medicinal plants of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10: 55-60. Ja
1910; 73-85. F 1gro.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 209
East, E. M. A Mendelian interpretation of variation that is appar-
ently continuous. Am. Nat. 44: 65-82. F 1gto.
Farlow, W. G. A consideration of the ‘‘Species Plantarum’’ of
Linnaeus as a basis for the starting point of the nomenclature of the
cryptogams. I-I0o. IgIo.
Fernald, M. L. Note on Boehmeria cylindrica var. Drummondiana.
Rhodora 12: 10, 11. 30 Ja Igto.
Fernald M. L. Notes on the plants of Wineland the Good. Rhodora
2s. 17-36. 6 ¥ 2916.
Gates, F.C. The validity of Helianthus tllinoensis Gleason as a spe-
cies. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 79-84. 5 Mr 1g1o.
Gerry, E. The distribution of the ‘‘ Bars of Sanio’’ in the Conzfera/es.
Ann. Bot. 24: 119-123. pl. 737. Ja Igto.
[Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees— 80. Post oak. Quwercus
minor (Marsh.) Sargent. Hardwood Record 29': 23, 24. 25 Ja
Igto. [Illust. ]
[Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees— 81. Basket or cow oak.
Quercus Michauxti Nutt: Hardwood Record 29°: 23. 10 F 1910.
[Illust. ]
[Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees— 82. Scarletoak. Quercus
coccinea Moench. Hardwood Record 29°: 23. 25 Fig1o. [Illust. ]
Greene, E.L. An oriental Convadllaria. Leaflets 2: 36, 37. 19 F
Igto.
Greene, E. L. Miscellaneous specific types —I. Leaflets 2: 45-48.
19 F roto. .
Includes new species of Claylonia, Sanicula, Toxicodendron, Pyrrocoma and
Arnica (3).
Greene, E. L. New Californian Asteraceae. Leaflets 2: 25-32. 19
F 1g10.
New species in Corethrogyne (7) and Lessingia (12).
Greene, E. L. Nomenclature of the bayberries. Leaflets 2: 37-40.
19 F rgto.
Greene, E. L. Reconsideration of the genus M/arah. Leaflets 2: 35,
36. 19 F rgto.
Greene, E. L. Some western caulescent violets. Leaflets 2: 32-34.
19 F 1910.
Includes six new species.
Greene, E. L. The genus Downingia. Leaflets 2: 43-45. 19 F
Igo.
210 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Greene, E.L. Three new Astragaii. Leaflets2: 42, 43. 19 F 1910.
Greene, E. L. Two new southern violets. Leaflets 2: 41, 42. 19
F rg1o.
Greene, E.L. Three new Eriogonums. Muhlenbergia 6: 1-3. 31
Ja 1910.
Greenwood, H. E. Preliminary list of hepatics collected in Worcester,
Massachusetts. Bryologist 13: 7-9. 3 Ja 19gIo.
Griggs, R. F. Monochytrium, a new genus of the Chytridiales, its life
history and cytology. Ohio Nat. 10: 44-54. p/. 3, 4. Ja1gto.
Monochytrium Stevensianum gen. et sp. nov.
Groh, H. Bartonia virginica in Quebec. Ottawa Nat. 23: 211. 15
F 1910.
Gruenberg, B. C. Note on Peklo’s work with mycorhiza. Plant
World 13: 18, 19. Ja r1gto.
Hambleton, J. C. A list of the lichens of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10:
41-43. Ja Igto.
Harris, J. A. A bimodal variation polygon in Syndesmon thalictroides
and its morphological significance. Am. Nat. 44: 19-30. Ja 1gio.
[Illust. ]
Harshberger, J. W. The vegetation of the Navesink Highlands.
Torreya Io: 1-10. f. I-37. 29 Ja 1910.
Harshberger, J. W. Vivipary in Zi//andsia tenutfolia L. Bot. Gaz.
40+ SO. 7. fe: 23 Ja Igto0.
Haynes, C. C. Obituary —L’Abbé Charles Lacouture. Bryologist
3209000 3a t9r0.
Heller, A. A. Feather grass. Muhlenbergia 5: 162, 163. 3 Ja
tg10. _ [Illust. ]
Stipa Thurberiana.
Heller, A.A. New combinations—II. Muhlenbergia 6: 12. 31 Ja
IgIo.
Heller, A. A. ‘The first spring flower. Muhlenbergia 6: 5-11. 31
Ja ro1o. [Illust.]
Ranunculus glaberrimus.
Hiern, W. P. The name Alectorolophus. Jour. Bot. 48: 53-55- 1
F rgto.
Hirsh, P. E. The development of air chambers in the A/cciaceae.
Bull. Torrey Club 37: 73-77. f. 7-6. 5 Mr 1910.
Hollick, A. The fossil flora of New York and vicinity. Jour. N. Y.
Bot. Gard. II: 15-19. f 6. Ja 1910.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Zit
Holway, E.W. D. Notes on Uredineae—V. Mycologia 2: 23, 24.
1 Ja 1gto.
House, H. D. The vegetation on Lookingglass Mountain. Torreya
10: 29-34. f. 7-37. 28 F rgio.
Howe, C. D. The reforestation of sand plains in Vermont. A study
in succession, Bot. Gaz. 49: 126-148. f.z-15-+map. 16 F 1910.
Howe, R. H. A manual of the genus Usvea, as represented in North
and Middle America, north of the 15th parallel. Bull. Torrey Club
37 2 3-18) Pl. 2992-1 F F616,
Howe, R.H. Ramalina Montagnaei De Not., on Long Island. Rho-
dora 12: 7. 30 Ja Igto.
Howe, R. H. Lichens of Mount Ascutney, Vermont. Bryologist 13:
10-13. 3 Ja 19%6,
Hoyt, W. D. Alternation of generations and sexuality in Dvctyota
dichotoma. Bot. Gaz. 49: 55-57. 22 Ja 1gto.
Kindberg, N.C. Bryological notes. Rev. Bryol. 37: 13-15. Ja
IgIo.
Includes 5 new species of mosses from the United States.
Kirk, G.L. Two Vermont grasses rediscovered. Rhodora 12: 40.
9 F 1910.
Knowlton, C. H., & others. Reports on the flora of the Boston district,
— Rhodora 12: 3-7. 30 Ja 1g1!o.
Knowlton, F. H. Descriptions of fossil plants from the Mesozoic and
Cenozoic of North America. I. Smithson. Misc. Coll. 52: 489-
496. pl. 63, 64. 11 Ja 1910.
Kranzlin, F. Maxillaria Johniana [in New or noteworthy plants].
Gard. Chron. III. 47: 66. 29 Ja 1910.
Native in the Peruvian Andes.
Lipman, C. B. On the lack of antagonism between calcium versus
magnesium and also between calcium versus sodium. Bot. Gaz. 49:
41-50. f. 7-2. 22 Ja 1gto.
Lister, G. Two new Mycetozoa. Jour. Bot. 48: 73. 1 Mr 1gto.
Physarum alpinum Lister from California and P. carneum Lister & Sturgis from
Colorado.
Lloyd, F. E. The guayule rubber situation. India Rubber World
41: rr5-118. ° r Ja roto. [Illust.]
Luetzelburg, P. von. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Utricularien. Flora
100: 145-212. f. 7-48. 8 Ja 1910.
Includes 2 new Trinidad species.
212 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Macoun, J. M. Contributions from the herbarium of the Geological
Survey. Ottawa Nat. 23: 192-194. 27 Ja gto.
Macoun, W. T. Some of the best native plants for cultivation.
Ottawa Nat. 23: 173-179. 27 Ja 1gIo.
Massee, G. Fungi exotici: X. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1910: 1-6.
F 1910. [Must]
Includes species, one each in Sa 7 la i Scleroderris, Hender-
sonia, Gloeosporium, Septocylindrium, and Hart
Murrill, W. A. Agaricaceae. N. Am. FL 9: 163. 3 F 1gto.
Murrill, W. A. A new phalloid genus. Mycologia 2: 25, 26. 1 Ja
IgIo.
Protophallus jamaicensts gen. et sp. nov.
Murrill, W. A. Boletaceae. N. Am. Fl. 9: 133-161. 3 F Igto.
Includes 7 new species in Gyroforus, Ceriomyces (5), and Suzllelus.
Murrill, W. A. Chantereleae. N. Am. Fl. 9: 163-172. 3 F 1910.
Includes Polyozel/us and Plicaturella, new genera.
Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi—V. Mycologia2: 1-6. p/. 77-
1 Ja 1gI0.
Leotia lubrica, L. stipitata, L. chlorocephala, Dictyophora gene D, duplicata,
Mutinus elegans, Scleroderma aurantium, S. verrucosum, and S, Gea
Nieuwland, J. A. Notes on priority of plant names. Am. .. Midland
Nat. 1: 161-164. F 1g1o.
Nieuwland, J. A. Priority of Meru/ius. Am. Midland Nat. 1: 164.
Iglo.
Parish, S. B. A Wisconsin riddle. Torreya 10: 39. 28 F 1910.
Plaut,M. Untersuchungen zur Kenntnis der physiologischen Scheiden
bei den Gymnospermen, Equiseten und Bryophyten. Jahrb. Wiss.
Bot. 47: 121-185. f/. g-6. gto.
Quehl, L. Mamillaria Carretii Rebut. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 6, 9;
Io. 15 Ja 1gto.
Quehl, L. Eine Mamil/arta aus der Gruppe der JZ. mutabils.
Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 11. 15 Ja 1910.
Reed, H.S. An interesting Marasmius fairy ring. Plant World 13:
a9=24, 70:0; Ja 1916,
Reed, H.S. The effect of certain chemical agents upon the transpira-
tion and growth of wheat seedlings. Bot. Gaz. 49: 81-109. f. I-9-
16 F rgto.
Rehder, A. Note on the forms of Kalmia Jatifolia. Rhodora 12:
I-3. 30 Ja 1910.
INDEX to AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 215
Ricker, P.L. Anew color guide. Mycologia2: 37,38. 1 Jar1gio.,
Rose, J. N., & Purpus, C. A. Three new species of Echeveria from
southern Mexico. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 13: 45, 46. A/. zo—r¢.
21 F rgro.
Rothrock, J. T. Balsam fir (Ades da/samea Muhl.). Forest Leaves
12: 105. Fuogro._ [Illust.]
’ Rothrock, J. T. White cedar. Arbor vitae ( Zhuya occidentalis L.).
Forest Leaves 12: 105. Frgro. _ [lIllust.]
Saxton, W. T. The development of the embryo of Lucephalartos.
Bot. Gaz. 49: 14-18. fl. 2+/f. 78. 22 Ja gto.
Schaffner, J. H. The pteridophytes of Ohio. Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci.
5: 265-305. 5 Jargro. [HIllust.]
Shattuck, C. H. ‘The origin of heterospory in A/arsi#ia. Bot. Gaz.
49: 19-40. p/. 3-6. 22 Ja Igto.
Sheldon, J. L. Alenyanthes trifoliata in West Virginia. Rhodora 12:
Li, 22..-30.Ja 1914.
Shull, G. H. Color inheritance in Zychnis dioica L. Am. Nat. 44:
83-91. F rgro.
Shull, G. H. Inheritance of sex in Zychnis. Bot. Gaz. 49: 110-125.
Je £5 RAGED THIS.
Sinnott, E.W. Foliar gaps in the Osmundaceae. Ann. Bot. 24:
107-118. fl. 17,12. Ja i1gto.
Squires, W. A. Camas. Am. Bot. 15: 97, 98. [Ja 1910.]
Starr, A.M. The microsporophylls of Ginkgo. Bot. Gaz. 49 : 51-
54. P17. 2a ja soto:
Stickney, M. M., Schaffner, J. H., & Davies, C. A. Additions to the
flora of Cedar Point —III. Ohio Nat. 10: 61-63. Ja Ig10.
Sudworth, G. B. A new cypress for Arizona. Am. Forestry 16: 88—
go. F tgro.
Cupressus glabra,
Taylor, N. Report ona trip to Santo Domingo. Jour. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. 11: 3-15. f. 1-5. Ja gto.
Van Pelt, S. S. Additional notes on the flora of Northampton’County
[Pa.]. Bartonia 2: 1, 2. IgIo.
Vickers, E. W. A list of the ferns of Mahoning County with special
reference to Mill Creek Park. Ohio Nat. 10: 86-88. F 1910.
Vickers, E. W. The pinnatifid spleenwort in northeastern Ohio.
Fern Bull. 18: 4-7. Ja 1910.
214 INDEX to AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Vinson, A. E. Fixing and staining tannin in plant tissues with nitrous
ethers. Bot. Gaz. 49: 222-224. f. 7-8 15 Mr 1910.
Vinson, A. E. The chemical organization of a typical fruit. Plant
World 13: 19-21. Ja 1gto.
Waldron, L. R. A suggestion regarding heavy and light seed grain.
Am. Nat. 44: 48-56. Ja 1gIo.
Waldron L. R. Heredity in populations and in pure lines. Plant
World 13: 1-12. f. 1-5. Ja IgIo.
Weingart, W. Cereus Regelii Weing. sp. n. Monats. Kakteenk. 20:
33-36. 15 Mr tgto.
Whitford, H. N. Studies in the vegetation of the Philippines.— I.
The composition and volume of the Dipterocarp forests of the Philip-
pines. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 4: Bot. 699-725. p/. 72-38. 10 Ja
IgIo
Wiegand, K. M. The extension of some ranges in eastern Massachu-
setts. Rhodora 12: 38, 39 9 F 1gto.
Wilson, P. Notes on Aufaceae —III. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 85,
5 Mr 1g10.
Includes 9 new combinations in Zanthoxylum, and Amyris Purpusii sp. nov.
Wolf, F. A. A Fusarium disease of the pansy. Mycologia 2: 19-22.
pl. 18.
Describes Fusarium Violae sp. nov.
Wooton, E.0. The larkspurs of New Mexico. Bull. Torrey Club
: $141. to FB 1o1o
Includes § new species.
Wright, C.H. Urceocharis edentata C. H. Wright. [In Decades
Kewenses — 55.] Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1910: 24. F 1910.
Native in Peru,
Wuist, E. D. The physiological conditions for the development of
monoecious prothallia in Oxoclea Struthiopteris. Bot. Gaz. 49:
216-218. 15 Mr 1910.
Yamanouchi, S. Chromosomes in Osmunda. Bot. Gaz. 49: 1-12.
pl. I. 22 Ja 1910.
VOLUME 37, PLATE IF -
Buti. TORREY CLUB
VIOLA AFFINIS & BRITTONIANA
Buti. Torrey CLus VOLUME 37, PLATE 12
VIOLA AFFINIS * FIMBRIATULA
BuL_L. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 13
VIOLA AFFINIS X PALMATA
BULL. " P CLG f
TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 14
’
|e oe: es
¥t Za p
7
SN
VIOLA BRITTONIANA X PAPILIONACEA
BuLL. ToRREY CLuB VOLUME 37, PLATE 15
ao 5
oa Sy
VG sw ¢
wy
aay 7
VIOLA FIMBRIATULA X HIRSUTULA
VOLUME 37, PLATE 16
BULL: TORREY CLUB
VIOLA HIRSUTULA & SORORIA
VOLUME 37, PLATE 17
BuLL. TORREY CLUB
VIOLA LANCEOLATA X PRIMULIFOLIA
Buti. Torrey CLus VOLUME 37, PLATE 18
J ome Ay Gh
YI ree //\
<—. = in
“ 74 | Fae, /) " ae ve
7 KP oe
VIOLA PALLENS X PRIMULIFOLIA
BuLL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 19
ANDROVETTIA CAROLINENSIS BERRY
BuLL. T¢ 4 J b
IRREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 20
I-4. CUNNINGHAMITES ELEGANS (Corpa) ENDL.
5. MORICONIA AMERICANA BeErRRY
BuLiL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 21
PISTIA NORDENSKIOLDI (Heer) Berry
SALIX EUTAWENSIS Berry
VOLUME 37, PLA
a\\\
QQ
,
et x
Z = ~ % hy \
\ Bs Bs
\ oN ‘
\ i ‘ ‘
is f
/ if
1. FICUS ELASTICA Roxs.
2,3. FICUS STEPHENSONI Berry
LIST OF BOOKS FOR SALE
Annals of Botany
Vols. I-XIITI. London. 1887-1899. Bound in boards, half morocco. Index
to Vols. [-IX, pk 1896. London. Igor.
In good order ; and
Vols. XIV and XV. 1900 and 1901. Unbound.
Cost $230 unbound. Will accept $120.
agai erect Americana. Botany. By W. B. Hemsley. Edited by God-
and Salvi
Vols. I-V. London. 1879-1888
Bound in boards, half morocco. In good order.
Will accept $25.
emilee RL ee (A. & C, De Candolle)
. I-[X. Paris. 1878-1
und in boards, half addict Ta good order.
wil accept $30.
Repertorium Botanices eimgernc (Walpers )
pg I-VI. ,
ound in cloth boards, half tid. “ee good order.
wil accept $15
Annales Botanices Systematicae (Walpers)
basi ae London. 1848-1868.
d in whole calf. In good order.
Will accept $30,
Species Plantarum (Willdenow)
ee Is. 1-IX, ae 1797-
Requires grees
Will accept $20.
Flore Pittoresque et Medicale des Antilles. . . ( Descourtilz)
Vol. I. Paris. 1885. pores re n)
Vol. II-VIII. Paris. 1827-1829. In good order.
Cost £23. Will accept $100,
The Silva of North America (Chas, S. Sargent)
Vols, I-XIV. n & aie York. 1891-1902. In good order.
Cost ‘be Ww il poe $17
Das Pflanzenreich. Regni Vegetabilis Conspectus (Engler)
5 Numbers in paper covers ( Hefte 1-35. 1900-1908.) In good order.
Cost 277 marks. Will accept $50.
Address: THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Hope Gardens, Kingston,
Jamaica, B. W. I.
4
THE BRYOLOGIST
WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Peis
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic
and half-tones.
as well as amateur.
wings
It is indispensable to the working bryologist, pofaon
Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y
INDEA. TO
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each card
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLEecE or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City.
from January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
baper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year
North American Flora
Shae work is designed to present ee: of all plants ite pane wes
]
of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include and, Centra
America, the Republic of Panama, and the West ees ee Trinidad,
obago, and oo and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora i
essen South A
will be Shake’ in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
Garde through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles
Pub
# is ec issue parts as co uti as they can be a adi the extent of
the work ma t possible to commence publication at an mber . eo ints,
The —_ ced wee will form a series of volumes cal the tbherwinig sequenc
ae My
cetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomacea
Fungi.
u 2 gae,
Volumes 14 and15. Bryophyta.
Volume 16. Pteridophyta and Gymnospermae.
Volumes u to 19. Monocotyledones.
Volumes 20 to 30. Dicotyledones.
The pei of the work has been referred by the Scientific shin “4 bos
Garden to a committee consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill a
J. H. Barnhart
Professor Gucnye F, Atkinson, of Cornell University, Professors Charle s R. Barne
and John M, Coulter, of the University of Chicago, Mr. Frederick bee Coville, of the
United States Dearincat of Agriculture, Professor Edward L. Cae e, of the United
States National Museum, Professor Byron D. Halsted, of Rutgers College; and =
oe William is ary of the Missouri Botanical Garden, have consented to act as
n advisory co
he following parts have been published
Vol. 7. Part 1, ddd. by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleoipakaeca Ure-
dinaceae, and ey aceae ig s), by J. C. Arthur
Vol. 9. Parts ‘olyporaceae, by W. A‘ Murrill. Part 3, Boletaceae, by
W. A. Murrill ; nese ia rs) by W. A. Murrill and G. S. Burlingham
Vol. 16. , Ophioglossaceae, by L. M. ian ghee and x os Benedict ;
Marattiaceae, by ye ML Underwood; Osmundaceae and C sah ome by R. C.
Benedict ; Schinseacnas, Gleicheniaceae, and eee Cael, by W. R. Maxon.
Part 1, Typhaceae, by P. V ; Sparganiaceae, Elodeaceae and Hy-
dither taceae, by P. A. Rydberg ; Zamsichelincee Zosteraceae, Se
Naiadaceae, and gence by N. Taylor; Scheuchzer ae by N. L. Britton ;
Alismaceae, by J. K all; Butomaceae ae Poaceae (pars), by G. V. “Nas
; Vol. 22. Part 1, Sa emonaceae, by V. Nash; Big ee be N.
Britton and J. N. Rose; Penthoracea e and Picedectae, byP. A . Rydberg. Part 2,
Saxifragaceae end Hydrangeaceae, Gy J. K. Small and P. A. Rydberg; Cunoniaceae,
Iteaceae, and Hamamelidaceae, by N. L. Britton ; Pterostemonaceae, by J. K. Small ;
Altingiaceae, by P. Wilson; Phyllonomaceae, by HL. H, Rusby. Part 3, Grossularia-
ceae, by F. V. ge e chong N. L, Britton; Age apni sc H. A, Gleason ; Crossoso-
mataceae, by J, K og eae ae by N. L. Britton; Calycanthaceae, by
Eras es rm by. PA. Rydberg. Part Fe Ruwateas (pars), by P. A.
Tg.
Vol. 25. Part : Yona age si. by L. T. Hanks and ne ‘oe — Oxalidaceae
and Linaceae, by J. K. Small; Erythroxylaceae, “i N. L.
The subscription Price is fixed at $r. 50 for each part; it is aa that four or
five — will ber ~ red for ea ie volume. A limited number of separate parts will
be sold at $2.00 eac Addre
THE NEW von BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT :
Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Potiaedan (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893-
13895 ; bi oretges of the Herbarium, 1895-1898.
0, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.0
A Monograph of the North Aimeeas Potentilleae (1898).
By Per ots Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7.
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00.
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT :
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00.
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00,
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895, Price $5.00
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00.
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 °
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00.
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1IgoI~1902. Price $5.00.
List of separate numbers avatlable on application.
3 Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert
ee Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896.
avo, 230 pages, 76 — Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper).
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Bin nghamton,
The Department invites “pihtouibes relative to exchanges of her-
barium material for any of the above named ees -_ Address
Dr. Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia University, N. Y
An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United devs. ‘Canada, and
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westwar
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes-
sor of Botany, 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-—, and Hon. Addi-
son Brown.
Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 2 pages; Vol. 2, 642
pages; Vol.. 3, ee pages ; 4162 figures in ie text, flnstesting every
species described
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
$9.00 for = three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ-
ately, $10.0
: ee Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth ee ae
By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1
Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Feary “Holt &
Co., New York. Price, $1.00.
"6. Mou lds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un-
derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907.
Du ecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt &
Co. Price §r.
7. Nature pa Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar-
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany,
1895~1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; Adjunct Professor of
Botany, 1908-1910 ; ; Associate Professor of Botany, 1910
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published by Weary Holt
& Co., New York. Price $2.50.
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave,
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
Our Specialties KAHI BAUM'S
MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals
and and Reagents
ACCESSORIE CARL
ca ! SCHLEICHER
& SCHULL’S
MICROTOMES C.-P. Filters
SCHOTT &
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S
Famous Labora-
and
tory Glassware
WEIGHTS
And for many other
renowned European
ouses in our line.
COMPLETE LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited,
MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals.
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange.
No.1; not furnished separately :
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex.
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889.
Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately :
Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the New Jersey coast and adjacen
waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889.
Vol. 1, No. 3; price, - cents :
Spruce, Richard. /efaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis
1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 1 a = 1890.
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 ce
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. mee 141-187. 30 My r&go.
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately :
Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food-materials in buds and surrounding parts.
Pages 1 1~26, plates 7, 2. 10 gO.
pe 1. 2, No, 2; price, 75 cen
Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Chncatioas to the botany of
Virginia. Pages 27-56, plates 37, g. 23 D 1890.
. 2, No, 3; not furnished separately :
Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the pat of the germination of
some North American plants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-19. 15 Ap 1891.
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents
Wheelock, William Efmer. ‘he genus Po/yga/a in North America. Pages 109-
152. 30D 1891.
Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately :
wage John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Carolina
contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892.
No. 2; price, $2.00:
Morong, Thomas. Naiadaceae of North America [with illustrations of all the
species }. Pages ee ade 5S 20-74. 15 Mr 1893
gee . 3, No. 3; not aay separately
Rusby, Henry H An pages of the plants a ates in Bolivia by Miguel
Bang. Jes I. ae ” Pages Ap 1893.
Vol. 4, No. 1; not furnished separately :
Underwood, Lucien ie Index Hepaticarum. Fai I, Bibliography. Pages
I-91. 10 Je 1893.
Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately :
Small, John Kunkel, & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on the botanical explora-
tion of southwestern vas during the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, plates
75-82. 18 N 1893-17 Ap 1894
a 4, No. 3; price, 50 cen
Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the — aaa in Bolivia by Migue
Bang. Part2. Pages 2 PPT 10 Mr-17 Ap 1895.
Vol. 4, No. 4; price, a cents
ete ne Stockton. Arachis hypogaca L. Paes 275-296, plates 83-85
5S jer
Vol. 4, ral 5; price, 75 cen
Rydberg, Per Axel. The North American species of mhaks and related genera.
Pages 297-374. 15 S 1896
1. 5; price, $3.00:
List of Pteridophyta Pee Spermuopiy growing ped cultivation in northeastern
North America. 4 D 1893-3
No. 1; price, Fr ae
Rusby, sig An ketianatabion of the plants collected 1 in Bolivia by Miguel
Bang. Part 3. “Page 1-130. 17 N 1896.
1. 6, No. 2; not furnished separa
Grout, Abel Joel. A ee of the North American conga V8 and Brachythecia.
Pages 131-210, l ae
No. 3; ~~ 50 cents:
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The “life history of Sphaerella lacustris ( Haematococcus
pluvialis). Pages 211- sie. plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Je 1899.
ives: 1. 6, No. 4; price, 50 cents :
Underwood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to
1832. paler, ep F t D 1899.
-6 price, 25 cents:
Notes ip lichen alstaibuaioh in the upper Mississippi Valley.
99.
Fink, Bruce.
Pages 285-307. 1 D
Vol. 7; e, $3.00:
Howe, Marshall Avery. The Views and Anthocerotes of California. Pages
1-208, plates 88-122. 5 Au 1899.
a ee No. 1; not furnished separately :
Lloyd, Fran he comparative cee of the Rudiaceae. Part I
Pages “ape 7 aserey r 26 Au 1899. Part Pages 27-112, plates 5-15
15 F 1902.
Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00
ans, Alexander Willi fe £ «sian of the United States and Canada’
2 Pai 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F 1902
as &, ee 3; price, 75 cents:
Britton, Elizabeth Gertru & Taylor, aay are The life history of
Vittaria lineata, Pages 8 211, plates 23-377. 30 Au 1902
Vol. 9; price, $3.00:
Salmon, Ernest Stanley. A monograph of the Zrysiphaccae. Pages phege plates
zg. 4QO 1900, No longer sold except in complete sets of the Memoir
‘ ol. 10; price, $3.00:
Burgess, Edward Sandford. ONT of Pre. Clusian botany in its relation to Aster.
Pages i-xii, 1-447. 22 N 1902
Vol. 11, No. 1; price, $1.75
gore sidne The North American Sordariaceae. a oe 1-134, plates I-19.
30 M
Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75:
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The UWothricaceae and Chaetophoraceae of the United States.
Pages t 35-250, pte 20-42. 200 1902.
Vol. 12, No. 1; price, $1.50:
Northrop, Alice Rich. Flora of New Providence and Andros (Bahama Islands}.
Pages oo gates ai f age to D 1902.
, No. 2; price, $1.00
Siee , Howar gies ee ae ee to a revision . of the North American
Hydnaceae. Pages 99-194. 1906.
Vol. 12, No. 3; price, 75 cents:
Kupfer, Elsie. Studies in o. esa Ag Pages 195-241. 10 Je 1907-
Vol. 13; 3.00
Burgess, Edward San Species ee variations of Biotian Asters, with dis-
cussion of variability in aoe Pio i-xv, I-419, ei es 1-17. 15 Mr
» No. 1; price, $1
Burlingham, Gertrude Paap A study of the te of the United States.
Pages 1-109, figures 1-15. 26 My 1908.
Address: DR. WIL SFIELD,
College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City.
VOL. 37 MAY, 1910 NO. 5
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
€ditor
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE
Assoriate Cditors
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy Ettiot HAZEN
JEAN BROADHURST WittiAm ALPHONSO MuRRILt
PHILIP DOWELL CHARLES Louis POLLARD
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS
CONTENTS
Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov., with a revision of the genus and illustrations
of the species. (Plates 25-32). . . CAROLINE COVENTRY HAYNES 215
Notes on Carex—VL...._. . . . . KENNETH KENT MACKENZIE 23:
The genus Crataegus, with some theories concerning the origin of its species
: HARRY B. BROWN 25:
Two new seed-plants from the Lake Tahoe region, California.
ERNEST A. McGREGOR 26:
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ......... 265
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUS
THE NEW EZRA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.
7
HENRY H. ROSEY, M.D.
"Vice Presidents,
on oe Treasurer, :
ERCY WILSON. WILLIAM sae OE as Puar.D. om
RAB 2: sg Se Thigte ale ole ton City.
* WEETINGS —
ae ch month from yeni to May cnchuaiee, : the second Tuesday,
the American ‘Museum of Natural History ; fice last baie:
Vol. 37 No 5
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
MAY, Igto
Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov, with a revision of the genus and
illustrations of the species
CAROLINE COVENTRY HAYNES
(WITH PLATES 25-32)
While studying a remarkable Sphaerocarpos from the state of
Washington, under the direction of Dr. Marshall A. Howe, the
writer became gradually acquainted with the other species of this
genus of Hepaticae. In the course of this study a considerable
amount of material has been available and it has thus been pos-
sible to figure and describe all of the known species of Sphaero-
carpos. The previous literature relating to the genus, especially
the works of Nees von Esenbeck, Professor D. H. Campbell, Dr.
Howe, and Professor Charles Douin, has been freely consulted
and drawn upon. It is hoped that the information thus brought
together and the conclusions drawn from it may be of some service
to future students of the genus. For living material I am
indebted to Professor C. Massalongo, of Ferrara, Italy, and to Pro-
fessor Francis E. Lloyd, of Auburn, Alabama; freshly collected
specimens, also, I owe to the kindness of Professor R. S. Cocks, of
New Orleans, Louisiana. Through the courtesy of Monsieur
Hariot, I was enabled to examine an authentic specimen of S.
stipitatus from the herbarium of the Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle
of Paris, our illustrations of this species being drawn from it. I
must acknowledge, also, my obligations to Professor Douin, of
Chartres, France, for numerous pockets of the two French species
in various stages of dévelopment ; to Dr. E. Levier, of Florence,
[The BULLETIN for April, 1910 (37 : 163-214. pl. 17-24) was issued 29 Ap 1910. ]
216 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS
Italy, for excellent specimens from Sardinia and various Italian sta-
tions. One of the last mentioned, from Florence, the home of the
illustrious Micheli, the author of the name Sphaerocarpos and the
first botanist to figure and describe one of the species of this genus,
has been drawn upon to furnish illustrations of the generic type
species. Mr. William E. Nicholson, of Lewes, Sussex, England,
has kindly communicated an English specimen of the best known
European species. In addition to those already named, one hun-
dred and nine specimens have been examined in the following
herbaria: that of the New York Botanical Garden (including those
of L. M. Underwood and William Mitten), that of the Sullivant
Moss Society, and that of the writer (including that of M. A.
Howe).
Miss Lucy MacIntyre and Miss Julia T. Emerson have
obligingly aided in making certain translations.
ne of the results of this study is to exclude S. Sphaerocarpos
(S. derrestris and S. Micheli of authors) from America, as no
American specimen has been seen which seems to conform strictly
to the characters of this European and possibly North African
species. On the other hand, Sphaerocarpos texanus (S. cali-
fornicus of authors) appears to have a very wide distribution, speci-
mens from South America, Europe, and Mediterranean Africa
being indistinguishable from those of the southern and western
United States.
Stephani * gives the following seven species as belonging to
the genus Sphaerocarpos : S. terrestris (Mich.) Smith, S. Donnell
Aust., S. ¢exanus Aust., S. Berteroi Mont., S. californicus Aust.,
S. cristatus Howe, and S. /Jamesii Aust. The last mentioned,
Stephani states, was known to him by name only, a specimen
being nowhere preserved, though, he adds, it was collected in
Mexico. As no reference to such a species has been found in
literature, and as Herr Stephani has been unable to give us any
clue as to the place of origin of the name, it has been dropped
from the list. Sphaerocarpos texanus appears to be indistinguish-
able from S. ca/ifornicus, and, as S. texanus was published two years
earlier, that name has been adopted. On somewhat similar
grounds, though in this case the two names were based on speci-
* Bull. Herb. Boiss. 7 : 656, 657. 1899.
Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS ot7
mens from the same locality, Sphaerocarpos “stipitatus Bisch.
replaces S. Berterii Mont. (S. Berterot of Stephani’s Species
Hepaticarum). To the five species thus remaining from Stephani’s
list, a sixth, the new species from the state of Washington, alluded
to at the outset of this paper, is added below.
It should be remarked, perhaps, that Sphaerocarpos Notarisii,
Mont.* was, a few years after its publication, referred by Montagne
to its proper genus Rve//a.
The species of Sphacrocarpos are certainly among the simplest
and most interesting of the Hepaticae and the importance of the
genus from the evolutionary and phylogenetic point of view is
clearly set forth in the following quotation from Professor Camp-
bell :+
‘* From a review of the preceding account of the Liv verworts, it brs be apparent
that these pl seat pel gentle the thallose forms, constitute a very ill-defined group of
organisms, one erging into anot er by almost insensible gradations, and
this is | rue mer th selves, but applies also x eir connec-
ion he Mosses and Pteridophytes. The fact that the degree of development of
enitiewiphies os ae ophyte does not always co — nakes it oes difficult to de-
termine which forms are to be regarded as the t pri gt while Riccia is
ee onably the simplest as regards the spropbyte gone gametoph ie is very muc
more specialized than that of Ameura or Sphaerocarpus. ‘The latter is, perhaps, on the
whats the simplest form we know, and we can ssuivee e how from similar forms all of
other groups may have developed. The done recurrence of the two sided
i ; ition in so many form s it
9
=I
=
ie)
$9
_
iz)
e8
oO
-
Ss
i)
i)
=)
°
bad
°
tal
®
4
5
i)
5
o
=)
o
°
°
So
=
‘ng toe
oS
“
5
p
bam
oO
temporary
probable that the primaiiive fea had this type of diene cell. From this diPicialion,
form, in which the thallus was either a single layer of cb or with an imperfect mid-
rib like Sphaerocarpus, three lines - sb ap ages may be assumed to have arisen. In
one of these the differentiation wa: inly in the, tissues of ake gam a and
sporophyte remained compara tively pee although showing an PRET the m
specialized for The — of this type is iVestrated in the germ
h f
m that they have n deriv = )
more specialized thallus of the Marchantiacea Sphae ape ger showing as it does
points of affinity with both the lower Mar chenslalas and soar nacrogynous Jungerman-
niales, keene Fe more nearly than any other known form this hypothetical
type. - ts eos , however, simple as it is, is more “perfect than that of Riccza,
an ur hyenas sis is correc ct, the Marchantiales m pete e been derived from
Splaeracrpu -like forms in which the sporophyte was still s ples th an that of ex-
isting Asean that this is correct, the farther evobetios of the Ma rchantiales
is ft ona and the series of forms from the lowest to the hi plete.’
“In the second series, the Jungermanniales, starting with Sphaerocarpus, the line
leads through Aneura, Pellia, and similar simple tha wit ee to several types with
more or less perfect. leaves —e. £; reed sta, Fossom ubi
These do not constitute a single series, but have aseune de veloped independently,
and it is quite probable that the synod foliose Jungermanniaceae are not all to be trac ced
* In De Not. Mem. R. Accad. Torino IT. ey Bees 18309.
{ Campbell, D. H. The structure and development of mosses ‘dod ferns 157-159.
1905. [ed. 2
218 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS
back to common ancestors, but have originated at different points from several anacro-
dao prototypes
‘ The syste matic position of the sig egailrh is more difficult to determine, and
their connection with any existing forms known must be remote. While the structure
of the thallus al sporogonium in Wofothylas shows a not very remote resemblance to
e corresponding structures in Capes aege itm oT — that the peculiar
ns, are
similar $ quite conceivable that the ee es of the sexual organs
may be explained b by siposing ad sone of such a form as Sphae eieeseaeiny for example,
should become ai with = rrounding evatope at a very early stage, and re-
main so u nail maturi ae Aneura we have seen that the base of the archegonium is
confluent with the th nk in whit respect it gave an digi to the condition found
in the Anthocerotes ; but that this is anything mo an analogy is improbable.
ages, it must be assumed that its structure in the Anthocerotes is radically
different from that of the other Liverworts. Of the lower of cia 2 ee sorts
perhaps offers again the nearest — to Notothylas, but is would not be safe at presen
assume any close connection bet Of course the ‘ie oe velati oie
obvi
Pt
oO
$ whole, then, the e nce before us seem o indicate that the —
the ex g Hepaticae are the lower thallose poviee nniales, and o
Skis ictehe ‘ probably the most rape The two lines of the Marchantiales gir
Jungermanniales have diverged fro s common ancestral type and developed along
different lines. The Anthocerotes pot certainly be referred to this ee stock,
an sit differ Sepia more radically from either of the other two lines than these do from
ta the oe m
allu
ne we fe affinities among certain ag cetera The Seoseibility of separate origin of
eons “fom: oe be? ancestors is conceivable, but it seems more
probable that they hav mmon ori ery r it is true
They may probably best be Tleauted oS a Py ta ad Ga class, pene with the
Hesateac aa Mus
Those who follow the Vienna Rules of nomenclature will
scarcely be inclined to deny that the first effective post-1753 pub-
lication of the genus Sphacrocarpos is found in Boehmer’s edition of
Ludwig’s Definitiones Generum Plantarum, dated 1760. Strict
adherents of the ‘‘ American Code,’ however, may discover that
Sphaerocarpos was not here used in connection with a specific name
and that it is not ‘associable by citation with a previously pub-
lished binomial species.’’ But Ludwig’s reference to Micheli, the
real founder of the genus, makes the application of the generic
name and the type of the genus indisputable. Adanson, who
appears to have been the next author to mention the genus, chang-
ing the spelling of the final syllable to ws, meets the American re-
quirements of effective publication no more closely than does
Ludwig. The name, in the Michelian sense, appears not to have
been used in the binomial form until 1792, though, meanwhile,
Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 219
the name had been appropriated by Bulliard for a genus of Myxo-
mycetes and by Gmelin for a genus of seed-plants. The Michelian
genus, however, was soon generally recognized and its acceptance
has been so universal that no synonyms for it are to be found in
the literature of the Hepaticae. To attempt at this time to rename
on account of a possible slight technical flaw a genus so
adequately established by Micheli (even though overlooked by
Linnaeus) would seem an act of violence to the spirit, at least, of
the priority principle. It may be remarked that -os and not -wsis
the ending of the generic name as used both by Ludwig and by its
originator Micheli, and that there are the same grounds for adopt-
ing it asin the case of Symphoricarpos, in which that termination
has already become familiar. In fact, the retention of the -os end-
ing, it would appear, has been made mandatory by both the Vienna
Rules (Art. 57) and the ‘“ American Code” (Part III, Section I)
SPHAEROCARPOS (Mich.) Ludwig, Def. Gen. PI. 501. 1760.—
Mich. Nov. Pl. Gen. 4. p/. 3. 1729
Sphaerocarpus Adanson, Fam. Pl. 2: 14. 1763
Gametophores thallus-like, dioicous, annual, small, orbicular
to oblong or cuneate, simple or finally once to several times fur-
cate, the broad multistratose midrib passing gradually into the
lateral enfolding or inflexed unistratose lobes, intercalary subapicai
lobes at length nearly equaling the lateral. Cells of gametophore
thin-walled, quadrate to long-pentagonal and hexagonal, without
trigones. Rhizoids hyaline, smooth, thin-walled, numerous.
Sexual organs thickly aggregated along the midrib of dorsal
surface of thallus. Antheridial plants minute, scarcely visible to
the unaided eye, tinged with purple; antheridia oval, short-
stalked, their involucres flask-shaped. Archegonial involucres
tubular or clavate to pyriform or subglobose, sessile or long-
stipitate. Calyptra ruptured early, a portion with shriveled
archegonium-neck long persisting on the apex of capsule.
Sporogonium consisting of a globose capsule, an obsolescent
stalk, and a bulbous foot,* the last often remaining in the thallus
after the detachment of the capsule. Capsule indehiscent, its wall
* The brood-bodies or gemmae mentioned by various authors, among whom Bis-
choff gave the best description with figure, this latter being copied by Pearson, are
probably to be identified with the bulbous detached basal parts of the es
which in some species remains in thallus. The “ griinlichen driisenartigen Korper
mentioned and figured by Sprengel (Anleit. Kennt. Gewachse 318. £78. 1804) are
perhaps the oil-bodies which occur here and there in the thallus of Sphaerocarpos.
220 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS
consisting of a single layer of cells destitute of spiral, annular, or
other local thickenings. Spores permarently united in tetrads
with two exceptions, S. Doznelliz, in which they become free at
full maturity and S. cristatus, in which they separate early in the
development of the sporogonium ; spore-tetrads, when persistent,
distinctly areolate, appearing crenulate, papillate or subechinulate
in optical section; spores, when separate, compressed-tetrahedral,
rounded-lenticular, or sometimes concavo-convex, areolate or
cristate, in S. Donnellfii prominently tuberculate in the basilar cir-
cumference. Accompanying the spore mother-cells are smaller
starch-bearing sterile cells probably equivalent to elaters morpho-
logically, but lacking a spiral band, these more or less shriveled
and obscure at the maturity of the spores.
Type species, Sphaerocarpos Sphaerocarpos (Dicks.) M. A.
Howe.
Key to the species of Sphaerocarpos
© involucre sessile or subsessile.
Spores permanently united in tetrads.
Q involucre contracted at the — the diameter of its
orifice much less than that of the involucre;
spore-tetrad regularly areolat
© involucre pyriform, Sa: or subglobose ;
m of spore-tetrad 7-15 in diameter, the
eataie ridges low except at their intersections
where they are raised into very acute or acicular
spicules. 1, S. Sphaerocarpos.
.e) involucre tubular, fusiform-clavate, or rarely
raised to blunt spines at their intersections. 2. S. texanus,
2 involucre wide-mouthed, the diameter of its orifice
equaling or often exceeding that of the subjacent part
he involucre, . S. hians.
Spores separating at maturity, 85-138 u in maximum diam-
showing a prominent protuberance about 124 high in
middle of outer face, and after separation exhibiting a
coarsely lobed basilar margin 4. S. Donnelli.
Spores separating long before ciitasiey, 52-80 ” in maximum
diameter, typically cristate, less commonly irregularly and
sparingly areolate 5. S. cristatus
2 involucre distinctly stipitate. 6. S. stipitatus.
I. SPHAEROCARPOS SPHAEROCARPOS (Dicks.) M. A. Howe, Mem.
Torrey Club 7: 66. 1899. [With the -ws ending. ]
Targionia Sphaerocarpos Dicks, P|. Crypt. 1: 8. 1785. — D.C.
Fl. Fr. 2: 419. 1815.— Poll. Fl. Veron. 3: 399. 1824.
Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 221
Sphaerocarpos terrestris, minima Mich. Nov. Pl. Gen. 4. pl. 3.
1729. — Dill. Hist. Musc. 536. pl. 78. f. 77. 1741.
Sphaerocarpos Micheli Bell. App. ad Fl. Pedem. 52. 1792 (fide
auctorum); Mém. Acad. Roy. Sci. Turin 5: 258. 1793;
Usteri Ann. Bot. 15: 87. 1795.
Sphaerocarpus terrestris J. E. Smith, Eng. Bot. p/. 299. 1796. —
Bisch. ~. . Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. 13: 829-
838. pl. 4g. 1827.—Lindenb. pg. ». Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-
Car. Nat. Cur. 18: 496. p/. 36. 1836.—Nees, p. p. Natur-
gesch. Europ. Leberm. 4: 365. 1838.— Stephani, /. f. Bull.
Herb. Boiss. '7: 656. 1899.— Pears. pf. p. Hep. Brit. Is. 482.
pl. 215. f. I-14. 1902. —K. Miller, in Rabenh. Krypt.-Fl.
Deutschl. Oesterr. & Schweiz 6: 316. f. 790, r9Z. 1907.
—C. Douin, Rev. Bryol. 30: 44-57. f. 8-27. 1903; 34:
105-112. f. I-37, 11, 15. 1907; 36: 37-41. f. 1-3, 5, 6, &.
1909.
Sphaerocarpus lagenarius Dumort. Comm. Bot. 78. 1822.
Sphaerocarpus utriculosus Dumort. doc. cit.
Sphaerocarpus terrestris, 3? utriculosus Dumort. Hep. Eur. 164.
1874.
Archegonial thallus orbicular to obovate, 0.6 —13 mm. in
diameter, densely cespitose, bright green when living, yellowish
brown when dried, forking several times, lobes short, orbicular,
margin ascending or incurved, marginal cells generally quadrate,
33-66 #; archegonial involucres 1.5—2.5 mm. high, sessile, thickly
crowded together so as almost entirely to conceal the thallus, pyri-
form, obovoid, or subglobose, orifice small, cells at orifice
creniform, quadrate or oblong, 66-85 # x 39-59 u: antheridial
thallus cuneate to orbicular, 1 mm. in diameter, the rounded lobes
curving over the involucres, these 260-330 # in height, purplish :
capsule averaging 7504 in diameter, the bulbous foot remain-
ing in thallus on detachment of capsule; spores permanently
united in tetrads, these go-120 mw in diameter, greenish or
brownish black, finely and regularly areolate, meshes small,
7-15 4 in diameter, each, occasionally, with a single median
papilla, ridges low excepting at points of intersection, where they
are raised into very acute or acicular spicules, these 7-12 y in
height. [Prate 25. ]
Hasirat: Damp sandy clay ; “in clover fields” (England).
Tyre Locatity: Florence, Italy.
Disrrisution: Italy, France, Germany, England, and Pantel-
leria Island (between Sicily and Tunis).
222 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS
SPECIMENS EXAMINED: Five specimens from Italy, sent by Dr.
E. Levier; living specimens from Ferrara, Italy, sent by Professor
C. Massalongo; eight specimens from France, sent by Professor
C. Douin ; a specimen from Baden (between Grotzingen and Wein-
garten), collected by A. Kneucker; and a specimen from England,
collected by W. H. Burrill, and communicated by Mr. William E.
Nicholson.
Adherents of the Vienna Rules will use the name Sphaerocarpos
Micheli for this species, while for those who follow the “‘ American
Code,” its legal name is clearly that adopted above.
The areolae of the spore-tetrads of this species occasionally
show an isolated median papilla or tubercle (see PLATE 25, FIGURE
12). This peculiarity is so pronounced and constant in certain
collections that the possibility of its proving a diagnostic character
of an unrecognized species at first suggested itself, but it soon
became apparent that this character is sometimes only slightly
developed (PLATE 25, FIGURE IO) and also that S. ¢evanus shows
a parallel series of forms (PLATE 27, FIGURES II and 15). It may
be mentioned, however, that the spicules of some of these peculiar
spore-tetrads with unipapillate areolae are less sharply pointed
than is normal in S. Sphaerocarpos, approaching the blunt spines
of certain forms (PLATE 27, FIGURES I9 and 21) which we are
inclined to refer to S. fexanus.
2. SPHAEROCARPOS TEXANUS Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6: 158.
1877.— Underw. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat.
Hist. 2: 30. 1884.—Stephani, Bull. Herb.
Boiss. '7: 656. 1899.
Sphaerocarpus terrestris Bisch. ~. p. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-
Car. Nat. Cur. 13: 829-838. p/. gg. 1827.—Lindenb. £.p.
Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. 18: 496. pl. 36. 1836.
— Nees, p. p. Naturgesch. Europ. Leberm. 4: 365. 1838. — Pears.
p. p. Hep. Brit. Is. 482. pf. 275. f. 1-14. 1902. — Stephani, 7. p.
Bull. Herb. Bois. '7: 656. 1899.
Sphaerocarpus Berterii Aust. Hep. Bor.-Am.: Tickets of the
specimens 34. 1873. Not S. Berterit Bisch.
Sphaerocarpus californicus Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6: 305.
1879. — M. A. Howe, Mem. Torrey Club 7: 65. pl. roo. f. 9-12.
Haynes : THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 293
1899. — Stephani, Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 657. 1899.—K. Miiller,
in Rabenh. Krypt.-Fl. Deutschl. Oesterr. & Schweiz 6: 317.
J. 192. 1907.— Douin, Rev. Bryol. Sy 105-112. f. g-10, 12,
13, 14. 1907; 36: 37-41. f. 4, 7,70. 19
Sphaerocarpus Michelit Underw. 2 p. Bull. tacts State Lab.
Nat. Hist. 2: 30. . 188
Sphaerocarpus Micheli californicus (Aust.) Underw. @. c.
Archegonial thallus suborbicular or somewhat cuneate, 3-5
mm. x 4-8 mm., densely cespitose, bright green when living, dingy
green or sometimes light olive-green when dried, forking several
times, the leaf-like unistratose lobes almost entirely concealed by the
overcrowding of the involucres, marginal cells generally quadrate,
averaging 45 4; archegonial involucres 1.2-2.6 mm. high, sessile,
long-cylindrical, fusiform-clavate, very rarely subpyriform, more
or less acuminate, cells at small orifice usually creniform, 45-60 p:
antheridial thallus oblong to orbicular, 2 mm. in diameter, forking
several times, the lobes more conspicuous than those of the arche-
gonial plant ; antheridial involucres 270-360 y» high, purplish :
capsule averaging 675 4 in diameter, the bulbous foot remain-
ing in thallus on detachment of capsule; spores permanently
united in tetrads, these 72-171 » in diameter, golden-brown to
dark opaque-brown, regularly areolate, minutely granulate,
meshes 13-30 in diameter, each, in rare cases, with a single
median papilla or tubercle, the ridges finally high, sinuous, crenu-
late, or deeply and irregularly dissected, occasionally forming
obtuse spines at the points of intersection. [PLATEs 26 and 27.]
Hasirat: On flat compact commonly lightly shaded soil in
meadows and orchards and beside paths:
TYPE LocaLity : San Marco, Texas.
DistriputTion: United States, Uruguay, England, France,
Germany, Sardinia, and Northern Africa (Tangier).
Exsicc: Hep. Bor.-Am. no. 738, as S. Berteri (in herb. New
York Botanical Garden). — Hep. Brit. xo. 275, as S. ¢errestris (in
herb. Underwood).— Hep. Europ. wo. 27, as S. ‘terrestris (in
herb. Underwood).
An examination of mature specimens of Sphaerocarpos from
various parts of the United States leads to the conclusion that the
plant described by Austin as S. ¢exanus in 1877 cannot be satis-
factorily distinguished from the plant that he described as S. ca/z-
fornicus two years later. The latter name is therefore considered
a synonym of the former. Austin himself seems at first to have
294 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS
considered them the same, for in his Hep. Bor.-Am. (Tickets of
the specimens, 34. 1873) he cites under “ 738. Sphaerocarpus
Berteri”’ the following stations: “ California, Bolander, bigelow ;
Texas, Wright.’ Later he recognized his error in identifying
these plants with the very different South American species and
described the Texan specimens as S. ¢exanus Aust. and the Cali-
fornian as S. californicus Aust. Herr Stephani remarks (Bull.
Herb. Boiss. '7: 656. 1899) that he had not seen S. ¢exanus, that
it is not preserved in Austin’s herbarium in Manchester, that the
plant seems to be wholly lost, but that the very small spores
(‘‘ coccus 63 »”’) will make possible its recognition. It has been
my good fortune to examine three specimens of S. ¢exanus col-
lected by Wright in Texas and now preserved in the herbaria of
the New York Botanical Garden and of Columbia University.
Two of these came from the Underwood herbarium, one of them
being labeled “ Sphaerocarpus texranus Aust. (type ?), San Marco,
Tex., C. Wright, 1849, ex coll. W. H. Pearson 1894,’ and the
other ‘“‘ Sphaerocarpus texanus, San Marco, Texas, C. Wright,
1849, ex Sulliv.” The third is in the herbarium of Columbia Uni-
versity, is labeled “ Sphaerocarpus texanus Aust. Texas, leg.
Wright, ex herb. Aust.,” and was communicated by W. H. Pear-
son in 1890. Austin, in connection with the original description
of S. ¢exanus, compares it with “S. Micheli,” stating the S. texanus
is distinguished by its smaller frond, its involucre less obtuse at
the apex, and the spores almost a half smaller. The coccus is
described as about 1/400 of an inch (62.5 ») in diameter, while
that of S. Micheli’ is 1/200-1/250 of an inch in diameter. The
present writer finds the chief differences separating S. seranus from
S. Sphaerocarpos (S. Michelii) to lie in the more pointed fusiform-
clavate rather than obovoid involucres, in the meshes of the sur-
face of the spore-tetrads being nearly twice as wide, and in the high
ridges forming these meshes being sinuous or crenulate-margined
or irregularly dissected, or occasionally rising into obtuse spines
at the points of intersection, but never forming sharp needle-like
spines as in S. Sphaerocarpos. I have not been able to find in the
Texan material collected by Wright any spore-tetrads as small as
those described by Austin, the smallest seen measuring 72 /.
There is, however, a surprising variation in the size of the tetrads
HAYNES: THE GENUS SPHAEROCAR POS 220
even on a single plant: those in one capsule measured 72-99 p,
while those in another capsule on the same plant measured 92—
132; these two sets of spore-tetrads were about equally brown,
but the smaller had smaller meshes and lower ridges and it is
probable that the plant was killed before these smaller ones had
reached full maturity.
As indicated above, Sphaerocarpos texanus seems to have a
wider distribution than any other species of the genus.
It is of interest to note that the classical descriptions of S. ¢er-
restris given by Bischoff,* by Lindenberg,} and by Nees t were
based, in large part at least, on specimens collected at various
times in vineyards near Durlach, Karlsruhe, Baden, by A. Braun.
Now it proves that copious specimens collected by A. Braun in
this locality in 1834 (the 1834 collection is mentioned by Nees)
and preserved in the Mitten Herbarium are clearly S. fexanus
Aust. (see PLATE 27, FIGURE 17), and it may be said that some of
the figures published by Bischoff and by Lindenberg point to S.
texanus rather than to S. Sphaerocarpos. It is to be added, how-
ever, that the genuine S. Sphacrocarpos (S. terrestris) — beautifully
distinct —also occurs in Baden and near Karlsruhe, as is attested by
specimens collected by A. Kneucker on April 21st, 1894, in vine-
yards between Grotzingen and Weingarten (see PLATE 25, FIGURE
8), and it is possible that both species were represented in the
material obtained by Professor Braun.
3. Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov.
Archegonial thallus oblong or orbicular, 4-6 mm, in diameter,
growing in isolated groups, bright green when dried, margin lobed
and crispate, ascending pao Di generally quadrate, averag-
ing 47 #2; archegonial involuc 1-2 mm. high, sessile, not
crowded together or entirely pier oe the thallus, tubular-ovoid,
sometimes slightly larger at apex and slightly flaring, orifice large,
of the diameter of the involucre or larger, irregular and entire,
cells at orifice 26 x 39, with thick walls: antheridial thallus
cuneate to orbicular, 2 mm. in diameter, forking several times, the
leaf-like lobes curved over the involucres, these 243-398 p in
height, green becoming brown and purplish with age, their cells,
* Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. 13: 829-838. p/. ¢¢. 1827.
836.
Loc. cit. 18: 496. pl. 376.
¢ Naturgesch, Europ. Leberm. 4: 365-369, 1838.
226 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS
especially those of the neck, thin-walled and nonprotuberant : cap-
sule averaging 587 4, the bulbous foot remaining attached to cap-
sule; spores permanently united in tetrads, these 66-83 in diam-
eter, golden-brown, cristate-reticulate, the crests sinuous, 5 high,
delicate, somewhat elevated at the angles, occasionally crossing the
boundaries of the spores, anastomosing irregularly, forming closed
or partially closed meshes or occasionally running in parallel lines
toward the boundaries of the spore, a blunt spine occurring now
and then within the areolae, the margin in optical section appear-
ing crenulate to tuberculate. [PLATE 28. ]
Hasirar: Clayey places in copses ; on bare alluvial soil in the
shade of willows.
Type Locarity: Pullman, Washington.
DistTrisuTion : Washington.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED: C. V. Piper gr, type, July 2, 1894, and
July 21, 1894, both collected at Pullman, Washington, and pre-
served in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.
This species resembles most closely Sphaerocarpos cristatus,
differing markedly in the involucre being tubular with a wide or
flaring orifice, instead of being subglobose with small orifice, and
in the tetrads remaining permanently united, while in S. cr7status
they separate long before maturity. The spore markings of the
two species are somewhat similar, though those of S. Aians show
more regular reticulations.
4. SPHAEROCARPOS Donne Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6: 157.
1877. — Underw. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 30.
1884. — Stephani, Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 656. 1899.
_ 4A\rchegonial thallus cuneate, averaging 9 mm. long and 6 mm.
in greatest width, forming mats, dark green, faded green when
dried, forking repeatedly, lobes large, explanate, margin sinuous,
marginal cells generally oblong, 33 x 66 mw; archegonial invo-
lucres 2-2.3 mm. high, sessile, not crowded together, somewhat
isolated, ovoid-ellipsoid, tubular, truncate at apex, orifice some-
what conspicuous, cells at orifice 39-46: antheridial thallus
cuneate, 3 mm. in maximum diameter, each of its five or six main
divisions once or twice furcate, lobes large, leaf-like; antheridial
involucres 448-996 mu in height, 3 times their diameter, red-brown,
cells with somewhat thick walls : capsule averaging 724 m in diam-
eter, the bulbous foot remaining in thallus on detachment of
capsule ; spores separating at maturity; spore-tetrad averaging
145 in diameter just before separating, provided with a promi-
Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 237
nence 12 win height near the middle of the outer face = each spore,
this becoming shriveled at maturity ; spores 85-138 win maximum
diameter, yellow to opaque brown and regularly sieclae: coarsely
granulate, meshes large, 13-26 w, the ridges wrinkled and sinuous,
forming elevations at points of intersections of meshes, the spores
after separation showing a conspicuous coarsely lobed basilar
margin. [PLATES 29 and 30.]
Hasitat: Growing on damp sandy soil, in gardens, etc.
Type Locaity: Jacksonville, Florida.
DistrisutTion: Florida and Georgia.
Exsicc: Hep. Amer, xo. 67 (as Sphacrocarpus terrestris Mich.)
and no. 62 (as Sphaerocarpus Donnellii Aust.).
5. SPHAEROCARPOS cRISTATUS M. A. Howe, Mem. Torrey
Club 7: 66. p/. roo. f. 1-8. 1899. — Stephani,
Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 657. 1899
Archegonial thallus suborbicular, 3-8 mm. in diameter, pale
green when dried, marginal lobes orbicular, ascending, marginal
cells generally quadrate, 26-45 « ; archegonial involucres 0.85-1.2
mm. high, sessile, thickly aggregated, at first cylindrical, soon
becoming subglobose or obovoid, rounded at apex, orifice small,
cells at orifice creniform, 26-40: antheridial thallus cuneate, 2
mm. in diameter, often once furcate, with oblong-ovate lobes ;
antheridial involucres 498-581 win height, about 2.5 times their
diameter: capsule 500-800 yt in diameter, the bulbous foot remaining
attached to capsule; spores separating long before the maturity of
the capsule, never persisting in tetrads, compressed, rounded-
biconvex or sometimes concavo-convex, yellowish brown or pale
yellow, 52-80 » in maximum diameter, cristate, the crests sinuous,
4-7 « high, subcrenulate, mostly radiating from near the middle of
each of the two faces, often 1-3 times furcate, sparingly anastomos-
ing, forming sometimes 1-6 (rarely more) completely closed meshes
in most cases near the middle of the face. [PLATE 31.]
Hasrrat: On flat compact soil in meadows and beside paths,
Type Locatity: Near Stanford University, Santa Clara County,
California.
Distripution: California.
Exsicc.: Hep. Am. zo. 160 (as S. terrestris, var. californicus
Aust.) [.S texanus], a little of which is intermingled in some of the
sets in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden).
This remarkable species is allied to Sphaerocarpos hians from
Washington, from which it differs in having spores that separate
228 Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS
early instead of remaining permanently in tetrads, in its subglobose
archegonial involucre with a small orifice, instead of being long-
tubular with orifice the diameter of the involucre. In both ot
these species the foot remains attached to the capsule on the de-
tachment of the latter from the thallus ; the spore markings are
somewhat similar. In S. Donnellii, the spores separate at maturity,
their markings are areolate instead of typically cristate, and they
are characterized by a coarsely lobed basilar margin.
The description and drawings published by Professor Camp-
bell in his ‘‘ Notes on Sphaerocarpus” (Erythea 4: 73-77. 1896)
probably relate chiefly to this species.
6. SPHAEROCARPOS sTIPiTaTus Bisch.; Lindenb. Nova Acta Acad.
Leop.-Car. Nat. Cur. 18: cop pl. 36. 1836
Sphaerocarpus Berteriti Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. g: 39. Ja 1838.
— Nees, Naturgesch. Eur. Leberm. 4: 369. 1838.— Mont.
& Nees, in d’Orbigny, Voy. Am. Mérid. 7?: 50. 1839. —
G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 595. 1846.— Mont. Syll. Gen. Sp.
pt.95. 1846.
Sphaerocarpus Berterot Stephani, Bull. Herb. Boiss. '7: 657. 1899.
Archegonial thallus suborbicular to oblong, 2 mm. in diam-
eter, in thick cushion-like tufts, light green when dried, margin
divided into 4-8 cuneate, ascending, somewhat undulating lobes,
marginal cells generally quadrate, averaging 26-39 #; archegonial
involucres 1.5~2 mm. high, distinctly stipitate (the slender stipes
0.5-0.65 mm. long), tubular-ovoid, ellipsoidal, or bluntly conical,
more or less narrowed to the truncate apex, fleshy, carnose-
Opaque, its wall apparently more than one cell thick, orifice
large, of nearly the diameter of the involucre, setulose, the hyaline,
thick-walled setulae mostly 2 cells long, incurved : antheridial
thallus not seen: capsule 340-420 # in diameter; the persistent
spore-tetrads yellowish, coarsely areolate and somewhat rough-
ened, marginate. [PLATE 32
Hasitat: Growing in moist places, on the border of ditches.
TYPE LocALity : Quillota, Chile.
SPECIMEN EXAMINED: B. Bertero, 695, August and September
1829, in the herbarium of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle of
Paris, France.
The description of the capsule and spores has been derived
from literature mentioned above.
New York Boranicat GARDEN
Haynes: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS 229
eseaaensanec of OT
PLATE 25.
p asl =
I. 9 plant, mature, 14. 2. 9 plant, immature, 14. 3 and 4. ¢ plants,
X29. 5. Orifice of 9 involucre, 48. 6, 8,10, and12. Spore-tetrads, < 390. 7,
9, 11, 13. Spicules and ridges of spore-tetrads shown in optical section, 390; 7 was
drawn from spore shown in fig. 6; 9, from that shown in fig. 8; 11, from that shown
in fig. 10; 13, from that shown in fig, 12.
Figures 1 and 5 were drawn from a specimen collected by O. Beccari, near
Florence, Italy, 9 February, 1898; 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7, from a specimen collected by E,
cci, near Florence, Ttaly, 9 March, 1888; 8 and 9, from a specimen collected by
A. Kneucker, between Grétzingen and Weingarten, Baden, Germany, 21 April, 1894;
Io and 11, from a specimen ole by W. H. Burrill, Strumpshaw, E. Norfolk,
England, Apri ee 13, from a specimen collected by A. Mori, at Pisa,
Italy, Sainte ae | (keh, "oak Ital., ser. II, 20. r20r).
PLATES 26 and 27. Sphaerocarpos texanus
1. ‘plant. re 2. g plant, X29. 3. Orifice of 9 involucre, < 48. 4,
$5: Fy On TE; i. 15s 17, and 21. Spore-tetrads, & 390. 6, 8, I0, 12, 14, 16, 18,
20, and 22, idges oa pete shown in optical section, & 390; 6 was drawn
from spore ao in fig. 5; 8, from that shown in fig. 7; 10, from that shown in fig,
9; 12, from that shown in fig. 11; 14, from that shown in fig. 13; 16, from that shown
in 15; 18, from that shown in fig. 17; 20, from that shown in fig, 19; 22, from
that hie 3 in 2
Figures 1, 2, 4, 9, and 10 were drawn from specimens collected by C. Wright, at
San Marco, Texas, 1849; 3, 7, and 8, from specimens collected by M. A. Howe,
Mill Valley, California, 4 April, 1896 (in herb. Haynes); 5 and 6, from a specimen
collected by J. Arechavaleta, #0. 157, at Montevideo, Uruguay, August, 1876 (in
herb. Mitten); If and 12, from a specimen collected by Welwitsch, #0. 28 [Portugal ?]
(in herb. Mitten); 13 and 14, from a specimen collected in Tangier in the winter of
826 (in herb. Mitten); 15 and 16, from a specimen collected by H. A. Green,
Chester, South Carolina, 4 March, 1886 (in herb. Haynes); 17 and 18, from a speci-
men collected by A. Braun, Durlach, Baden, March, 1834 (in herb. Mitten); 19 and
20, from a specimen labeled S. Micheli, herb. P. V. LeRoy, Florida (in herb. New
York Botanical Garden); 21 and 22, froma specimen collected by Gennari in Sardinia,
April, 1889.
PLATE 28. ae hians
@ plant 14. 2. ¢ plant, X 29. 3- fice of 2 involucre, 48. 4, 5,
and 6, Spore-tetrads, 390. 7. Ridges of spore- pet shown in optical section,
X 390.
The figures were all drawn from the type specimen, collected by C. V. Piper, zo.
gr, Pullman, Washington, 2 July, 1894
PLATES 29 and 30. Sphaerocarpos Donnellii
- 9 plant, X 14. plant, < 29. 3. Spore, showing outer face and
socials lobed hasitic ae 4. Spore, showing tubercular prominence on outer fac
in a lateral view, X 390. 5. $ plant, showing greatly elongated necks of involucres
on old parts of thallus, ae 48. 6, Spore-tetrad, nearly mature, > 390. 7. Ridges
of spore and tubercular prominence shown in optical section, X 390. 8. Spore-tetrad
beginning to separate, < 390. 9. Orifice of Q involucre, 4
230 HayNES: THE GENUS SPHAEROCARPOS
Figure 1 was drawn from a specimen collected by Severin Rapp, in Florida, Feb-
ruary, 1905; 5, from Hep. Am. mo. 67; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, from Hep. Am.
no. 62,
PLATE 31. Sphaerocarpos cristatus
1. 9 plant, & 14. 2. ¢ plant, 29. 3. Orifice of 9 involucre, & 48. 4, 5,
6, and 7. Spores, 390.
The figures were all drawn from the type material.
PLATE 32. Sphaerocarpos stipitatus
1. 9 plant, immature, 29, 2. 9 involucre, < 14. 3. Orifice of 9 involucre,
showing setulae, 120. 4 and 5. 9 plants, 14 (drawn to scale of other spe-
cies). 6, Portion of sterile pate x 14.
e figures were all drawn from material of the original collection preserved in
the Muséum d’ Histoire Misael: of Paris.
Notes on Carex —VI
KENNETH KENT MACKENZIE
CAREX TETANICA SCHK. AND ITS ALLIES
The above species, which is widely distributed in the north-
eastern part of the United States, has been the source of some
diversity of opinion among botanists who have given special atten-
tion to our species of Carex. Like many other species, it shows a
considerable amount of variation, and the perigynia, moreover, seem
unusually variable. Several varieties or allied species have been
from time to time proposed. But all of these, with the exception
of Carex Woodit Dewey and Carex Meadii Dewey, have with good
reason been relegated to synonymy.
I have gone carefully over the original description of Carex
Woodit Dewey, as well as studied some of the original specimens
(almost unrecognizable scraps) collected by Dr. Wood in Jefferson
County, New York, and preserved in the New York Botanical
Garden. From this study it seems to me that the plant is best
treated as a slim form of Carex tetanica Schk., and is not worthy
of recognition. *
Carex Meadii Dewey, on the other hand, seems to be clearly
worthy of recognition. It is undoubtedly closely related to Carex
tetanica, but holds its distinctive features over a large area of
country. The two species are, moreover, readily told apart in
large collections of herbarium material, and good specimens
which cannot be referred at once to the proper one of these two
species are very few in number.
The curious point, however, in dealing with this group is that
there are certain local plants apparently but little collected which
* Some old specimens in the Torrey Herbarium collected in Jefferson County, New
York, by an unnamed collector and marked Carex Woodii are, however, Carex colorata,
hereinafter described. It is possible that these represent Carex JWoodii, but in the
absence of any definite evidence I have preferred to regard the common slender form of
Carex — — regarded as Carex Woodii as that plant. A good example of
what I reg: Carex Woodii is a specimen collected June 17, 1902, by Rich,
Williams & cae at Sudbury, Pa etts.
231
233 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
are more worthy of separation than any of the plants already dis-
cussed. One of these plants from the region of the Great Lakes
has long been in my collection under the name of Carex tetanica
var. Woodii (Dewey) Bailey. Moreover, from the description and
key it is without doubt the plant treated as Carex tefanica by Herr
Kikenthal inthe Pflanzenreich.¢ In that excellent work the key
character used to separate Carex divida Wahl., and Carex vaginata
Tausch from Carex polymorpha Muhl. and Carex tetanica Schk. (as
there treated) is the following :
‘*« Vaginae inferiores clare brunneae foliiferae ”’
“« Vaginae inferiores purpureae aphyllae.”’
This key works excellently and brings out very characteristic
features when applied to all the species except the real Carex
tetanica. Any one examining it will soon see that both it and
Carex Meadii have the lower sheaths conspicuously leaf-bearing
and do not have the sheaths strongly purplish tinged. On the
other hand the plant of the Great Lake region above referred to
does exactly answer this description. Not only is this true but it
further differs from the real Carex tetanica in being loosely stolon-
iferous. The stolons are stout for the size of the plant, are strongly
purplish-tinged, and very readily pulled up. Contrasted with this,
Carex tetanica has very deep-seated slender white running root-
stocks. Anyone who has ever collected the plant will know how
hard and tedious an undertaking it is to get to these rootstocks.
In fact it is so hard that most herbarium specimens do not show
them at all. The plant of the Great Lake region is evidently
worthy of recognition and is therefore here proposed as
- Carex colorata sp. nov.
“ Carex tetanica Schk.”’ Kikenthal, in Engler, Pflanzenreich
4”: 514. 1909.
Culms arising in loose stools, slender, 3-5 dm. high, aphyllo-
podic, strongly purplish-tinged at base, strongly stoloniferous, the
stolons purplish-tinged and with loose sheaths, near the surface of
the ground and readily pulled up, the culms usually noticeably
+ After writing the above I was favored by Prof. Macoun with a loan of the speci-
mens of this group from the herbarium of the Geological Survey of Canada, and found
that the above statement is correct, Macoun’s No. 33,639, the first specimen cited by
Kiikenthal under C. ée¢anica, not being that species but the species here described.
MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX 243
exceeding the leaves, roughened on the angles at least above, the
sterile culms numerous. Leaves (not bracts) with well-developed
blades usually two to four to a fertile culm, near the base but not
bunched, the sheaths overlapping, rather loose, white- or yellowish-
scarious opposite the blades, the ligule not prolonged, the blades
flat, glabrate to minutely pubescent, the upper the larger, usually
2.5-4 mm. wide, 5-20 cm. long, strongly roughened; blades of
sterile culm averaging much longer; terminal spike staminate,
from but little to strongly peduncled, its peduncle smooth or little
roughened, the spike linear, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, 2.5—4 mm. wide,
the numerous closely appressed scales oblong-ovate, obtuse, pur-
plish brown with green midrib and hyaline margins; _pistillate
spikes two or three, widely separate, erect on slender usually
much exserted peduncles, the spikes linear, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, 3-4
mm. wide, loosely and alternately 6-15-flowered, the perigynia
ascending ; bracts leaflet-like, shorter than the culm, the sheaths
5-30 mm. long; scales obovate or ovate, obtuse or acutish, vary-
ing to acuminate or even cuspidate, wider than and about two
thirds the length of mature perigynia, straw-colored or purplish
brown with green midrib and hyaline margins; perigynia oblanceo-
late or fusiform, obtusely triangular, 3.5-4 mm. long, 1.5 mm.
wide, lightly many-nerved, tapering to the base, tapering at apex
into the minute slightly curving beak, 0.5 mm. long, the orifice
oblique; achenes triangular, oblong, 2.5 mm. long, closely fitting
the perigynia ; stigmas three.
The type of the above species was collected by Mr. Charles K,
Dodge at Port Huron, Michigan, on May 9, 1896, and is in my
herbarium. A duplicate has been deposited in the herbarium
of the New York Botanical Garden.
Other specimens of this species, all in the herbarium of the
Geological Survey of Canada, except where otherwise stated, have
been examined as follows:
Ontario: Guelph, A/ugh, June 8, 1905 (K. K. M.); Sarnia,
Macoun 33639, June 11, 1901 (referred by Kiikenthal to C.
tetanica); Wyoming, Macoun 33740, June 14, 1901; Galt, Herrtot
63112, June 13, 1902; Belleville, Macoun 31974, June 15, 1862
(in part).
Micuican: Michigan Agricultural College, C. F. Wheeler,
June 5, 1900.
Maniropa: Brandon, Macoun 16662, June, 1880; Grand
Valley, Brandon, Macoun 771217, June 16, 1880.
New York: Jefferson Co. (Columbia Univ.).
234 MACKENZIE: NoTeEs ON CAREX
The second plant referred to which seems worthy of separa-
tion is a plant of the mountains of North Carolina, distributed in
considerable quantities in recent years by the Biltmore collectors.
Like Carex colorata this species differs from Carex tetanica and
Carex Woodii in not having the lower sheaths blade-bearing and
in being strongly purplish-tinged at base. It, however, lacks the
strong stolons so characteristic of C. colorata, but has stout, much
interwoven and elongated rootstocks, like those of Carex poly-
morpha. In addition, it is a stout plant with broader leaf-blades.
In fact it seems to be a local type characteristic of some of the
higher country of North Carolina, and in honor of the institution
which has distributed most of the specimens seen by me it is here
proposed as
- Carex biltmoreana sp. nov.
Culms arising in close stools from stout elongated and inter-
woven rootstocks, erect, stout (3-4 mm. wide towards the base),
3-7 dm. high, aphyllopodic, strongly purplish-tinged and some-
what fibrillose at base, not strongly stoloniferous, exceeding the
leaves, smooth or more or less roughened on the angles above.
Leaves (not bracts) with well-developed blades usually three to five
to a fertile culm, near the base but usually not bunched, the
sheaths overlapping, loose, glabrate, white- or yellowish-scarious
opposite the blades, the ligule often strongly prolonged, the blades
at, 3.5-5 mm. wide, usually 1-2 dm. long, very rough towards apex,
the lower much smaller than the upper ; terminal spike staminate,
strongly rough-peduncled, linear, 2~3 cm. lon —~5 mm. wide,
purplish brown with light midrib and hyaline margins ; pistillate
spikes one to three, widely separate or uppermost occasionally
approximate, erect, on slender usually much exserted peduncles,
the spikes linear or linear-oblong, 1.5-3.5 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide,
loosely or somewhat closely flowered above, attenuate at base, the
perigynia 6-20, ascending; bracts leaflet-like, shorter than the
culm, the sheaths 5-30 mm. long; scales ovate, varying from ob-
tuse to cuspidate, as wide as but rather shorter than the mature
perigynia, straw-colored or purplish brown with green midrib and
hyaline margins ; perigynia obovoid, obtusely triangular, 2.5-3.5
mm. long, 1.5~2.25 mm. wide, many-nerved, tapering to a stipi-
tate or substipitate base, abruptly rounded at apex and minutely
beaked with abruptly bent beak or beakless, the orifice entire ;
achenes triangular with convex sides, broadly obovoid, 2.5 mm.
long, closely fitting the perigynia ; stigmas three.
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 235
The following specimens have been examined :
NortH Carona: Satula Mt. (near Highlands), Biltmore wo.
2686, May 25, 1897 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Macon
County, Buckley (Columbia Univ.); Chimney Rock Mt., Rutherford
County, Biltmore vo. 268e, May 10, 1898 (N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Craggy
Mt., Buncombe County, Biltmore xo. 268a, May 18, 1898 (N. Y.
Bot. Gard.).
The species discussed under this heading may be distinguished
from one another by the following key :
Culms phyllopodic, not strongly purplish-tinged at base, spreading by
eep-seated slender white rootstocks.
Blades of fertile culm 2—3.5 mm. wide ; perigynia 2-3 mm. long ;
spikes linear ; plant slender. C. tetanica.
Blades of fertile culm 3-7 mm. saa: perigynia longer; spikes
oblong or linear-oblong ; plant stoutish. C. Meadii.
Culms a strongly purplish- aaa at base, loosely stolonifer-
r with interwoven stout rootstocks.
Pcasly stoloniferous ; culms slender; larger blades 4 mm. wide. C, colorata,
Not loosely stoloniferous, but with interwoven stout rootstocks ;
culms stout ; larger blades § mm. wide. C, biltmoreana.
CAREX RIPARIA AND ITS NorTH AMERICAN ALLIES
The common sedge which has of late years been treated in our
text-books as specifically identical with Carex riparia Curtis of
Europe was by many of our earlier writers treated as a distinct
species under the name of Carex /acustris Willd. In the treatment
of the genus Carex in the Pflanzenreich, Herr Kikenthal has
adopted a middle course and made our plant a variety of the Eu-
ropean plant. He has, however, clearly pointed out the marked
differences which exist between the two. These differences hold
good in a large series of American specimens and a considerable
series of European specimens examined by me. The plants, too,
do not have a circumboreal distribution, and, as is well known, there
are very few American species of Carex not having a circumboreal
distribution which are specifically identical with European species.
There being these marked differences between the European and
American plants and their ranges being so different I cannot un-
derstand how one can logically be treated as a variety of the other.
It seems to me that the only proper way to do is to recognize the
plants as distinct species, and this is what I shall do.
236 MAcKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
Briefly stated, the European Carex riparia is a plant with closely
bunched and very thick staminate spikes, the pistillate scales are
large and very conspicuously purplish-margined, the fertile culms
are phyllopodic, and the lower sheaths are neither fibrillose nor
strongly purplish-tinged. On the other hand, the American Carex
lacustris has scattered slender staminate spikes, the pistillate scales
are smaller and the purplish margins generally noticeably less con-
spicuous, the fertile culms are aphyllopodic, and the lower sheaths
are strongly fibrillose and strongly purplish-tinged.
Carex lacustris, as above defined, has a range from Maine and
Vermont to Delaware, Minnesota, and Iowa. In the South and
West, however, its place is taken by an allied but distinct plant of
wide distribution. Although this last-mentioned plant has not in
general been differentiated from Carex lacustris, yet many years
ago it was published by S. Hart Wright as a variety of Carer
riparia under the name Carex riparia var. impressa (Bull. Torrey
Club g: 151. 1882). It has the scattered slender staminate
spikes of Carex lacustris and its pistillate scales are even lighter-
colored and with less of a purplish tinge. On the other hand it
has the phyllopodic fertile culms not tinged with purplish or but
little so and not fibrillose at the base, which are characters of the
European Carex riparia. From both these species it differs also
in the perigynia, which are impressed-nerved when young, but at
maturity appear nerveless at a distance or on close inspection very
finely impressed-nerved, in contradistinction to the strongly nerved
perigynia of the other species above discussed. This plant doubt-
less deserves specific rank, as the following detailed description
will show:
* Carex impressa (S. H. Wright) Mackenzie, comb. nov.
Carex riparia impressa S, H. Wright, Bull. Torrey Club g: 151-
1882.
Culms stout, in dense clumps, 5-8 dm. high, phyllopodic,
neither fibrillose nor purplish-tinged at base, stoloniferous, ex-
ceeded by the leaves, smooth or more or less roughened on the
angles above. Leaves with well-developed blades usually six to
twelve to a fertile culm, mostly bunched towards the base, the
blades 4—7 mm. wide, sometimes as much as 4 dm. long, flattened
or folded at base, nodulose, stiff, varying from smooth on both
MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX 237
surfaces and on the margins (towards the base) to strongly
roughened on both surfaces and to almost denticulate on the mar-
gins (towards the apex), more or less glaucous, the sheaths gla-
brous ; terminal 2-4 spikes staminate, erect, scattered, 1-4 cm.
long, 3-7 mm. wide, the upper peduncled, the others sessile or
nearly so, the numerous closely appressed scales oblong- obovate,
acute to aristate, from straw-colored to purplish, with hyaline
margins and usually lighter midrib ; pistillate spikes two to four,
usually widely separated, erect, short-peduncled, stout, densely
flowered, oblong-cylindric, 1-7.5 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, the very
numerous perigynia closely appressed, ascending, in several-many
ranks ; bracts leaf-like, exceeding the culms, the lower sheaths from
little to strongly developed; scales ovate, the lower aristate and
often exceeding the perigynia, the others gradually shorter until
those in the upper part are acute and but half the length of the
perigynia, straw-colored to purplish with hyaline margins and
lighter center, very variable; perigynia lanceolate-ovoid, flattened
but thick, 6 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, impressed-nerved but appear-
ing nearly nerveless at maturity, glabrous, the walls thick and
leathery, rounded at base, tapering to the short bidentate beak,
the teeth erect or slightly spreading, 0.5 mm. long ; achenes tri-
angular-obovoid, 2 mm. long, 1.25 mm. wide, not filling perigy-
nia, tipped by the persistent slightly flexuous style ; stigmas three.
The following specimens have been seen :
Ouro: Green Spring, Beardslee, June, 1890.
INDIANA : Wells County, Deam ; Bluffton, Deam, May 28, 1899.
TENNESSEE: Jackson, S. M7. Bain 488, May 10, 1893.
Missourr: Courtney, Jackson County, Bush 702, May 23,
1894 ; Jackson Co., Mackenzie 822, April 27, 1895; Butler County,
Bush 2554 and 2660, May 1, 1905.
Kansas: Quindaro, Mackenzie, May 30, 1897; Argentine,
Mackenzie, April 26, 1896.
InpDIAN TERRITORY: Catoosa, Bush ro28, May 14, 1895;
Sapulpa, Bush 957, May 9, 1895; Arkansas, Bush 985, May 8,
1895.
ARKANSAS: Moark, Bush 2609, May 3, 1905; Miller Co.,
Bush 1394, April 21, 1902; Craighead Co., Eggert, May 7, 1893.
Texas: Grand Saline, Reverchon 2441, April 9, 1901 ; Dallas,
Reverchon 3311*, April, May; Alvin, S. 4. Tracy goo8, April
II, 1906.
Louisiana: Alexandria, Hadle.
Araspama: Mobile, C. F. Baker 1555, April 26, 1898.
238 MACKENZIE: NoTes ON CAREX
GerorciA: Riceboro, Liberty Co., Harper 2783, May 2, 1904.
Frorima : Apalachicola, Chapman, Biltmore no. 225a; Chup-
man, 1850.
The three species here described may be separated by the fol -
lowing key:
Fertile culms aphyllopodic, strongly fibrillose and purplish-tinged at base. C, /acuséris,
Fertile culms phyllopodic, neither fibrillose nor strongly purplish tinged
at base ; perigynia nerve
Staminate spikes Scided. caend: perigynia finely impressed-nerved
r appearing nearly nervel ess at maturity; pistillate scales not
prominently purplish-margined. C. impressa.
eseshinte spikes thick, eu approximate ; perigynia strongly
nerved at maturity ; pistillate scales prominently purplish-margined. C. riparia.
NEW EASTERN SPECIES OF CAREX
~ Carex aestivaliformis sp. nov.
Carex gracillima x aestivalis Bailey, Bull. Torrey Club 20: 417.
1893. |
Culms densely cespitose, slender, erect or ascending, 3.5-7
dm. high, glabrous or nearly so, sharply triangular and roughened
on the angles above, exceeding the leaves, strongly purplish-tinged
at base, aphyllopodic. Well-developed blades some four or five
to a fertile culm, the sheaths (especially the lower) sparsely short-
pubescent, the upper not overlapping ; blades glabrous or sparsely
pubescent and ciliate near base, rough, 2-3.5 mm. wide, the longer
about 3 dm. long, flat, ascending ; spikes three or four, widely
separate or slightly approximate, narrowly linear, 1.5—6 cm. long,
3.5 mm. wide, the terminal gynaecandrous, the lateral pistillate,
nodding or weakly erect on long, slender, rough peduncles, the
or loosely at base; lowest bract leaflet-like, short-sheathing,
shorter or longer than inflorescence, the upper reduced; scales
ovate, short-acuminate, acute or obtuse, several-nerved, green with
hyaline margins, sometimes tinged with reddish brown, narrower
than and about two thirds the length of the perigynia ; perigynia
oblong-ovoid, flattened-triangular in cross-section, deep green,
glabrous, strongly several-nerved, 3—3.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide,
sessile and rounded at base, abruptly very short beaked, the beak
0.25 mm. long, minutely bidentate and hyaline-tipped ; achenes tri-
angular-obovoid, 2 mm. long, 0.75 mm. wide, not filling perigynia ;
style straight, slender; stigmas three.
The species above described has to my knowledge been col-
lected in six localities, and each time the collector has had trouble
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 239
with it. The first collection was in an upland swale near Alcove,
New York, on July 5, 1892, by C. L. Shear, and it was later found
by him in two other localities in Greene County, New York. His
collections were first doubtfully referred to Carex Sulhivantit Boott,
and later on were described by Professor Bailey (Bull. Torrey Club
20: 419. 1893) asa hybrid between Carex gracillima and Carex
_aestivalis, He, however, pointed out that there were two objections
to so classifying the plant, the first being that it had characters
possessed by neither of its supposed parents, and the second
that Carex aestivalis was not known from the country where the
present plant was found. Specimens now at hand from the other
stations emphasize these two points, and show that the plant can-
not be properly treated as it was by Professor Bailey.
The next collection was by me in a mountain meadow near
Greenwood Lake, Passaic County, New Jersey, on June 23, 1907
(x0. 2676). The plant was not common, but as I collected enough
to make several specimens, I designate a specimen from this col-
lection as the type of the species.
The plant has lately again been found in eastern Pennsylvania
by Mr. S. S. Van Pelt (Wissahickon ravine, Philadelphia Co., east
side, above Thorp’s Lane, high up, July 17, 1909). Through
him it was sent to the New York Botanical Garden with a request
that he be informed whether it was Carex aestivalis or not.
As a matter of fact the plant is closest to Carex aestivalts, but
is distinguished by the larger perigynium, which has a bidentate
beak, that of C. aestivalis not being bidentate. From Carex Sulli-
vantil, supposed to be a hybrid between Carex pubescens and C.
gracillima, it is distinguished by the gynaecandrous terminal spike,
merely acute or short-acuminate scales, and somewhat narrower
and less pubescent leaves. I do not know any hybrid it can repre-
sent, and, as it is certainly distinct enough, I here propose it as a
species.
The southern Carex oxylepis, which is closely allied, has wider
and generally more pubescent leaves and strongly acuminate or
cuspidate scales.
/ Carex fulvescers sp. nov.
Culms loosely cespitose from slender rather short rootstocks,
erect, 2.5-4 dm. high, rather sharply triangular, smooth or slightly
240 MaAcKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
roughened on the angles above, exceeding the leaves, phyllopodic,
and slightly fibrillose at base. Well-developed blades about six
to ten to a fertile culm, flat or somewhat folded at base, 2-3 mm.
wide, 1.5 dm. long or less, erect or ascending, roughened towards
the apex, the sheaths of the upper and of the bracts prolonged at
the mouth and strongly tinged with chestnut-brown ; staminate
spike solitary, slender-peduncled, 1.5—2.5 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide,
the oblong-obovate scales closely appressed, obtuse or subacute,
chestnut with white-hyaline margins and apex; pistillate spikes
one or two, widely separate, erect, the upper on scarcely exserted
peduncle, the lower on a strongly exserted peduncle, short-oblong
or oblong, 12-20 mm. long, 7.5-10 mm. wide, closely flowered,
the perigynia 15-35, spreading-ascending in several ranks ; bracts
strongly sheathing, the blades erect, much shorter than inflores-
cence ; scales ovate, short, acute or obtuse, brownish chestnut
with conspicuous white- hyaline apex and margins above, the
center lighter-tinged, nearly as wide and nearly as long as body
of perigynia; perigynia yellowish-green, narrowly elliptic, slightly
inflated and suborbicular or obscurely triangular in cross-section,
5-6 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, strongly and rather closely about
10-nerved, rounded to a substipitate base, and contracted into a
rough strongly bidentate beak 1.5 mm. long, the erect slender
teeth smooth within ; achenes triangular, oblong-obovoid, 2 mm.
long, I mm. wide, long- -tapering at base; style slender; stigmas
three.
Many years ago B. D. Greene collected near Boston two species
of Carex, which are now in the Torrey Herbarium. One of these
was described by Dewey in 1836 as Carex Greeniana (Am. Journ.
Sci. 30: 61). This name has by most subsequent authors been
treated as a synonym of Carex Hornschuchiana Hoppe (‘Carex
fulva Good.” of most authors). An examination of both the
original specimen and the original description of Dewey shows
that this course is erroneous. The specimen marked Carex
Greeniana is a specimen of the European Carex helodes Link ( Carex
laevigata Smith) and has the long-acuminate or aristate scales of
that species, in this agreeing with Dewey’s description, which calls
for a plant with cuspidate or mucronate scales.
The other specimen, which is marked “ Carex fulva Good.” is
closely related to the European C. Hornschuchiana Hoppe and
furnishes one of the chief reasons for attributing that species to
North America, as has been done for years under the name of
“Carex fulva Good.” What Carex fulva Good. really is, has,
MACKENZIE: NoTes ON CAREX 241
however, long been a favorite theme for discussion among Euro-
pean students of Carex (Pryor in Jour. Bot. 14: 366; Kiikenthal
in Allgem. Bot. Zeits. 11: 45), and while the older authors
generally treat it and Carex Hornschuchiana as the same, later
authors regard C. /u/va as representiug something else and have
taken up the name Carex Hlornschuchiana for what was formerly
called C. fulva.
While closely resembling this European species, the Boston
plant differs in the longer perigynia (5-6 mm. long), as compared
to perigynia of about 3 mm. in length in the European species,
(Kikenthal, Pflanzenreich 4”: 665, and numerous specimens
examined by me.) In addition, the usually more obtuse scales are
very noticeably more white-hyaline at the apex, the spikes are
wider and heavier, and the sheath is generally more strongly pro-
longed opposite the blade and more strongly tinged with dark
chestnut.
Besides the specimen collected near Boston (possibly introduced
through wild fowls from further north), I have seen specimens
from Anticosti (Ellis Bay, John Macoun 50, Sept. 7, 1883) and
Miquelon (Valley of La Belle-Rivicre, Louzs Arsene 93, July 28,
1902). It is probable, too, that the reports of the occurrence ot
Carex fulva in Newfoundland arise from finding this species there.
v Carex Bushii sp. nov.
Carea hirsuta, var. cuspidata Dewey, Wood’s Class Book 758.
1863.
Carex triceps, var. longicuspis Kiikenthal, Pflanzenreich 4”: 431.
1909.
Culms erect, 3-6 dm. high, growing in medium-sized clumps,
glabrate or somewhat pubescent, triangular, shorter than or ex-
ceeding the leaves, somewhat purplish-tinged at base. Well-
developed blades three or four to a fertile culm, the sheaths short-
pubescent, the upper not overlapping, blades short-pubescent
(especially below), 1.5—3 mm. wide, the larger 2.5 dm. long, flat,
erect-ascending, the uppermost leaf usually inserted shortly below
and exceeding the spikes; spikes usually two or three, approxi-
mate, oblong or oblong-cylindric, 5-20 mm. long, 5-8 mm. wide
(without the scales), the lower half of the uppermost staminate,
the remainder pistillate, all erect, sessile or nearly so, densely
many-flowered; bract of lowest spike slender, setaceous, some-
242 MaAcKENZIE: Nores ON CAREX
what to much exceeding the head; second bract when present
much smaller; scales of pistillate flowers triangular-lanceolate, the
middle and lower strongly rough-cuspidate, narrower than but
exceeding the perigynia (usually strongly so), with green, about 3-
nerved center and hyaline often brownish-tinged margins ; peri-
gynia obpyramidiform, nearly orbicular in cross-section, swollen
and squarrose at maturity, tapering at base, somewhat tapering at
the blunt or slightly pointed apex, glabrous, green or becoming
brownish at maturity, rather strongly and coarsely ribbed, 2.5-3
mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, the orifice entire or minutely emargi-
nate ; achenes strongly triangular, obovoid, large, sometimes 2.5
mm. long a and 1.8 mm. wide; style persistent, bent ; stigmas three.
The above species is ied primarily on Mr. B. F. Bush’s zo.
2514, collected April 30, 1905, at Fulton, Arkansas, and preserved
in my own herbarium, but it seems common enough, and from the
descriptions there can be no doubt that the synonyms quoted above
belong here. I first became acquainted with this plant in 1896
when botanizing on the prairie at Waldo Park, immediately south
of Kansas City, Missouri, in company with Mr. Bush, and since
then have gradually been accumulating a series of specimens. I
am glad indeed to be able to associate Mr. Bush’s name with the
present plant, and as he seems to have collected more material of
it than any other botanist it seems peculiarly appropriate to do so.
Study in recent years has shown that Carex hirsuta Willd. of
the earlier botanists is undoubtedly an aggregate, and all modern
students of the group have treated it either as containing more than
one species, or as one species with several strongly marked vari-
eties. The former course seems to me much the more scientific
and is accordingly adopted here. The division here made of the
old Carex hirsuta has been primarily based on the shape of the
perigynium. In the plant of Willdenow this is much flattened,
ascending, rounded at apex, and more nerved than ribbed. In
the other group it is inflated, squarrose, suborbicular in cross-
section, pointed at the apex, and strongly ribbed at least towards
the apex. The first group is represented by Carex hirsuta Willd.
and Carex triceps Michx., the former differing from the latter only
in the more developed pubescence of the leaves, a character which
a large series of specimens shows is of no value.
The second group is represented by Carex caroliniana Schwein.
as well as by Carex Bushii here described. The large green
MackEnzIE: Notes oN CAREX 243
perigynia and strongly rough-cuspidate scales of the latter con-
trast strongly with the smaller brownish green perigynia and short
scales of the former. For convenience these species may be
keyed as follows :
Perigynia much flattened, ascending, rounded at apex, nerved. C. hirsuta.
Perigynia swollen, nearly orbicular in cross-section, squarrose, taper-
ing at apex, coarsely ribbed.
Perigynia 2 mm. long, brownish green; scales not rough-
cuspidate, C. caroliniana,
Perigynia longer, green ; scales rough-cuspidate. C. i
Carex Bushii ranges from Rhode Island (fide Kiikenthal) and
New York to Kansas and Texas and eastward along the coast to
northwestern Florida. I have seen the following specimens :
RuopveE Istanp: Olney (mixed).*
New York: Oneida Co., Haderer 1125, June 20, 1902; Wash-
ington County, Burnham 48, July 8, 1898 (‘Grows with the
species, but at once recognized as different ’’); Penn Yan, Sartwell.
PENNSYLVANIA: Lancaster County, Carter, June, 1893 (“ very
large; var.’’) and July 11, 1909; Nockamixon Rocks, Bucks
County, 4ritton, May 30, 1893 ; West Chester, Zownsend; Rock-
hill, Bucks County, MacElwee 382, June 2, 1899.
Iturnois: “Illinois” Vasey —‘ Carex triceps v. cuspidata
Dewey” ; Jefferson County, Eggert, May 16, 1898.
Missourr: St. Louis, Azeh/, 1838; Montier, Bush 697, May
15, 1894; 2800, May 11, 1905; 2896, May 17, 1905; and 4670,
May 24, 1907; Desoto, Hasse, May 24 1887; Courtney, Bush
7719, May 26, 1902; Waldo Park, Jackson Co., Mackenzie, June
10, 1896.
ARKANSAS: Little Rock, Hasse, May, 1885; Fulton, Bush
2514, April 30, 1905 (type, in herb. K. K. Mackenzie).
INDIAN TERRITORY: Sapulpa, Bush 1047, May 2, 1895.
Kansas: Cherokee County, Hitchcock 871, 1896.
Texas: Lindale, Bush 2449, April 23, 1901; Alvin, Zracy
goog, April 11, 1906; Raleigh, Reverchon 3619, April 16, 1903;
Galveston, Plank, April 10, 1892.
Loutstana: New Orleans, Hooker, 1827.
* The Olney distribution of Carex seems unfortunately to have become mixed, and
it is not safe to rely on the specimens distributed by him in determining the range of
any species,
244 MACKENZIE: NoTEs ON CAREX
Mississippi: Starkville, Zracy 1375, April 14, 1890.
Froripa: Walton County, Curtiss, 1885.
NorEs ON NOMENCLATURE
In applying the rules of nomenclature of the “ American Code”
to the species of Carex found in North America, it has been found
that a considerable number of species have been known by names
which are not tenable. For some of these species valid names
exist but to others new names must be given, and for various
reasons certain other necessary changes in names must also be
made, as follows :
* Carex hirtifolia nom. nov.
Carex pubescens Muhl.; Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 281. 1805. Not iL
pubescens Poir. Voy. en Barb. 2: 254. 1789. Not C. pudes-
cens Gilib. Exerc. Phyt. 2: 547. 1792.
“ Carex camporum nom. nov.
Carex marcida Boott ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 212. f/. 273. 1840.
Not C. marcida I. F. Gmel. 1791.
~ Carex normalis nom. nov.
Carex mirabilis Dewey, Am. Journ. Sci. 30: 63. p/. BO. f. 92.
1836. Not C. mirabilis Host. 1809.
” Carex glacialis nom. nov.
Carex pedata Wahl. Fl. Lapp. 239. pl. rg. 1812. Not C.
pedata L. 1763.
/ Carex Farwellii (Britton) Mackenzie, comb. nov.
Carex deflexa Farwellii Britton; Britton & Br. Ill. Fl. 1: 334-
1896.
- Carex abscondita nom. nov.
Carex ptychocarpa Steud. Synops. Cyper. 234. 1855. Not C.
ptychocarpa Link. 1799.
“Carex debiliformis nom. nov.
Carex cinnamomea Olney, Proc. Am. Acad. '7: 396. 1868. Not
C. cinnamomea Boott. 1846.
MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX 245
CAREX LASIOCARPA Ehrh. Hann. Mag. g: 132. 1784.
“Carex filiformis L.” Good. Trans. Linn, Soc. 2: 172, and
of all American authors ; not Carex filiformis L.
European writers have determined that the name Carex /fili-
Jormis L. is not applicable to the plant which has so generally
borne the name, but is properly applicable to Carex tomentosa L.
Accordingly they now apply the name Carex /asiocarpa Ehrh. to
the plant heretofore known as Carex filiformis L.—a course which
is here followed. The description and locality of the plant of
Linnaeus do not apply to the plant treated by authors as Carex
Jiliformis, although there is a specimen of this plant in the Linnzean
herbarium so named. See on this point Kiikenthal, Pflanzenreich
4”: 748.
Carex Leersit Willd. Prodr. Fl. Berol. 28. 1787
Carex stellulata Good. Trans. Linn. Soc. 2: 144. 1794.
Carex sterilis Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 208 (in greater part). 1805.
CAREX SPRENGELII Dew.; Spreng. Syst. 3: 827. 1826
Carex longirostris Torr.; Schwein. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 71. 1824.
Not C. /ongirostris Krock. 1814.
Carex Barratrit Schw. & Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 361.
1825
Carex littoralis Schwein. Ann. Lyc. N.Y. 1: 70. 1824. Not C
littoralis Krock. 1814.
_ Carex Howei nom. nov.
Carex interior, var. capillacea Bailey, Bull. Torrey Club 20: 426.
1893.
Carex delicatula Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 35: 495. 3 N 1908.
Not C. delicatula C. B. Clarke, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Add.
Ser. 8: 79. 18 Au 1908.
Named in honor of the late Dr. E. C. Howe, a careful student
of the difficult group to which this species belongs.
CAREX ATHERODES Spreng. Syst. 3: 828. 1826
Carex aristata R. Br.in Frankl. Narr. Journ. Bot. App. 36.
1823. Not C. aristata Honck. 1792. Not C. aristata Clairv.
I8it.
246 MacKENzIE: Notes ON CAREX
’ Carex rhomalea (Fernald) Mackenzie, comb. nov.
Carex saxatilis, var. rhomalea Fernald, Rhodora 3: 50. 1901.
Carex LacHEenazit Schk. Riedgr. 51. pl. y. f. 79. 1801.
Carex lagopina Wahl. Kongl. Vet.-Acad. Handl. 24: 145. 1803.
~ Carex mesochorea nom. nov.
Carex mediterranea Mackenzie, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 441. 1906.
Not C. mediterranea C. B, Clarke. 1896.
‘ Carex aggregata nom. nov.
Carex agglomerata Mackenzie, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 442. 1906.
Not C. agglomerata C. B. Clarke. 1903.
~ Carex amphigena (Fernald) Mackenzie, comb. nov.
Carex glarcosa, var. amphigena Fernald, Rhodora 8: 47. 1906.
CAREX ANNECTENS Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 35: 492. 1908.
Carex xanthocarpa Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 23: 22. 1896.
Not C. xanthocarpa Deg}. 1807.
Carex xanthocarpa annectens Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 23: 22.
1896.
“ Carex Swanii (Fernald) Mackenzie, comb. nov.
Carex virescens, var. minima Barratt ; Bailey, Mem. Torrey Club 1:
77. 1889. Not Carex minima Boullu. 1878).
Carex virescens, var. Swanii Fernald, Rhodora 8: 183. 1906.
““ Carex virescens Muhl.” Britton & Br. Ill. Fl. 1: 316. / 743.
1896, and of other recent writers.
Common in the northeastern part of the United States are two
closely related sedges, one or the other of which has been treated
as Carex virescens Muhl, by authors who have had occasion to deal
with them. Unfortunately, there has been considerable diversity
of opinion as to which plant should bear the name, and the facts
on which the question must be decided seem somewhat contradic-
tory. So much is this so that Professor Fernald (Rhodora 8:
182, 183) and Mr. Bicknell (Bull. Torrey Club 35: 488, 489)
have reached opposite conclusions.
MACKENZIE: NoTEes on CAREX 247
Before taking up the literature on the subject, it is necessary
to obtain a clear idea of the two species, and this is all the more
requisite because there are certain distinctions between them, not
always emphasized, which help materially to clear up the difficulty.
The first of the species referred to is a tall slender plant
strongly reddened at base, generally 4—7 dm. high with the culms
much exceeding the leaves. The uppermost stem leaf is usually
inserted 2-3 dm. below the spikes, but occasionally at a less
distance. The lowest bract is leaflet-like,o.5—2 mm. wide, and
somewhat exceeding the spikes. The spikes themselves are two
to four in number, linear-cylindric, 12-35 mm. long, and 2.5—4
mm. wide. The perigynia are oblong-elliptic, round-tapering at
apex, and generally strongly costate. This last character is, how-
ever, variable and the ribs at times are even less prominent than in
the other plant. The perigynia too, especially towards the base
of the terminal spike, are apt to become broadly obovoid and
rounded at apex.
The second plant: is also slender but much lower (2-5 dm.
high). The reddening at base is rarely much developed, and the
culms are exceeded by the leaves. The uppermost stem-leaf is
usually inserted 3 cm. below the spikes, but occasionally as much
as 12cm. The lowest bract is very narrow (0.5 mm. wide) and
about twice exceeds the uppermost spike. The spikes are oblong-
cylindric, 5-20 mm. long and 3-5 mm. wide. The perigynia are
broadly obovoid, rounded at apex and from little to markedly
costate.
These two plants are perfectly distinct and I have been able to
discover little warrant for the statement that there are ‘‘ numerous
transitional specimens.’”’ Undeveloped specimens are at times hard
to place but this is true in all groups of critical species.
Following Professor Bailey, the second plant above described
has of late years been treated as Carex virescens. His treatment
was based on the fact that in studying the types of Carex in Euro-
pean herbaria he had occasion to look up the plant under discus-
sion in the Willdenow herbarium. He says of the specimen found
there : ‘a slender and short-spiked form. C. ¢riceps var. hirsuta
Bailey is also on the same sheet, but the description applies to C.
virescens’ (Mem. Torrey Club 1: 60, also 76, 77, and 78). In
248 MACKENZIE: NoTEs ON CAREX
other words, there has evidently been some confusion of specimens
in this case as in others, and one is not justified in accepting the
sheet in the Willdenow herbarium as containing the type of Carex
virescens unless the specimen there accords with the description.
Turning to the description it will certainly be admitted that a
short-spiked form does not answer to a description which calls as
in the present case for a linear spike, and, this being so, our only safe
course is to study the original description and ignore the plant in
the Willdenow herbarium.
Like a number of other Carices described by Muhlenberg,
Carex virescens was published first in Willdenow’s Species Planta-
rum (4: 251) in 1805, and secondly in Schkuhr’s Riedgraser
Nachtr. (45) in 1806. The descriptions are practically identical,
but the second is accompanied by a plate (mm. f. 747). The
description reads :
“C. spica androgyna lineari pedunculata inferne mascula,
femineis subapproximatis binis subpedunculatis linearibus, fructibus
globoso-triquetris obtusis pubescentibus. . . . Capsula[e] maturae
virides subnervosae pubescentes.”’
The plate shows a young plant with the uppermost stem-leaf
inserted much below the spikes and a broad (comparatively) lower
bract somewhat exceeding the spikes. A more mature specimen
is also shown with the same kind of lower bract and sérougly cos-
fate perigynia round-tapering at apex. The spikes in both cases
are shown to be linear-cylindric. Both these figures seem to me
to represent the larger of the two plants under discussion. There
are also figured separately obovoid perigynia without ribs on one-
half but ribbed on the other half. The draftsman apparently here
attempted to give a side view so as to show the nerveless inner
surface of the perigynia and the nerved outer surface at the same
time. The result is an uncharacteristic drawing, but there is
nothing about it inconsistent with the same reference as the rest of
the plate.
The plate and the description calling for a linear spike both
answer then to our larger plant, and I feel justified in following
Professor Fernald in so treating it. I do not, however, think that
the identity of the smaller plant should be obscured by treating it
as a variety. Accordingly, I have here used Professor Fernald’s
MACKENZIE: NoTES oN CAREX 249
varietal name as a specific one, the earlier varietal name of Bar-
ratt having already been used for a species.
CAREX RECTA Boott, Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 2: 220.
pl. 222. 1840
Carex salina, var. kattegatensis (Fries) Almq. in Hartm. Handb.
Scand. Fl. 466. 1879. [ed. 11.]
“ Carex cuspidata Wahl.” Britton & Br. Ill. Fl. 1: 311. 1896.
“ Carex salina, var. cuspidata Wahl.”’ Gray’s Manual 230. 1908.
fed. 7.]
In dealing with the various closely allied plants which by some °
authors have been treated as species and by others as varieties of
Carex salina Wahl., the latest author to study the group (Kiiken-
thal, Pflanzenreich 4”: 361-363) has pointed out that the name
Carex cuspidata Wahl. is not applicable to the plant found on the
northeastern coast of this continent. The name to be taken up
for this plant is Carex recta Boott, or if one prefers a varietal name
the pleasant-sounding name given in the synonymy above is open
to him.
In this connection it may be pointed out that Carex lanceata
Dewey (Am. Journ. Sci. 29 : 249), referred by Kiikenthal, follow-
ing Boott, to Carex salina as a variety, is probably a mixture of
Carex livida (Wahl.) Willd. and Carex salina Wahl. The original
collection in the Torrey herbarium is mixed and contains both
species, and the description applies in part to both species, while
Dewey compares the species to his Carex Grayana (a synonym of
Carex livida). The plate (a poor one) is of Carex salina, but it
does not agree with the description.
CAREX ATLANTICA Bailey, Bull. Torrey Club 20: 425. 1893
In Professor Fernald’s very able paper on the Northeastern
Carices of the Section Hyparrhenae (Proc. Am. Acad. 38: 447 ef
Seq.) there is very little to which one can take exception, but on
the contrary a careful study of the group treated leaves one very
largely in accord with the treatment given. However, in identify-
ing Carex sterilis Willd. with C. atlantica Bailey it seems to the
present writer that a mistake was made. The grounds for this
view are the following :
250 MACKENZIE: NoTES ON CAREX
(1) Both Willdenow and Schkuhr in their descriptions lay
particular stress on the dioecious character of the spikes of the
plant described by them, and in fact the name is taken from this
character. Carex atlantica never to my knowledge shows this
character, while on the other hand forms of Carex Leersii (Carex
stellulata) do.
(2) Carex atlantica is a species of the coastal plain and is very
rarely found inland. Carex sterilis was collected in Pennsylvania,
probably near Lancaster, in a region where forms of Carex Leersii
are very abundant.
The reason advanced by Professor Fernald for identifying
Carex sterilis with Carex atlantica is chiefly that some of the original
material has a broad and short-beaked perigynium as compared
with the narrower and long-beaked perigynium of Carex Leersi.
In this, however, this material agrees also with the recently described
Carex incomperta Bicknell —a plant which, undoubtedly, is found
around Lancaster, Pennsylvania, as it is not confined to the coastal
plain.
Schkuhr’s figure is based partly on young plants showing the
dioecious character from which the name is taken and which
should therefore be regarded as the type of the species, and partly
on more mature plants showing broad short-beaked perigynia.
The former seem to me to answer only to Carex Leersii, while the
latter seem to me more probably referable to C. zvcomperta than
to C. atlantica. Under the circumstances I would treat Carex
Sterilis,as a synonym of Carex Leersii, and maintain Carex atlantica
and C. ixcomperta as valid species.
The genus Crataegus, with some theories concerning the origin
of its species*
HARRY B. Brown
Doubtless the genus Crataegus has puzzled systematic botan-
ists more the past decade or two than has any other genus of
phanerogamic plants. A number of careful workers have been
studying the genus for several years but as yet only tentative con-
clusions have been reached.
In Gray’s Field, Forest, and Garden Botany, published in 1857,
there was listed for the states east of the Mississippi River, twelve
species and two varieties of Crataegus. This included both wild
and cultivated species, Ten species and four varieties were listed
in the edition of Gray’s Manual of Botany published in 1867. This
included both wild species and species escaped from cultivation. In
Chapman’s Flora of the Southern United States, published in 1860,
eleven species and one variety were described. These were largely
the same as the species described in Gray’s Manual, only three
being different. In Coulter's Manual of the Botany of the Rocky
Mountain Region, published in 1885, four species were described ;
two of these were included in Gray’s Manual. In the Cayuga
Flora, published in 1886, there were six species and one variety ;
this included the species of the Cayuga Lake basin. Focke’s
estimate in Engler & Prantl, Die Natirlichen Pflanzenfamilien,
published in 1888, was that there were thirty to forty species grow-
ing in the north temperate zone. In the edition of Gray’s Manual
issued in 1889, there were only ten species and four varieties de-
scribed. Chapman’s Flora of the Southern United States, pub-
lished in 1897, gives but fifteen species coming within its range,
but about this time something happened to the genus, apparently
— species seemed suddenly to become much more abundant. In
Britton’s Manual, issued in 1901, thirty-one species were described.
This covered the northern states and extended westward to about
the 1ooth meridian, In Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United
* Contribution from the Department of Botany of Cornell University, No, 139.
251
252 Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS
States, published in 1903, one hundred and eighty-five species were
described —an increase of one hundred and seventy in just six
years, for Chapman, covering practically the same region, had fifteen
in 1897. Sargent’s Trees of North America, issued in 1905, con-
tained descriptions of one hundred and thirty-two species having
characters such that they can be called trees. This covered all
of North America, north of Mexico.
During the past two years new works appeared — Britton’s
North American Trees and Gray’s New Manual of Botany. The
genus Crataegus was treated by W. W. Eggleston in both of
these works. He favors the reduction of the number of species to
the narrowest limits possible. In the work on trees, he lists fifty-
one species large enough to be called trees, or tree-like in form ;
in Gray’s New Manual, sixty-five species and about fifty varieties
are described,
After devoting a limited amount of time to the study of the
forms of the local flora of the Ithaca region, with the help of Mr.
Eggleston and Mr. John Dunbar of Rochester, we have identified
about thirty species and four or five varieties.
Prior to 1896, about one hundred North American species of
Crataegus had been described ; of these a large percentage are not
tenable. Since 1896, eight hundred and sixty-six species and
eighteen varieties have been described (most of them since 1900).
The proposers of these are as follows :
BE. LL. Greene, I species.
G. V. Nash, 1 variety.
J. K. Small, I species,
A. A. Heller, I species.
T. Howell, I species.
C. HH. Peck, I species, 1 variety.
J. H. Schuette, I species, 3 varieties.
F. Ramaley, 2 species.
C. L. Gruber, 3 species, 2 varieties.
A. Nelson, 4 species.
N. L. Britton, 8 species, 2 varieties.
W. W. Eggleston 1O species, 3 varieties.
C.D. Beadle, 144 species.
W. W. Ashe, 165 species,
C. S. Sargent, 524 species, 6 varieties.
Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 253
Many parts of the country have not yet been worked over
thoroughly, and new descriptions are bound to appear for some time
to come.
Species do not seem to be so abundant in western North America
or in other parts of the world. Howell’s Flora of Northwest
America includes but two species ; Jepson’s Flora of Western Mid-
dle California, one; Rydberg’s Flora of Colorado, but five; and
the Coulter-Nelson New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky
Mountains, nine. There are about twelve species from the Rocky
Mountains west, north of Mexico. Grisebach lists none in the
Flora of the British West Indian Islands. In Bentham and
Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, but twelve species are said to be
found in Europe, Asia, and Japan. Itremains to be seen whether
or not many more species will be found in these regions upon
closer study.
A consideration of the foregoing facts brings up a number of in-
teresting questions. Why did not the systematists discover the
great number of species years ago? We cannot say they did not
do careful work. Can it be that the number of species has multi-
plied greatly within the last few decades? Have the older species
been hybridizing so that many of the formsat present are hybrids ?
In order to get some light on some of these questions the fol-
lowing list of questions was sent to each of the following men,
who are regarded as leading students of the genus in this country:
C. S. Sargent, W. W. Eggleston, W. W. Ashe, C. D. Beadle,
Ezra Brainerd, and John Dunbar.
1. Why did not the sytematic botanists discover the large
number of species of Crataegus years ago?
2. Do you consider the species now being described elemen-
tary species ?
3. Do the species breed true or come true to seed?
4. Will different species hybridize ?
5. Do you consider the numerous species to have arisen as
mutations ?
Professor Sargent, director of the Arnold Arboretum, has
perhaps devoted more time to the study of the genus than has
any other man and has described many new species. In answer
to the questions, he says:
254 Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS
I. Because they did not use their eyes and were satisfied to
take for granted that what had been published about the genus
was correct and final.
2. I do not know what you mean by elementary species,
3. We have planted in all nearly three thousand numbers of
seeds at the Arboretum and so far have found no evidence that
the different species do not come true from seed. In fact the
seedlings of no other genus that has been raised here have shown
such a remarkable resemblance to the parent plants.
4. We have never found here any evidence that the different
species hybridize.
5. I cannot answer this question.
W. W. Ashe, of the Forest Service, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, has studied East-American species of Crataegus con-
siderably. His answers are:
1. The species of Crataegus were not recognized earlier because
the material was studied entirely in a dry state, in which distinctive
characters are very largely lost. It was not uncommon to find in
the largest collections specimens of most different forms from
widely separated parts of North America bearing the same name.
Several groups even were not recognized ; for example, /utricatae,
all species of which were called “ coccinea.”
2. Some of the species now being proposed are undoubtedly
elementary. Most of them, however, are certainly not. The 10-
and 20-stamened forms with slight accompanying differences in
fruit, or differences in anther color with slight accompanying
differences in fruit are clearly elementary species. When differ-
ences extend to inflorescence, size of flowers, and foliage, the sum
of the correlated characters may be regarded as entitling the form
to full specific rank.
3. Many of the species are known to breed true through their
seed. Most of them have not been sufficiently tested for conclu-
sive proof.
4. Many species hybridize and some of those which have been
proposed are undoubtedly hybrids. Hybrids are probably no
more numerous, however, than between the nearly related species
of American oaks, It is also undoubtedly true that some of the
Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 255
species and groups based on the number of stamens are not valid,
since I am now pretty sure that forms of some species may have
either ten or twenty stamens.
5. Some of the species probably originated as mutations. The
limit of fluctuating variation is undoubtedly wide in some groups,
but there is frequently a correlation of characters in the species
which in their stability suggests elementary species rather than
more instable variation of mutation. Some of the forms in the
Molles group, in Missouri and Illinois, would seem to be muta-
tions, leading to the inference that some species of this group have
originated in this manner. The variation in the Prainosae in the
Appalachians and the localized valley species also indicate mutation
origin.
C. D. Beadle, director of the Biltmore Herbarium, at Biltmore,
N. C., has made an extended study of southern forms of Crataegus.
His answers are as follows:
1. It is necessary to know the complete history of the Crataegus
species before an understanding of its status is possible. A parallel
is well typified in the study of Viola, where a knowledge of the
complete vegetative phases of each species must be understood in
order to differentiate them. The earlier systematic botanists
worked largely in the herbarium. The opportunity of dissolving
the mysteries of the Crataegus genus may be gained only in the
field and by studying groups of marked trees.
2. Yesand no. There is a large number of Crataegus species
undoubtedly ; and, no doubt, there is much duplicating in the
specific publications by the different authors who are working
altogether too independently of each other’s discoveries.
3. Yes, I proved that they come true to seed before daring to
publish a new species in this field.
4. Very probably they hybridize.
5. Yes, they are mutations.
W. W. Eggleston, of the New York Botanical Garden, is
another distinguished student of the genus. He has studied the
specimens in all of the larger herbaria of the country, the living
plants in the different arboreta, and for a decade or more he has
been making an extended study of plants in the field in various
256 Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS
parts of the country, especially in the eastern half of the United
States. He, as was stated above, believes in reducing the number of
species ; he does this by making certain species of different authors
equivalent, and by reducing other species to the rank of varieties.
His discussion in regard to the questions is as follows:
Systematic botanists did not know the species in America
largely because they never saw them. The Gray Herbarium and
the Torrey Herbarium were both very scanty in Crataegus. The
manuals took most of the forms they had. The coastal plain has
very few Cratacgi, and that is where a large share of the early
collecting was done. The European botanical gardens had many
more American species than were known here, and it is through
them that the work commenced.
Crataegus plants produce much good seed and the plantations
at Biltmore, Arnold Arboretum, and at the New York Botanical
Garden, show that the forms of the genus reproduce themselves
surprisingly from the seed (leaf characters only ; trees mostly not
yet fruiting). They doubtless will hybridize, and there are prob-
ably mutations, too.
Dr. Ezra Brainerd, ex-president of Middlebury College,
Middlebury, Vt., was another authority questioned. He writes:
The queries that you raise in your letter of Nov. 15 regarding
Crataegus are queries that have been puzzling me for over six years,
and I am not even yet prepared to answer them with any positive-
ness. The problem is part of a larger one that I have been dili-
gently studying as it is presented in the genus V7o/a; and here
with very satisfactory results. Experimental work in Crataegus is
difficult, as in this genus it is about 7 to 10 years from generation
to generation : Vo/a affords a new generation each year. So I shall
be able to give only brief and inadequate answers to your questions.
1. I fancy the systematic botanists did not “ discover the large
number of species of Crataegus years ago,” because (a) they had
broader conceptions of what constitutes a species than most modern
botanists have ; many recently made species used to be considered
mere forms or varieties; (4) the genus Crataegus, I believe, has
vastly increased in individuals and in “ forms” in the northeastern
U. S. since the forests were cut off; specimens are rarely found in
the original forests of this region. But the plants rapidly take
Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 257
possession of neglected pastures, fence-rows, and untilled ledges ;
(c) the older botanists had no time for the intensive study of a
genus of numerous closely allied forms, such as Crataegus.
2. Many or most of ‘the large number of species now being
described,” if proper species at all, would have to rank as “ ele-
mentary species.” But some recently made species are, I believe,
mere “ fluctuations”’ or ‘ forms.”
3. I have never raised seedlings of Crataegus ; Dr. Sargent has
in large quantities, and he insists on it that as respects foliage they
breed true to seed.
4. I must confess I have never attempted to hybridize Cra-
taegus species ; I know of no one who has attempted it with our
American species. The few species of Europe cross in many ways
(see Focke’s Pflanzen-mischlinge, p. 146). I know of several
cases of what appear to be natural hybrids, ‘local species,’’ each
quite intermediate between the two supposed parent species with
which it is associated. The Rosaceae are of all orders most pre-
disposed to hybridize. Rosa, Rubus, Geum, Amelanchier, and
Malus are notorious for the forms resulting from interbreeding.
By analogy we should expect the same condition of things in
Crataegus. The array of closely allied forms (hardly distinguish-
able even by an expert) present a condition of things in Crataegus
that is perfectly paralleled in Rudus, Rosa,and Viola. The multi-
plicity of even stable forms that may result (in the working out
of Mendel’s Laws) from one pair of parents is astonishing. The
swarms of ‘elementary species,” I suspect, have in some instances
come about in this way.
5. There may be “ mutations” in Crataegus ; but it would be
very hard to prove.
John Dunbar, of the Park Department, Rochester, N. Y., is
another enthusiastic student of the genus. In answering the ques-
tions, he says:
1. No doubt they (the early systematists) believed honestly,
without thorough investigation, that the large number of variations,
which, of course, they could not help but detect, were mere forms
of several species.
2. They are true species.
258 BROWN: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS
3. They do breed true. The progeny come with remarkable
fidelity to the specific typical characters of the parents.
4. They may hybridize, but I have seen no evidence of it.
5. I have not given much attention to the conception of muta-
tion in regard to the origin of species. It may be true. In the
meantime I am inclined to believe in the Darwinian theory, that
natural selection with other agencies, acting on varieties, and
extending over a long period, has produced these Crataegus
species, and all other species. The fact that the thorns are ex-
ceedingly hardy, virile, and distributed over a large area, and well
fitted to maintain the struggle for existence, no doubt has given
them a tendency to much variation, and in the course of many
generations these inherited “traits’’ have become fixed and
specific, and hence, new species, after a long lapse of time,
appeared.
From studies, observations in the field, and what has been
learned from special students of the genus as above set forth, we
may arrive at certain tentative conclusions, which at least serve as
working hypotheses.
There is no doubt that former systematists conceived of species
as being much more composite than they are at present regarded
by many. The Linnaean conception prevailed. In older herbaria
we often find two quite distinct forms, forms now regarded as dif-
ferent species, mounted on one sheet ; this may be taken as evi-
dence of the broader conception of species that formerly prevailed.
Recent workers who have been studying species closely,
especially students using the culture method, find that many sys-
tematic species are made up of a number of distinct forms, or
elementary species that breed true when propagated by seed. A
notable illustration of this is Draba verna, which has been studied
by Jordan. In many of. the descriptions of species of Crataegus
recently offered, lines have been drawn so closely, forms separated
by such fine distinctions that we doubtless have descriptions of
elementary species. But this can be proved only by long culture
experiments.
I am inclined to think that a great many of the Crataegus
forms we have are hybrids. European species are known to hy-
Brown.:: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS 259
bridize ; species in several other genera of the rose family hybridize
freely. During the spring of 1908, I pollinated a few Crataegus
monogyna (English hawthorn) flowers with pollen from C. Brain-
erdi, a native species. They set fruit which matured. During the
flowering season of 1909, Mr. William Moore and the writer made
cross pollinations between the majority of the native species of the
local flora.. Most of these cross pollinations were effective, —
fruit set and matured, being entirely normal apparently. (These
experiments are still in progress, the details of which will be pub-
lished later.)
Within the past few decades, since the primitive forests have been
cleared away, there has been an immense increase in the number of
Crataegus plants growing. Being low trees or shrubs they cannot
thrive in dense forests but spread freely over open pastures and
along fence rows. The pasture southeast of the campus of Cornell
University, a field of some twenty or twenty-five acres, has at least
a thousand plants. This field has been allowed to run to pasture
for the last twenty-five years or more, and Cyataeg? have thriven
well. The original forest was cleared away years ago. The in-
crease in number of plants makes cross pollination easier and
much more probable. Bees and other insects swarm about the
trees when they are in blossom, going from flower to flower and
from tree to tree.
Irregularity in the number of stamens and pistils, variation in
the shape of the leaves on the plant, variation in the color of the
anthers (colors ranging from nearly white to dark purple inter-
grade), and the occurrence of plants possessing characters found
in two distinct species growing near by, may all be taken as
evidence of hybridity or progressive species. Numerous local
species is another indication. There is scarcely a state that
has not some species not found elsewhere; many of the species
found in this immediate locality are different from species found
at Rochester.
The fact that Crataegus plants seem to come true to type when
grown from seed is a stumbling block in the way of a hybridity
theory. However, it is possible that Crataegus hybrids are stable
and come true to type when grown from seed. It cannot be said
that they have been tested thoroughly until many mature plants
have been grown.
260 Brown: THE GENUS CRATAEGUS
Some of the points just made may be taken as evidence of mu-
tations, but the best known mutants are not as irregular in char-
acters as many of the species of Cvataegus. Cultures carried
through several generations are necessary in order to test whether
or not Crataegus species throw off mutants.
I am greatly indebted to the gentlemen mentioned for their
kindness in answering my questions, and to W. W. Eggleston,
especially for data concerning the number of species attributable
to the different authors.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY,
ITHACA, NEw YORK
a
Two new seed-plants from the Lake Tahoe region, California
Ernest A, MCGREGOR
Apocynum bicolor sp. nov.
Erect, 4-5 dm. high, wholly glabrous : lateral branches mostly
shorter than the main stem and sterile: leaves spreading or some-
what ascending, deep green above, pale glaucous below, ovate-
acute, cuspidate, the largest 6 cm. x 3.75 cm., the smaller
3.5 cm. X 2 cm., midvein almost white, prominent; petioles 3-5
mm. long: inflorescence usually a small dense terminal, often
cymose panicle, considerably surpassed by the leaves, or occasion-
ally with a similar but smaller panicle in one or two axils below;
bractlets of the inflorescence minute, subulate : calyx campanulate,
3 mm. long, segments triangular-lanceolate, acute, with recurved
tips, greenish, tinged with purple: flowers pale rose-tinged, cylin-
drical, 7 mm. long, the lobes finally spreading, narrowed but obtuse ;
tube 4 mm. long by 2.5 mm. wide: stamens 3.5 mm. long, the
stout filaments half as long, densely pubescent, and half covered
by the anthers, with a free, lacerate, terminal margin; anthers
lanceolate, acute, 2.5 mm. long, the base deeply notched, with rather
pointed inturned lobes; appendages between the stamens broadly
ovate-turbinate, apiculate : stigma of two sessile oval lobes.
The type is zo. 32, collected by the author Aug. 19, 1909, in
Glen Alpine, near Lake Tahoe, California, growing in a meadow,
alt. 2260 m.
This species is rather intermediate between the so-called andro-
saemifolium and cannabinum types (as they have been described
by Greene, Pittonia 3: 229). Theerect habit of the plant and the
cylindrical flowers belong to the cannadinum division, while the
foliage characters and the color of the flowers belong to the other
type.
When the Synoptical Flora, vol. 2, part 1, was issued, in 1878,
only two species of Apocynum were recognized in North America,
viz., A. androsaemifolium and A. cannabinum, and the distinction
between them was none too marked. At the present date there are
some thirty species recognized in North America, which as a rule
are referred to one or the other of two groups based on these two
261
962 McGrecor: NEW SEED-PLANTS FROM LAKE TAHOE REGION
original species. The result is that a sort of ‘‘ Apocynal chaos”
obtains, such as we find existing in only too many of the so-called
“tough groups.” 6; c¢, single flower, & 5; @, corolla appendage,
35; ¢, anther, showing hyaline wings, < 35; /, nutlet (ventral view), x 8.
long as the anthers: style comparatively short and stout ; stigma
capitate, terminally indented: fruit secund, 5 mm. long; nutlets
ovate-acuminate, with about 10 marginal prickles and occasional
smaller ones between, the larger prickles triangular-subulate, about
1.5 mm. long, all free to the base ; back of nutlets smooth except for
minute sharp spines uniformly distributed and exactly resembling
the individual barbs of the glochidiate prickles, and for 1 (or 2)
glochidiate prickles on the middle of the keel; ventral surface
glabrous with elliptical central scar from which run radiating lines.
964 McGrecor: NEW SEED-PLANTS FROM LAKE TAHOE REGION
On wet ground, Half Moon Lake, near Lake Tahoe, Cali-
fornia, Aug. 9, 1909, collected by the author, wo. 77.
Of the L. floribunda type, perhaps nearest to L. micrantha East-
wood, but differing in the size of the flower, relative sizes of the
perianth parts to one another, in relative size of anther to fil-
ament, and especially, perhaps, in the conspicuous wings of the
anthers, as well as marked differences in the character of the nutlets.
Named in honor of my sister, who has assisted me greatly in
the field.
LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1910) -
e aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in its broadest sense.
views, and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture,
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers,
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre-
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Club.
Alexander, J, A. Spice-, condiment-, and perfume-producing plants.
Jour. Royal Hort. Soc. 35: 366-383. f. 127-737. Mr 1910.
Allard, H. A. An abnormal bract-modification in cotton. Bot. Gaz.
49: 303.7. 7. 19 Ap Igto.
Ames, 0. A new Ponthieva from the Bahamas. Torreya 10: 90, 91.
26 Ap Igto.
Ponthieva Brittonae Ames.
Ames, 0. Notes on Philippine orchids with descriptions of new species.
II. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 4: Bot. 663-676. 10 Ja 1910.
Andrews, F. M. The botanical garden of the University of Amsterdam.
Plant World 13: 53-56. f. z, 2. Mr 1910.
Andrews, L., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of
Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. & Nat.
Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. 1910.
Aso, K. Ké6nnen Bromeliaceen durch die Schuppen der Blatter Salze
aufnehmen? Flora 100: 447-450. f. 7-5. 18 Mr 1g1o.
Bancroft, C. K. Fungi causing diseases of cultivated plants in the West
Indies. West Ind. Bull. 10: 235-268. f. 20. Ig1o.
Bartram, E. B. Noteworthy plants in the suburban district west of
Philadelphia. Bartonia 2: 10-14. F 1910.
265
266 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Bissell, C. H., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns
of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. &
Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. Igto.
Blake, S. F. Anew Lycopodium from New Hampshire. Fern Bull. 18:
9, 10. Ja Igto.
L. tristachyum sharonense var. nov.
Blake, S. F. Botrychium obliquum var. oneidense in eastern Massa-
chusetts. Rhodora 12: 80. Ap Igto.
Bois, D. Une plante ornamentale d’introduction nouvelle. Le J/on-
tanoa grandiflora. Rev. Hort. 82: 174-178. f. 65-68. 16Api1gio.
Bovie, W. T. A plant-case for the control of relative humidity. Tor-
reya 10: 77-80. f. z. 26 Ap Igto.
Britton, N. L. Outlawed generic names. Jour. Bot. 48: 110, 111.
1 Ap Igto.
Britton, N. L. Relations of botanical gardens to the public. Jour. N.
Y. Bot, Gard. 11: 25-30. [Mr] rgro.
Broadhurst, J. The Zucalypfus trees of California. Torreya1o: 84-
89. f. #.. 26. Ap. z910.
Brown, S. A _ tuckahoe from Fairmount Park. Bartonia 2: 26. F
IgIo.
Brown, S. Notes on the flora of the Bermudas: Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sp Philadelphia 61: 486-494. F 1910.
Brown, S. Aydrocotyle rotundifolia Roxb. in the vicinity of Phila-
delphia. Bartonia 2: 27. F 1910.
Brown, W. H. ‘The exchange of material between nucleus and cy-
toplasm in Peperomia Sintenistt. Bot. Gaz. 49: 189-194. fl. 13.
15 Mr 1910.
Brown, W. H., & Sharp, L. W. The closing response in Déonaea.
Bot. Gaz. 49: 290-302. f. 7. 19 Ap Igrto.
Buswell, W. M. Some spring wildflowers of Alberta. Am. Bot. 16:
1-4. F rgto,
Cardot, J. Fontinalis maritima et F. mollis. Rev. Bryol. 37: 45, 46.
1gIo.
Carter, J. J. A botanical trip to the Welsh Mountains near Churchtown
and Beartown Station, Lancaster Co., Pa. Bartonia 2: 15, 16.
IgIo.
Christ, H. Filices costaricenses. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 17-20. 5
Ja 1910
New species in Elaphoglossum, Adiantum, Athyrium, Dryopteris (2), Danaea, and
Lycopodium,
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 267
C[lute], W. N. James Ansel Graves. Fern Bull. 18: 1-4. Jaigro.
Illust. ]
[Clute, W. N.] Rare forms of ferns—XIII. An aberrant ZLycofo-
dium. Fern Bull. 18: 10-12. Jargro. [Illust.]
Cockerell, T. D. A. Fossil plants from the Mesa Verde Cretaceous.
Univ. Colorado Studies '7: 149-151. Ja 1gfo.
Cockerell,T.D. A. Aagnolia at Florissant. Torreya 10: 64, 65. f. 7.
31 Mr 1gto.
Magnolia florissanticola Cockerell, sp. nov., from Miocene shales of Florissant
[Colorado].
Coker, W.C. A visit to the Yosemite and the big trees. Jour. Elisha
Mitchell Soc. 25: 131-143. Mr 1g10.
Cook, M. T. Cecidology in America. Bot. Gaz. 49: 219-222. 15
Mr 1gto.
Dachnowski, A. The bacterial flora as a factor in the unproductiveness
of soils. Ohio Nat. 10: 137-145. f z, 2. 2 Ap Igto.
Davis, J. J. Answers to the Wisconsin riddle. Torreya 10: 91. 26
Ap T9gIo.
Deane,W. L£uphorbia Cyparisstas in fruit. Rhodorai2: 57-61. Ap
IgIo.
Dunbar, J. Lettneria floridana. Gard. Chron. III. 47: 228. 9 Ap
Igo.
Eames, A. J. On the origin of the broad rays in Quercus. Bot. Gaz.
49: 161-167. p/. 8, 9. 15 Mr 19g10.
Eames, E. H., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns
of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. &
Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. Igto.
Eggleston, W. W. Early botanists visiting Vermont. Vermont Bot.
Club Bull. 5: 1to-14. Ap 1gto.
An abstract. Published in a more a complete form under the caption ‘‘ Ilistory of
Vermont Botany ’’ in The Rutland [Vermont] Evening News 234!: 7. 19 F 1g1o.
Eggleston, W. W. Sketch of the Crataegus problem, with special ref-
erence to work in the south. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 78-83.
[Ap] 1910.
Fernald, M.L. A new variety of Rhamnus caroliniana. Rhodora 12:
79. Ap Igto.
Rhamnus caroliniana, var. mollis Fernald.
Fernald, M. L., & Bissell,C. H. The North American variations of
Lycopodium clavatum. Rhodora12: 50-55. 24 Mr 1910.
268 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. A synopsis of the species of Arc-
tum in North America. Rhodora 12: 43-47. 24 Mr 1910,
Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. Two new Galiums from north-
eastern America. Rhodora 12: 77-79. Ap I9gI0
Galium brevipes sp. nov. and G, trifidum halophilum var. nov.
Fletcher, E. F. Hypericum aureum a casual plant in eastern Massa-
chusetts. Rhodora12: 55. 24 Mr 1g10o.
Gates, R. R. The earliest description of Oenothera Lamarckiana.
Science II. 31: 425, 426. 18 Mr 1g1o,
[Gibson, H.H.] American forest trees—83. Pacific post oak. Quercus
Garryana Douglas. Hardwood Record 29”: 23. 10 Mr 1910.
[Illust. ]
[Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees-85. Laurel Oak. Quercus
laurifolia. Hardwood Record 29": 23. 10 Aprgio. [lIllust.]
Graves, C. B., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns
of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol, &
Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. Igto.
Greene, E. L. Certain American roses. Leaflets 2: 60-64. 29 Mr
Three species described as new,
Greene, E. L. Rocky mountain botany. A general review. Am.
Midland Nat. 1: 189-194. 15 Ap I1gtIo.
Greene, E.L. Someallies of Hibiscus Moscheutos. Leaflets 2: 64-67.
29 Mr 1gto
Four species described as new.
Greene, E. L. Some western species of Arnica. Ottawa Nat. 23:
213-215. ti Mr 1g1to.
Six species described as new.
Greene, E.L. Two new Lupines. Leaflets 2: 67,68. 29 Mr 1910.
Lupinus apricus and L, latissimus, both Californian,
Hackel, E. Gramineae 11. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates
paraguarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 46, 47. 15 Ja 1910.
Hall, H. M. Studies in ornamental trees and shrubs. Univ. California
Pub. Bot. 4: 1-74. f. r-15 + pl. r-1r. 19 Mr 1910.
Harger, E. B., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns
of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol. &
Nat. Hist. Surv, Bull. 14: 1-569. 1910.
Harper, R. M. A botanical and geological trip on the Warrior and
Tombigbee rivers in the coastal plain of Alabama. Bull. Torrey Club
37: 107-126. f. r, 2. 31 Mr toro.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 269
Harper, R. M. Summer notes on the mountain vegetation of Haywood
County, North Carolina. Torreya 10: 53-64. 31 Mr 1910.
Hassler, E. Bombacaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates
paraguarienses. V. | epert. Nov. Spec. 8: 66-71. 10 F 1910.
Hassler, E. Combretaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates
paraguarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 45. 15 Ja 1910.
Hassler, E. Malvaceae U1. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates
paraguarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 34-43. 15 Ja 1gio.
[ Illust. ]
Many new species and the new genus Aastardiopsis proposed.
Hassler, E. J/a/vaceae austro-americanae. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8:
28-31. 15 Jargro. [Illust. ]
Blanchetiastrum goetheoides gen, et sp. nov., from Brazil.
Hassler, E. O/eaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates para-
guarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 44, 45. 15 Ja 1g1o.
Hassler, E. Sverculiaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates
paraguarienses. VI.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 120-124. 5 Mr rgto.
Many new forms and varieties described.
Hassler, E. 7Zi/iaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates para-
guarienses. IV.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 43, 44. 15 Ja 1910.
Hayek, A. v. Die systematische Stellung von Lesguerella velebitica
Degen. Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 60: 89-93. Mr rgto.
Heald, F. D., & Wolf, F. A. The structure and relationship of Urnu/a
Geaster. Bot. Gaz. 49: 182-188. p/. 72+ f. 7-37. 15 Mr Ig1o.
Henslow, G. Remarkable instances of plant dispersion. Jour. Royal
Hort, Soc. 35: 342-351. Mr 1910.
Herzog, T. Pflanzenformationen Ost-Bolivias. Bot. Jahrb. 44: 346-
405. pl. 37. 22 Mr 1gto.
Howe, M. A. Report on a botanical visit to the Isthmus of Panama.
Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 30-44. f. 7-15. [Mr] rgrto.
Howe, R.H. The effect of moisture on the growth of Usneas. Plant
World 13: 68-72. Mr 1910.
Humphreys, E. W. ‘Three examples of retarded development among
leaves. Am. Bot. 16: 6-8. Frgro. [Hllust.]
Koehne, E. Eine neue Cufhea von den Kleinen Antillen. Repert.
Nov. Spec. 8: 16, 17. 15 Ja Igto.
Cuphea Crudyana from St, Lucia.
Kiikenthal,G. Cyferaceae novae—I. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 7, 8.
15 Ja 1gto.
Includes Carex Sfottsbergiana sp. nov. and some new varieties from Patagonia.
270 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Lewis, W. S. Growth of Zucalypius. Am. Bot. 16: 10. F 1gro.
Lipman, C. B. On physiologically balanced solutions for bacteria (.
subtilis). Bot. Gaz. 49: 207-215. 15 Mr Igro.
Loew, O. The biological antagonism between calcium and magnesium.
Bot. Gaz. 49: 304. 19 Ap Igto. :
Long, B. Pinus serotina Michx. in southern New Jersey and other
local notes. Bartonia 2: 17-21. F rgto.
Lutman, B. F. The cell structure of Closterium Ehrenbergit and Clos-
terium moniliferum. Bot. Gaz. 49: 241-255. pl. 77, 178. 19 Ap
19Io.
Mader, F. Peiresc. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 23, 24. 15 F 1Ig1!o.
[Illust. ]
Malme, G.0. A. Generis Pferocau/on Ell. nova species paraguayensis.
{In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. V.] Re-
: COs 74. 268 1016.
Pterocauton pilcomayense Malme.
McCubbin, W. A. Development of the Helvellineae —1. Helvella elas-
tica. Bot. Gaz. 49: 195-206. 15 Mrigto. [Illust.]
McGowan, M. Plant hairs and scales. Am. Bot. 16: 4,5. F 1910.
(Illust. ]
Merrill, E. D. Index to Phillipine botanical literature— V. Philipp.
Jour. Sci. 4: Bot. 677-685. 10 Ja 1g10.
Mottet, S. Pentstemon Menziesit. Rev. Hort. 82: 137-139. 16
Murrill, W. A. Collecting fungi in southern Mexico. Jour. N. Y.
Bot. Gard. 11: 57-77. pl. 75-78. [Ap] 1910.
Newman, L. H. The correlation of characters in plants and its
economic importance to the plant breeders. Ottawa Nat. 23: 220-
224. 11 Mr igto.
Nicholas, G. E. A morphological study of /Juniperus communis vat.
depressa. Beih. Bot. Centr. 25': 201-241. pl. 8-17. + f. I-4-
18 Mr Igto.
Patterson, F. W. Stemphylium Tritic’ sp. nov., associated with floret
sterility of wheat. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 205. 29 Ap 1910.
Pax, F. Ejnige neue Euphorbiaceen aus Amerika. Repert. Nov.
Spec. 8: 161, 162. 1 Ap 1gto.
Pease, A. S., & Moore, A. H. Agropyron caninum and its North
American allies. RhodoraI2: 61-77. Apigio. >
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL “LITERATURE 271
Phillips, F. J. Hail injury on forest trees. Trans. Acad. Sci. St:
Louis 19: 49-56. 10 Mrioro. ([Illust.] |
Phillips, F. J. The dissemination of junipers by birds. Forest.
Quart. 8: 60-73. Mr 1g1o0.
Poyser, W.A. Notes on local ferns. Bartonia 2: 22-25. F 1910.
Prescott, A. The lady fern. Fern. Bull. 18: 12, 13. Ja 1910.
Pretz, H. W. Lehigh County and the Philadelphia Botanical Club.
Bartonia 2: 3-9. F 1gro.
Radlkofer, L. Safindaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano ; Novitates
paraguarienses. V.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 71-73. 10 F 1910.
Robbins, W. W. A botanical trip in northwestern Colorado. Univ.
Colorado Studies '7: 115-124. Ja 1g1o.
Robbins, W. W. Climatology and vegetation in Colorado. Bot. Gaz.
49: 256-280. 7, 7-7. Ig Ap Igio.
Robinson, C. B. Philippine Boraginaceae. Philipp. Jour. Sci. 4:
Bot. 687-698. 10 Ja 1910.
Rolfe, R. A. Notylia trisepala. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: p/. 8306.
Mr rgto.
From Mexico,
Rugg, H. G. Additional stations for some rare Vermont plants. Ver-
mont Bot. Club Bull. 5: 16,17. Ap 1gro.
Schaffner, J. H. The nature and development of sex inplants. Proc.
Ohio Acad. Sci. 5: 327-350. 15 Ap Igto.
Sheldon, J. L. Additional localities for Connecticut Hepaticae. Bry-
ologist 13: 63, 64. My 1910.
Sheldon, J, L. Additional West Virginia Wefaticae. Bryologist 13:
64, 65. My 1gto.
Sheldon, J. L. The Andropogon-Viola Uromyces. Torreya 10: go.
26 Ap Igto.
Slosson, M. One of the hybrids in Dryofteris. Bull. Torrey Club 37:
201-203. 29 Ap IgIo.
Small, J. K. Report on botanical exploration in Andros, Bahamas.
Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 88-101. f. 16-22. [My] 1910.
Smith, R. W. The floral development and embryogeny of Zriocaulon
septangulare. Bot. Gaz. 49: 281-289. f/. 79, 20. 19 Ap IgIo.
Somes, M.P. Rare plants in cities. Am. Bot. 16: 12, 13. F1gro.
Stapf, 0. Cornus Nuttallii. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: p/. 8317. Ap
Iglo.
272 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Stebbins, F. A. Insect galls of Springfield, Massachusetts, and vicinity.
_ Springfield Mus. Nat: Hist. Bull. 2: 1-139. f/. 7-372. 1910.
Stone, W. Brachiaria digitarivides from New Jersey. Bartonia 2:
a6, 27: F roto.
Stone, W. New plants for southern New Jersey. Bartonia 2: 26. F
IgIo.
Swetnam, F. Local names of flowers. Am. Bot. 16: 8-10. F 1910.
Terry, B. E.I. Black Jack and yellow pine. Forest. Quart. 8: 58,
59. Mr rgro.
Thompson, E.I. The morphology of Zuenioma. Bull. Torrey Club
37: 97-106. pl. 9, ro. 31 Mr 1910.
Tidestrom, I. Notes on Pe/tandra, Rafinesque. Rhodora 12: 47-50.
pl. 83. Ap Igto.
Tidestrom, I. Species of Agui/egia growing in Utah and in adjacent
portions of Colorado, Idaho and Arizona. Am. Midland Nat. 1: 165-
171. fl. rz. Ap tIgio.
Three species described as new.
Tranzschel, W. Die auf der Gattung Zuphordia auftretenden auto-
cischen Uromyces-Arten. Ann. Myc. 8: 1-35. F 1910.
Many new species described from North and South America.
Trelease, W. The administration of botanical gardens. Science II.
31: 681-685. 6 My Igto.
Twiss, E.M. The prothallia of Aneimia and Lygodium. Bot. Gaz.
49: 168-181, p/. 70, zz. 15 Mr 1g10.
Weatherby, C. A., & others. Catalogue of the flowering plants and
ferns of Connecticut growing without cultivation. Connecticut Geol.
& Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 14: 1-569. 1910.
Williams, R.S. Oncollecting mosses. Bryologist 13: 56, 57- My
IgI0o.
PLATE 25
VOLUME 37,
BULL. TORREY CLUB
reg, -
RCS
RORs Saws nae sha
Sen ed Aaa
EES BRAT
POSSI A] Eel
See eauee via eet
e
ex. a ALY
gems,
A nah, i
rs s
Ba eo Se.
oo ae Sy
hee von Rated
Beene SNe
ae es, 3
Py ore
eae aas:
Mere
oaien
Se,
a)
ce Yi
SS
. Prete
‘2
~y
pe
ti
9 ey be
RreGi ir:
78
S
ty
7
+
a ON KAS
ISO oon!
Weiee
.
ala
Sas
1
SPHAEROCARPOS SPHAEROCARPOS (Dicks.) M. A. Howe
COCKAYNE—SOSTON
BULL. TORREY CLUB
VOLUME 37, PLATE 26
Sy
SOOT
AS
aaivaeh oY }
4
BS
)
i)
3
a aoe >
res
Bae, me
Ete oe
TZ tit
ae es regean
*, ee,
PBSC
Sees Cees
SPHAEROCARPOS TEXANUS Aust.
COCKAYNE—BSOSTON
BULL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 27
SPHAEROCARPOS TEXANUS Aust.
COCKAYNE—BOSTON
BULL. TORREY CLUB VOLUME 37,
O
if
ra
+
F
gia chegetens ik
CESAR CS his
MAVEN Ke mat
Settee oly
ss
Ch
Ye
=
ONCE
: Ly
SG
as eS Ky 3
POAT
,
alae ee pases
‘ang The
bee i
S
: g
oo ee
SH
‘og See ay
Serer ene
SE re
PEER
TA as
aww Sym ete,
AAS
mt
aes
ri
retis,
SN 3
OU ae, :
ya ae oh
: ~J Od as
C4 ?
:
ee
ae
inka
ei
ee
Upipipligi. Ce
eae
We fa
As
SG, ty;
RW
SPHAEROCARPOS STIPITATUS Bisch.
COCKAYNE—BOSTON
THE BRYOLOGIST
WITH THE JANUARY, I[910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics,
drawin
It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic
It is indispensable to the working bryologist, seine
Send for sample copy. Subscription price
and Lichens.
and half-tones.
as well as amateur.
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.
This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each card
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLecre or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City.
From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
baper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year,
North American Flora
HIS work is designed to pe acd Bilin ol of all plants growing independently
| of cultivation, in North America, here oats * include Greenland, Central
America, the eaiaiel of pane and the West Indies, except Trinidad,
Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is
gga South American.
1 be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
Sales ee the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles
P. Daly.
It is — to issue Boe as sched as they can be ah geen = pes oe
work making it poss to commence publication at an of he
The oe he work will “a m a series of volumes ae hy féllowing aes
Mycetozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomac
ungi,
ophy
Volume 16. i te and Gymaospermse.
Volumes I Mon oom et
Volumes 20 ts 7 gna done
The pr —— of the work has Set referred by the oe Directors of the
ere to ser ea mittee eonsiatinie of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr.
art.
J. u
Rina George F. Atkinson, of Cornell abe’ & Spree Charles R. Barnes
and John M. Coulter, of 4 Seis of Chicago, M erick V. Coville, of the
United States (gree cultu ee Edw ting i: Greene, of the United
States National Museum, Pro ree Bios - Halsted, Of Rutgers College, and Pro-
= William T release, 0 of the Missouri aaal Garden, have consented to act as
advisory comm
The following parts have been published :
Vol. 7. Part 1, ee ten by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule-
dinaceae, and soa aceae atk by J. C. Arthur.
Vol. 9. Parts 1 and 2 pe by W, A. gnsy Part 3 a by
WA: Murrill ; Kenitabeas jails ) by W. A. Murrill and G. S. Bur
Vol. 16. Part 1, Ophioglossaceae, by L. M. Underwood and 4 ee Henedict j
Marattiaceae, by . Underwood; Osmundaceae fae Ceratopteridaces, by R. C.
Benedict ; Schizaeaceae, Sisichesiacese, 4 Shree (pars), by W. R. Maxon.
Vol.17. Part 1, Ppt by P. W ; Spargani — Hoesceae and Hy-
d arg nati by P. A, dberg ; fate ge on Zosteraceae, Cymodoceaceae,
Naiadac and icc by N. Ta ylor ; Seca atta cane, by N. “a Britto on;
Alismaceae by J. K. Small ; Butomaceae and Poaceae ey s), by G. V. Nash.
22, Part 1, Podos ee y Nas A ie ge 08 by N. L
Britton. and J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and Pechassieceis, me . Rydber: Part 2,
Sax Pag and Bars Haase by J. K. Small and P. A. Ry dbe erg; Cunoniaceae,
e, b K. Small ;
Iteaceae, and Hamam omer y N. Siok Piraelicecies, by J.
Altingicene yO P. Wilson; ; Phyllonomaceae by H. H, Rus tk Part 3, Gissesiaeii-
ceae, by F. ere ‘ad W . L, Britton; Platanaceae, by H. A. Gleason; Cross ze
mataceae i by 1. Small ; Connaraceae, ‘by L. Britton ; cine, by CL
-s a al Rosaceae (pars), by P, A. Rydberg. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A.
ydber
Vol. Part : a by L. T. Hanks and J. K. ane? Oxalidaceae
and onto by J. K. Small; Nasthivitacnan. by N. L. Britto
subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is sais that four or
five nk will be required for — volume. A limited number of separate parts will
be sold at $2.00 each. Addre
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT :
Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
hot (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893-
1395 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898.
Aen: 178 pres 84 plates. Price $6.0
2 nograph of the North Aas Potentilleae (1898).
By eee Rydter, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7.
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00.
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT:
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00.
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00,
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 rice $5.00
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00, /
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1go1-1902. Price $5.00.
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~(current).
List of separate numbers available on application,
= xt-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert
garre Fellow i in Botany, 1895-1896.
Oct 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 ee $3.80 (paper).
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Bin ngham
The Department invites propositions relative = ‘exchanges of her-
barium material for any of the above named publications. Address
Dr. Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia Uaeeeie: ie vi Cit ;
4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westwar
to the aozd Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes-
sor of gg 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi-
son Brow
Three baer, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 64
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in nthe text, Sinceraiing every
species described.
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
$9.00 for 2 three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ-
ately, $10.
Ye * Metve Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth abt to 60.
By Lucien Mawes Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907.
Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Haney Holt &
Co., New York. Price, $1.00.
6. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un-
derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907.
D sde rege 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt &
Co. Price $1.5
7. Nature ca Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar-
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botan
1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906~1908 ; ig Professor of
Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany,
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published es ‘Raury Holt
& Co., New York. Price ¢2
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave.,
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS O¥
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
sears KAHLBAUM’S
MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals
and : and Reagents
_ ACCESSORIES CARL
b SCHLEICHER
& SCHULL’S
MICROTOMES => C. P. Filters
oe SCHOTT &
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S
Famous Labora-
and
hee tory Glassware
WEIGHTS iss
mMAnd for many other
renowned European
ouses in our line.
COMPLETE LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited,
a
cus cs
x Se ee
MEMOIRS oF THE TORREY BOTANICA
Br
A series of technical Ra on botanical subjects, published at ela intervals.
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. "
Vol.1 ,» No.1; not furnished faepuraieky= a
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Corer. foe
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. 5 ae te i
Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished ely:
Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine oes of the New Seis coast and ees
waters of Staten Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889
Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cents:
pruce, Richard. /efaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae
1885— 6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages A am 20 Ja 1890.
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cent )
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. amie 141-187. 30 My 1890. Fg
he Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished hy eee SH ne . Js
_ Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food- materials ia bads and d tcrouediog parts.
por Pages 126 , plates I, 2. 10S 1890. age : sa Sone ee
Fea is 2, No, 2; price, 75 cents : ~
‘Wail, Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contributions bas
oVinewen Pages 27-56, plats 37, 4. 23D 1890.
ee Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately :
_ Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the iss nation ok fae ination
= some North American plants. Pages 57-108, a 15 Ap ae :
~ Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents
Wheel ock, William Efner. The Gems Fepeee® in North America. Pages
152. 30D 1r8ol.
Vol. 8, No 1; not furnished separate By Pig
sa eke ‘Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. | Flora of
and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892. Ree een ho tees
peer Hee ee 3, No. 2; price, $2.00: Pe
“ Morong, Thomas. The Nai. forth America [with illustrations |
species]. Pages 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 Mr 1893. Sie fe aoe a
Eas ae Be F not furnished separ aly:
Kejers ager’ enumeration of the plant collected in iva by
Bang. [Part 1 se cn 4-67. 428 Ap 1895.
‘Vol. 4, No. 1; not
. Index
ces vehi eae
Bang. Part 2. Ree esiied me -
. a4 ee =
Gas: Se Anna Stockton. dims ype Ie ae 2729, pe
er
. 5; price, $3.00:
List of Preridophyta and Steraiopirte Sen en cultivation in northeastern
1894.-
orth America. Pages 1-377. 1893-3
Vol. 6, es 1; price, a
Rusby, Henry H An enumeration of the plants sae in Bolivia by Miguel
Bang. Part 3. lies I-I30. 1896.
Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separately :
Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American /sothectaceae and Brachythecia.
Pages 131-210. wl
1. 6, No. 3; price, 50 cen
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The life history of ene Scat ( Haematococcus
plumalis), Pages 211-246, plates 86, 87 (colored ): — 1899.
ates 6, No. 4; price, 50 ce
Underwood, Lucien cus. A review of the genera a ferns proposed prior to
1832. Pages moa gg 1 D 1899.
1. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cen
Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen distribution in ie upper Mississippi Valley.
Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899.
Vol. 7; price, $3.00:
How: Avery. a Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California. Pages
neg plates i 88-122. Au 1899.
nite 8, No. 1; not furnished separately :
Lloyd, Prancis The comparative embryology of the Rudiaceae. Part
via gh 1-26, es Fg 26 Au 1899. Part Il. Pages 27-112, plates pi
15 ¥ 1902.
Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00:
Evans, Alexander William. phn L ee of the United States and Canada-
Pages 113-183, plates 16-22. 15 F 1902
Vol. 8, No. 3; price, 75 cents:
Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude, & Taylor, Alexandrina. The life history of
Vittaria lineata, Pages 185- 211, plates eee 30 o Au Igo2.
vod: . 9; price
Salmon, Ernest Stanley. monograph ot the Eeghciow Pages I— Stat plates
f-9. 4Q 1900. No lee sold except in complete sets of the Memoi
Vol. 10; price, $3.00:
Burgess, Edward Sandford. Bikey of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aséer,
Pages i-xii, 1-447. 22 N 19
ol. 11, No. 1; price, $1.7
agers aeidare The North American Pca Pee 1-134, plates I-19.
Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75:
en, Tracy Elliot. The Wothricaceae and Chaetophoraceae of the United States.
pgm 135-250, plates ote 0 O 1902.
l. 12, No. 1; price, $1.50
Northrop, Alice Rich. ay ra of New P peeedigcs and Aalios (Bahama Islands).
Pages ere “plates I-19 a map. 10 D
« £2, No. peg price, $1.00:
Banker, Howard James. vA contribution to a revision of the North American
Hydnaceae. Pages 99-194. E 6.
ol. 12, No. 3; price,
Kupfer, Elsie. Studies in — regeneration. Phas 195-241. I0 Je 1907.
1. 13; price, $3.00
Burgess, Edward Sandford. “ete Sc —— of Biotian Asters, with dis-
cussion of variability in Aster, Pages i-xv, 1-419, Bale es I-13. 15 Mr 1906.
Val. 14, No. ies ee $1
Burlingham, Gertrude Simmons. A study of the Lasesin of the United States.
Pages 1-109, fywres 1-75. 26 My 1908.
Address: DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD,
College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City.
VOL. 37 JUNE, 1910 NO. 6
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
€ditor
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE
Assoriate Editors \
JoHN HENDLEY BARVHART Tracy E:tiot HAZEN
JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSO MurriLt
PHitip DoweELe CHARLES Louis POLLARD
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS
CONTENTS
The effects of adding salts to the soil on the amount of non-available water.
WIL T. BOVIE 273
The embryo-sac of Pandanus coronatus. . . . DOUGLAS H. CAMPBELL 293
Some new Hawaiian plants ....\.--..5.-+:- JOSEPH F. ROCK 297
A new fossil fucoid. (Plate33). .......,- ARTHUR HOLLICK 305
The name Buthotrephis gracilis Hall... .. - EDWIN W. HUMPHREYS 309
Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XXII. - . PER AXEL ‘RYDBERG 313
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE .... oot Gag
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUBS
THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA
rt
>
;
% ‘
eae
ak
:
t Pen cs ‘, ¥
35 i nae a
: President,
HENRY 4. h BYRNE ea
Vite Presidente ze Fes ee
Pub. ta HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M. ete ~
Tre easurer,
WILLIAM. ees Spun D
ss West o8St, New York City. er Ste
ber te i Rtay takanivey she aebndt te ee
nce Natural History; the last Wednesday, yes
inte on ning of the New = Botanical Garden.
dine Sethe: sehen cations s
William M Mansfeld, Coles, of |
1 Bs
ees a hie jt numbers: 30
yplied separate! BT Sy
Vol. 37 No 6
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
——- ee
JUNE, tgto
The effects of adding salts to the soil on the amount of
non-available water™
WILLIAM T. BOVIE
In the experiments described in the following pages an attempt
has been made to determine the effect upon the amount of non-
available water, when varied amounts of sodium chloride or the
salts of a full nutrient solution have been added to the soil. It
has been found that with a soil of pure silica, containing about
0.03 per cent. of calcium, aluminum, and iron,t the amount of
non-available water is not altered by the addition of either sodium
chloride or the salts of a full nutrient solution. Inthe case of the
sodium chloride series, at least, the water was used up by the plants
faster than the salts, and as the point of non-available water was
approached, the concentration of the soil water must have in-
creased. In many cases the amount of sodium chloride was so
great that the saturation point of the salt was passed long before
the plant wilted. Adsorption, in some form or other, took place.
We are concerned here then, not only with non-available water
but also with the adsorption of salts from soil solutions.
PREVIOUS WORK ON NON-AVAILABLE WATER
In the late summer of 1859, Sachs'* determined the retarding
influence on transpiration, of various salts and soils. He then
determined the amount of water retained by soils when tobacco
*Contributions from the Department of Botany of the University of Missouri
no. 18
table of mechanical analysis of soil on page 2
oe BULLETIN for May, 1910 (37 : 215-272. pi. ree was issued 2 Je 1910. }
273
274 BovieE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
plants wilted in a moist atmosphere. The soils used were a mix-
ture of black beach humus and sand, a loam, and a pure sand
(ground quartz). He found different amounts of non-available
water in each of the soils; the beach humus having the greatest
amount and the sand the least. He pointed out the importance
of determining the amount of water available to plants in various
soils, and showed that it bears no fixed relation to the amount of
water which the dry soil will take up and hold (saturation capac-
ity). He attributed the greater amount of non-available water in
the humus soil to the greater adhesion between the water and the
soil.
From the time of Sachs’ paper, until Bogdanhoff! published his
paper in 1893, but little attention was given to the subject of
non-available water, though soil moisture received the attention
of a great many investigators. In his paper, Bogdanhoff pointed
out the errors introduced through chemical changes, when hygro-
scopic water is measured by determining the loss of weight in
soils dried in an oven at 100° C. He found percentages of hygro-
scopic water, as measured by germinating seeds used as an indi-
cator. Seeds were soaked until they had absorbed amounts of
water nearly sufficient for germination. They were then mixed
with the soil to be tested, using an excess of seeds, and stirring
from time to time, so that all particles of the soil came in contact
with the seeds. Seeds in this condition have strong absorptive
powers and ble to take water from a relatively dry soil and begin
growth. Varying percentages of water were mixed with a par-
ticular soil, and the lowest percentage which would permit growth
determined.
In a sand containing 0.15 per cent. (by dry weight) of water,
seeds germinated after 19 days; while in a sample containing 0.09
per cent., the seeds did not germinate, but lost water to the sand.
He made measurements with samples of clay, but did not compare
the clay with the sand, since the amount of germination could not
be accurately determined, and the temperatures in the two sets of
experiments were not held alike.
Heinrich,’ in 1894, determined the amount of water contained
in soils when plants begin to wilt, and also determined the hygro-
scopic water content. The hygroscopic water was determined by
» nee Eas
BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 276
spreading the soils on a watch glass, and exposing them for one
week to an atmosphere saturated with water vapor. The increase
in weight was used as a measure of the hygroscopic water. His
results show that, while the plant can live in a relatively dry soil,
it can not use the hygroscopic water.
Edmond Gain® repeated the experiments of Sachs ‘with many
plants in order to settle the following questions: (1) Is the power
of resistance to drought of a given plant the same in different soils?
This question must be answered in the affirmative. (2) Is the
water content of the soil, at the time the plants wilt, the same for
all stages of plant growth? No, it fluctuates in such a way as to
produce a curve.’’ He did not report the methods employed, nor
give an analysis of the soils used.
A number of determinations of the amount of non-available
water in various soils were made by King."' He concluded that
one of the reasons why the clayey soils retained more water than
the sands is because the small grains of the clay present more
surface for retaining the water, the thickness of the film being the
same inall cases. He gave a formula for computing the percentage
of moisture in a soil which a given thickness of film will produce.
By the use of this formula, a set of theoretical values was obtained,
for the soils studied, which agree very closely with the percentages
of non-available water found.
In 1902, Hedgcock® considered the relation of heat, light, and
humidity to the amount of non-available water. His methods
were such that he could not vary one factor while the others re-
mained constant. The results as a whole would seem to show that
any condition which lowers the vigor of the plant, raises the
amount of non-available water. When he compared the various
soils, he found that the amounts of non-available water retained
by the soils increased in the following order: sand, loess, clay,
loam, humus, saline soil. Judging from the sizes of the soil grains,
the clay should have come after the saline, with the highest per-
centage. Hedgcock concluded that some factor other than the
extent of soil surface is involved. ~The percentage of dissolved
substances in the soil solution was the only condition noted that -
varied in the right direction. He, therefore, concluded that as
the soil water diminishes, its concentration increases until finally
276 Bovie: NoNn-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
it becomes so concentrated that plants are unable to absorb more
He went so far as to formulate a law, that the percentage of non-
available water in soils increases as the square root of the percens
tage of soluble salts.
Before using, all soils were sifted with a screen possessing a
quarter-inch mesh. Other than this, the physical condition of the
soil was not given closer attention than to list it as ‘loose, medium,
or hard in density.’ A plant was considered, by him, wilted,
when its youngest leaves wilt strongly. This would seem to be a
very unreliable criterion, for many plants, at least. A geranium,
for instance, will not only maintain its younger leaves, but will
put out new shoots, after its roots have been killed. Many other
plants behave in a similar manner.
Besides the above, a number of determinations of the amount
of non-available water have been compiled, but aside from their
local and immediate interest, they add nothing to our knowledge
of non-available water.” 17 19
ADSORPTION BY SOILS
The work done previous to 1908, on adsorption, has been re-
cently reviewed by Patten and Waggaman," so that a review of
the literature need not here be given. The salient facts of interest
in this connection are: Certain solids and liquids draw unto them-
selves and retain within their structures, or on their surfaces,
other solids, liquids, or gases.* This is called absorption.
A special case of absorption, termed adsorption, is defined as the
existence of a difference in concentration or density of a film
adjacent to a bounding solid and the concentration or density of
the mass of the liquid or gas which bathes the solid. t
Whether the relation between the adsorbing and adsorbed sub-
stances is physical or chemical, is not always clear; sometimes
it appears to be one, sometimes the other. The difficulties in-
volved in quantitative determination leaves us without a unit of
adsorbing power, and with very few formule Erese the rate
or conditions of adsorption.
When an adsorbent is brought into contact with a solution
containing two or more solutes, these solutes may be adsorbed in
* Loe. cit. 10.
1 Loc. Cit. 11.
BovieE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS OTF
different degrees, so that a more or less complete separation of the
solutes is effected. Further separation may be reached by using
two or more adsorbents, each with an adsorbing power specific
for each solute. A number of investigators have used organic
substances, such as charcoal, paper, and cotton to effect such
separations. The separation is seldom complete, the adsorbed
substance being distributed between the adsorbent and the solvent.
No general laws governing the ratios of such distribution have
been established.
The solvent itself is often adsorbed, so that it increases very
much in density at the surface of the adsorbent. This changes
many of its physical characteristics; for instance, it is often able
to hold the solute in solution at a concentration many times greater
than normal saturation. This change in concentration is often
accompanied by temperature changes which indicate enormous
forces at work. The pressure of the water surface about a smal]
solid (soil grain) has been estimated to have a magnitude of from
6000 to 25,000 atmospheres, or approximately 150,000 pounds
per square inch.*
Now the soil grains present acres of surface to the soil solution,
which, existing as it does, for the most part, in surface films is
continuously within the field of adsorptive forces. We must ex-
pect, therefore, that adsorption will play important roles in the soil.
Not only is the chemical content of the soil-solution affected,
mineral nutrients stored up, and toxins held harmless,> but the
physical relations of the soil grains themselves are influenced. f
The field has been but little investigated, and most of the work
has been done from the standpoint of physics and chemistry.
Only a few investigators have taken up the problem from the
standpoint of the plant, using it as an indicator. It would seem
that this must be the ultimate point of attack, for the root hairs
come into such a relation with the soil grains as to find a solution,
the nature of which can be but little understood by any amount of
study of the leachings from treated soils.
*Whitney, Soils of the United States. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Soils Bull. 55: 11
1909.
+Cameron, F. K. and Gallagher, F. E. Moisture content and physical condi-
tion of soils. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Soils Bull. 30: —. 1908.
278 Bovie: NoN-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
Not only this, but the root hairs, with their cellulose walls,
are absorbents, and undoubtedly engage in selective absorption
with the soil grains, so that there are ratios of distribution, between
the soil grain, the film of soil water, and the cell wall." Physio-
logical processes in the plant will continually disturb the equilib-
rium of distribution. A series of changes must then follow before
the equilibrium is again established. It was with the hope of
getting some data regarding the nature of this equilibrium that
the experiments described below were undertaken.
EXPERIMENTS AND RESULTS ON THE INFLUENCE OF SALTS ON
NON—-AVAILABLE WATER
From a number of plants used in preliminary experiments,
wheat was selected as most suitable. Its superiority lies in the small-
ness of its seed, so that it early becomes dependent upon the soil solu-
tion, and in the tenderness of its leaves, which makes it very sensi-
tive to a deficient water supply. Some of the plants were grown
in paraffined baskets; others in flower pots dipped in hot paraffin.
Both the baskets and the pots seemed to give good results, but the
pots were easier to prepare. Later, when it was found, by weighing
the empty pots, that they had slowly absorbed water, their use
was discontinued. Glass tumblers were then tried, and were found
very satisfactory. The roots spread evenly through the soil, show-
ing no tendency to mat about the inner surface of the glass.
In the first experiments, the plants were grown in river-washed
sand, but in the experiments from which the data given below were
taken, the plants were grown in clean crushed quartz, obtained
from a supply house. The chemical analysis of the quartz, fur-
nished by the supply house, is as follows:
Per cent.
POBOINES SHIGA Or a5 on cheer rag Se ie areas l eed Se gw 99.97
PFO CPTI, CAINE gk tava Pe nee ie auc ks
100.00
The fresh samples were very white, but, after standing, a yellow
tint, just perceptible when old samples were compared with new,
was noted. This was probably due to thin films of iron oxide
which formed on the surface of the grains.!. The physical analysis
is given in the table below:
BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 279
Size, Per cent.
Gravel, sic ose Coes Pe see Ge Ee eee 2mm. +
PING WTAVEN Ss Lisle Gare So tet seve ee ee Ue I-2 mm 0.00
Coarse sand. 2050.48 Cahn eee I-.05 mm 3.60
Mediumsand 5:05 eAinaih canes Sacto: 0.5~-0.25 mm 20.51
Fie SAGd, . asc ws irks code en a ee 0.25—-0.I mm 72.402
Very fine sand..\ 4 os. ceamales wan, oo eee 0.1I~0.05 mm 2.69
TOGA so hee ets Or ee ae Se ee emetiee 99. 52
A full nutrient solution was made up as follows:
Calcium He ee AION 6a Rie SASS 15.83 gm. supers II
Potagsiiita nitrates odo. cssus Sula scien aa ee ed 3
Magnesium Ehee MeSOe-FyeO): oo conc s wae cue 6.85 gm = aes. 3
Potassium: phosphate... .i(4 Sl aacanciee op tay Ereemeemrr os KH2POs 3
BOta ose Baas ae nc a: Ss en a eee ee
Water to make 10,000 c.c. of solution.
This solution gives a concentration of salts equal to 0.2 per cent.
The same stock solution was used throughout the entire series of
experiments. To portions of this full nutrient solution, quantities
of sodium chloride were added so that series of concentrations
(salts of full nutrient solution plus sodium chloride) of the following
order were made: 0.2 per cent. (control), 0.225 per cent., 0.25
per cent., 0.3 per cent., 0.4 per cent., 0.5 per cent., 0.65 per cent.,
and o.8 per cent. In another series, the percentage of the total
salts in the nutrient solution was increased, so that, without the
use of the sodium chloride, the following series of concentrations
were made: 0.2 per cent. (control), 0.25 per cent., 0.4 per cent.,
0.6 per cent., and o.8 per cent.
The solutions were made upon the percentage basis, because it
is impracticable, when dealing with selective adsorption and water
films, to make up solutions in the ratios of their osmotic strengths.
Moreover, the questions in mind can be answered equally as well
with simple percentage solutions.
Sodium chloride seemed a suitable salt to use since it does not
readily penetrate plant protoplasm and since it ordinarily contains
no water of crystallization. Further, Briggs’ has shown that
sodium chloride is but slightly adsorbed by quartz. The series
without the sodium chloride served as a check on the purely toxic
effects of the sodium chloride.
The quartz was wetted with the solution, so that it contained
a 20 per cent. (20 grams of solution, plus 100 grams dry quartz)
280 Bovie: NoN-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
soil moisture. The air-dry quartz was weighed out, to the 1/10
gram, in portions sufficient nearly to fill the tumblers. It was then
spread over the bottom of a tray. The solution was added to the
quartz in such a manner as to prevent, as far as possible, any un-
even adsorption of the salts by the soil grains first wetted. After
quickly mixing, the soil was dropped into the tumblers. When this
quartz is carrying a 20 per cent. soil solution, it contains more
than its optimum amount of water.* However, it was dropped
into the tumblers in such a manner as to include air enough to
supply the plants as long as it was necessary to grow them. By
pounding the tumblers up and down on the table a few times, the
inclosed air was worked out of the upper centimeter of the soil,
which puddled, leaving a thin layer of free water on the upper
surface. This also worked the air entrapped below the surface
into quite large bubbles, the largest being about 5 mm. in diameter.
The physical condition of the soil, thus obtained, appeared to be
uniform throughout both series.
Melted paraffin was poured over the surface of the quartz in
each tumbler, five small holes were made through the cover thus
formed, and then the wheat seeds, which had germinated in Zurich
germinators until the radicles were from five to ten millimeters
long, were dropped through the holes into the water layer on the
surface of the soil. Five tumblers of each concentration were set
up.
The plants were grown in the glass house on a table in the center
of the room, where they were under similar conditions, until they
were ready to be wilted down. There was a marked difference,
among the several concentrations, in the rate and amount of
growth. With the exception of the 0.225 per cent. set, in which
there was a stimulation, due undoubtedly to toxic effects, there
was a regular decrease in both the rate and the amount of growth
from the control set to that of the highest concentration. Plants
that grew fastest used up their water first and were the first to
wilt.
When the water was nearly used up, as was determined by
repeated weighings of the tumblers, the plants were put into a
*It was necessary to use an excess of water so as to have enough to allow the
plants to put on sufficient growth before wilting.
BovieE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 281
culture case, where a relative humidity of approximately 10 per
cent. was maintained. The culture case, as described in another
paper,” contained a thermograph, a hygrograph, and an electric
fan. The humidity was controlled by regulating the volume of a
stream of air, dried by passing through sulphuric acid, and forced
into the case by means of an air pump.
Wilting the plants in a relatively dry atmosphere, practically
solved the problem of knowing when to consider them wilted.
These plants did not show temporary partial recoveries from the
drouth effects, as others did which were grown under fluctuating
conditions of humidity. Moreover, the leaves dried out imme-
diately after death, so that it was possible to see the progress of
death over the various members of the plant and to have each cul-
ture stopped at the same stage of wilting—a very important detail
in non-available waten determinations. A study to determine the
effects of relative humidity on non-available water is now in prog-
ress, but the results of this study are not necessary for the present
paper, since in the experiments here reported, all of the plants
were under like conditions of humidity.
As soon as the plants had wilted, the tumblers were removed
from the case, and the amount of non-available water determined
in the following manner: The quartz was passed through a screen,
having 20 meshes to the inch, which removed all the roots. A
sample of about 80 grams of the quartz was put into an aluminum
dish and weighed on a chemical balance.* The sample was then
dried at 110° C. for one week. It was found that this amount of
desiccation was sufficient to insure constant weight.
From the loss of weight in drying, the percentage of non-avail-
able water was determined, then the total water remaining in the
soil was calculated, also the concentration which this water would
have had, had it existed as free water,—assuming that the plants
had used up none of the salts and neglecting any water of crystal-
lization. The results of the determinations are given in the fol-
lowing table:
*These operations were carried on in the laboratory and probably permitted some
experimental error to enter. However, as little time as possible was consumed before
the weighings were made. The sifting was done in a small closed vessel.
he numbers refer to the amount of salts added; thus 25a means that a 0.25 per
cent. solution of sodium chloride and full nutrient salts were added to the quartz.
Sets from a to e contain sodium chloride, sets from / to p contain no sodium chloride.
282 Bovie: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
_ | Total concentration | Concentration of
Number. | Amount of desiccation. Se beet of all salts in sodium chloride in
per cent. per cent.
2a aaah
2b ry -03 125, i
2c wilted -14 20.4 —_—
ad dry .05 87. ——
2e dry .04 04. —
225a wilted -16 28.1 2.1
225b wilted 12 a7. 4.1
225¢c wilted -O7 62.5 7c
225d dry .04 115.7 12.9
225e wilted 23 34.8 36
25a
25b wilted .07 69.5 13.9
25¢ wilted -14 35.5 vi
25d .07 74.8 15.
25e wilted 217 30. 6.
3a -03 192.5 64.2
3b dry (partly) 12 eae, 17.
3c dry .06 98.2 32-7
3d wilted :19 3k. 10.3
3e dry .05 129.5 43-
4a -04 206. 103.
4b - wilted BS Ge 69.1 35.
4c -05 162, 81.
4d .04 210 105.
4e dry -O4 231, 115
5a dry -04 252 ISI.
sb .03 315. 189.
5c dry .03 352. 212.
5d green -19 5a. 32:
5e dry 03 312. 187.
65a ————.
ee ——— .10 132. 91.5
5c — 05 254. 175-5
65d —_——— Sects
65e pes Saas Reece
8a green ayo 43. 3t.
8b dry -06 275. 207.
8c dry (partly) .06 254. 190.
8d green gt 52.3 39:
8e -04 388. 202.
al dry ues a7:2
2m wilted 2g 16. arte
2n dr .06 5s. ea
20 | wilted Bae
2p | dry (partly) ne. 29. ——_-
251 | dry “13 37.5 ena
25m | dry (partly) .18 2755 ———
}+Recorded to nearest 1/100 per cent. only.
Bovie: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 283
Number. | Amount of desiccation. Sheen oat i om ‘iste in fos aie ior he
per cent.
25n green -34 rs.
250 .09 54.
25p dry -05 98.
4l dry -06 125.
4m dry (partly) ats 52.5
4n dry .09 90.
40 wilted 25 Sa.
4p dry (partly) Bs 79.5
61 dry 14
6m dry 09 128.5
6n dry 09 I
60 dry Ti 105
6p dry 09 140
The non-available water relations are more clearly represented
by the graphs 1, 2, and 3. Graphs 1 and 2 are details of the
sodium chloride and the full nutrient series, respectively. Graph
3 is a combination of 1 and 2, enlarging the scale of the ordinate
10 times, and indicating the determinations only in part. Re-
ferring to graphs 1 and 2, it will be seen that, with but a single
exception, the amount of non-available water in the soil varies
with the amount of desiccation which the plant has experienced.
Cultures in which the plants are just beginning to wilt have the
most; and those in which plants have dried have the least. Also,
even in the culture containing the highest percentage of non-
available water, the soil solution represents a concentration of
43 percent. That the plant actually lived in these high concentra-
tions is shown by the fact that in some cases the plants were still
green when the sample was taken. Further, cultures in which
plants are completely wilted, 7. e., plants just beginning to dry,
have about 0.1 per cent. of non-available water, regardless of the
amount of salts in the culture. Drawn across graph number 3, is
a line representing the amount of water which the several sets had
when the concentration of the soil water had reached 6 per cent.
It is to be noted here that the plants in the cultures were not
exposed to free water containing 6 per cent. of salt. The 6 per
cent. curve lies so low that all the water in the quartz was in the
form of film water, before this concentration was reached. No
data have been found regarding isotonic values in film-water, a
TRecorded to nearest 1/100 per cent. only.
284 BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
GRAPH Not
be DRY =----=2+------ Ps
we ». CODITION UNKNOWN &
PER CENT OF NON-AVAILABLE WATER
°
PER CENT OF SALT ADDED
0 Z of 3 4 fh 6 rs
PER CENT OF -NON+AVAILABLE- WATER
Bovige:
NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
GRAPH No2
i] 5
o
€
a Py
c
s
Po
na ® H
a
. Ps
PER CENT OF SALT ADDED
2 3
NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
Bovir£
286
GRAPH No3
YILEM dO wLNIO Yad
Wyece 2s
Bovit: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 287
form of water which land plants use for a large part of their lives.
The uniformity in the above results testifies to the smallness of
experimental errors in sampling, weighing, et cetera.
The amount of non-available water was not determined in the
0.8 per cent. set of the full nutrient series, as these plants were used
for a study of some of the physiological conditions of the plants at
wilting time. One point, of vital interest here, is the amount of
adjustment to concentrated solutions which the plants may have
made.
The cell sap of the roots of normal wheat plants is isotonic with
solutions which contain a concentration of sodium chloride lying
between 3 per cent. and 6 per cent. A plant was removed from
the tumbler of the 0.8 per cent. set, after all the plants in the
tumbler, save this one, had wilted. The plant was removed by
sluicing with a small stream of water, a number of uninjured root
tips thus being obtained. The root tips were placed on a slide,
under the microscope, and the concentration of the cell sap in
cells of the tip was determined by the plasmolytic method. There
was no plasmolysis with a 3 per cent. sodium chloride solution.
A 6 per cent. plasmolyzed. Turgor was restored by tap water,
the cells appearing normal in every way. The plants, therefore,
did not adjust themselves to the various soil solutions by materially
increasing the concentration of their cell sap.
There were, however, visible modifications in the plants due
to the influence of the salts added. Increase in the amount of
bloom, as mentioned by Harter,’ was not observed, but there was
a uniform decrease in the rate of transpiration. The leaves of
the plants grown in the higher concentrations felt harsh to the
fingers. A microscopical study of the leaves was not made, but
possibly this harshness was due to some modification in the struc-
ture of the cell walls, as found by Harter. As mentioned above,
there was a correlation between the size of the plants and the
amount of salts added, the plants in the higher concentrations
being much smaller. This is of special interest, for not only was
the area of leaf surface reduced, in plants grown in the higher
concentrations, but their root systems were proportionately re-
duced. In the 0.8 per cent. set the roots developed only in the
upper one third of the tumblers. It follows, therefore, that the
288 BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
roots of the plants in the higher concentrations came into contact
with a much smaller proportion of the total surface presented by
the soil grains. Yet, the percentage of non-available water, re-
maining in these tumblers, was no greater than that found in the
lower sets, which indicates a water transfer from the more remote
parts of the tumbler to the root systems of the plants. At first,
when the soil was very moist, this transfer might have been made
by the movement of the liquid water over the soil surfaces, but as
these films became thinner, the movement would become slower,
and at last, when the films became discontinuous, the movement
would stop altogether. The only method of transfer, then, would
have been in the form of vapor, and before the soil moisture could
have been reduced to as low a percentage as was found in these
experiments, this kind of transfer evidently must have taken place.
But little is known concerning the vapor pressure of soil mois-
ture. It may be expected, however, to vary with the shape of
the film surfaces, with the surface tension, with the thickness of
the film, and with the concentration of the solutes present. If, by
a change in any of these conditions, the vapor pressure of the soil
moisture about the roots is lowered below that of the surrounding
soil, there will be a movement of water vapor toward the plant
roots, and then a condensation. More than this, the water which
permeates the plant roots together with their root hairs has a
vapor tension and thus the roots must either give off water in the
form of vapor or take it in, as they are in an atmosphere with a
vapor tension either lower or higher than that of their own mois-
ture. The common practice of growing plants in a damp chamber
is evidence of this.
In the above-described experiments, the air cavities, in the
quartz, were lined with projecting root hairs, which were often so
numerous as to give the cavity the appearance of having walls
covered with a delicate fur coat.
The writer has undertaken some further experiments in regard
to the relation of plants to vapor tension; while no numerical
results have been obtained, the preliminary experiments show that
plant roots are very sensitive to variations in vapor pressure.
In regard to the influence of the concentration of soil moisture
upon vapor tension and water transfer, the following experiment
Bovie: NoN-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 289
has been completed. Five tall glass tumblers were selected, and
100 grams of dry river sand placed in the bottom of each tumbler.
The sand in tumblers 1 and 2 was moistened with 10 grams of
distilled water. To the sand in tumbler number 3, 10 grams of a
5 per cent. solution of sodium chloride were added. The sand in
tumbler 4 was wetted with a 15 per cent. solution; and the sand in
number 5 with 10 grams of a 20 per cent. solution of the same salt.
A cloth diaphragm was then fixed in each tumbler, 3 centimeters
FIGURE I. Apparatus for showing the influence of salt on vapor transfer in soils.
Description in text.
above the sand, thus leaving a free air-space between it and the
sand. One hundred grams of sand were placed upon the cloth
diaphragms of each of the tumblers. This sand, in all of the
tumblers except tumbler number 2, was moistened with 10 grams
of distilled water. Tumbler number 2 had 10 grams of a Io per
cent. salt solution added to the sand above the diaphragm. After
being sealed by tying sheet rubber over the top, the tumblers were
then set in the basement, where there was but very slight variation
in temperature (at least not more than occurs in field soils).
After 10 days they were opened, and the amounts of water in
the two layers of sand determined. As shown in the table, there
290 Bovie: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS
was, in every case, a transfer of water to the soil containing the
salt solutions. Moreover, the transfer was made, by water in the
form of vapor, across the air space. The water moved from the
region of higher vapor pressure to the region of lower vapor pres-
sure, and then condensed.
No Solution added below. | Solution ners | ‘Transfer of water Direction of
| abov in grams. transfer.
I Dis. 0 Dis, H:0 ¥.35 | down
2 10 per cent. Sect 2:37 up
3 5 per = NaCl |Dis. H:0 2.4 | down
4 ro per | 3.85 | ‘
5 20 per ae renal | 5-95 =
It will be noted that, in tumbler number 1, with distilled water
both above and below the diaphragm, there was a transfer down-
ward. This was probably due to the weight of the column of vapor
in the glass. This difference was further shown by the differ-
ence in results from tumblers 2 and 4, where the condition in
tumbler number 2 was the inverse of the condition in tumbler
number 4, the salt solution being above the diaphragm in number
2, and below the diaphragm in number 4. In tumbler number 2,
the water was transferred against the pull of gravity, while in
tumbler number 4 the transfer was with the pull of gravity. As
expected, the amount of transfer in number 4 was greater than that
in number 2. It is possible that water condensed in drops on the
sides of the glass and, in some cases, ran down. This error, how-
ever, is not very large, and could not explain the results of number
2, nor the regular curve which all the results produce when plotted.
Furthermore, there was no visible evidence of such a transfer.
The amount of transfer in number 3, which had a concentration of
soil moisture of the same magnitude as‘that of my cultures some
time before the plants wilted, would have been sufficient to have
raised the percentage of soil moisture to within the limits of avail-
able water.
CONCLUSIONS
1. In these experiments, it has been shown that the amount of
non-available water is not influenced by adding to pure quartz the
quantities mentioned above of either sodium chloride or the salts
of a full nutrient solution.
2. Practically all plants of economic value are land plants, and
hence, for both their water and food supply, are dependent on water
BoviE: NON-AVAILABLE WATER IN SOILS 291
films. Therefore, it is important that we understand the condi-
tions of equilibrium between the plant and this form of water.
3. It is apparent that the isotonic values determined for sub-
stances dissolved in free water do not necessarily hold for film-
water. We cannot thoroughly understand the acquisition of water
and food by land plants, or the results from fertilizer experiments
until some of these values are known. Further, the conditions of
equilibrium im film water must be determined for both toxic and
“balanced” solutions, before we have reached a logical stopping
place for these lines of research.
4. The investigations should be carried out with carefully con-
trolled experiments, in which the number of unknown factors is
reduced to a minimum. Fundamental principles will scarcely be
demonstrated by experiments on soils chosen at random in the
field. Such soils contain too many unknown factors. Experience
shows that experiments from soils from the same locality may not
yield comparable results. The soil used should be of simple com-
position, and its content known. We must have a number of
simple standardized soils, of which samples can be duplicated.
I have used a soil with comparatively few unknown factors, and
one that is to be had in practically unlimited amounts. These
experiments can be duplicated.
5. Much of our knowledge of the relation of plants to the soil
must be obtained by indirect methods.
378 RypBERG: NOTES ON ROSACEAE
evince these characters have other marks more obvious. Their
roots are annual, or now and then of biennial duration. All other
plants that ever were referred to Pofentilla are perennial, and
very many suffrutescent.’’ So far, Dr. Greene. Let us see of
what value these characters are. Potentilla nivea, P. grandiflora,
and P. subacaulis, also trifoliolate species of the Linnaean Poten-
tilla, and hence part of Tridophyllum Necker, do not fulfill this
characterization. Some may claim that they did not constitute
a part of Necker’s genus, but why not? Necker placed the pinnate-
leaved species in Potentilla, the trifoliolate ones in Tridophyllum,
and the digitate-leaved ones with more than three leaflets he
transferred to Tormentilla. Ina note under Tormentilla he states
that 5 species of Potentilla are to be referred to Tridophyllum;
hence the five given above, of which P. subacaulis has very long
styles and the other two have rather large achenes. They are all
thrée perennials.
But is Tridophyllum as modified by Greene a well-defined
genus? Potentilla intermedia and P. heterosepala have both the
very short styles and numerous small achenes, and are both in-
cluded in the SUPINAE group by Dr. Wolf, the world-authority
on Potentilla; but they are both perennials. The former is very
close in habit to P. monspeliensis, which occasionally is a short-
lived perennial. Potentilla Newberryi has all the character of
that group, but the style is long. The short style, often glandular
at the base, and the numerous small achenes, characteristic of the
SUPINAE group, are found in many other Potentillas, especially
of the MULTIFIDAE group. These characters are worth little as
generic characters.
While vol. 25, part 4, of the North American Flora was going
through the press, we received at the New York Botanical Garden
the excellent monograph of the genus Potentilla by Dr. Theodor
Wolf.* If this valuable work had reached us a little earlier, some
changes and corrections might have been made in my monograph,
and quite a number of synonyms could have been added. The
monographing of the whole genus, for the whole world, is a stu-
pendous undertaking. Dr. Wolf’s work is one of the most elab-
orate, conscientious, and critical ever published. It is a large
*Bibliotheca Botanica, Heft 71. y
RypBERG: Nores ON ROSACEAE 379
_ quarto of 716 pages and 20 plates, good paper and good large print.
The descriptions in Latin are excellent and complete. To these
are added elaborate discussions and notes in German. The
synonymy is practically complete, and the citations have nothing
of the vagueness so characteristic of many so-called monographs.
As one should expect, a comparison of Dr. Wolf’s monograph
and my treatment of the genus in the North American Flora
discloses many differences; but most of these result from our dif-
ferent views. Dr. Wolf is exceedingly conservative both as to
genera and species, and the present writer has the reputation of
being exceedingly “radical.” Dr. Wolf believes in large genera
and broad species, and admits numerous varieties and forms;
while the writer believes in small genera and narrowly limited
species. If the diversity of two plant forms is of any value at
all, the writer admits them as distinct species; if the variation is a
trifling one, it is simply ignored. In this way the old rank of
variety has been disposed of. Of course, also, many of the dif-
ferences arise from the fact that Dr. Wolf had no or insufficient
material of American plants and had to rely upon the printed
descriptions alone in many cases.
While Dr. Greene seems to go too far in splitting up the genus,
Dr. Wolf is in my opinion too conservative. He has left Potentilla
with about the same limitation as Lehmann had in 1856, only
that he has merged even Duchesnea in Potentilla. I can not under-
stand why he did not treat Sibbaldia in the same way. This
genus is really much more related to Potentilla than Drymocallis
and Dasiphora are. The only distinctions given by Dr. Wolf are:
“Stamens 5 (very seldom 10); carpels 5-15 (the few Potentillas
with only 5 stamens have always numerous carpels).’’ But there
are several Potentillas that have few carpels although they have
10-20 stamens. The distinctions are therefore not well drawn.
Of course the position of the style, which I have used as a generi-
cally distinctive character, will place it outside of Potentilla proper
and in the group with Dasiphora. Dr. Wolf, however, does not
regard this as a generic character and therefore, if consistent, he
should have merged Sibbaldia into Potentilla.
Dr. Wolf has divided the genus Potentilla into 2 sections and
6 subsections. These subsections are based on the differentiation
380 RyDBERG: NOTES ON ROSACEAE
of the styles. It is practically the same character as I used in
distinguishing the genera, only that I placed more importance
on the position and Dr. Wolf on the form of the style. I also
took the stamens into consideration, which Dr. Wolf only in-
cidentally mentions. Dr. Wolf’s RHOPALOSTYLAE correspond
to my genus Dasiphora. His NEMATOSTYLAE correspond to
Sibbaldiopsis and Comarum, together with several groups not
American and therefore not treated by me. These two subsections
constitute his section POTENTILLAE TRICHOCARPAE. It is evident
that Comarum (Potentilla palustris of his monograph) should not
be counted in this section, as the carpels are perfectly naked.
He associates P. palustris, a herbaceous plant with creeping root-
stock and glabrous achenes, with P. Salesowiana, a shrub with
hairy achenes. While the latter is in its right position in the sys-
tem, the former is not. I shall discuss this further under the
genus Comarum. To Dr. Wolf's POTENTILLAE GYMNOCARPAE
belong the rest of the subsections. (CLOSTEROSTYLAE correspond
to the genus Drymocallis and LEPTosTyLAE to Argentina. The
subsections CONOSTYLAE and GOMPHOSTYLAE show so many inter-
gradations, a fact admitted by Dr. Wolf, that there is no ground,
in my opinion, for keeping them apart. They constitute what
I have called Potentilla. In the main points Dr. Wolf and myself
agree, the only difference being that what he calls subsections,
I call genera. J can not help, however, but accuse Dr. Wolf of
inconsistency, for Sibbaldia, Fragaria, Horkelia, Comarella, and
Stellariopsis, all admitted by Dr. Wolf, are none of them better
genera than these subsections.
Now let us take up the different groups of Potentilla in the
order they are in the North American Flora.
TORMENTILLAE
This contains six species, of which two, Potentilla reptans and
P. procumbens, are introduced. Dr. Wolf admits only one North
American species, regarding P. pumila and P. simplex as varieties
of P. canadensis. Potentilla caroliniana was evidently unknown
to him. Regarding P. pumila, he states that I regarded it in
1898 as a distinct species but withdrew the rank in 1899 (re-
fering to the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for that year,
RypBERG: Nores ON ROSACEAE 381
page 25), after Clute had reported P. canadensis and P. pumila as
growing together on the sand barrens of Long Island and were
“connected through intermediate forms.’’ The page referred to
contains the proceedings of the Club. I had nothing to do with
it and my name was not even mentioned. Clute’s report on the
sand barren flora contains a statement very opposite to what
Dr. Wolf gives, viz.: ‘‘Potentilla pumila and P. canadensis growing
together without intermediate forms.’’ Robinson and Fernald,
who give Potentilla a very conservative treatment in Gray’s
New Manual, keep them distinct, although they regard P. simplex
a variety of P. canadensis. I for some time thought that an
additional species could be distinguished from P. canadensts, viz.,
the plant common in the lower Mississippi Valley. This has
much thicker and more shining leaves and usually longer bractlets
than the common P. canadensis of the North Atlantic States, but
these characters were found to be too unstable and the plant
grades so into the typical form that the idea was given up.
HETEROSEPALAE
This group contains only one species from Mexico and Central
America. Dr. Wolf refers it to the SUPINAE group, perhaps rightly
so.
; SUPINAE
In the North American Flora 12 species are admitted. Of
these, Potentilla rivalis, P. millegrana, P. biennis. P. michoacana
and P. pentandra are regarded by Dr. Wolf as distinct species; and
P. paradoxa and P. monspeliensis are regarded as varieties of the
European P. supina and P. norvegica respectively. P. Nicolletii
is made a mere form (f. decumbens) of P. supina paradoxa. A
comparison between this treatment and the one in Gray’s New
Manual is rather interesting. In that publication P. Nicolletii
is regarded as a good species, while P. millegrana and P. pen-
tandra are made varieties of P. rivalis. Whatever may be said,
Potentilla Nicolletii is a rather weak species, while P. pentandra
is one of the most distinct in the group. Opiz even based a new
genus on the same. It is also interesting to know that the speci-
-men which Sheldon had most in mind when he raised P. Nicol-
letit to specific rank and which he distributed under that name,
382 RYDBERG: NOTES ON ROSACEAE
was not a specimen of P. supina NicolletiiS. Watson or P. Nicol-
letii of my monograph, but of P. millegrana.
Dr. Wolf claims that Potentilla labradorica Lehm. is but a
depauperate form of P. norvegica hirsuta (i. e., of P. monspeliensis).
Lehmann’s description, however, suggests another plant, differing
from that species not only in the almost complete lack of pubes-
cence but also in the obtuse and oval instead of lanceolate bract-
lets, the broader obcordate petals and smooth instead of rugulose
achenes. It is a subarctic plant and evidently the same as P.
flexuosa Raf., an older name.
The remaining species, Potentilla flavovirens, P. Kelseyi, and
P. leurocarpa were described as new in the North American Flora,
and were evidently unknown to Dr. Wolf. They are all three
very local. P. Kelseyi may be a hybrid between P. biennis and
P. monspeliensis.
ARENICOLAE
This contains only one species, P. Newberryi, which Dr. Wolf
includes in the preceding group.
ARGENTEAE
This group isa rather artificial one and if I had had Dr. Wolf’s
monograph at hand when the manuscript was prepared I should
have made other arrangements. The group consists of four in-
troduced species. Of these Dr. Wolf has placed Potentilla inter-
media in the SUPINAE group on account of its short style. It is
evidently related to that group and often closely resembles P. nor-
vegica but is an evident perennial. Most specimens of this species
collected in this country belong to a form with the leaflets more
deeply dissected and inclined to be more or less pedately instead
of strictly palmately arranged. This form was described as
P. digitato-flabellata, from seed said to have come from America.
Perhaps it is a native and distinct from the European species.
I have never seen it growing. It would be worth while for bot-
anists who have the opportunity to see it in the field to give it a
thorough study. /P. argentea is rather common and is found in
this country in many forms. I did not take the trouble to try to
identify these with the numerous described varieties.
RYDBERG: NoTES ON ROSACEAE 383
RECTAE
This group contains two closely related introduced species.
Dr. Wolf regards them as varieties of one.
HEPTAPHYLLAE
This group consists of a single species, which Dr. Wolf includes
in his Grex Ranunculoides, a mixture of plants of diverse habits,
from the groups Heptaphyllae, Aureae, Subviscosae, Subcoriaceae
and Nuttallianae. In my monograph I had followed S. Watson
in calling the species Potentilla heptaphylla Mill. It is not closely
related to that species. For some years I had known my mistake
but did not correct it until I did so in the North American Flora.
Dr. Wolf had also noticed it and proposed a new name for the
species. As his name is a few months older, the species has to
bear the following name and synonymy.
POTENTILLA PALMERI Th. Wolf. Bibl. Bot. 16: 513. 1908
P. heptaphylla S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 353; hyponym.
1882.—Rydb. Mem. Dep. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2: 62. 1898.
Not P. heptaphylla Mill. 1768.
P. leptophylla Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 22: 310. N 1908.
NUTTALLIANAE
Coulter and Nelson, in the New Manual of Botany of the Cen-
tral Rocky Mountains, have reduced Potentilla brunnescens Rydb.
to a doubtful synonym of P. pectinisecta, to which it has indeed
very little relationship. Its nearest relative is without doubt
P. Nuttallii. Dr. Wolf, who is even more conservative as a rule
than the authors of the New Manual, admits it as a distinct species,
but changes the name to P. brunescens, for what reason I do not
know. As far as I know, both brunneus and brunnescens are
usually spelled with two n’s.
Potentilla Townsendii is placed in the Ranunculoides by Dr.
Wolf and placed between P. fragiformis and P. Palmeri; but it
is not related at all to either of the two. It has no close relative
as far as I know, but must be placed in the group in which I placed
it in the North American Flora, unless it is to be regarded as a
group by itself.
384 RypBERG: NoTes ON ROSACEAE
The only species in North America which resembles it in leaf-
form is P. angustata Rydberg, proposed as new in the North Amer-
ican Flora, but this is much more closely related to P. Nuttallit.
It is known only from the type collection.
The new species proposed in this group are Potentilla angustata,
P. grosse-serrata, P. rectiformis, P. amadorensis, P. macropetala,
P. Parishii, P. dascia, and P. lasia.
Potentilla grosse-serrata was based partly on material referred
by me in my monograph to P. Blaschkeana. As treated there, the
latter species was composed of a mixture of P. grosse-serrata, P.
glomerata A. Nels., P. dascia Rydb., and the true P. Blaschkeana
Lehm. I shall give a further discussion under the latter species.
Some of the more typical specimens of P. grosse-serrata are here
given:
CALIFORNIA: Donner Lake, 1865, Torrey 121 (a); Bridges 98;
between Igera and Weed, 1905, Heller Sog2; (Geological Survey
1860-7) Rattan 234.
NEVADA: Ruby Valley, 1868, S. Watson 3309.
WASHINGTON: Vasey 322.
When preparing the manuscript of my original monograph,
I had two specimens, rather fragmentary, of Potentilla rectiformis.
One was doubtfully and hesitatingly referred to P. recta, the other
to P. pectinisecta. The following specimens belong here:
WASHINGTON: Pullman, 1896, Elmer 29, ‘‘Kuskuske and
Fort Vancouver,” Wilkes.
Montana: Spanish Basin, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey 4370.
Potentilla amadorensis is known only from the type locality.
Potentilla macropetala resembles much in habit P. glaucophylla
but has much larger flowers. The stem is also much stouter and
and the plant much coarser, wherefore it was placed here rather
than in the Macutatar. To this species I refer the following
specimens:
CALIFORNIA: Laguna, 1894, Schoenfeldt 3576; 1866, Bolander
50306; San Diego, Palmer.
OrEGON: Tillamook, 1894, Lloyd.
Potentilla Parishii is closely related to P. Hallii and the first
specimens seen were referred to that species by me a few years
ago, but it differs in the fine appressed instead of spreading and
RYDBERG: NoTES ON ROSACEAE 385
coarser pubescence of the stem. The following specimens are re-
ferred here:
CALIFORNIA: Descanso, 1897, Parish 4523; Cuyamaca Lake,
1903, Abrams 3871; San Jacinto Mountains, Hall 2296; Fresno
County, 1900, Hall & Chandler 182, in part; Laguna Mountains,
San Diego County, 1904, Brandegee.
Some of the specimens belonging to Potentilla dascia were
included in P. Blaschkeana in my monograph. Later I referred
them to P. glomerata A. Nelson. It is evidently related to the
latter, but differs in the open inflorescence and the pubescence,
which is much coarser and not at all tomentose, but slightly
puberulent as well as hirsute on the lower surface of the leaves-
I refer here:
WASHINGTON: 1889, Vasey 320; Ellensburg, 1897, Piper 2736;
Wilson Creek, 1892, Lake & Hull 518; Wilson Creek, 1893,
Sandberg & Leiberg 315.
OREGON: Dalles, 1869, Harford & Dunn 1144.
Montana: Bozeman, 1892, Mrs. Alderson; 1874, Coues.
Potentilla lasia is related to P. Hallii but is characterized by the
few and large teeth of the leaves and the oblong-lanceolate instead
of narrowly linear-lanceolate bractlets. To it are referred:
CALIFORNIA: Schwartout Cafion, San Antonio Mountains,
1899, Hall; Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mountains, 1894, Parish
3252; Los Angeles County, 1899.
Dr. Wolf reduces Potentilla Hallii to a variety of P. gracilis,
evidently without having seen a specimen. This is not the only
case he has treated in that way, for in about half the cases
where species have been described by later authors, he has re-
duced them to varieties of what seemed to him the nearest species.
In habit the plant resembles much more what Dr. Wolf -describes
under the name P. pulcherrima, than P. gracilis, but it lacks
tomentum on the lower surface of the leaves and therefore should
be placed near P. etomentosa in the Nuttallianae group.
Dr. Wolf admits Potentilla etomentosa as a valid species, citing
specimens from Wyoming. Not all species so named from Wy-
oming belong to P. etomentosa, for some are P. jucunda. The
latter he reduces to a variety of P. diversifolia, claiming that he
can scarcely separate it from the variety glaucophylla, This
386 RypBERG: NoTEsS ON ROSACEAE
statement he bases on specimens received from me, collected at
Chambers Lake, Col. In the Chamber’s Lake collection, dis-
tributed by the Agricultural College of Colorado and named by me,
large specimens of P. glaucophylla and rather small ones of P. ju-
cunda were mixed. I did not notice this fact when the specimens
were sent out and Dr. Wolf may have received specimens of the
former instead of the latter.
In the New Manual of the Central Rocky Mountains the
author of the name Potentilla jucunda has reduced it to a synonym
of P. Nuttallii, but it differs in the total lack of the glandular
pruinosity characteristic of that species, in the thinner leaflets,
and less prominent veins.
As an appendage of this group, I added two Mexican species,
P. oaxacana Rydb. and P. Goldmani Painter, with thicker
leaves and but 5 leaflets to the basal leaves. They are known only
from the type localities.
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1900-1909)
The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in its broadest sense.
vi and papers which relate exclusively to forestry, — horticulture,
monaheaed products of vegetable origin, or laboratory m s are not included, and
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. occasional exception is
made in a of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is reprinted werd on cards, and furnished in this form to haanaiaine
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all eas published during the term of his. subscription. Cities
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Club.
Andrews, A. L. Bryophytes of the Mt. Greylock region. IV. Rhodora
II: 116-118. 7 Je 1909.
Barbazette, L. Tentative list of Myxomycetes of northern Indiana and
southern Michigan. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 38-43. 15 Je 1909
Bessey, C. E. The Carolina poplar. Rep. Nebraska State Board Agric.
1906-1907: 203-210. [1908?]
Borgesen,F. Vegetationen Dansk-Vestindien. Atlanteen 1909: 601-632.
f. 277-300. 1909.
Briquet, J. Decades plantarum novarum vel minus cognitarum—II-IV.
Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 11 & 12: 175-193. 1909.
Includes many species described as new from Mexico and the Andes.
Cardot, J. Diagnoses préliminaires de mousses mexicaines. I. Rev. Bryol.
36: 67-77. 1909; II. Rev. Bryol. 36: 81-88. 1909; III. Rev. Bryol.
36: 105-115. 1909.
Christ, H. Primitiae florae costaricensis Filices—VI.
Genéve 1: 216-236. 31 My 1909.
Clark, G. H., & Fletcher, J. Farm weeds of Canada. 1-192. pl. I-70.
Ottawa, 1909. [Ed. 2.]
7 Clements, E.S. The relation of leaf structure to physical factors.
Am. Microsc. Soc. 1905: 19-102. a I-g. 1905.
387
Bull. Soc. Bot.
Trans,
388 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Collins, G. N. The avocado, a salad fruit from the tropics. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 77: 1-52. pl. 7-8. 5 Jl 1905.
Cooper, A. W. Sugar pine and western pine in California. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Forest Service Bull. 69: 1-42. pl. I-4. 1906
Darbishire, O. V. Lichens collected during the 2d Norwegian polar ex-
pedition in 1898-1902. 1-64. pl. 1, 2. Christiania, 1909.
From report of second Norwegian arctic expedition in the ‘‘Fram’’ 1898-1902,
No. 21.
Eichlam, F. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kakteen von Guatemala—VI.
Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 97-99. 15 Jl 1909;—VII. Monats. Kakteenk.
19: 145-149. 15 O1909;—VIII. Monats. Kakteenk. 19: 166-171. 15
N 1909.
Evans, A. W. Notes on New England Hepaticae—VII. Rhodora 11:
185-195. 3 N 1909.
Includes Metzgeria crassipilis sp. nov.
Forbes, C. N. Some new Hawaiian plants. Occas. Papers Bishop
Museum 4: 38-46. Ap 1909. [IIlust.]
Gallardo, A. Observaciones morfolégicas y estadisticas sobre algunas
anomalias de Digitalis purpurea L. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, II.
9: 27-72. 7 Je 1900.
Gates, R. R. Studies of inheritance in the evening primrose. Chicago
Med. Recorder 1909: 1-6. F 1909.
Glaziou, A. F. M. Liste des plantes du Brésil central. Mém. Bot. Soc.
France 9: 297-392. 20 Je 1909.
Greene, E. L. Canadian species of Thalictrum—II. Ottawa Nat. 23:
37-40. My 1909.
Greene, E. L. Ecology of a certain orchid. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 61-65.
16 Au 1909.
Cypripedium acaule.
Greene, E. L. Field notes of Canadian botany—I. Ottawa Nat. 23:
I10-113. 28S 1909.
Greene, E. L. Notes on the stemless Lady’s slipper. Am. Mid. Nat. 1:
125-127. 15 D 1909. :
Greene, E. L. Some Thalictra from North Dakota. Am. Mid. Nat. 1:
99-104. 15 O 1909.
Includes 3 new species.
Halsted, B. D. Fungi of native and shade trees. Report New Jersey
Forest Park Comm. 4: 101-120. f. 33-43. 1900.
Hasse, H. E. Additions to the lichen flora of southern California. No.
2. Bryologist 12: 101-104. N 1909.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 389
Hassler, E. Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates paraguarienses. I. Re-
pert. Nov. Spec. 6: 341-352. 1 Mr 1909.
Contains 5 separate papers here indexed under the authors: Christ (3), Hackel,
and Malme.
Haywood, J. K. Injury to vegetation by smelter fumes. U. S. Dept.
Agric. Bur. Chem. Bull. 89: 1-23. 1905. Pe
Heald, F. D. Symptoms of disease in plants. Bull. Univ. Texas Sci. Ser.
14: 1-63. f. 1-62.15 'N. 1000,
Henkel, A. American root drugs. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 107:
I-80...pl. 1-7 + f. 1-25... 25 O 1907.
Hieronymus, G. Plantae Stiibelianae. Pteridophyta. Vierter Teil. Hed-
wigia 48: 215-224. pl. g-11. 10 F 1909; 225-256. pl. 12-14. 10 My
1909; 257-303. 28 Je 1909.
Hochreutiner, B. P.G. Monographia generis Arthroclianthi Baill. Ann.
Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve 13: 30-46. 15 Au 1909.
Studies of a New Caledonian genus, but based on material from the herbarium
of the N. Y. Botanical Garden, and distributed as Contrib. N. Y. Bot. Garden no.
130. :
Holm, T. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 128-137. pl. 9, Io.
15 D 1909.
Holm, T. Observations on seedlings of North American phaenogamous
plants. Ottawa Nat. 22: 235-244. pl. 7, 8. 6 F 1909.
Continued from Ottawa Nat. 22: 165-174. 908.
Howe, R. H. Lichens of the Mount Monadnock region, N. H. No. 4.
Bryologist 12: 59, 60. Jl 1909.
Humphrey, H. B. The plant societies of Monterey peninsula. Plant
World 12: 79-82. Ap 1909; 152-157. f. 2-4. Jl 1909.
Hyams, C. W. Edible mushrooms of North Carolina. N.C. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. 177: 23-58. D 1900.
(Ann. Rep. 24: 23-58.) Descr. cat.
Jaffa, M. E. Nuts and their uses as food. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric.
1906: 295-312. pl. 15. 1907.
Chiefly dietetic, but mentions sources of principal kinds.
Jepson, W. L. South limits of Coast Range trees. I. Bull. South. Cali-
fornia Acad. Sci. 8: 69-71. Jl 1909.
Kellerman, K. F. Inoculation of legumes. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmers’
Bull. 240: 1-7. 1905.
Kindberg, N.C. New contributions to Canadian bryology. Ottawa Nat.
23: dee 15 N 1909.
Includes new species in Calliergon (3), arac ireecEst: Brachythecitum, Hypnum,
Polytrichum, piesa and Grimmia (3).
390 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Koehne, E. Robinia neomexicana X Pseudacacia. (R. Holdtii Beissner.)
Gartenflora 52: 272, 273. 15 My 1903.
Koehne, E. Uber Taxodien. Natur. Wochenschr. 1905: 122-124. 1905.
Koehne, E. Vorweltliche und lebende Taxodien. Mitteil. Deuts. Den-
drol. Gesells. 16: 119-122. 1907.
Learn, C. D. A common forest-tree disease. Upper Iowa Collegian 26:
145-147. My 19009.
Leveille, H. Monographie du genre Onothera. Bull. Acad. Internat.
Geogr. Bot. 17: 257-332. My 1908. [Illust.]
Lloyd, F. E. The seeds and seedlings of the hemlock, Tsuga canadensis.
Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 97-100. Jl 1900.
Mackenzie, K. K. Notes on Carex—V. Bull. Torrey Club 36: 477-484.
35 1909.
Many new species described.
Maza, M. G. de la. Sinonimia de las familias de la Flora Cubana (Faner-
égamas). Ann. Acad. Cienc. Méd. Habana 46: 105-155. Jl 1909.
Merrill, G. K. Lichen notes no. 14. Bryologist 12: 107, 108. N 1909.
Includes Calicium obscurum and C. minutissimum spp. nov. from Maine.
Metcalf, H. Diseases of ornamental trees. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric.
1907: 483-494. pl. 58-60 + f. 52. 1908.
Moore, C. C. Cassava: its content of hydrocyanic acid and starch and —
other properties. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Chem. Bull. 106: 1-30. 1907.
Moore, G.T. Soil inoculation for legumes. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant. Ind.
Bull. 71: 1-72. pl. 1-10. 23 Ja 1905.
[Nieuwland, J.A.] Changes in plant names. Am. Mid. Nat.1 : 141-144.
15 D 1909
Nieuwland, J. A. Hints on collecting and growing algae for class work.
Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 85-97. 15 O 1909.
Nieuwiand, J. A. Notes on the priority of plant names. Am. Mid.
Nat. I: 49. 15 Je 1909.
Nieuwland, J. A. Priority of names of certain families of plants. Am.
Mid. Nat. 1: 109-112. 15 D 1909.
[Nieuwland, J. A.] ‘‘Spineless cacti.’”” Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 76-80. 16 Au
1909. “
[Nieuwland, J. A.] The “knee-joints” of species of Mougeotia. Am. Mid.
Nat. 1: 82-84. 15 O 1909.
Nieuwland, J. A. The name Stemonitis a synonyme. Am. Mid. Nat. 1:
65-68. 16 Au 1909.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 391
Oakley, R. A. Orchard grass. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 1oos:
45-56. pl. 7. 25 Ap 1907.
Dactylis glomerata.
Orton, W.A. Plant diseases in the United States in 1901. Yearbook U.S.
Dept. Agric. 1901: 668-672. 1902.
Orton, W.A. Plant diseases in the United States in 1902. Yearbook U.S.
Dept. Agric. 1902: 714-719. 1903.
Orton, W. A. Plant diseases in 1903. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1903:
550-555- 1904.
Orton, W. A. Plant diseases in 1904. Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric. 1904:
581-586. 1905.
Orton, W. A., & Ames, A. Plant diseases in 1907. Yearbook U. S. Dept.
Agric. 1907: 577-589. 1908.
Orton, W. A., & Ames, A. Plant diseases in 1908. Yearbook U. S. Dept.
Agric. 1908: 533-538. 1909.
Osterhout, W. J. V. The living plant. California Agric. Exp. Sta.
Nature-study Bull. 41-64. f. 1-21. S 1900.
Palla, E. Neue Cyperaceen—V. Oesterr. Bot. Zeits. 59: 186-194. pl. 3.
My 1909.
Pammel, L. H. Flora of northern Iowa peat bogs. Rep. Iowa Geoh.
Survey 19: 737-787. f. 106-117. [1909.]
Piche, G. C. Liste des principaux arbres et arbrisseaux indigénes ou
naturalisés de la province de Québec. 1-8. Montreal, 1908(?).
Piper,C.V. The search for new leguminous forage crops. Yearbook U.S.
Dept. Agric. 1908: 245-260. pl. Q-I5. 1909.
Pohlmann, R., & Reiche, K. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Flussthaler
Camerones und Vitor und ihres Zwischenlandes (19° s. Br.). | Verh.
Deuts. Wiss. Vereins Santiago 14: 263-305. 1900.
Radlkofer, L. Uber die Gattung Allophylus und die Ordnung ihrer Arten.
Sitzungsber. Kgl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. math.-phys. KI. 38: 201-240. 1909.
Ragan, W.H. Nomenclature of the pear; a catalogue-index of the known
varieties referred to in American publications from 1804-1907. U. S.
Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 126: 1-268. 30 Je 1908.
Sapper, C. Ueber die geologische Bedeutung der tropischen Vegetations-
formationen in Mittelamerica und Sudmexico. 1-38. Leipzig, 1900.
Schumann, K. Bliihende Kakteen (Iconographia Cactacearum) 1: pl. 1-4.
[16 O 1900]; 2: pl. 5-8. [25 N 1900.]
Scofield, C. S. The botanical history and classification of alfalfa. U. S.
Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull. 131°: 13-19. f. z, 2.. 17 Au 1908.
992 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Shear, C. L. Fungous diseases of the cranberry. U. S. Dept. Agric.
Farmers’ Bull. 221: 1-16. 1905.
Spegazzini, C. Mycetes argentinenses. IV. Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos
Aires III. 12: 257-457. f. I-40. 1909.
Spring, S. N. The natural replacement of white Ce on old fields in New
England. U.S. Dept. Agric. Forestry Bull. 63: 1-32. pl. I-4+-map. 1905.
Stephani, F. Species Hepaticarum. Bull. Heb. Boiss. I]. 8: 941-972.
5 Ja 1909.
Includes four new ee in Mastigobryum, three from South America, and one
from tropical North America.
Stockberger, W. W. The drug known as pink-root. U.S. Dept. Agric.
Plant Ind. Bull. 100°: 41-44. pl. 5, 6+f.5,6. 25 Ap 1910.
Stone, G. E. Potato and apple scab. (Oospora Scabies Thax.) Mass.
Board Agric. Nature Leafl. 7: [1-4]. 1900. [Illust.]
Stone, G. E. The black-knot of the plum and cherry (Plowrightia
morbosa Schw. & Sacc.) Mass. Board Agric. Nature Leafl. 3: [1-4].
4. i¢2.. TSOO.
Stuckert, T. El! Vinalillo. Una nueva planta arbérea de la familia de las
Leguminosas, perteneciente 4 la flora Argentina. Anal. Mus. Nac.
* Buenos Aires II. 7: 73-79. pl. 4. 2 Au 1900.
Prosopis Vinalillo sp. nov.
Taylor, N. Local floral notes—I. Torreya 9: 203-208. 260 1909; II.
Torreya 9: 257-261. 31 D 1909.
Theissen, F. Fragmenta brasilica. II. Ann. Myc. 7: 343-353. pl. 7-0.
Au 1909.
Thom, C. Fungi in cheese ripening: Camembert and Roquefort. U. S.
Dept. Agric. Animal Ind. Bull. 82: 1-39. f. 1-3. 1906.
Tidestrom, I. Notes on Populus, Plinius. Am. Mid. Nat. 1: 113-118.
pl. 6,7. 15 D 1909.
Tillotson, C. R. Trees of Lincoln and vicinity. Rep. Nebraska State
Board Agric. 1906-1907: 213-236. [19087]
Tyler, F. J. The nectaries of cotton. U.S. Dept. Agric. Plant Ind. Bull.
131°: 45-54. pl. 1. 17 Au 1908.
Vries, H. de. Tucson en de West Amerikaansche Woestijn. Onze Eeuw
5:— (1-32). 1905.
Wester, P. J. Roselle: its culture and uses. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmers’
Bull. 307: 1-16. f. 1-5. 24 O 1907.
Hibiscus Sabdariffa L.
THE BRYOLOGIST
WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME
It is a 16~20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics,
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings
and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional
as well asamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00a
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.
INDEX TO
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each card.
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLi_eGr oF PHARMACY, I15 W. 68th St., N. Y. City.
From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
taper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year,
North American Flora
HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants ga eGo
[ of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include and, Centr
merica, the Republic of Panama, and the West fob. ee pie
Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off aS aes coast of Venezuela, whose flora is
cocaine South America
will be vuiblished i in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
Garten through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles
aly.
ye is planned to issue parts as re as they can be id pela = extent of
any n hs ts.
the work making it possible a commence publication at of
The Soanricted work will form a series of volumes He A ftiswing « poss
Volume 1. Mycetozoa, Silico phyta, Diatomace
V es 2 to I0 gi
ngi.
. Algae.
Volumes 14 and 15. Bryophyta.
Volume 16. — Pteridophy * and pions gaa
MS eciata Abi to 19. Monocotyle hy
Volumes 20 to 30, Dicotst don
e pr eparation of t has Teen referred by the Scientific Directors of the
Garden to a mittee sucteiet of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr.
ates & Barkan
Professor George F. Atkinson, of Cornell eae Professors Charles R. Barnes
and John M. Coulter, of = University of Chi nM: uF i ts erick & ee of the
United een Department of Agriculture, Profesor Edw L. Gre of the United
nal Museum, Professor Byron D. Halsted, of Note s Coles e, and oe
States Nat useu
fessor Wi tlie iam T —— of the Missouri Botanical “Gard en, have consented to ac
an advisory comm
The following parts have been published :
Vol. 7. Part 1, Ustilaginales, by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule-
dinaceae, and Aecidiaceae (pars), by J. C. Arthur
Vol. 9. Parts 1 and 2, Pol olan by W KE Murrill. Part 3, ae by
W. A. Murrill ; ape (pars) by W. A. — and G, S. Burlin
ol. 16. Pe 8 ae aap by eargicnet and R. — Benedict :
rhs oe 1. NM. Underwood; Osm Heviann e and Ceratopteridaceae, by R
Benedic ; Schizaeaceae, Gleinkentacwe, ad Aes aceae (pak Ss); by WER. Maxon.
Vo : Part I, yg oa hi by P. Wilson; Sparganiaceae, Elodeaceae, and Hy-
drochartacae, by P. ‘A. Rydberg ; Zannichelliaceae, Zosteraceae, Cymodoc neon
Naiadac and Tisaties by N. Taylor; Sc heuchzeriacene, by N. L. Bri
Alimacene by J. K. Small; Butomaceae and Poaceae Saige y G. V. Nash.
2. Part 1, Podostemonaceae, by G. V. ; Crassulaceae, by N. L.
Betton nay, N. Rose; Penthora e and Pamasiacene, BE A. Rydberg. Part 2;
Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae, ee and P. A. Rydberg; Cunoniaceae,
Iteaceae, and Hamamelidaceae, by N. L. Briton Pinntidac-oun, by J. K. Small ;
Altingiac eae, by P. Wilson; Ph (letreimotae: by H. a, Part 3, Grossularia-
ceae, by F. V. Coville and N. L, Britton; .Platanaceae, by H. A. Gleason ;
mataceae, by J. K. Small ; Connaraceae, by N. L. Britton ; €alycanthaceae, by C. L.
feentah Rosaceae (pars), by P. A. Rjdbeng: ne 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A.
Rydberg.
Vol. 25. Part 1, peer eE Ps by L. T. Hanks and Re i apne Oxalidaceae
and Linaceae, by J. K ; Erythroxylaceae, by N. L.
The iedacsintana price is ae at $1.50 for each part; it is See that four or
a — will be required nl biog volume. A limited number of separate parts will
at $2.00 each. Add
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT :
. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
ol.
Filevuin (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893-
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1598.
$6.0
ol. raph of the North Hee Potentilleae (1898).
By Per Awol Ryne Fellow in Botany, 1896-7.
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00.
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT:
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00.
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00,
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894~1895. Price $5.00.
Vol. 4. Nos. 76~100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00,
Vol. 5. Nos. ro1-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00.
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00.
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00.
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1go1-1902. Price $5.00.
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current).
List of separate numbers available on application,
2% xt-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert
ee Fellow i in Botany, 1895-1896.
Oct 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4. 25 Sioeiee ; $3.80 (paper).
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamt
he Department invites propositions ices is es of <—
barium material for any of the above named pe Addres
Dr. | C. Curtis, Columbia Universitv, N. Y. City
n Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, ‘Canada, and
the titich Pomenii ns from Newfoundland to oe Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel sal Britton, Profes-
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi-
son Brown.
Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 64
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in ie text, ectestng every
species described.
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
£9.00 for we three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ-
ately, $10.0 as
5. Our: Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1o 60
By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907
uodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt &
Co. New York. Price, €:.
"6: Moulds, Mildews, ae Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un-
derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907.
Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt &
Co. Price ¢r.
7. Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar-
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany,
1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; spe Professor of
Botany, 1908-19103; Associate Professor of Botany, 1
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 ee Published oy fists Holt
& Co., New York. Price O.
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave.,
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
Cu A. H.
KAHLBAUM’S
Our Specialties
MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals
and Reagents
and
ACCESSORIES CARL
SCHLEICHER
& SCHULL’S
MICROTOMES = 4) | C. P. Filters
— * Beco ees BUM SCHOTT &
BALANCES & % = GENOSSEN'S
Famous Labora-
= tory Glassware
WEIGHTS
And for many other
renowned European
ont ouses in our line.
ceicbaine LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited,
_A Series of idetatcal papers on potigicat subjects,
Erker 3. 00a volume. Not offered in eichenpe: :
Vol. 1, No. 1; not furnished s rately:
Bailey, Liberty eh ai Staies of the types of various species af the genus trees fo
¢ Pages 1-85. 25 My : As
| ie ee No. 2; fink tarnished sepatately Seg one < ot
_ Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the = "Joey cout ‘oa a adacent eae
CoE waters of Staten Island. Pages vee 2. Au
Vol. 1, No. 3; price, pacha ec te aos eee
Spruce, Richard. /Hefaticae etiam: S “Andibos “Boliviae etal canis
1885-6, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. a ee:
ety WOEea, No. 4; PACs 35 cents: : Fe i : =
Sturtevant, res Lewis. On seedless fruits Pages 141-187. - 30 My 1890,
aioe not furnished separately : pe ian
_ Halsted, Byron Da oe Reserv food interns in bs
a = fa ae Plates 1,2, 10S 1300:
Vol. 2, No, 2; pha 75 cents:
ae
"Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur.
___. Virginia. Pages 27-56, plats 31 #- 23 D 1890.
ede —- Fol. 2, No. 3} not furnished s oer £05
, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the knowledge of the
"some North American plants. ia 57-108, plates 5-19. oy. A D
et s : : Vol. 2, No o. 4; price, 75° cents: KS = *
_ Wheelock, William Efner. The genus Polygala in North rth Ameri
age nae 30 D 1891.
ne goes Vol. 3, No1; _not famished
meration of the oe in Bo
ste cae Pages 1-67. 2B Ap 1893. : apecgte
I-91.
gears
tion of southwestern Virginia panels the
S, 75-82. 18 N 1893-17 A p 1894. ;
2e. : Vol
k. : sie : ee >
, Henry | An enun
Bang. Part 2.- Pages 203-274. 10 Mr—-1
Vol. 4, No. 4
Ara at j
5 Je 1895.
2 2 Ryat ere The Nc th :
z yigexe Ante! Sm = 15 s Sige
Vol. 5; price, $3.00
List of egw ecig a Steratopyt grow ing without cultivation in northeastern
North America. 1-377. 4 D 1893-31
Vol. 6, No. 1; price, . 25:
rm Henry Hurd. An sumbaadien of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel
Bang.. Part 3. Fine I-130. 1896.
Vol. 6, No. 2; not furnished separately :
Grout, Abel Joel. A a itor - the North American ake taceae and Brachythecia.
ages 131-210. 30 Jl
: y: 6, No. 3; price, 50 c
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. Th é life biter of Sphae ie lacustris ( Haematococcus
pluvialis). Pages 211- ab plates 86, by tered Je 1899.
ol. 6 No. 4; price, 50 cents :
Underwood, Lucien Marcus. A review of the dissin of ferns proposed prior to
1832. Pages aes I e ge
Vol o..5; price, 25 ce
Fink, Bruce. Notes on haken distribution in ¥
jag ingy pies.
Py eal tae
ry
:
ss
if
Vol. 37 No 8
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
eee
AUGUST, 1910
Have we enough New England blackberries ?
EUGENE P. BICKNELL
What are we to believe about our wild blackberries? Has
nature bestowed on our flora really many more than those few
well-accredited species which have come down to us from our
botanical forefathers, or are our woods and fields crowded with
the brave number which recent years have spread on the botanical
page and which, by the token of their array, may yet be infinitely
multiplied ?
Our wise forefathers in the restraint of their learning were
cautious in their treatment of this suspiciously unconventional
group of plants—too cautious, it may be, and perhaps not so
wisely restrained after all. Quite possibly their example of con-
servatism carried its influence too securely into the widened out-
look of the present day and some form of reaction was predestined
to follow in the accounting. Be this as it may, the spell has finally
been broken, and lo,—the fragments!
What is the blackberry situation at this hour? It is indeed
an unhappy heritage. Where angels had feared to tread the
ground has been traversed, and so unforbearingly, notwithstanding
the briers, that not any semblance of a pathway has been suffered
to exist.
My study of the flora of Nantucket in course of publication
has led me, reluctant, into the general blackberry problem. No
evasion was possible. Many unusual forms of blackberries are
found on Nantucket and, in order to discuss them at all, it was
necessary first to determine whether any or all of them had been
[The BULLETIN for July, 1910 (37: 345-392) was issued 29 Jl 1910.]
393
394 BicKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ?
accounted for in recent print. If the study of what had thus been
offered should fall into no final Rafinesquian entanglement, there
was the hope that it might unfold some long concealed but con-
sistent and beautiful multiple structure of evolution’s handiwork.
And if, peradventure, there should be disclosed any sad mixture
of dislocated facts and naive fancies, then those unwisely conserv-
ative botanical forefathers should be held to their proper blame.
In any case, the problem required some attempt at solution.
Hence these lines.
Two fundamental facts about our blackberries should not long
escape the most casual student. Even the least unstable species
possess some kind of ready pliancy, which answers, often with
marked emphasis, to slightly changed conditions of growth; and,
further, all the species by some freely practised method of versa-
tility acquire variously in combination with their own proper
characters the features of associated members of their group.
These facts import an extraordinary natural variability and un-
doubtedly, also, a facility in hybridizing which is perhaps not ex-
ceeded in any other genus of our flora.
A number of years ago, before these facts were well apprehended,
the blackberries of York County, Maine, excited my wonder and
engaged my particular attention. Who knows but that for a
warning sounded by President Brainerd the observer of those
days might have complacently occupied the pitfall which thus
jnvited any artless and too self-assured purveyor of spurious
species? President Brainerd’s admonition, which was not unduly
apprehensive, as later events have shown, may well be quoted
here: “Our American blackberry is so excessively variable that
in order to be completely understood it may in time need to be
presented under as many mental types. But we most sincerely
hope that only experts—after years of study—will attempt it.’’*
Since the day of that admonition, York County, Maine, has
become distinguished as a stronghold of blackberry trouble.
Here a Canadian flora is thrown out along a partly deforested
country fronting the ocean shore, which has also received a counter-
invasion of the coastwise flora of more southern New England.
The condition of compression within this coastal strip may well
*Rhodora 2: 23, 24. F 1900.
BICKNELL: Havre WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 395
be supposed to produce a tension between two distinct floras not
usually brought into contact, and to place many plants in unac-
customed relations of contiguity. Among plants capable of
hybridizing such conditions could scarcely fail to give the op-
portunity.
The intricate taxonomic problem presented by our blackberries
has long been to the writer a most fascinating subject of attention,
but without the opportunity of adequate study, and the conclu-
sions which the present situation in the group has here called pre-
maturely into expression are advanced with many reservations.
Something like fifty new blackberry names have been added
to the lists during recent years. Of these the majority, some forty
or more, have been promulgated by Mr. W. H. Blanchard from
the general New England region. Full sets of specimens bearing
these new names have been distributed. They have been well
collected and better herbarium material need not be desired.
Those deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Garden have been utilized in the present study.
It would scarcely yet be the part of wisdom to accept any one
of these new names as denoting a valid species nor, on the other
hand, is there sufficient warrant in our present knowledge for
reporting all of them as being without standing. I should suppose,
however, that some sixty per cent. of the number might be allowed
to pass into the category of synonyms; the remainder, possibly
with a few exceptions, appear to disclose themselves as scarcely
doubtful hybrids. It should be said at once, however, that no
sufficient proof, properly so considered, can be adduced in sup-
port of this view. But every reasonable probability of circum-
stantial evidence points to such a conclusion; it seems to meet
the requirements of a correct working hypothesis among the
multitude of interrelated forms which the group presents and to
satisfy various theoretical tests. Nevertheless, in so general a
commitment of alleged new species it is more than possible that
mistakes have been made and that there may be some members
of wholly unblemished origin which should be rescued from the
asylum of bastards.
As to the valid New England blackberries I see little reason
to doubt that we have at least eleven species in the Eubatus group,
here alone considered, as follows:
396 BIcKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ?
Rubus allegheniensis Porter.
cuneifolius Pursh.
frondosus Bigelow.
nigricans Rydb.
ispidus L.
procumbens Mubhl.
Baileyanus Britton.
Enslenii Trat.
flagellaris Willd.
Under these names, if I hav e not wholly misconceived the prob-
lem, all or nearly all more recent names may be disposed somewhat
in accordance with the arrangement in the following tables. The
problem is made very intricate by reason of the extreme varia-
bility of the apparent hybrids, which would appear to have ac-
quired a compound tendency to variation through their double
inheritance. And th indications that compound hybrids have
also to be reckoned with. What appear to be the product of the
same crosses present themselves under many different aspects
according as they resemble one or the other parent or variously
combine the characters of both. And the crosses appear to reflect
also the fluctuating forms of development to which the parents
are subject under varied conditions of growth and in different
parts of their range. So freely do our species appear to hybridize
that there would seem to be little reason to doubt that every one of
them holds the capability of crossing with every other one. There
is thus among the species here enumerated, omitting Rubus cunet-
folius, only a local plant in New England, a potentiality of forty-
five primary hybrids, and nearly all of this possible number ap-
pear to be accounted for by existing forms. Some of these seem to
announce their parentage quite unmistakably, while others offer
mere suggestions only, easily misinterpreted, of what their origin
may be. The final word is not for the systematist but for the
experimental culturist and must rest on the demonstration
which induced crossing can alone supply.
Not all of the species here taken to be valid are secure against
the test, having its advocates, that species may not intergrade.
BICKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEw ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 397
It would need a very keen botanical eye to discover inviolable
boundary lines separating Rubus allegheniensis from Rubus cana-
densis on the one hand and from Rubus argutus on the other; and
between Rubus argutus and Rubus frondosus there exists a range
of forms equally open to a double claim. Among the trailing .
species the lines of separation are even less effectively protected.
There would thus appear to be little room for new species
in this group. Its units are established at such narrow intervals
that the organic circumference of each undoubtedly invades that
of one or more of the others. In es —— genus of plants
wherein the species move withi ted radius, differences
far less pronounced than those which mark mere forms or states
of our Rubi might be evidence enough of distinct organic type.
The genus Rubus, however, would appear to represent the grow-
ing point of a genetic phylum subject to great variational activity
and rapid and impermanent change and, not least to be considered,
ready hybridization. In this view even wide variations in these
plants are to be understood as the expression of a concentrated
phylogenetic energy rather than as evidence of a completed or-
ganic segregation.
All of our species, however, show regional and local variations
which, if unstable, are more or less obvious. For those who enjoy
the exploitation of varieties here is a pristine field where their name
islegion. For myself I have never yet been able to comprehend by
what theory of differentiation the infinite varieties of plants are cast
into two main categories—the to be named and the to be name-
less. Not less among the blackberries than in many another
group the accustomed eye finds varieties well marked for it every-
where, and moves freely out beyond the range of charted taxonomy
not to be overtaken by any strained following of printed names.
Shall we dare to hope, notwithstanding, that the foundations
builded for this group by our forefathers may not ever be weighted
by some crataegal structure which it is ill fitted to support?
It has perhaps been thought that the genus Rubus was subject to
an interpretation similar to that which has been unfolded in the
genus Crataegus. To my observation there is an unmistakable
failure of parallel between the composed and resistent, if often
slight, differences between the species of Crataegus and the often
398 BICKNELL: HAvE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ?
strongly expressed but weakly held variations scattered broadcast
among the forms of Rubus.
My own study of this group, inadequate though it has been as a
basis for assured conclusions, has led me notwithstanding, to make
one addition to the number of our species. No need arises, however,
for adding a new name to an already overburdened genus, for it
seems possible with reasonable certainty to correlate this plant
with the Rubus flagellaris of Willdenow, a trailing species allied to
Rubus procumbens, which appears never to have been interpreted.
This plant, which occurs on Nantucket and on Long Island, seems
to possess the individuality of a true species and I have not been
able to see how it can be accounted for as a hybrid. Furthermore
it seems to be required as a parent of a series of Nantucket hybrids
otherwise difficult or impossible to understand. This plant will
be discussed in detail in another connection.
It is more than probable that some other species of eastern
blackberries than those here accepted may yet come to light. In
different parts of their ranges there is to be observed a perturbation
among some of our hybrid forms which would seem to indicate
either the influence of some unrecognized unit of species quality
or else a process of intercrossing among primary hybrids very
difficult to elucidate.
The wide fluctuations in the characters of all our blackberries
under differing environments does not wholly obscure the fact that
these variations in many cases take recognizable directions. It
will doubtless ultimately be possible to define such tendencies with
some approach to systematic form but, to use again the words of
President Brainerd, it is to be hoped ‘“‘that only experts—after
years of study—will attempt it.”
Specimens representing all the hybrids here proposed which have
not already been described in detail as species will be deposited in
the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. And it is in-
tended that descriptions shall follow as opportunity may allow.
Current practice seems to require that the names of hybrid
plants should bear the authority of the author by whom they were
first proposed. It may be questioned whether by this usage the
citation of an author’s name is not a little overstrained. Unlike
the case of a true species, the precise relationship and identity of a
BICKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 399
hybrid plant is verifiable by experimental proof. Its name, formed
from the combined names of its parents, comes into being automat-
ically with the birth of the hybrid itself. It is not the creation of
any author. And it may well be asked why its already compound
structure should be further burdened with the name of an author
by whom a certain one, possibly of many, forms of the hybrid was
first made known.
No reason appears for instance why the author of the present
paper should be cited as authority for the names of crosses which
it becomes necessary here first toemploy. Nevertheless, in order
more certainly to divest the subject from all nomenclatorial claims
in these pages and to allow the free treatment of a tabular presenta-
tion, I wish to be understood merely as pointing out the probabil-
ity of the occurrence of the hybrids mentioned, not as announcing
that they are known unmistakably to exist.
RUBUS CANADENSIS L.
R. elegantulus Bld.
R. amabilis Bld.
> ALLEGHENIENSIS: R. ovarius Bld. and R. pergratus Bld. so
unite characters of R. canadensis and R. allegheniensis that
a presumption of hybrid origin from those species seems
unavoidable.
X NIGRICANS: R. peculiaris Bld. appears to belong here.
< HIsPIDUS: R. multiformis Bld. may well be a form of this
cross. Certain specimens of R. vermontanus Bld. are not
to be separated from R. multiformis.
BAILEYANUs: The characters of R. recurvicaulis Bld. would
appear to point to its origin in the parentage here suggested.
PROCUMBENS: R. recurvicaulis, var. inarmatus Bld., and R.
multiformis, var. delicatior Bld., should be studied in the
field with reference to their probable relationship with R.
canadensis on the one hand and R. procumbens and R.
Enslenii on the other.
In regard to Rubus Randii (Bailey) Rydb. there seems to be
good reason to suppose that it is either a reduced form of R. cana-
densis or a hybrid of that species. I have not seen the type speci-
mens but, judging from current labeling of botanical sheets, there
would seem to be no definite conception among collectors of just
x
x
400 BicknetL: Have WE ENoUGH New ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ?
what the supposed species is or should be expected to be, and
weak forms of a number of different blackberries have been re-
ferred to it. Among specimens so determined, spindling forms of
R. canadensis are clearly to be recognized, and I have seen a few
specimens of aberrant plants which actually suggested a cross
between R. canadensis and R. triflorus Rich.
RUBUS ALLEGHENIENSIS Porter.
R. glandicaulis Bld.
>< CANADENSIS: See under R. canadensis.
x ARGUTUS: Nantucket; Long Island.
> FRONDOsUsS: Nantucket; Long Island.
X NIGRICANS: R. frondisentis Bld.
< Hispipus: R. permixtus Bld. R. flavinanus Bld. is perhaps
a form of this cross or possibly a compound hybrid involv-
ing R. nigricans, 1. e., R. allegheniensis K vermontanus.
> PROCUMBENS: Long (aaa.
< ENSLENI: R. invisus Bailey is possibly to be papliined as
a hybrid of these species. Certain herbarium specimens,
presumably authentic, readily allow the suggestion, but,
never having seen the living plant,I may altogether mis-
understand it.
BatLeyanus: Long Island. R. Jeckylanus Bld. 1 think may
be referred here.
Rubus sativus Brainerd, a name for which, I believe, President
Brainerd through some misadventure of editor or printer was un-
intendedly on his part made to stand sponsor, represents a plant
which I am inclined to regard as a weakened shade form of R.
allegheniensis or perhaps some mixture of that species and R.
Baileyanus.
RuBUsS ARGUTUS Link.
R. floricomus Bld.
R. Andrewsianus Bld.
R. amnicolus Bld.
ALLEGHENIENSIS: Nantucket; Long Island.
> FRONDOsUsS: Nantucket; Long Island.
X NIGRICANS: R. ascendens Bld., in part. Nantucket; Long
Island.
X HIsprpus: Long Island.
BICKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 401
X PROCUMBENS: Nantucket; Long Island.
x BartLeyAnus: Long Island.
x ENsLent: Long Island.
X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket.
> CUNEIFOLIUsS: A plant collected at Tom’s River, New
Jersey, July 1, 1900, has every appearances of being this
cross.
Rubus amnicolus, here placed with R. argutus, represents one
of those intermediate variants between R. allegheniensis and R.
argutus which, with equal reason, might be regarded as a form of
either species. When copiously glandular their relationship to R.
allegheniensis would scarcely be doubted; when glandless or nearly
so they are not to be separated from racemose forms of R. argutus.
RUBUS FRONDOSUs Bigel.
. recurvans Bld.
. recurvans, var. subrecurvans Bld.
. arundelanus Bld.
. Rossbergianus Bld.
. philadelphicus Bld.
> ALLEGHENIENSIS: Nantucket; Long Island.
x ArGuTus: Nantucket; Long Island.
NIGRICANS: R. abbrevians Bld. Nantucket; Long Island.
X HIsprpus: Nantucket.
< PROCUMBENS: R. multispinus Bld. Nantucket; Long
Island.
< BaILEyANus: Nantucket; Long Island. R. arenicolus Bld.
is very close to this hybrid.
< ENsLeENt: Long Island.
X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket.
AAADAADD
RUBUS NIGRICANS Rydb.
R. vermontanus, var. viridifolius Bld.
R. jacens Bld.
R. tardatus Bld.
R. junceus Bld.
R. Groutianus Bld.
R. semisetosus Bld.
X CANADENSIS: R. peculiaris Bld.
X ALLEGHENIENSIS: R. frondisentis Bld.
402 BIcKNELL: HAVE WE ENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES ?
< ARGUTUS: R. ascendens Bld., in part. Nantucket; Long
Island.
< FRONDOSUsS: R. abbrevians Bld. Nantucket; Long Island.
ENsLentt: Long Island.
X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket.
RUBUS PROCUMBENS Muhl.
x
CANADENSIS: See under R. canadensis.
ALLEGHENIENSIS: Nantucket; Long Island.
X ARGuUTUS: Nantucket; Long Island.
X FRONDOsUs: R. multispinus Bld. Nantucket; Long Island.
x
NIGRICANS: R. semierectus Bld. R. plicatifolius Bld. Long
Island.
< HISPIDUS: Nantucket.
x
BAILEYANUS: R. roribaccus Bailey, which I find almost
always associated with R. procumbens and R. Baileyanus,
BICKNELL: HAVE WEENOUGH NEW ENGLAND BLACKBERRIES? 403
appears to show no characters not derivable from one or
the other of these species.
xX ENsLent: R. geophilus Bld., in part. Nantucket; Long
Island.
X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket.
Rusus BaAILEYANUS Britton.
ALLEGHENIENSIS: R. Jeckylanus Bld. Long Island.
ARGUTUS: Long Island.
FRoNDOsUs: R. arenicolus Bld. Nantucket; Long Island.
X NIGRICANS: Long Island.
x HIspipus: Long Island.
>< PROCUMBENS: See under R. procumbens.
< Enstentt: Nantucket; Long Island. R. geophilus Bld.,
in part.
X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket.
Rusus ENSLENII Trat.
R. subuniflorus Rydb., in part.
R. geophilus Bld., in part.
> ALLEGHENIENSIS: See under R. allegheniensis.
x ARGUTUS: Long Island.
xX FRONDOSUS: Long Island.
X NIGRICANS: Long Island.
x Hispipus: Long Island.
X PROCUMBENS: R. geophilus Bld. in part. Nantucket; Long
Island.
>< BatLeyanus: Nantucket; Long Island.
X FLAGELLARIS: Nantucket.
RUBUS FLAGELLARIS Willd.
x ARGUTUS: Nantucket.
X< FRONDOSUS: Nantucket.
X HIspipus: Nantucket.
> PROCUMBENS: Nantucket.
< BatLeyAnus: Nantucket.
x ENsLentt: Nantucket.
New York CIty.
A quantitative study of the more conspicuous vegetation of certain
natural subdivisions of the coastal plain, as observed in
traveling from Georgia to New York in July
ROLAND M. HARPER
In July, 1906, I made a zigzag journey from Georgia northeast-
ward through the coastal plain, and after the botanical notes
resulting therefrom had been digested so as to bring all the records
of each species together, I prepared from them lists of plants which
seemed to be common in all the states studied, and of some which
were evidently more common in one state or region than in others,
and also pointed out certain peculiarities of distribution of indi-
vidual species. In the published account of this trip* some at-
tention was paid also to general geographical features, aspects
of vegetation, and plant habitats, but I did not do much in the
way of defining natural geographical regions within the coastal
plain, as the relations between vegetation and geology were not
so evident in the Carolinas as in the states farther west.
Three years later I went through the coastal plain of the same
States in the same direction, but by as different a route as possible,
and afterward, instead of grouping my notes by speciesas before,
I tried to determine the boundaries of the minor vegetation prov-
inces that I had passed through, and then made a rough quanti-
tative study + of the vegetation—or rather as much of it as could
be identified from the car window—of each province.
On this second trip I started northward from Savannah on the
afternoon of July 26, 1909, crossed the Savannah River into South
Carolina about 33 miles out, and struck the fall-line at Columbia,
about 140 miles due north of my starting-point. Remaining on
the same train, I was then carried northeastward along or near the
fall-line 106 miles, to Hamlet, North Carolina, but missed the last
*Bull. Torrey Club 34: 351-377. O07
TtMost studies of vegetation in the past inn been of an essentially qualitative
nature, but quantitative work ought to be just as useful in phytogeography as it is
in chemistry
405
406 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
forty or fifty miles of scenery on account of darkness. From Ham-
let early the next morning I walked back along the same route
about a mile in order to study the sand-hill vegetation at close
range. A little later I took the train for Wilmington, North
Carolina’s principal seaport, 110 miles away,* and after about an
hour’s wait there proceeded northeastward to New Bern,{ 86 miles
farther. On the twenty-eighth I went by the Norfolk & Southern
Ry. up to Norfolk, Virginia, about 162 miles. The next day I
went by the C. & O. Ry. from Newport News (just across Hamp-
ton Roads from Norfolk) to Richmond, 75 miles, and Doswell, 27
miles farther, then took the direct route to Washington. (Dark-
ness came on about the time I reached the banks of the Potomac
at Quantico, Va., the northern terminus of the R. F. & P. R. R.)
On the afternoon of the thirtieth I went from Washington to
Philadelphia by the Pennsylvania R. R., but without taking any
notes, partly because the vegetation along that part of the route
has been too much tampered with, and partly because it had been
seen by so many botanists before. On the morning of the thirty-
first I crossed the ferry to Camden, N. J., and went by rail di-
rectly east to the coast. Finally, after spending three days in
the vicinity of Belmar and Tom’s River with Dr. J. W. Harshberger,
I went on to New York, through a thickly settled region in which
no botanical notes of importance were obtained.
The route above described crossed that of 1906 at Fairfax,
S. C., and Wilmington, N. C., and was tangent to it at Norfolk
and Richmond. Except in the vicinity of these places the two
routes were so far apart that in the present state of my knowledge
of the geography of the Carolinas and Virginia I do not like to
attempt much correlation between them; but in three of the re-
gional lists below I have made use of my 1906 notes, in a manner
to be explained.
*I traversed the first 32 miles of this, from Hamlet to Pembroke, in November,
1905, partly on foot. (See Torreya 6: 41-45. 1906). Although less than four
years had elapsed, I could see that quite a number of changes had taken place along
that part of the route. The population must have increased at least 10 per cent.,
and the natural vegetation suffered proportionately.
+The post-office authorities and some of the railroads print this name ‘“‘Newbern,”’
but the inhabitants of the city still prefer ‘‘New Bern,”
g
their usage in the matter at present, although the simpler form may ultimately
prevail. ,
HARPER:
VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
407
In the following crude sketches of the regions passed through,
the plants which I was able to identify in each are divided into
trees, shrubs, and herbs, in my accustomed manner, and to each
is prefixed the number of times it was noted from the train, with
this modification: namely, wherever a species was very abundant
(and so indicated in my field notes) I have counted it twice, just
y
4
‘Be os,
VA S
‘ 2
Coaehne PLAIN Peters Pa \
BETWEEN TRE = Sie B i
JAMES AND SAVANNA RIVERS A
SHOWING iy le aA a
VEGETATION PROVINCES ve = the ch ‘ A
AND oS A
ROUTES OF EXPLORATION s B eo
i ’
Hy
set State boundaries se
Fall-line So cecccevescsersces ? :
Other /boundar 188) cssecceceoscae N.C 7 é MeN» 3 A
ip on :
Routes traversed ya c A oO |
in daytine teeter eeeeeeneenteet af }
t night only +--+,» . : o Geldsder?
Poul Dor 2 e
fof ie Nese UN 8
: £ witte Bert. 4 ss°
ao G 7
P : Bf
Pa % 3 Gs
—-— oe o
° oY 2oocens.
-— Fd co NG oe
fw Pd oo ro B F ul
fos Pod
S.C. Hes - Pod 2X, a ph Bred
co
é or /
a a 2 = *
te i yy,
oF *, 2
: : eee” e
: ” ,
3 \ : B
.
pert $ ree Ce
)
c 12 Bo, or. a C1 4
334 Pees Ad VEGETATION PROVINCES 33}
FS Zo nninetiasiainianidaaat
Pree, B J E g ok A. Oak and beech flats of eastern ¥.C
b eh ey lat pi ds with Pinus ni.
H ay W306 nol B. Flat pine woods w
é f C. Red bills, etc
2G D, Fall-line ani
C 4 H E. wilsington pine-bar
rA. of FT, Pine-barrens with row mutes.
a \d ie G, Coast region of &
oe / a (H, Altamabs Grit sone a ee!
Sp 77m = R.K.K. 1910
a
FIGURE I. Map showing some of the vegetation provinces described herein,
and the author's travels in the coastal plain between Virginia and Georgia from 1900
to 1909.
others
Compiled from car-window notes and the maps of Kerr, Hammond, and
as if I had noted it twice between two consecutive mile-posts (as
I might easily have done if I had been on a slower train).
Species
noted only once in a distance of 75 miles or less, or not more than
twice in a distance of over 75 miles, are omitted.
408 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE CUASTAL PLAIN
As each list of course combines several habitats, 1 have not
attempted to distinguish evergreens, vines, etc., as I sometimes
do in treating habitat lists, but I have placed the names of weeds
in parentheses, so as to make a little distinction between natural
and unnatural vegetation. It is so difficult to estimate the effects
of civilization on the relative abundance of native plants that I
have left that phase of the problem almost untouched in this paper.
Probably the most marked effect is the growing scarcity of long-
leaf pine.
In my earlier paper already cited I referred to 68 works by
other authors which bore more or less directly on the phyto-
geography of the Carolina and Virginia coastal plain. Not much
additional literature of that kind has appeared since, except a
few more of the soil surveys of the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
Under each region described I will mention a few of the more
important references to it in previous publications, as I did not
classify the literature by regions before.
That part of my route north of Savannah which lay in Georgia
I had traversed once before (in June, 1903), but had never written
anything about it. As I excluded it from the Altamaha Grit
region in both of my published maps of Georgia* (though perhaps
without sufficient reason) a superficial description of it will not
be out of place here. It is mostly flat pine-barrens, with frequent
gum swamps, and not many ponds. Only a small proportion
of the area is under cultivation, but lumbering has greatly reduced
the amount of Pinus palustris, as has been the case nearly through-
out the range of that useful tree.
The plants noted are as follows:
TREES.
13 Pinus serotina 4 Magnolia glauca
13 Nyssa biflora 4 Acer rubrum
11 Pinus palustris 3 Taxodium imbricarium
10 Pinus Elliottii 2 Liriodendron Tulipifera
9 Liquidambar Siyraciflua 2 Quercus falcata
5 Pinus Taeda
SHRUBS.
7 Serenoa serrulata 4 Cliftonia monophylla
6 Clethra alnifolia 4 Quercus pumila
*The frontispieces of Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. 17, no. 1, 1906, and Southern
Woodlands, vol. 1, no. 3, 1907.
~HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 409
6 Myrica cerifera 3 Hypericum aspalathoides ?
4 Smilax laurifolia 2 Ilex glabra
HERBS.
18 Eupatorium rotundifolium 2 Campulosus aromaticus
7 Tillandsia usneoides 2 Rhexia Alifanus
6 Eriocaulon decangulare 2 Scirpus Eriophorum
3 Pluchea imbricata 2 Hibiscus aculeatus,
3 Osmunda cinnamomea
(The flat pine-barrens of the southeastern part of the Altamaha
Grit region, between Valdosta and Walthourville, Georgia, which
I had studied in the same way a few days before, seem to have
Pinus Elliottii, Taxodium imbricarium, Ilex glabra, and Rhexia
Alifanus relatively more abundant, and Pinus serotina, Eupatorium
rotundifolium, Liquidambar, Pinus Taeda, Tillandsia, and Os-
munda cinnamomea perceptibly less so.)
Of the plants listed above, Serenoa and Cliftonia were not seen
any more after leaving Georgia, this being just about the northern
limit of both.
After crossing the Savannah River the railroad goes for about
five miles through bottom-lands, in which Liguidambar and Pinus
Taeda are the commonest trees and Tillandsia usneoides almost
the only herb recognizable from the train. (It is hardly worth while
to make a formal list of the plants seen in the ten or fifteen minutes
it took to pass through these bottoms.)
The “rolling wire-grass country” of the Altamaha Grit region,
which separates the lime-sink region from the flat pine-barrens
all the way across Georgia, seems to terminate at or near the
Savannah River, and the country just east of there in South Caro-
lina appears to combine to a considerable extent the characters
of those two regions which are so widely separated in Georgia and
Florida. This part of South Carolina is a part of Hammond’s
“lower pine belt.’’* Its peculiarities are not easily pointed out, but
it may be briefly described as a region of flat or nearly flat grassy
pine-barrens with very little underbrush, and many shallow ponds.
Its soil is probably a little more fertile than that of some other
pine-barren regions, for there are more cultivated fields along this
part of the route than I saw in the same distance south of the
Savannah River.
*South Carolina” 44-56. 1883; Tenth Census U. S. 6: 478-481. 1884.
410 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
In 1906 I passed through this region for a distance of 35 miles,
between Allendale and Yemassee, and in 1909 I traversed it from
about Garnett to Sycamore, a distance of some 28 miles; the two
routes crossing at Fairfax, near its upper edge. In the following
table the notes of the two trips are combined, but the figures are
kept distinct, those for 1906 being given first in each case. As
the dates were almost exactly the same in the two years there is
no appreciable seasonal difference to be allowed for. The 1906
figures average somewhat smaller in this and the two other tables
similarly constructed, probably because I did not watch the mile-
posts as closely then as I did in 1909.
TREES
5+15 Pinus Elliottii 3+3 Pinus Taeda
8+10 Taxodium imbricarium 5+0 Magnolia glauca
9+4 Pinus serotina 1+2 Liguidambar oe
4+8 Nyssa biflora I+2 Quercus marylandic
7+1 Pinus palustris 2+1 Acer rubrum
2+4 Liriodendron Tulipifera
SHRUBS
8+6 Clethra alnifolia 0+2 (Prunus angustifolia)
HERBS.
1+12 Eriocaulon decangulare o0+3 Pluchea bifrons
1+10 Exupatorium rotundifolium 1+2 Pontederia cordata
3+8 Oxypolis phere) I+2 Lespedeza capitata sericea
4+6 Polygala cy 0+2 Ludwigia pilosa
2+4 Zygadenus eas o+2 Rhexia Alifanus
3+2 Tillandsia usneoides o+2 Sabbatia decandra
5+0 Sarracenia flava 1+ 1 Osmunda cinnamomea
2+2 Anchistea virginica 1+1 Polygala ramosa
o+4 Scirpus Eriophorum
If I could have made this trip fifteen or twenty years earlier,
when the railroad (then known as the South Bound R. R.) was
new, Pinus palustris would doubtless have headed my list. Its
present inferior rank here is due partly to lumbering operations,
and partly to the fact that it occupied the driest soils, which were
best suited to cultivation, while the trees that stand ahead of
it in the above list all prefer wet places and have thus escaped de-
struction to a much greater extent.
Pinus Elhiottii, Pluchea bifrons, Ludwigia pilosa, and Sabbatia
decandra, all of which are typical, pine-barren pond plants, were
not seen again after leaving Barnwell County, ponds being very
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 411
rare in the coastal plain farther north. A few of the other species
seem to be more abundant in South Carolina than in any state
farther north, probably for the same reason, as I have previously
pointed out.*
The next 44 miles, from about the Salkehatchie River to the
North Fork of the Edisto, were through a more hilly, less sandy, and
more cultivated region, a continuation of the Eocene region of
Georgia. In 1906 I passed through the same region for a similar
distance in Aiken and Barnwell counties, between the Savannah
River and Allendale. This part of South Carolina was included
by Governor Draytonj in the “‘middle country,’ and described
by Hammond}{ as the “upper pine belt” and “‘red hills.” According
to Hammond, in 1880 about 30 per cent. of the region was under
cultivation, and over one third of that in cotton. (The proportion
of cultivated land at the present time is probably at least 50 per
cent.) The following list is made up from two sets of notes, in
the same manner as the preceding.
TREES
10+21 Pinus Taeda 5+2 Magnolia glauca
8+20 Pinus palustris I+4 CORRES FOCINE
7+15 Liriodendron Tulipifera 4+o0 Salix nigra
7+10 Liguidambar Styraciflua o+3 Quercus falcata
1+9 Nyssa biflora 0+3 Quercus marylandica
2+7 Quercus Catesbaei 1+2 Acer rubrum
7+1 Pinus serotina 2+1 Taxodium distichum
4+3 Taxodium imbricarium o+2 Nyssa uniflora
SHRUBS
2+3 (Prunus angustifolia) 2+2 Myrica cerifera
I+3 Alnus rugosa 0+3 (Sassafras variifolium)
HERBS
1+4 Scirpus Eriophorum o+2 Vernonia angustifolia
0+4 Eupatorium rotundifolium 2+0 Ludwigia suffruticosa
4+0 Tillandsia usneoides 2+0 Pontederia cordata
This list contrasts with the preceding in many ways. The
scarcity of (indigenous) visible herbs is striking. That seems to be
characteristic of many originally well-wooded regions with vege-
tation approaching the climax, as compared with pine-barrens,
*Bull. Torrey Club 34: 364. 1907.
TA view of South Ca Phe Q-II. 18
t‘South Carolina” 71-116. 1883; tet Census U. S. 6: 481-488. 1884.
o
412 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
prairies, marshes, etc.* The abundance of Pinus Taeda also
indicates the trend away from the typical pine-barren conditions
which may be assumed to have existed here several thousand years
ago. The frequency of Pinus palustris in a region with such
characters is rather surprising, but that does not necessarily
indicate that it is abundant. One tree of it on each side of the
railroad every two or three miles would have been enough to give
the above figures, 8 and 20.
The traveler going northward from Savannah would apparently
here encounter Cornus florida and Alnus rugosa for the first time,
but no species seem to have their northern limits in this belt.
On my route of 1909 the fall-line sand-hills begin in the upper
edge of Orangeburg County, about 30 miles south of Columbia, and
continue to Hamlet and beyond, interrupted only by the valleys of a
few muddy rivers which rise in the Piedmont region. The sand-
hill region is quite hilly, and nearly all the way through Lexington
County one can get a splendid view to the eastward, clear across
the valley of the Congaree River, and probably all the way to the
“high hills of Santee.’’{ Descriptions of this region can be found
in nearly all general descriptions of South Carolina (which need
not be specified here), but it is rarely mentioned in botanical liter-
ature. Only about Io per cent. of the area was under cultivation
in 1880, according to Hammond, but the proportion is of course
considerably greater now.
The following list of plants is based on about 90 miles of ob-
servations in South Carolina, mostly in Lexington, Richland, and
Kershaw counties, and 10 miles in Richmond and Scotland
counties, North Carolina, besides what I saw in walking out a
short distance from Hamlet. (On this walk of course I saw many
plants that were too inconspicuous to be recognized from a train,
but my rule of excluding species seen only once or twice in a region
disposes of them.) The sand-hill plants belong principally to
only two habitats, dry hills and bogs.
n 1908 I found the same to be true on the Delaware peninsula, especially the
southern half of it. (See Torreya 9: 222-223. 1 09. With the weeds eliminated
a similar state of affairs would have been evident in the other regional lists in
the same ‘Wate
+S yton, View of S.C. 10. 1802; Hammond, ‘“‘South Carolina” rro-111.
1883; nacht Citivas U. S. 6: 486. 1884.
/
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 413
TREES
64 Quercus Catesbaei 7 Liquidambar Styraciflua
50 Pinus palustris 7 Quercus cinere
18 Nyssa biflora 5 Pinus echinata
17 Quercus marylandica : Magnolia gla
15 Pinus Taeda Populus Tan (along rivers)
13 Lirtodendron Tulipifera 3 Hoe amaecy paris thyoides
8 Cornus florida 3 Acer rubrum
7 Pinus serotina
SHRUBS
6 Alnus rugosa 3 Clethra alnifolia
4 Polycodium caesium 3 Arundinaria tecta
4 Phoradendron flavescens 3 (Prunus angustifolia)
HERBS
29 Silphium compositum 6 Baptisia Serenae ?
14 Vernonia angustifolia 5 Pteris aquilina
12 Dasystoma pectinata 4 Osmunda cinnamomea
12 Eriogonum tomentosum 4 Carduus repandus
10 Eupatorium rotundifolium 3 Nolina georgiana
6 Angelica hirsuta
The frequency of Pinus palustris has of course been diminished
by the same causes previously mentioned. About ten years ago,
when that part of the Seaboard Air Line between Columbia and
Hamlet had just been completed, this pine should have been seen
nearly every mile, or about 100 times. Of the other plants associ-
ated with it here, Polycodium, Eriogonum, Baptisia, and Nolina
were seen only in South Carolina on this trip, and they probably
do not extend any farther north; while Dasystoma pectinata,
Carduus repandus, and a few species seen less than three times
were noticed a few miles over the state line in North Carolina,
but no farther.
From about Laurel Hill to Rosindale, N. C., a distance of 63
miles, the country is mostly rather level, damp and sandy, with
no ponds, but many shallow bogs and non-alluvial swamps, and
a few pocosins toward the southeast. (The first few miles, and
indeed most of Scotland County, is more hilly than the rest, and
should perhaps be correlated with the parts of Orangeburg County,
5. C., passed through the day before, but the hilly part is so limited
that it will not introduce any serious error to include it with the
rest.) This kind of country, with slight modifications, seems to
extend southeastward most of the way across South Carolina,
414 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
but not into Georgia. It has been described by Kerr* and by
Ashe,t but they did not clearly indicate its boundaries, and it is
indeed difficult to do so. A pretty good description of a part of
it is the U.S. soil survey of Robeson County, by W. E. Hearn and
others, published in October, 1909.
Pinus Taeda is the prevailing tree, this being far out of the
range of P. Elliottii, which occupies somewhat similar habitats
farther south. The woods are mostly rather open, with a her-
baceous vegetation much like that of regular pine-barrens. While
traversing this region on July 27, 1909, my observations were
hindered somewhat by frequent showers, but the following list is
probably representative enough.
TREES
10 Cornus florida
10 Magnolia glauca
10 Quercus falcata
8 EERE ON Tulipifera
5 Salix
4 seteias reabasi
3 Taxodium distichum
2 Nyssa uniflora
47 Pinus Taeda
25 Nyssa biflora
17 Quercus maryland
15 mare Sacckl
15 Acer
14 Pia pohors
12 Pinus serotina
11 Taxodium imbricarium
SHRUBS
3 (Sassafras variifolium)
3 Myrica cerifera
3 Smilax laurifolia
9 Clethra alnifolia
5 Cyrilla racemiflora
4 Alnus rugosa
HERBS
3 Rhexia Alifanus
3 Zygadenus glaberrimus
3 (Helenium tenuifolium)
2 Afzelia cassioides
Expatorium rotundifolium
24 Sarracenia flava
8 Habenaria blephariglottis
7 Marshallia graminifolia
Nymphaea sagittifolia
5 Eriocaulon decangulare
5 Polygala lutea
4 Lespedeza capitata sericea
4 Osmunda cinnamomea
a
2 (Leptilon canadense)
2 Baldwinia uniflora
2 Xyris sp.
Sarracenia flava, which was not seen at all between Savannah
and Hamlet, here occurs in abundance. Marshallia graminifolia
likewise appears in this list for the first time. A few of the rarer
plants will be mentioned more Bie in a subsequent paper.
*Tenth Census U. S., vol.
6.
TN. C. Geol. Surv. Bull. 5 ae ies and 1808.
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 415
Extending out from Wilmington in all directions (that is, on
the land side) for thirty or forty miles is a most interesting area of
genuine pine-barrens, long noted for being the home of Dionaea
muscipula and several other local species. In general this region
is nearly level, except near some of the streams, where the topog-
raphy somewhat resembles that of the Altamaha Grit region of
Georgia. Pocosins* are frequent, savannas are occasional, and
lakes and ponds are rare or wanting. There seems to be no
marked difference in topography or soil between this region and
the preceding, and they intergrade over a zone perhaps ten miles
wide. This and other circumstances seem to indicate that the
boundary is determined by succession of vegetation more than any-
thing else, that the pine-barrens were formerly more extensive,
and that the short-leaf pine forests are tending to close in on them
and will ultimately ‘‘wipe them off the map”’ (that is, if man does
not do so first, which is more likely).
The Wilmington or Cape Fear pine-barren region as here
treated coincides almost exactly with that part of eastern North
Carolina in which according to Kerrt less than one tenth of one
per cent. of the area was cultivated in cotton in 1880. Descrip-
tions of it have been published by Emmons, Kerr, Ashe, and others,
and pretty good floras of parts of it by Curtis in 1835 and Wood &
McCarthy in 1887. The U. S. soil survey of New Hanover
County, by Drake & Belden (February, 1907) covers the very
focus of it, and Circular 20 of the Bureau of Soils, by H. H. Bennett
(January, 1910) contains a preliminary report on the soils and some
other geographical features of Pender County.$
*See Bull. aye Club 34: 361-362. 1907; also C. A. Davis, N. C. Geol. Surv.
Econ. Pbeie 5: 149-150. ps ip dated 1908).
ent ae U. S:, vol.
or more complete eae to these works see my 1907 paper.
§It is probably something more than a mere coincidence that the summers are
a little wetter in this Cape Fear region than in adjoining regions or in many places
where the native vegetation more nearly approaches the climax condition and there
is more land under cultivation. At Wilmington, according to the latest statistics
I have been able to obtain, 49.4 per cent. of the total annual precipitation occurs
jn the four warmest months, June to September, inclusive.
For a number of other places in the coastal plain within a few hundred miles of
Wilmington the same factor is somewhat lower, as follows:—Norfolk, Va., eg per
cent.; Tarboro, N. C., 41.0; Goldsboro, N. C., 43.6; New Bern, N. C., 4 ; Cape
Hatteras (one i the rainiest ‘pe in the Eastern Unites States outside of coe moun-
416 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
In 1906 I passed through this region from about Lake Wacca-
maw to Wilmington, 36 miles, and from Wilmington to the northern
boundary of Pender County, 35 miles; and in 1909 from Rosin-
dale to Wilmington, 37 miles, and Wilmington to Verona, 43 miles.
The following list of plants has been compiled from the notes of
both trips in the manner previously described. In my account
of the first trip * I gave a systematic list of species which seemed
to be more abundant near Wilmington than in some other places.
As might have been expected, the present list, which shows ap-
proximately the relative abundance of some of the more conspicu-
ous plants in the Cape Fear region, contains many of the same
species, though the two lists are by no means identical.
TREES
18+53 Pinus ea 2+12 Taxodium imbricarium
17+40 Pinus s 74+7 Taxodium distichum
12+26 aay ser 4+7 Quercus marylandica
I1+27 Gordonia Lasianthus 5+6 Liriodendron Tulipifera
13+15 Pinus Taeda o+ 9 Acer rubrum
3+22 Nyssa biflora t+8 Quercus falcata
5+20 Quercus Catesbaei 0+3 Persea pubescens
3+12 Cornus florida 2+1 Quercus cinerea
6+9 Liquidambar Styraciflua
SHRUBS
12+20 Clethra alnifolia 6+10 Myrica cerifera
4+27 Smilax laurifolia 2+10 Ilex glabra
7+20 Cyrilla racemiflora 1+4 Phoradendron flavescens
3+15 Myrica pumila 2+2 Amorpha herbacea
HERBS
19+31 Sarracenia flava 3+3 Chondrophora nudata
Q+22 Aristida stricta 3+3 Tillandsia usneoides
ns), 35-8; Lumberton, N. C., 41.2; Florence, S. C., 46.1; Statesburg, S. C., 41.7;
Blackville, S. C., 42.5; St. George, S. C., 47.8; Altamaha Grit region of Georgia,
43-9 per cent. The Piedmont region seems to have about 35 per cent. of its annual
rainfall in these four months.
Mere distance from the coast does not seem to have much to do with these figures,
as shown by the great difference between those for Wilmington and Cape Hatteras.
Latitude and altitude are probably equally inadequate to explain the variation. In
general a heavy summer rainfall (in Eastern North America at least) seems to cor-
respond approximately with pioneer vegetation, such as open pine forests. But this
seasonal distribution of precipitation could hardly be considered the sole cause of
the condition of the vegetation, for that can often be correlated with soil and geo-
logical history. May not this type of az then perhaps be partly the effect
rather than the cause of igi vegetation
*Bull. Torrey Club 34: 365. 10907.
tOften only a shrub
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 417
8+22 Eriocaulon decangulare 3+3 Dichromena latifolia
17+10 Rhexia Alifanus 0+5 Oxypolis pee is
13+13 Polygala lutea I+4 Osmunda cinnamomea
8+13 Eupatorium rotundifolium 2+3 (Acanthospermum australe)
0+17 Trilisa odoratissima 2+3 Vernonia angustifolia
5 +11 Zygadenus glaberrimus 3+2 Tofieldia racemosa
9+6 Polygala ramosa 3+2 Xyris sp.
3+8 Marshallia graminifolia I+3 Pteris aquilina
10o+0 Campulosus aromaticus I+3 Scirpus Eriophorum
2+5 Sabbatia lanceolata 2+2 Pontederia cordata
2+5 (Helenium tenuifolium) I+2 Polygala cymosa
4+3 Lilium Catesbaei I+2 Silphium compositum
2+4 Habenaria blepharigloitis
Rhexia Alifanus, Polygala ramosa, Campulosus aromaticus, and
Lilium Catesbaei were seen oftener along my 1906 route through
this region than on that of 1909, and Gordonia, Nyssa biflora,
Quercus Catesbaei, Cornus florida, Taxodium imbricarium, Acer
rubrum, Quercus falcata, Smilax laurifolia, Myrica pumila, Ilex
glabra, Phoradendron, Trilisa, Oxypolis, and Osmunda cinnamomea
at least four times as often on the second trip as on the first, which
seems rather singular. Some of these cases may be due simply
to my own carelessness, but others probably indicate local irreg-
ularities of distribution. Other evidence of such irregularities is
found in the fact that in each year I noted several fairly abundant
species in this region either on one side or the other of Wilmington
and not on both. It would be very interesting if some other
botanist would go through the same region at the same season,
either by one of the same routes or by a different combination of
routes (Wilmington has five lines of railroad radiating from it,
all passing through the pine-barrens for approximately the same
distance), and take notes in the same way and compare his results
with the above.
It happens that all the species here recorded from the Cape
Fear pine-barrens occur also in Georgia} (and with approximately
the same relative frequency), while several of them, such as Gor-
donia, Persea, Cyrilla, Myrica pumila, Amorpha, Aristida stricta,
*Probably X. flexuosa (X. torta of many authors) and one or two o
tFrom which it follows that the local species peculiar to this region are either
rare, or inconspicuous in midsummer (or both), or else that I do not know them well
enough to recognize them from a moving train.
418 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
Polygala lutea, Trilisa, Sabbatia lanceolata, Habenaria blephari-
glottis, and Chondrophora, were not seen at all in South Carolina,
in either year, and a number of others seem to be rare in that state.
In this connection it is extremely interesting to note that on Dr.
Hilgard’s agricultural map of the southeastern states* (which by
the way is undoubtedly the best vegetation map of that part of
the country ever published), he assigned the Cape Fear pine-barrens
to the same subdivision as the Altamaha Grit region of Georgia
(together with certain parts of other states), but skipped South
Carolina with this subdivision entirely. This idea of Dr. Hil-
gard’s is all the more remarkable when one observes that the
agricultural maps of the individual states involved (in the sixth
volume of the same series) give scarcely a hint of this state Of
affairs.
Quercus Catesbaet, Q. cinerea, Marshallia, Chondrophora,
Oxypolis, Vernonia, Tofieldia, and Polygala cymosa were not seen
any more after leaving the pine-barrens, and three of these, the
Marshallia, Oxypolis, and Polygala, were not even seen northeast
of Wilmington. All except the Marshallia and Vernonia are
known or supposed to extend considerably farther north, but they
cannot be very common along the route that I traveled from Wil-
mington to New York.
On reaching the banks of the estuary of New River in Onslow
County, half way between Wilmington and New Bern, I left the
pine-barrens behind. From there to Mackey’s Ferry on Albe-
marle Sound, a distance of about 122 miles, I was in a country very
similar in most respects to that between Laurel Hill and Rosin-
dale in the same state, and probably connected with it, but with
certain differences in vegetation which I am not quite prepared
toexplain. This part of the journey should perhaps be subdivided
further, for low hills with hammock-like vegetation weret fre-
“7 st map in the fifth volume of the Tenth Census reports.
Another interesting fact in this connection is that Dr. Eugene A. Smith about
the same time published a map of similar import (the first map in the fourth report
of the U. S. Entomological Commission), based on essentially the same data, which
combines the various kinds of pine-barrens under one color, making no distinction
between those of South Carolina and other states; but this may be due only to the
fact that this map is smaller and does not attempt to show so much detail.
tI once supposed (see Science II. 22: gor. 1905) that the term “hammock”
was used in North Carolina, but the only evidence I had (U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull.
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 419
quent in some places and pocosins (almost the other extreme) in
others; but for the present I can do no better than treat it asa
unit. Three or four estuaries were crossed in this distance, but
most of the plants characteristic of their marshes were not seen
often enough to be included in the following list.
A considerable part of this region is described in the U. S. soil
survey of the ‘Craven area,’”’ by Smith and Coffey, published in
January, 1905. Important botanical papers on the same region
have been published by Croom* and by McCarthy.t The rail-
road between New Bern and Washington, a distance of about 35
miles, had been in operation only a year or two, so that I found
the vegetation along there more nearly ina natural condition than
in most other parts of this journey.
The plant list for these 122 miles is as follows:
TREES
104 Pinus Tae I2 Quercus marylandica
4% ponee Styracifiua 10 Taxodium distichum
57 Nyssa biflora 9 Quercus alba
35 Cornus florida 8 Salix nigra
27 Pinus serotina 7 Fagus grandifolia
26 Magnolia glauca 7 Gordonia Lasianthus
25 Oxydendron arboreum 5 Ilex opac
24 Pinus palustris 4 Quercus pao
19 Acer rubrum 3 Nyssa uniflora
18 tessieasan Tulipifera 3 Taxodium imbricarium
15 Quercus falcata 3 Quercus stellata
SHRUBS
23 Myrica cerifera 11 Clethra alnifolia
21 Cyrilla racemiflora 6 P dendron flavescens
13 Ilex glabra 5 puree spino.
2 Alnus rugosa 3 Pieris nitida
12 Smilax laurifolia 3 Decodon verticillatus
12 Arundinaria tecta
HERBS
23 Eupatorium rotundifolinm 5 Rhexia Alifanus
18 Sarracenia flava 5 Osmunda cinnamomea
0 Habenaria blephariglottis 5 Polygala ramosa
9 Tillandsia usneoides 4 Xyris sp.
84: 72. 1892) was its use by a man who had seen hammocks in the states farther
south, so that it may not have been really indigenous to that locality (the ‘ ‘natural
well” of Duplin County).
*A catalogue of plants . . . in the vicinity of New Bern, . . . 1837.
ot. Gaz. 10: 384,385. 1885; 12: 76-78. 1887.
420 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
8 (Rynchospora inexpansa) 4 (Senecio tomentosus)
4” Aristida stricta 4 (Leptilon canadense)
7 Polygala lutea : 3 Sabbatia lanceolata
6 Eriocaulon decangulare 3 Pontederia cordata
Pinus echinata must have once occurred in this region, ac-
cording to Pinchot & Ashe,* but I did not see any of it. Oxyden-
dron, Quercus alba, Fagus, Ilex opaca, and Senecio tomentosus make
their first appearance in this list, and Cornus florida, Taxodium
distichum, Quercus Phellos, Myrica cerifera, Aralia spinosa, and
Rynchospora inexpansa are decidedly more frequent here than in
most of the preceding lists. (Most of the twelve species last men-
tioned seem to be still more common in southeastern Virginia.)
On the other hand, Pinus palustris, Gordonia, Taxodium imbri-
carium, Cyrilla, Ilex glabra, Clethra, Pieris, Sarracenia, Tillandsia,
Aristida, Rhexia Alifanus, Polygala ramosa, and Sabbatia lan-
ceolata (as well as several equally interesting species noted less
than three times and therefore not listed here) were now seen for
the last time. Nearly all of these last are known or supposed
to extend at least a short distance into Virginia, west of Dis-
mal Swamp, but the rest of my route to Norfolk lay farther
east.
From Mackey’s Ferry the cars were taken across Albemarle
Sound (and the 36th parallel) to Edenton, the county-seat of
Chowan County, ona nine-mile ferry (since superseded by a trestle).
From about this point what Prof. Shaler termed the Nansemond
escarpment{ extends northward past the western edge of Dismal
Swamp to the vicinity of Suffolk, Va. From Edenton to Norfolk,
73 miles, I was east of this escarpment all the way, skirting the
eastern edge of the swamp, and passing though a region quite
different from anything else seen on this trip. It is rather flat,
with prevailingly loamy or even silty soil, quite different from the
sandy soil that prevails at corresponding distances from the
coast most of the way from New York to New Orleans. There
are many shallow swamps but apparently no ponds. The up-
lands, or drier spots, were nearly all cleared and cultivated long
7. Ca . Surv. Bull. 6: 130, 150. 1898.
a a aa Club 34: 366. 1907; Torreya 9: 223, 224. 1909.
nn. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 10': 314, 317, 326-331. pl. 6, 12-14. f. 28, 34-30
1890. pe also Kearney, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 332. 1gor.
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 421
ago,* so that not much is left of their original vegetation. In
topography, soil, vegetation, proportion of cleared land, and a few
other features, this region strikingly resembles some river-bottoms
farther south, particularly in the Cretaceous region of Georgia
and Alabama.f
This region was mapped by Kerr in 1884f as the ‘‘oak and beech
flats with short-leaf pine,’ and parts of it have since been de-
scribed by Shaler in the work just cited, by Kearney in his well-
known Dismal Swamp report, by Darton in the ‘Norfolk folio”’
of the U. S. Geological Survey,§ and by J. E. Lapham and others
in the government soil surveys of the “Norfolk area,’’ Virginia,
and Pasquotank, Perquimans, and Chowan counties, North
Carolina.
The plants observed between Edenton and Norfolk are as fol-
lows:
TREES
39 Pinus Taeda 8 Nyssa uniflora
37 Liquidambar Styraciflua 6 Cornus florida
16 Taxodium distichum 5 Liriodendron Tulipifera
I2 Acer rubrum 5 Magnolia glauca
I1 Fagus grandifolia 4 Quercus Phellos
9 Nyssa biflora 3 Quercus falcata
9 Salix nigra 3 Quercus alba
9 Pinus serotina 3 Oxydendron arboreum
: SHRUBS
17 Arundinaria tecta 4 Phoradendron css
12 Myrica cerifera 2 Aralia spinosa
8 Alnus rugosa : 2 Smilax laurifolia
§
6 Rhus copallina
*The earliest permanent settlements in North Carolina were made in this very
region about 260 years ago
+Prof. Collier Cobb, in his North Carolina supplement to Redway & Hinman’s
Natural Advanced Geography, states that the first settlers were attracted to this
region by the ‘“‘magnificent bottom land,’”’ among other things. (He tells me that
this quotation is from pages xxi-xxii of the prefatory notes to vol. I of the Colonial
Records of North Carolina, by Col. Wm. L. Saunders.)
Tenth Census U. S., vol. 6, map 12.
ologic Atlas of the U. S., Folio no. 80. 1902. Unlike most of the earlier
folios of this series, this one contains several excellent illustrations of the vegetation
and other scenery (which Mr. Darton tells me are from photographs taken by the
late Prof. I. C. Russell). Some of the same pictures were used before in the reports
of Shaler and Kearney already cited, and some have appeared more recently in
various semipopular magazines, mostly in connection ae articles advocating the
annihilation of swamps.
422 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
HERBS
13 (Senecio tomentosus) 3 Habenaria blephariglottis
7 Eupatorium rotundifolium 2 Pontederia cordata
6 Anchistea virginica 2 Saururus ceynuus
5 (Daucu 2 Pteris aquilina
5 Scirpus Eriophorum 2 (Oenothera biennis)
4 (Rynchospora inexpansa) 2 Nymphaea advena
3 sieceears artemisiifolia) 2 Sabbatia angularis*
3 Typha latifolia
os 4 the above species are especially characteristic of
bottom-lands. But Acer rubrum, Pinus serotina, Magnolia glauca,
Smilax laurifolia, Eupatorium rotundifolium, Anchistea, and Habe-
naria indicate occasional sandy bog conditions, perhaps connected
with prongs of the Dismal Swamp
The only plants in this list that had not been seen farther
south are Daucus Carota and Saururus cernuus. The former, a
well-known weed, appeared commoner than any native herb all
the way from the southern boundary of Virginia to New York,
except in the New Jersey pine-barrens. Pinus serotina, Arun-
dinaria,t} Phoradendron, Senecio tomentosus, Rynchospora inex-
pansa, and a few species noted only once and therefore not men-
tioned here, were not seen north of Norfolk.
From Newport News on the coast (in latitude 37°) to Richmond
at the fall-line, a distance of 75 miles, the country is moderately
undulating (with considerable bluffs along some of the estuaries),
the soil rather loamy, and the forests comparatively dense,
with no suggestion of pine-barrens. The proportion of cleared
land was less than I expected to find along a railroad 28 years old,
in a region that has been settled for 300 years,t but perhaps
very little of the forest is primeval.
A considerable portion of this peninsula between the York and
James rivers has been described by Burke & Root in their soil
survey of the “Yorktown area,’’ published in April, 1907. There
are few direct references to this part of Virginia in botanical
*Seen only near the second mile-post north of Northwest, Va., which is pretty
close to the only station recorded for it by Mr. Kearney
fSeveral years ago I saw this from the Pennsylvania R. R. at a point between
Washington and Baltimore which Dr. Forrest Shreve tells me is the only known sta-
tion for it in Marylan On this trip I looked for it again there but did not happen
to see it.
tMy route passed within six miles of Jamestown and still nearer to Yorktown.
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 423
literature, though Clayton probably explored the territory pretty
thoroughly in the eighteenth century,* and a few plants were
collected near Mobjack Bay, a little farther east, in the nine-
teenth century.t
The following list of plants will give some idea of the general
appearance of the vegetation at the present time.
TREES
41 Pinus Taeda 10 Quercus falcata
28 Liquidambar Styracifiua 9 Quercus Phellos
19 aeartes ies oo 6 Nyssa biflora ?
19 Cornus flor 6 Salix nigra
18 Quercus a 4 Oxydendron arboreum
18 Pinus virginiana 3 Taxodium distichum
13 Acer rubrum 2 Quercus marylandica
12 Fagus grandifolia 2 Nyssa uniflora
Il Pinus echinata
SHRUBS
7 Myrica cerifera 2 Alnus rugosa
3 (Sassafras variifolium)
HERBS
9 (Daucus Carota) 2 pene anges
3 Pieris aquilina 2 Nympha
Trees are here much more numerous than conspicuous herbs,
doubtless for the same reason as in the ‘‘middle districts”’ or ‘upper
pine belt’? of South Carolina, described a few pages back. The
only new element in this list is Pinus virginiana, but that comes in
rather suddenly, immediately taking its place considerably above
the middle of the list.t Oxydendron, Taxodium and Myrica ap-
pear here for the last time. They all extend somewhat farther
north, but only in the coastal plain, and after passing Richmond
I kept too close to the fall-line to see them until I got entirely
beyond their northern limits. This vegetation is naturally very
similar to that of the Delaware peninsula, which I had examined
in the same superficial way about a year before.§
I had about three hours to wait in Richmond, and while stroll-
ing about the city I was surprised to see ‘‘cut flowers” of Polygala
lutea, Sabbatia lanceolata, and Habenaria ciliaris, typical pine-
*See Barnhart, Torreya 9: 242. 1909
See Leggett, Bull. Torrey Club 6: ea: 1875.
tSee Torreya 9: 226. 190
§See ‘Peewera 9: 221-223. 1909.
424 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
barren bog plants, together with those of Daucus Carota and per-
haps a few others, offered for sale in the markets by negro women.
I had never found the first two myself within many miles of Rich-
mond, but one would not suppose they had been brought very far
for such a purpose, and it would be interesting to learn just where
they did grow.
From Richmond to Doswell (via Hanover) my route was
within a few miles of the fall-line, and from Doswell to Philadel-
phia it would seem from a small-scale map to be right on the fall-
line, but in reality the coastal plain sediments overlap the meta-
morphic rocks a little all along here, so that the latter were hardly
ever visible except on the banks of rivers. It will be safe enough
therefore to regard the vegetation along this route as belonging
to the coastal plain, as I did in the fall-line sand-hills of the Caro-
linas.
Some botanical notes made along very nearly the same route
have been published by Prof. L. F. Ward.* The soil survey of
Hanover County, Virginia, by Bennett and McLendon, published
in May, 1907, covers a small part of it.
It is 84 miles, the way I went, from Richmond to Quantico,
where I stopped taking notes on account of darkness. In this
distance the following plants were noted.
TREES
30 Pinus Taeda
26 Pinus virginiana
35 Liquidambar Styraciflua
16 Liriodendron Tuli pifera
14 Acer rubrum
14 Quercus alba
13 Betula nigra
13 Cornus florida
11 Salix nigra
11 Pinus echinata
9 Quercus Phellos
7 Fagus grandifolia
5 Quercus palustris
5 Quercus falcata
4 Platanus occidentalis
3 Quercus stellata
3 (Robinia Pseudo-Acacia)
SHRUBS
18 Alnus rugosa 3 Cephalanthus occidentalis
9 (Sassafras variifolium)
HERBS
12 (Daucus Carota)
6 Pteris aquilina
7 Scirpus cyperinus ?
3 Nelumbo lutea
Quercus palustris and Robinia here appear for the first time
(the latter introduced), Betula nigra and Nelumbo for the
*Bot. Gaz. 11: 32-38. 1886.
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 425
only time, and Pinus Taeda, Salix nigra, Liriodendron, Fagus,
and Platanus for the last time; but perhaps no special significance
is to be attached to any of these facts. Practically all the species
in the list are common both in the coastal plain and in the Pied-
mont region, as might have been expected, and trees are much
more numerous than conspicuous herbs, for the same reason as
before.
Skipping Maryland, Delaware, and Pennsylvania, for the
reasons already given, we now come to New Jersey. From Camden
to South Pemberton, a distance of 25 miles, I was in the Cretaceous
region, which differs in no essential particular from the corre-
sponding portions of Delaware, which I had traversed in the same
manner and for approximately the same distance the year before.*
Parts of it lying north and south of my route were described
several years ago in the United States soil surveys of the Trenton
and Salem areas, New Jersey. This region is so thickly settled
that it is difficult to form an adequate idea of its original vegetation.
The following pitiful remnants (and introduced weeds) were
noticed.
TREES
3 Acer rubrum 2 Liquidambar Styraciflua
3 Castanea dentata 2 Quercus alba
3 (Robinia Pseudo-A cacia) 2 Pinus virginiana
SHRUBS
3 Alnus rugosa
HERBS
5 (Daucus Carota) 2 (Trifolium arvense)
2 Pteris aquilina 2 (Achillea Millefolium)
t
2 Nymphaea advena
Castanea dentata appears in this list only, and it happens that
on my way southward the year before I saw it only in approxi-
mately the same kind of country in Delaware.
I traversed the celebrated pine-barrens of New Jersey for a.
distance of 31 miles, from South Pemberton to Barnegat Pier,
where the salt-water vegetation begins. The papers bearing on
this region are too numerous (and mostly too short) to be men-
*See Torreya 9: 219-221. 1909.
426 HARPER: VEGELATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
tioned in such a rudimentary description as this, but interested
readers can easily find them.*
The plants which I was able to recognize more than once in
this region are as follows.
TREES
34 Pinus rigid 3 Quercus marylandica
8 Chamaespari thyoides 3 Quercus Prinus
7 Pinus ech 2 Nyssa sylvatica ?
4 Betula Seti. 2 Quercus alba
3 Acer rubrum
SHRUBS
16 Quercus tlicifolia 2 (Sassafras variifolium)
2 Comptonia peregrina
HERBS
19 Pteris aquilina 3 Osmunda cinnamomea
4 Anchistea virginica 2 Habenaria en
4 Lilium superbum Lophiola a
The species appearing for the first time in this list are Pinus
rigida, Quercus Prinus, Q. ilicifolia, Comptonia, Lilium superbum,
and Lophiola.
In botanical manuals one frequently sees the ranges of certain
plants given as “Pine-barrens, New Jersey to Florida,” etc., just
as if the same kind of country extended all the way. But on this
trip it was strongly impressed on me that the New Jersey pine-
barrens are quite different from the southern ones. The two
kinds do not even intergrade, for one can travel the whole length
of the Delaware peninsula, from the fall-line to the coast, without
seeing any pine-barrens of either kind. +
The differences between northern and southern pine-barrens
seem to be more numerous than the similarities. Consider-
ing only characters observable from a train, the similarities
are about as follows. Both are in the coastal plain and have
sandy soil, with pioneer vegetation subject to frequent fires. Pines
are the dominant trees, and oaks usually form a sort of lower story.
Sour bogs and swamps are frequent. Both regions are compara-
tively thinly settled, and still have more forests than fields.
*There is however one work that deserves special mention, namely, the report
on forests that accompanied the annual report of the state geologist of New Jersey
for 1899. This i volume of 327 pages, containing important contributions by
Vermeule, Pinchot, Hollick, Gifford, and others, together with numerous maps and
illustrations.
tSee Torreya 9: 217,218. 1909. Shreve, Plant life of Maryland 85-88. 1910.
HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 427
Some of the differences are: The sand is coarser in New Jersey,
and there seems to be no clay subsoil, and no ponds. The dom-
inant pines and oaks are different (and the range of Pinus rigida
does not even overlap that of P. palustris, and still less that of
P. Elliottii). Shrubs are much more abundant (in individuals,
not necessarily in species) in New Jersey, and herbs, especially
grasses, correspondingly sparse. The southern pines are among
the most valuable trees we have, while the northern ones are
small and crooked, and even if they were larger they would be of
little use except for fuel. Chamaecyparis is commoner in New
Jersey than it is in pine-barrens of any other state.
The New Jersey pine-barrens probably find their nearest
counterpart in those of Long Island, which I described about two
years ago.* The principal difference is that those of New Jersey
have more bogs to the square mile, and a richer flora even in the
dry pine-barrens. New Jersey seems to have all the pine-barren
plants that Long Island has, and several more besides. Of those
listed above, Pinus echinata and Lophiola are not known on Long
Island, while Chamaecyparis, Quercus marylandica, Q. Prinus,
Lilium, and Habenaria do grow on the island but apparently
not in the pine-barrens thereof.
On the whole trip from Savannah to Barnegat Pier, which in-
volved about 775 miles of note-taking, the number of species of
plants seen from the train (this excludes about 25 species which I
saw only near Hamlet, as above explained) was about 220. Of
these 61 were seen in Georgia, 103 in South Carolina, 135 in North
Carolina, 70 in Virginia, and 50 in New Jersey. (The diversity
of these figures of course depends more on the different distances
traveled in each state than anything else, for the number of species
seen on any route is probably approximately proportional to the
square root of the distance, when other things are equal.)
About 100 of these plants were not seen often enough in any
one region to be mentioned in this paper. Of those that are
mentioned by name, 3 are ferns, 10 conifers, 22 monocotyledons
and 88 dicotyledons; but ten or twelve of the dicotyledons are
weeds. Some generalizations with respect to the distribution of
the remaining 112 native species may be of interest.
*Torreya 8: 1-9. 1908.
428 HARPER: VEGETATION OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
Nearly 37 per cent. are confined to the coastal plain, as far
as known, while 32 per cent. extend into the adjacent Piedmont
region (several of them even to the mountains), but not into the
glaciated region. About 4.5 per cent are common to the glaciated
region and coastal plain and not known elsewhere, while a little
over 26 per cent. are rather widely distributed in Eastern North
America. About 6 per cent. (including some of each of the three
groups just mentioned) are supposed to occur also in the West
Indies, but none are unquestionably native in the Old World.
Notes on the distribution of certain species of particular in-
terest observed on this trip will appear in a subsequent paper.
TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA.
Local flora notes—V*
NorRMAN TAYLOR
AMARYLLIDACEAE
1. Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Coville. Of all the stations in our
range,t and there are a good many, none is at a greater elevation
than 500 ft. The recent catalogue of Connecticut plants says
of it, ‘“‘Common.” If it is found throughout that state it reaches
greater altitudes than our collections show. No specimens are
known from the Catskills or from the Pocono region.
IRIDACEAE
1. Iris versicolor L. There are a good many specimens from
the range, only one of which, however, comes from south of
Monmouth Co., N. J. This is a single specimen from Forked
River, N. J. Is the plant ever found well within the pine-barren
region? In the catalogue of New Jersey plants it is said ‘‘Com-
mon in the eastern and southern counties; less frequent in the
northwestern part of the state.” We have no specimens from
the latter territory but a few along the eastern counties, one only
from south of Monmouth Co.
2. Iris Pseudacorus L. General works say of this that it
is established from Massachusetts to New Jersey. Our only
specimen is from near Prince’s Garden, at Flushing, L. I., and has
all the hall marks of an accidental escape. Such a record cannot
be construed into a logical basis of asserting that the plant is
“established.” A conservative interpretation of this would de-
mand at least a three year’s persistence of a reasonably large
quantity of the plants. Has any one ever seen this plant growing
ae from Torreya 10: 145-149.
local flora range as prescribed by the Club’ s Preliminary Catalogue of 1888
is as fees All of the state of Connecticut; Long Island; in New York the counties
bordering the Hudson River up toand including Columbia and Greene, also Sullivan
Montgomery, Philadelphia, Delaware, and Chester counties in Pennsylvania.
429
430 TayLor: LOCAL FLORA NOTES
in our range where there is every reason to suspect that the colony
is a permanent feature?
3. Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill. There are only three
specimens of this from the range, and they fail to give any ade-
quate idea of the plant’s true distribution. All the Pocono region,
the upper northwestern part of Connecticut, and the highland sec-
tion of New Jersey are unrepresented in the collections. With a
general range of ‘‘Newf. to N. J.and on the mountains to Va.,”
the plant should be more widely dispersed in our range than the
specimens show.
4. Sisyrinchium albidum Raf. In the new catalogue of Con-
necticut plants there is a single specimen cited from New London.
An old specimen in our collections, identified by Mr. Bicknell as
this species, is from Morrisania, N. Y. City, a locality now com-
pletely built over. Otherwise, this western plant is not known
from the range.
5. Sisyrinchium intermedium Bicknell. In Britton’s Manual
this plant is credited to southern New Jersey on the authority of
E. P. Bicknell, who contributed the treatment of the genus.
There are no specimens from the range and the catalogue of the
Philadelphia Botanical Club makes no mention of the species.
ORCHIDACEAE*
1. Cypripedium arietinum R. Br. The plant is credited to
the range in the Preliminary Catalogue of the Torrey Club, but
there are no specimens to support this contention. There are
rumors of its occurrence in the Orange Mts., N. J., but nothing
definitely certain. Its northern distribution is such that the
Orange Mts. locality would be a surprising extension of its range.
2. Cypripedium acaule Ait. There are over twenty stations
for this species represented by specimens. All of these are below
1,000 ft. in altitude, and the plant is unknown, so far, in the
Catskills. Can any one contribute specimens that will help to
determine the altitudinal range of the species?
3. Cypripedium Reginae Walt. (C. hirsutum Mill., the name
that must be used for our showy lady’s slipper orchid).
*The names used in the discussion of this family are those adopted by Dr. P. A.
Rydberg in Britton’s Manual. A few exceptions will be found, based on further
studies by the same writer.
TaYtor: LocaL FLORA NOTES 431
our specimens come from stations north of Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
It is supposed to grow south [in the mountains?] to Georgia. The
highland region of New Jersey and Pennsylvania should contain
this plant, although no mention of it is made by the Philadelphia
botanists, as occurring in the Pennsylvania region.
4. Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. In New Jersey the most
southerly point from which the plant is known is Lake Hopatcong.
With a general known distribution from Newfoundland to Georgia,
etc., the delimitation of this species in our range to the region
north of upper New Jersey is probably quite wide of the mark.
In New York we have specimens from Van Cortlandt Park,
New York City, and Mt. Vernon, neither of which are materially
south of the Jersey record.
5. Cypripedium candidum Muhl. In all the general works,
in Britton’s catalogue of New Jersey plants and in the Prelimin-
ary Catalogue of the Torrey Club this plant is credited to the
range. The only specimen is an old one from “Swamp, Bergen,
N. J.” Otherwise the plant is unknown in our area.
6. Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. The name we must now use
for this plant is C. pubescens Willd. Its distribution is about as
the books indicate but specimens are lacking from all the Penn-
sylvania counties.
Note—In Torreya 2: 84-87, Dr. Rydberg calls attention
to still another lady’s slipper, a plant little known and inadequately
understood. It is one of the yellow-flowered sorts, referable
according to that writer to C. flavescens Red. Any specimens
(particularly flowers preserved in fluid) would be very welcome in
clearing up the identity of this species.
7. Orchis rotundifolia Pursh. In the Preliminary Catalogue
of the Torrey Club this species was credited to the area, but ap-
parently mistakenly so, as there are no specimens from the range.
Its northern range almost. precludes the idea of its occurrence
in our area, the only likely place being the highest peaks of the
Catskills.
8. Gymnadeniopsis integra (Nutt.) Rydb. Credited to our
range in the Manual and definitely to Monmouth, Ocean, and
Burlington counties, N. J., in the catalogue of New Jersey plants.
There are no specimens and its distribution in the pine-barren
is wholly conjectural, beyond that given above.
2
432 TAYLOR: LOCAL FLORA NOTES
9. Gymnadenia conopsea R. Br. So far as known, this is the
first record of the occurrence of this plant in America. It is a
native of Europe. Our specimen is from Litchfield, Conn., and
is undoubtedly authentic. Whether or not it is established there
is unknown, as the collector of it does not remember it particularly.
I am indebted to Dr. Rydberg for the determination of this un-
familiar orchid.
10. Limnorchis huronensis (Nutt.) Rydb. The only specimens
are from Canaan, Conn., and Ulster Co., N. ¥Y. Mt. Pleasant,
Wayne Co., Pa., is cited in Porter’s Flora of Pennsylvania and
this is presumably backed by a specimen. Otherwise the dis-
tribution of the plant in our range is unknown.
11. Limnorchis major (Lange) Rydb. Only a single specimen
from the range is known. This was collected at ‘‘North Yonkers,”’
N. Y. (2). The general distribution of this species is from Green-
land to New York. The New York part of this assertion is backed
by our local flora plant, and in view of the fact that it is supposed
to come from Yonkers the distribution is very poorly supported.
A high Catskill plant might have been this species but it seems
only reasonable that the label reading ‘‘North Yonkers” belongs to
some other plant, and that if Z. major is in our range at all, which
is very doubtful, it may be in the higher Catskills. The specimen
is correctly determined but the label probably belongs elsewhere.
12. Lysias orbiculata (Pursh) Rydb. The most southerly
station represented in our collections is West Point, N. Y. With
a general distribution that extends south [in the mountains]
to North Carolina, the plant should be found in the highland region
of New Jersey and Pennsylvania. It is fairly common in the
Catskills.
13. Blephariglottis cristata (Michx.) Raf. Most of the speci-
mens come from near Monmouth County, N. J. Its general
distribution is supposed to be from New Jersey to Florida and
any information as to the plant’s distribution in southern New
Jersey will be welcome.
14. Blephariglottis grandiflora (Bigel.) Rydb. This species is
supposed to grow south [in the mountains?] to North Carolina.
All our specimens are from upper New Jersey and the Catskill
region. Nothing is known of this from southern New Jersey
or from the Pennsylvania counties in our range.
TAYLor: LOCAL FLORA NOTES 433
15. Blephariglottis psychodes (L.) Rydb. This has the same
general range as the preceding, and, so far as the local collections
show, is restricted in our area to the same region as that species.
16. Blephariglottis peramoena (A. Gray) Rydb. The only
specimen is from Chester Co., Pa. It is credited to New Jersey
in the Manual but specimens are lacking to show its true distri-
bution in that state. Has it been collected in the Cape May
region?
17. Pogonia divaricata (L.) R. Br. The only specimen from
the range is from Quaker Bridge, N. J. It does not seem credible
that a species that is supposed to grow throughout southern Jersey
is so localized as our specimens show. How far north in the pine-
barren region may the plant be looked for?
18. Isotria affinis (Austin) Rydb. This plant is described as
rare and local, and is supposed to grow from Connecticut to
southern New York, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey. Our only
specimen is from Closter, N. J., its type locality. According to
‘the Connecticut botanists it is known only from New Haven and
Stratford in that state. From where is it known in Pennsylvania?
19. Triphora trianthophora (Sw.) Rydb. With a general dis-
tribution from Vermont to Florida, our specimens from Palisades,
New Jersey, and Elm Station, near Philadelphia, are grotesquely
inadequate, as far as representing the distribution in the area is
concerned. Any extension of the range will be welcome.
20. Arethusa bulbosa L. The specimens and all the books
show that this plant becomes increasingly scarce northwards.
The lower counties of Pennsylvania and New Jersey are well
represented. All the counties in the former state above Chester,
except one station in Wayne, are apparently lacking the plant.
North of the New Jersey state line, New York is also not represented
by specimens. The Connecticut botanists say that it is rare or
local, but not a word as to its state distribution. What is the
true distribution of this plant above the line of the coastal plain?
21. Epipactis viridiflora (Hoffm.) Reich. The only station
for this in the range is the recently discovered one at Plainfield,
N. J. This is a marked southerly extension of its range, and it
should be expected in the mountains of Pennsylvania and in the
Catskills. It is otherwise known from Syracuse and Niagara
Falls.
434 Tayvtor: LocAL FLORA NOTES
22. Listera cordata (L.) R. Br. New Durham, N. J., and
Wayne Co., Pa. are the only places within the range from which
the plant has been collected, and it is apparently not known to
the writers of local floras that bear on our region. The new
Connecticut list makes no mention of the plant. The Pennsyl-
vania flora has only the Wayne Co. station. A general range of
from Labrador to New Jersey would argue a more extended rep-
resentation than our limited collections show. It should be found
in the Catskills.
23. Listera australis Lindl. A single specimen from a swamp
southwest of Camden, N. J., is all there is to show for the range
of this species. The New Jersey and Philadelphia lists both give
another station, at New Brunswick, N. J. Otherwise, the dis-
tribution of the plant is unknown save for one station in Chester
Co., Pa. The general range of from New York and New Jersey
to Florida is scarcely borne out by our scanty material.
24. Gyrostachys stricta Rydb. No specimens from the range.
General works credit it to our area, but apparently the only specifi-
cally recorded station is Norfolk, Conn. It is probably to be found
in the adjacent mountains along the eastern edge of Columbia Co.,
N. Y., and perhaps also in the Catskills.
25. Gyrostachys plantaginea (Raf.) Britton. Our only speci-
men is from Flatbrookville, Sussex Co., N. J. Other recorded
stations seem to indicate that so far as our local flora range is
concerned the plant is confined to the Delaware River Valley,
or its branches. Is this a correct assumption?
26. Peramium ophioides (Fernald) Rydb. So far as the speci-
mens show, this plant is confined to the higher Catskills and the
mountains of Pennsylvania. So far as known, it has never been
reported from New Jersey but might be looked for in the northern
hilly part of the state. P. tesselatum (Lodd.) Rydb. has a similar
range and is restricted in the same way. Can either of the plants
be found at an elevation less than 1,000 ft.?
27. Achroanthes monophylla (L.) Greene. With the single
exception of Sam’s Point, Ulster Co., N. Y., for which there is a
specimen, the only recorded station for this species is Wayne Co.,
Pa. It is curious that the plant should not have been found in
Delaware and Greene counties, N. Y.
TAYLOR: LOCAL FLORA NOTES 435
28. Aplectrum hyemale (Muhl.) Torrey. The only specimen
is from Peekskill, N. Y. The early numbers of the Bulletin of
the Torrey Botanical Club credit it to Pine Plains, N. Y., and
Closter, N. J., and other stations are recorded in northern New
Jersey. From New Brunswick, N. J., southwards the plant is
unknown, save a record in the Philadelphia catalogue from Swedes-
boro, Gloucester Co. The general distribution of ‘‘Ontario to
Georgia’”’ is too general to represent adequately the restricted range
of this plant.
29. Corallorhiza Corallorhiza (L.) Karst. The only specimen
is from the summit of Onteora Mt., Greene Co., N. Y. Where in
the mountains of Pennsylvania, except Wayne Co. from which it
is reported, may the plant be looked for?
30. Corallorhiza Wisteriana Conrad. With a general range
from Massachusetts to Florida, the only recorded stations are
from Chester and Philadelphia Co., Pa. There are no specimens.
Is this delimitation correct?
NEW YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Notes on Rutaceae — IV
PERCY WILSON
In the large collection of plants recently made in eastern Cuba
by Dr. J. A. Shafer there are two species of Rutaceae which
hitherto have apparently escaped recognition. Descriptions of
them follow:
Ravenia Shaferi P. Wilson, sp. nov.
A glabrous shrub or tree, 4-7 m. tall, with a grayish bark.
Leaves simple, elliptic to ovate, or occasionally somewhat obovate,
5-10 cm. long, 2-5 cm. broad, sessile or subsessile, entire, more or
less revolute, acute or occasionally obtuse at the apex, acute or
somewhat rounded at the base, glandular-punctate; inflorescence
ovate to nearly oval, 5-7 mm. long, 4.5-5.5 mm. broad, all
glandular-punctate; ‘‘corolla red,’ glandular-punctate, the tube
cylindric, 1.2-1.5 cm. long, the lobes 4, unequal, oblong to oblong-
obovate, 1.4-2 cm. long, 0.8-1 cm. broad; stamens 4, adnate to
the throat of the corolla, the two inferior ones fertile, sessile, the
two superior ones sterile, linear to subulate, flattened; disk cup-
shaped; ovary 4-lobed, 4-celled, immersed in the disk; style fili-
form; stigma 4-lobed.
Type collected in alluvial valley of Rio Yamaniguey, Province
of Oriente, Cuba, Shafer 4218.
DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Cuba.
The other species of Ravenia, so far as I know, are 5-merous.
Spathelia cubensis P. Wilson, sp. nov.
A slender, branchless tree, I-3 m. tall; new growth and under
surface of the young foliage velvety with a reddish stellate pubes-
cence intermixed with simple hairs. Leaves odd-pinnate, 3-3.5
dm. long, the rachis wingless, narrowly grooved above, velvety
when young, glabrous or nearly so with age; leaflets 41-57, those
on the branches of the inflorescence fewer in number, oblong, 3-7
cm. long, 6-10 mm. broad, sessile, entire, more or less revolute,
acutish or rounded at the gland-tipped apex, cordate or sometimes
inequilateral at the base, dull gieen above and glabrous, paler be-
4:
438 Witson: NoTES ON RUTACEAE
neath and more or less stellate-pubescent; inflorescence panicu-
late, the branches glabrous or nearly so; flowers scarlet; sepals
elliptic, 3-3.5 mm. long, 2 mm. broad, gland-tipped, acutish;
petals elliptic-oblong or oblong, 5-6 mm. long, 2-3 mm. broad,
gland-tipped, acutish, filaments with wing-like appendages at the
base, anthers oblong; ovary glabrous, three-angled.
Type collected in dry rocky places, Sierra Nipe, along trail
from Piedra Gorda to Woodfred, Province of Oriente, Cuba,
Shafer 3091; collected also by Wright (2192) at Mayari.
DISTRIBUTION: Eastern Cuba. —
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN.
i
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1910)
aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written b
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer:
ica oo used in its broadest sense
ws, and papers which solace exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture,
Diieitadncat products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, an
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is
Some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and faintshed 3 in this form to subscribers,
at the rate of one cent for each card: Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
cies must take all cards published paoae the term of his subscription. Corre-
ondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
esi Club.
Bailey, I. W. Anatomical characters in the evolution of Pinus. Am. Nat.
44: 284-293. pl. 2. My 1910.
Bailey, I.W. Notes on the wood structure of the Betulaceae and Fagaceae.
Forest. Quart. 8: 178-185. f. I-9. Je 1910.
Bailey, W.W. The flowering raspberry. Am. Bot. 16: 37-39. [Jl] 1910.
Barnes, C.R. The nature of physiological response. Am. Nat. 44: 321-
332. Je 1910.
Read at sixteenth annual meeting of the Botanical Society of America.
Bessey, C. E. Some European forest notes. Forest. Quart. 8: 201-209.
Je 1910.
Blumer, J.C. A comparison between two mountain sides. Plant World
13: 134-140. Je IgIo.
Blumer, J.C. The vitality of pine seed in serotinous cones. Torreya 10:
108-111. 26 My 1910.
Bovie, W. T. The effects of adding salts to the soil on the amount of
non-available water. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 273-292. f. I. 21 Jl
IQI0.
Brandegee, T. S. Plantae Mexicanae Purpusianae—II, Univ. California
Publ. Bot. 4: 85-95. 26 My 1910.
Britton, N. L. Botanical exploration in Santa Clara, Cuba. Jour. N. Y.
Bot. Gard. 11: 109-117.. My 1910.
439
440 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Brown, H. B. The genus Crataegus, with some theories concerning the
origin of its species. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 251-260. 2 Je 1910.
Buchanan, R. E. Monascus purpureus in silage. Mycologia 2: 99-108.
pl. 22, 23 +f. 1, 2. 9 Je 1910.
C[lute], W. N. Rare forms of fernworts—XIV. Some variations of
Polypodium. Fern Bull. 18: 47-49. [My] toro. [Illust.]
Clute, W. N. The aggressiveness of plants. Am. Bot. 16: 39-41. [Jl]
1910.
Clute, W.N. The Philippine pedate bracken. Doryopteris ludens. Fern
Bull. 18: 43-45. [My] 1910. [Illust.]
Clute, W. N. The plants of the sand barrens. Am. Bot. 16: 33-37. [Jl]
1910.
Coulter, J. M. Practical science. Science II. 31: 881-889. 10 Je 1910.
Davidson, A. Acrolasia tridentata n. sp. Bull. So. California Acad. Sci.
9: 71. Jl 1910.
Deane, W. A fourth Pinus rigida for Coos County, New Hampshire.
Rhodora 12: 99. 27 My 1910.
Dobbin, F. Tetraplodon australis in Massachusetts. Rhodora 12: 156.
14 Jl 1910.
Dodge, C.K. Plants growing wild and without cultivation in the County
of Lambton, Ontario. Ottawa Nat. 24: 45-52. 8 Je IgI10.
Dodge, R. Variation in Botrychium ramosum. Fern Bull. 18: 33-43.
[My] 1910.
East, E. M. Inheritance in potatoes. “Am. Nat. 44: 424-430. Jl 1910.
Eggleston, W.W. Crataegus viridis L. in Virginia. Rhodora 12: 93, 94-
27 My i910.
Eichlam, F. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kakteen von Guatemala—IX.
Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 65-69. 15 My 1910.
Farlow, W. G. A consideration of the “Species Plantarum” of Linnaeus
as a basis for the starting point of the nomenclature of cryptogams.
Am. Nat. 44: 385-394. Jl 1910.
Farlow, W. G., & Atkinson, G. F. The botanical congress at Brussels.
Science I]. 32: 104-107. 22 Jl 1910.
Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. The North American variations of
Juncus effusus. Rhodora 12: 81-93. 27 My 1910.
Fink, B. The lichens of Minnesota. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 14: 1-269
+i-xvil. pl. I-51+f. I-18. 1 Je 1910.
Gardner, N. L. Leuvenia, a new genus of Flagellates. Univ. California
Publ. Bot. 4: 97-106. pl. 14. 26 My 1910.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 441
Grout, A. J. Mosses with hand-lens and microscope 5: 320-416. pl. 76-87
+f. 166-220. Jl 1910.
Gurke, M. LEchinocactus Lecontei Engelm. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 69-
73. 15 My rg1o. [Illust.]
Gurke, M. Rhipsalis hadrosoma G. A. Lind. Monats. Kakteenk. 20:
77, 78. 15 My 1g10.
Harris, J. A. A quantitative study of the morphology of the fruit of the
bloodroot, Sanguinaria canadensis. Biometrika 7: 305-351. f. I. Ap
1910.
Harter, L. L. The starch content of leaves dropped in autumn. Plant
World 13: 144-147. Je 1910.
Haynes, C.C. Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov., with a revision of the genus
and illustrations of the species. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 215-230. i.
25-32: 2-Je 19to.
Hedgcock, G. G. A new polypore on incense cedar. Mycologia 2: 155,
156. ‘
Polyporus amarus sp. nov.
Hollick, A. A new fossil fucoid. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 305-307. pl. 33.
21 Jl 1910.
Thamnocladus passifrons sp. nov. :
H[owe], M. A. Editorial note. In Thompson, E. I., The morphology
of Taenioma. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 98. 31 Mr i910.
Humphreys, E. W. The name Buthotrephis gracilis Hall. Bull. Torrey
Club 37: 309-311. 21 Jl 1910.
Humphreys, E.W. Variation among non-lobed Sassafras leaves. Torreya
Io: 101-108. f. 1-8. 26 My 1910.
Jeffrey, E. C. A new araucarian genus from the Triassic. Proc. Boston
Nat. Hist. Soc. 34: 325-332. pl. 31-32. Jl 1910.
Jeffrey, E.C. A new Prepinus from Martha’s Vineyard. Proc. Boston
Nat. Hist. Soc. 34: 333-338. pl. 33. Jl 1910.
Kern, F. D. Prediction of relationships among some parasitic fungi.
Science II. 31: 830-833. 27 My 1g10.
Knowlton, C. H. Note on Scheuchzeria palustris L. Rhodora 12: 156.
14 Jl 1910.
Lewis, I. F. Periodicity in Dictyota at Naples. Bot. Gaz. 50: 59-64.
f. I. 14 Jl 1910.
Lloyd, C. G. Mycological notes 35: 461-476. Mr 1910. [Illust.]
Long, B. Range extension of Scirpus Smithii, var. setosus. Rhodora 12:
155, 156. 14 Jl 1910.
442 InDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Mackenzie, K. K. Notes on Carex—VI. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 231-250.
2 Je 1910.
McGregor, E. A. Two new seed-plants from the Lake Tahoe region, Cali-
fornia. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 261-264. f. 1, 2. 2 Je 1910.
Apocynum bicolor and Lappula Jessicae, spp. nov.
Mell, C. D. The histology of resin canals in white fir. Am. Forestry 16:
351-356. f. 1-9. Je 1910.
Meyer, R. Uber Echinopsis campylacantha R. Mey. und E. leucantha
Walp. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 73-76. 15 My 1910.
Murrill, W. A. The Polyporaceae of Jamaica. Mycologia 2: 183-197.
15 Jl 1910.
13 species described as new.
Nash, G. V. A century plant coming into flower. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
Ir: 123-125. pl. 79. My i910.
Nash, G. V. Tropacolaceae. N. Am. Flora 25: 89-91. 3 Je 1910.
‘\ Newcombe, F.C. The place of plant responses in the categories of sensi-
tive reactions. Am. Nat. 44: 333-342. Je 1910.
Nichols, G. E. Notes on Connecticut mosses. Rhodora 12: 146-154.
14 Jl 1910.
Osterhout, G.E. Colorado notes. Muhlenbergia 6: 46, 47. f.8. 12 My
Includes Aulospermum Betheli sp. nov. and new varieties, one each, in Aster and
Arnica.
Pace, L. Some peculiar fern prothallia. Bot. Gaz. 50: 49-58. f. I-IJ.
14 Jl 1910.
Piper, C. V. Botany in its relations to agricultural advancement. Science
II. 31: 889-900. to Je 1910.
Prescott, A. Juvenile ferns. Fern Bull. 18: 45-47. [My] 1910
Rock, J. F. Some new Hawaiian plants. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 297-304
f.I-5. 21 Jligio
New species, one each, in Pittosporum, Sideroxylon, Lysimachia, and Dubautia.
Rolfe, R. A. Begonia Martiana, var. grandiflora. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV.
6: pl. 8322. Ji 1910.
Sargent, C. S. Crataegus in Pennsylvania—II. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia 62: 150-253. Ap 1910.
Many new species described.
Saxton, W. T. Contributions to the life history of Widdringtonia cupres-
soides. Bot. Gaz. 50: 31-48. pl. 1-3+f. 1-3. 14 Jl 1910.
Schatzberg, A. Preservation of wild flowers. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11:
117-123. My 1910.
THE BRYOLOGIST
WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, oper
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings
and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, ca eo pt
as well asamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a ye
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y
INDEX TO
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on
library catal cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each card.
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLecE oF PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City
From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
taper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year
North American Flora
HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing independently
i of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central
America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Trinidad,
o, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is
essentially South American.
It will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles
Daly.
t is acest to issue parts as rapidly as they can be La ps? ba extent of
the work een ‘it ny na to commence publication at any n r of —
The i si ak will f series of volumes bei is Sliowiie seen
Volume I. Myc sail , Schizophyta, Diatomace
Vv es 2 to IO u
Volumes II to 13 ]
olumes 14 and 15. B hyt
Volume 16. ia io aa Gymnospermae.
oe yd 19. ocotyl =
Volum 0 30. Dicotyle
8
The mendnadit of the work has ps referred by the Scientific Directors of the
Garden to a committee consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr,
J. H. Barnhart.
eeagrg George F. Atkinson, of Cornell University, Professors Charles a Barnes
and John M. Coulter, of = yes of Chicago, Mr. tl eta ith Coville, of the
United States Departmen nt of Agricu eens "Edw . Greene, of the United
States National Museum, Pats aye . Halsted, oe eos College e, and Pro-
ning William T release, of the. Missouri tater Garden, have consented to act as
advisory comm
The following parts have been published :
Vol. 7. Part 1, Usti ng comes by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule-
dinaceae, and heitiegeue (pars), by J. C. Arthur
ol. 9. Parts 1 and 2 Pleo, by W. A. Murrill. Part 3, +78 gi by
W. A. Murrill ; Agaricaceae (pars) b actill and G. S. Burlin
ol. Part 1 _Opbiglnacene, ig L. M. Underwood and R. i : "isedice:
or ge e, by _M. Underwood; Osmundaceae and Ceratopteridaceae, by R. C.
Benedic ; Schizaeaceae, Glichenacee, aN Wedgie (pars), by W. R. Maxon.
Vo ni ao; Patt ty Pg a by P. W ; Spargania —— Aso and Hy-
a arma by: Rydberg ; Zannicheliacene e, Zosteraceae, ere doceaceae,
Nai and Lilacacese, by Taylor; Scheuchzeriaceae, by N Britton ;
rae by J. K Small ; Butomaceae and Poaceae ie Ss); by G. V. Nash.
_ Vol. 22. Part. i; Podostens monaceae, by G. V. Nas ih iheoe by L.
Britton and J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and Viviasinscen. bP. A. Rydberg. pace 2,
Saxifragaceae and pin, ae by J. K. Small and P, A. Rydbe Tg; gg ere
Iteaceae, and Hamamelidaceae, by N. L. Britton ; Pterostemonaceae, by J. K. Small ;
Altingiacene, by °P. Wilson ; Bid oneness by H. ous Part 3, Grossulari
deg ae ae N. L, Britton; Platanaceae, ‘by H . A, Gleason ; Crossos
elabae by j.K er hag ara by N ian 8 Britton ; Calycanthaceae, y C
oe _ cee. y iceasee pase 1 oe ees 28 Rydberg. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A.
y
Vol. 25. Part 4 Pycicer nae -e by L. Han aye RK. era Oxalidaceae
and Linaceae, by J. K. Small; pops e ae by x i Britto
The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is eas that four or
five _— will be required for vomig volume. A limited number of separate parts will
be sold at $2.00 each. Addr
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
1. MEMmoIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT :
Vol A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Pobgoniom ‘(189 5). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893
895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, se
Quarto, 178 Pages, 84 plates. Price
Vol. 2. A raph of the North oe Potentillene (1898).
By Per pe Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7.
uarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT:
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894 rice $5.00, i
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00
Vol. 5. Nos. ro1-125, 1896-1897 rice $5.00.
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00
»Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00,
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1g01~1902. Price $5.00.
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903~(current).
ni of separate numbers available on application.
A Text-book of General preemies (1896). By Albert
Sciitiaen fale in Botany, 1895-1896.
ctavo, 230 pages, 76 py Price $4. 25 age ; $3.80 (paper). '
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamt
The Department invites propositions vehitive . epee of her-
barium material for any of the above named ey Address
Dr. Carlton C. Curtis, Columbia aR, Nay.Cit
An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United sed ‘Canada, and
the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes-
sor of casi 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi-
son Bro
Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642
pages; Vol. ms 588 pages; 4162 figures in ce text, insnietag. every
species desc
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ-
ately, $10.00. ; re
r Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth oe ame 1900.
By Lucien Mae Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907.
Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Fate Holt &
Ce, ra York:: Price, $1-00
6. Moulds, Mildews, and "Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un-
ine Pec of Botany, 1896-1907
decimo, 236 pages, ro plates. Published by Henry Holt &
Co. Price $1.5
Nature at Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar-
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany,
1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; ope Professor of
Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany,
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published ee aur Holt
& Co., New York. Price $2.5
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave.,
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
pace a KAHLBAUM’S
MICROSCOPES ¢ Bes C. P. Chemicals
and i = il pA and Reagents
ACCESSORIES = Sag
(=
ES
CARL
SCHLEICHER
& SCHULL’S
C. P. Filters
— ee
MICROTOMES “=
BALANCES
and
WEIGHTS
Famous Labora-
me tory Glassware
MAnd for many other
renowned European
houses in our line.
COMPLETE LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited,
MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
A series of technical ae on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals.
Price $3.00 a volume. ot offered in exchange.
. 1, No. 1; not furnished separately:
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carex.
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889.
Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separately :
Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the New Jersey coast and adjacent
waters of Staten Island. — 7- 1889.
1.1, No. 3; hoes 75 cents:
Spruce, Richard. nes icae Bolivianae, in Andibus
1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae Pages Sei
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Pas 141-187. 30 My 1890,
1. 2, No. 1; not furnished se
Halsted, Byron Da itn Reserve food-materials in nea and surrounding parts.
Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10S 1890.
be 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents:
les Arthur. Contributions to the botany of
Boliviae orientalis, annis
1990.
Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick,
Virginia. Pages ee plates 3, 4. 23 D 1890.
Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnis a caress 5
Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to wledge of the -pisganae:
some North American plants. age vote las 5-19. 15 Ap 1891
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents:
Wheelock, William Efmer. The genus Po/yga/ain North America. Pages 1og-
152. 30 D 1891.
Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately
Small, J Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of nese North Carolina
and pra territory. Pages 1-39. . 20 F 1892.
pro 3, No. 2; price, $2.00
Morong, Thom atadaceae of North America [with illustrations ot al the
species]. ae oe pia 20-74. 15 Mri
poy 3, No. 3; not furnished separately
usby, H numeration = ~ — solleetsa. in Bolivia by Miguel
saps gps ¥i se pou 1-67. 28A
Vol. 4, No. 1; eiges Ga y:
Underwood, Lucien Marcus. Index Hefaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. Pages
I~9I. 10 Je 1893.
Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately ae
Sm one dees a Murray. Report on ‘the botanical explo
— n of southwestern during the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, ates
pie 18 N hier Ao Ae sae
Vol. 4, ao = price, 50 cents
ppeee sed Henry Hurd. An enum of the plants epliected} in Bolivia by Miguel
ang. Part 2. Pec 203-274. ae ag ews Ap 1895.
Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 50 cents
Pettit, Anna Stockton. Arachis hypogaea L. Pages 275-296, plates 83-85
5 Je 1895.
ora dape al price, 75 cents
North American species of Physalis and related genera.
Rydberg, Per Axel.
Pages 297-374. 15S $1896
List of east and Spermato py gehen without cultivation in northeastern
North America. Pages 1-377. 4 D 1893-31 D 1894.
i Vol. 6, No. 1; price, $1.25:
Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel
Bang. Part 3. Pages 1-130. 17 N 1896.
0. 2; not furnished sep:
Vol. 6, arately :
Grout, Abel Joel. A revision of the North Apieices Mr vlijene and Brachythecia.
Pages 131-210. 30 flr
ol. 6, N . 3; price, 50 ce
Hazen, The life history of Spidoctis Pest vit ( Haematococcus
plavialis). seg, Pas pe 211-246, plates 86, 87 Sige Je 1899.
Vo ' > price, 50 cents:
Underwood, Lucien M arous. A review of the Saiets of ferns proposed prior to
1832. Pages 247-283. 1 D 1899.
Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents
Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen ped ae in ae" upper Mississippi Valley.
Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899.
Vol. 7 e, $3.00
Howe, Marshall Avery aw ‘ieatese ‘and dnthoesiobes of California, Pages
1-208 , plates ripe gs 5 Aut
ang @, Ro. es not furnished separat
“iy eas the mparative embryology of ae Rubiaceae, Part
F io ra ats I$. 26 axe 1899. Part II, Pages 27-112, plates pte
15
Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.00
Ev: Alexander William. pegs ZL oe ge of the United States and Canada.
Pages II e183) ett 6-22. 15 F
Vol. 8, No. re - ia. 75 cents:
on, Elizabeth Gertrude, & Taylor, Alexandrina. — life history of
Vittaria lineata, Pages 135-211, plates 27-31. 30 Au 190
Vol. woh price, $3.00
Ernest Stanley. A mo of the erie, Pages ee plates
tg. 401900, No longer oid one in Piao sets of the Memoi
Vol. 10; e€, $3.00
Burgess, Edward Sandford. aos of Pre-Clusian botany in its relation to Aster.
Pages i-xii, 1-447. 22 Be
a No. 1; price, $1.75:
Grifiths, Davia. The Nont “American Sordariaceac. Pages 1-134, plates 1-19.
30 My Igor.
Vol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The Wothricaceae por pai stoheinaees of the United States.
ye 135-250, plates 20-42. 200 1902.
ans 12, No. 1; price, $1.50
Northrop, Alice Rich. Flora of New Providence and Aisin (Bahama Islands).
Pages err plates 1-19 - map. 1902.
ol. 12, No. price, $1.00:
Banker, Howar A co santenon ie a revision of the North American
Hydnaceae. Pier seins oy Je 1906.
2, No. 3; price, 75 cent
Kupfer, Elsie. Studies” = age regeneration, Pes 195-241. 10 Je 1907-
ol. 13; price, $3.
Edward Sandford. Species and variations of Biotian Asters, with dis-
cussion of variability in Aster. Pages i-xv, sapere i tes 1-137. 15 Mr 1906.
Vol. 14, or 1; price, $1.25:
Burlingham, ons, A study of the ‘Lecteriae of the United States.
Pages 1-109, figures 1-15. 26 My 1908,
- Vol. 2; price, 75 cen
er, Ormond. Observation on the Calif =
prise Ee fetes n the ifornia vine eee Pages £11-153,
ae DR. WILLIAM MANSFIELD,
College of Pharmacy, en ee ot Sour Souk CRS:
Studies on the Rocky Mountain fora — XXIUI . » . PER AXEL RYDBERG 443
BULLETIN: 2
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Editar ae
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE —
Associate Editors
JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy ELLiot Nazkx
JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSG MURRILL
Puitip DoweLe CHARLES Louis POLLARD |
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS —: MAULE RICHARDS
CONTENTS
Cienfuegosia Drummondii, a rare Texas plant. . FREDERICK L. LEWTON 73 %
Development of the embryo-sac of Boseniver ¢ concolor
FRANK M. ANDREWS an
Other editions of Emory’s Report, 1848 --.-: - . OLIVER A. FARW por 479
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ...... +--+ 48%
e
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
THE. lene ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA. u
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
President, a
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D
site Vice- Presidents,
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.D
Recording Secretary, shee © reasurer,
PERCY WILSON. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, PuHar.D.
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. : College of Pharm
ee 115 West 68th St., New van City-
Hee MEETINGS
pee Dlectings twice each month from October to May inclusive: the second Tuesday,
_ at 8:00 P.M., at the American Museum of Natural History; the last Wednesday,
at 3:30 P.M., in the Museum Building of the New York Botanical Garden.
> %
PUBLICATIONS
All subscriptions and other business communications relating to the publications
re vs the Club should be addressed to the Treasurer, William: Mansfield, College of
Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City.
?
Monthly, established 1870. Price, $3.00 a year; single numbers 30
cents. Of former volumes, only 24-36 can be ees oo — numbers
of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of som rs has been
res for the completion of sets. Manu cial intended for scot in the
BULLETIN should be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical
Garden, Bronx Park, New York City.
Torreya. Monthly, established 1901. Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in-
tended for publication in ToRREYA should be addressed to Jean Broadhurst, Editor,
Teachers College, Columbia University, New York City.
Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. (See last pages of cover. )
Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta within. 100 miles of
New York City, 1888. Price, $1.00
Vol. 37 No 9
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
—- =
SEPTEMBER, rgi1o
Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora — XxXIll
PER AXEL RYDBERG
“ Gaillardia Mearnsii sp. nov.
Annual; stem 1-3 dm. high, leafy only towards the base,
finely pubescent; basal leaves oblanceolate or spatulate, petioled,
5~10 cm. long, puberulent, entire or round-lobed; upper leaves
similar or sometimes pinnatifid with rounded lobes; peduncles
I~2 dm. high; involucres about 2 cm. broad; bracts lanceolate,
acute, grayish-pubescent; disk-corollas purple, their lobes short
and rounded, fimbriate; pappus-scales lanceolate, each gradually
attenuate into a slender awn equaling the corolla; rays yellow,
10-15 mm. long.
The type sheets were labeled G. aristata, which it somewhat
resembles in general habit, but the lobes of the disk-corollas are
not attenuate. It resembles, however, still more, G. arizonica
in the annual root, the stem naked above, and the leaf-form, al-
though the leaves are more inclined to be entire; but it differs
from that species in the purple disk and the gradually acuminate
and long-aristate pappus-scales. On the whole, it is therefore
more nearly related to G. pinnatifida, although the plant is evi-
dently an annual and the leaves are seldom pinnatifid. When
pinnatifid, their lobes are short and rounded.
Arizona: Fort Verde, May 4, 1888, Mearns 322 (type, in
herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
Uta: Sandy bluffs near Green River, June 12, 1900, Stokes.
TETRANEURIS
In Coulter & Nelson’s New Manual the name Actinella Nutt.
has been readopted for this genus, apparently in conformity with
[The BuLLeTIN for August, 1910 pe 393-442) was issued 8 S 1910.]
44
444 RypBerG: Rocky MounrAIN FLORA
the Vienna Rules. Nuttall, however, did not intend to propose
a new genus Actinella, but thought that the Galardia acaulis of
Pursh belonged to Actinella Pers., based on Actinea Juss. In
reality there is no such thing as Actinella Nutt. Actinella Pers.
is a synonym of Cephalophora, to which even DeCandolle thought
Galardia acaulis belonged.
The way Professor Nelson has handled other persons’ species
of this genus and his own is very arbitrary. Actinella simplex
A. Nels., A. incana A. Nels., and A. eradicata A. Nels. he keeps
distinct from A. acaulis (Pursh) Nutt. Both Actinella depressa A.
Gray and Tetraneuris brevifolia Greene he makes synonyms of his
own Actinella acaulis caespitosa, and Tetraneuris glabra Greene
and 7. glabriuscula Rydb. of his own Actinella epunctata. He
unites T. linearis Greene (Nutt.) and T. angustifolia Rydb.;
T. fastigiata Greene and T. stenophylla Rydb.; and lumps under
Actinella leptoclada A. Gray not only Tetraneuris mancosensis
A. Nels. and T. intermedia Greene but also T. Crandallii Rydb.,
T. arizonica Greene, and T. pilosa Greene (?).
My studies of the genus have given me quite different results.
Galardia acaulis Pursh was collected by Bradbury in ‘‘Upper
Louisiana.’ Any one who knows a little about Bradbury’s travels
knows that this meant along the Missouri River, somewhere be-
tween St. Louis, Mo., and Fort Mandan, N. D. Further, the type
locality must have been in South Dakota or North Dakota, as
no species of Tetraneuris is known to grow near the Missouri
south thereof. The common plant of the plains and hills of the
western part of the Dakotas and Nebraska has densely silky,
linear-oblanceolate leaves. It is well represented by my own
nos. 106 and 196, by MacDougal 53 from Nebraska, and by Bolley
404 from Mendora, N. D. It is true that the type of Tetraneuris
incana A. Nels. (Elias Nelson 5006) is slightly more delicate and
whiter than these, but A. Nelson 8265, determined by the author
himself as T. incana matches perfectly my no. 106. Actinella or
Tetraneuris incana A. Nels. is therefore in my opinion the true
T. acaulis (Pursh) Greene. It is the only one that has been col-
lected in the neighborhood of the type locality. The only other
species that has been collected in the Dakotas or Nebraska is
T. simplex A, Nels. and that only in the very extreme western
RypDBERG: Rocky MounNrTAIN FLORA 445
portion. The latter does not agree with the description of Ga-
lardia acaulis.
I have come to the conclusion also that Tetraneuris eradiata A.
Nels. is but a rayless form of T. acaulis. My no. 106 contains both
radiate and rayless specimens. The disk-flowers of T. eradiata
are said to be “‘almost orange.’’ They usually turn more or less
orange in age in T. acaulis and the type of T. eradiata is pretty
well advanced in age. There are no other distinctive characters
either in the description or in the specimens that I can see.
Even Tetraneuris simplex is not too good a species and it is
very close to T. acaulis on one hand and T. trinervata Greene on
the other. The latter I had reported for Colorado in my Flora of
Colorado; but it is wholly ignored by Nelson. As the New Manual
includes northern New Mexico, the type locality even of T.
trinervata, viz., Sandia Mountains, N. M., between Santa Fé
and Albuquerque, is within the range.
What Professor Nelson’s interpretation of Actinella acaulis
really is, is hard to tell, for some of the specimens he has distributed
under that name and Tetraneuris acaulis belong to T. lanata
and others to T. acaulis caespitosa A. Nels. Most of them were
distributed before the latter was segregated. Both E. Nelson
4329, distributed as T. acaulis, and A. Nelson 4607, distributed
as T. lanata?, match perfectly a part of the type of Nuttall’s
Actinella lanata in the Torrey herbarium. All three are very
young.
It is evident that Actinella acaulis caespitosa A. Nels. is more
closely related to A. Janata than to A. acaulis. It has the loose
pubescence of A. Janata, a character best seen in age. I am in-
clined to think that it is the same as Tetraneuris brevifolia Greene,
although I have not seen the type of the latter. It should then
bear that name, unless it is reduced to a variety of A. Janata.
The plant was first collected by James in Long’s Expedition
on James Peak (now Pikes Peak), the type locality of T. brevi-
folia. Torrey* referred this specimen to Actinea integrifolia
Kunth; but in Torrey and Gray’s Flora,t it was referred to
Actinella lanata with the following remark: ‘““The specimen of
*Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 213.
+2: 382.
446 RypBerc: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
A. integrifolia? Torr. loc. cit. is so imperfect that we can not very
confidently refer it to the present species; but it certainly is not
the same with the foregoing” [A. Torreyana].
When preparing the manuscript of the Flora of Colorado,
I overlooked the publication of Tetraneuris epunctata A. Nels.
Otherwise I should not have proposed T. glabriuscula to replace
the untenable T. glabra Greene. I am perfectly willing to reduce
the last two to synonymy. This is, however, not the case with
T. angustifolia. In the key Professor Nelson has a division,
“Crowns of the caudex short” in contrast to ‘Crowns of the
caudex fastigiate and elongated, 1-2 dm. high.”’ Under the first
division he includes Actinella linearis. If he had given A. an-
gustifolia instead it would have been correct. The type of Ac-
tinella scaposa linearis was collected by Riddell in Texas and is
preserved in the Torrey herbarium. It has elongated branches
of the caudex as have Tetraneuris fastigiata and T. stenophylla,
and differs from them mainly in the fact that the bases of the
leaves are scarcely dilated. I think that Tetraneuris fastigiata
and T. stenophylla also are distinct. This is only a matter of
difference in opinion as to limitation of species. If they are to be
united, they should be included in T. linearis, which is just as
closely related. Tetraneuris angustifolia on the contrary is more
distinct and related to 7. Torreyana, but lacks the hair-tufts at
the bases of the leaves.
Tetraneuris mancosensis A. Nels. is a synonym of Actinella
leptoclada A. Gray. 1 am now inclined to regard T. inter-
media Greene also as such, although I kept it distinct in the
Flora of Colorado. But I think it goes too far in “lumping,”
if one tries to include the acaulescent Tetraneuris Crandallit,
T. arizonica, and T. pilosa in the leafy-stemmed T. leptoclada.
Besides the difference in habit the acaulescent species have abruptly
aristate pappus-scales, while in T. leptoclada the scales taper
gradually into the bristle-point. Tetraneuris Crandallii in habit
closely resembles T. Torreyana, but the scape in not villous and
the pappus is different. T. arizonica, in which I am inclined to
include T. pilosa, resembles T. epunctata, but the leaves are more
hairy, more punctate, and have conspicuous hair-tufts at the bases-
It seems as if enough species have been proposed in this genus,
RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 447
but still there is a plant of Montana, Idaho, and Saskatchewan,
related to Tetraneuris acaulis, though differing in so many respects
that it would be inconsistent to include it in that species. I
therefore propose it as new:
“ Tetraneuris septentrionalis sp. nov.
An acaulescent perennial, with a short, thick cespitose-pulvinate
caudex; leaves spatulate or oblanceolate, mostly rounded at the
apex, 1.5-4 cm. long, 5-8 mm. wide, canescent-tomentose, sub-
velutinous; scape 5-10 dm. high, rather thick, appressed-tomentose;
involucres 6-7 mm. high, 12-15 mm. broad, densely villous; bracts
elliptic, rounded at the apex; rays 8-10 mm. long, 5-6 mm. wide,
very strongly veined; achenes silky-strigose; pappus scales ovate,
abruptly short-aristate.
This is related to Tetraneurts acaulis and T. simplex, but differs
from both in the broader leaves, the looser pubescence, the usually
shorter and stouter scape, and short bristle-tips of the pappus
scales; from the former of these also in the less silky pubescence
and the larger and more strongly veined rays, and from the latter
in the dense pubescence.
_ Ipauo: Palouse Country, June-July, 1892, G. B. Aiton (type,
in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
Montana: Fort Benton, John Persall 926; Livingston, June,
1899, Tweedy.
SASKATCHEWAN: Cypress Hills, June 23, 1894, John Macoun
5078. ;
Wyomtnc: Yellowstone Park, June, 1888, C. H. Hall.
v Hymenoxys Macounii (Cockerell) Rydb. comb. noy.
Hymenoxys Richardsoni, var. Macounti Cockerell, Bull. Torrey
Club 31: 474. 1904.
It is not plain whether Professor Cockerell intended this as a
variety of H. Richardsoni or of his H. Richardsont, subsp.
pumila. From the discussion, the latter interpretation seems
most probable, but technically it seems to have been made a
variety of the species. In habit it is most like H. pumila, but
it has one character that was overlooked by Professor Cockerell,
viz., the outer bracts are much thickened on the back, even sub-
carinate. This would associate the plant with H. floribunda
448 RypserGc: Rocky MouNrAIN FLORA
rather than with H. Richardsoni. The rays are, however, not
so broad or so decidedly cuneate as in that species. The following
specimens belong to H. Macount.
SASKATCHEWAN: 1858, Bourgeau; Cypress Hills, 1880, John
Macoun; Medicine Hat, 1894, John Macoun 5077; Bare sige
1906, Macoun & Herriot 72840.
Montana: “Northwest Boundary,’ 1874, Cowes; Falls of
Missouri, 1886, R. S. Williams 4520; Midvale, 1903, Umbach
150; Manhattan, 1895, Rydberg 2930.
© Hymenoxys Greenei (Cockerell) Rydb. comb. nov.
Picradenia biennis Greene, Pittonia 3: 272, in part. 1898.
Not Actinella biennis A. Gray. 1878.
Hymenoxys Lemmoni Greene Cockerell, Bull. Torrey Club 31:
479. 1904.
I think this is specifically distinct from Hymenoxys Lemmont.
The best character to distinguish the two was not pointed out
by Professor Cockerell or by Dr. Greene. The inner bracts
in Palmer 261, the type number of H. Greenei, of which there are
five specimens on two sheets in the Columbia University her-
barium, are broadly obovate and more or less erose-dentate on
the margins, while in all specimens seen of H. Lemmoni they
are elliptic and entire. Watson 616, from Nevada and referred
to the subpecies Greenei, belongs to H. Lemmoni.
DUGALDEA
Professor Nelson included in this genus Hymenoxys heleni-
oides Cockerell (Picradenia helenioides Rydb.), on what ground
I do not know. Both I, who, with Mr. Vreeland, discovered
the plant, studied it in the field, and described it, and Professor
Cockerell, who has spent so much time on Hymenoxys, believed
it a good species of that genus. In Dugaldia Hoopesii the bracts
are in more than two series, distinct, and in age reflexed; in
Hymenoxys helenioides they are as in the rest of that genus not
reflexed, in strictly two series, and those of the outer series
are united at the base.
Dysopia
Nelson in the New Manual has evidently given Dysodia Cav.
the same limitation as it has in Engler & Prantl’s Pflanzen-
RYDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 449
familien, 7. e., including Adenophyllum, Hymenatherum, Aci-
phyllaea, Thymophylla, and Lowellia. If so, the name Dysodia
papposa (Vent.) Hitch. and D. aurea (A. Gray) A. Nels. can be
used; but if these genera are to be regarded as distinct or if they
are limited as by Gray and by Hemsley, the names are not the
correct ones. The monotype of Dyssodia Cav. (originally spelled
with two s’s), is D. Porophyllum = Adenophyllum Hemsl., which
is not congeneric with either of these species according to Hemsley.
The only available generic names for the two species of the Rocky
Mountain region would be Boebera Willd. and Lowellia A. Gray,
respectively.
ARTEMISIA
The treatment of Artemisia in the New Manual of the Central
Rocky Mountains is very unsatisfactory. The author has kept
up five of his own species and reduced every species proposed by
any one else since 1884 and some before that year, either to syn-
onymy or else to a variety of some older species, except Artemisia
saxicola Rydb., which was a substitute for the North American
so-called A. norvegica. Now let us see what the facts really are.
There are only two species of Professor Nelson’s that I am in-
clined to uphold, viz., Artemisia aromatica and A. nova. In such
a ‘‘conservative’’ work as the New Manual generally is, even
these ought to have been reduced to varieties.
It is questionable if Artemisia aromatica A. Nels. can be kept
specifically distinct from A. dracunculoides. The latter is fully
as common in the Rockies as is A. aromatica, and even one speci-
men distributed from the University of Wyoming and named
A. aromatica, viz., Goodding 602, is typical A. dracunculoides.
Also an older specimen, Nelson 2469, belongs here.
Artemisia nova A. Nels. was not altogether new when it was
described. In fact, several specimens were found in herbaria
before that time under the name Artemisia arbuscula. If I am
not mistaken, it constituted a part of Nuttall’s original A. ar-
buscula, although the description fits better the other part, which
therefore may be regarded as the type. Dr. Gray* states: “Two
forms, passing into each other (both collected by Nuttall, * * *);
one with involucres more campanulate, 7-9-flowered; in the other
oblong and only 4-5-flowered.”” The latter is A. mova A. Nels.
*Syn. Fl. 1°: 374.
450 RypperG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA
The other Nelsonian species have in my opinion no claim to
specific rank. Two duplicates of the type of Artemisia gracilenta
A. Nels., one in the Columbia University herbarium and the other
in the New York Botanical Garden collection, are almost identical
with the two original specimens of A. floccosa Rydb. The only dif-
ference is that the segments of the leaves of the former are somewhat
narrower. There are also two duplicates of A. pawcicephala
A. Nels., which differs from A. floccosa only in the fact that the
upper leaves are entire. As Nelson himself unites A. pawci-
cephala and A. gracilenta and the original A. floccosa is intermed-
iate between the two, I see no reason why they should not be re-
duced to synonyms of A. floccosa, which is three years older.
Artemisia subglabra A. Nels., of which there are two duplicates
here, is identical with A. graveolens Rydberg, three years older.
The leaves of even Nelson’s own specimens show traces of tomen-
tum on the lower surface. The species is related to A. discolor,
not to A. saxicola, with which Nelson has placed it.
Artemisia natronensis A. Nels. is, according to a duplicate of
the type and several specimens distributed from the University
of Wyoming, the same as A. longifolia Nutt., as that species is
understood. The specimens which I referred to A. natronensis
in my Flora of Colorado do not belong there. They are unusually
large-headed A. diversifolia or at least closely related to it. I
wish to make this correction here.
Now let us take up the species reduced by Professor Nelson.
Artemisia Scouleriana (Besser) Rydb. and A. Forwoodii S. Wats.
are reduced to synonyms of A. canadensis.
Artemisia canadensis Michx. is a subarctic plant and not found
in the Rocky Mountains within the United States. The type
came from the shores of the Hudson Bay. It is a low plant with
the leaves mostly basal, with narrowly linear divisions, and com-
paratively few heads nearly as large as those of A. spithamaea
hese (A. borealis Auct. Am.) and ina narrow panicle. I have seen
specimens from the White Mountains; Vermont; the Gaspé
Peninsula, Que.; Keweenaw Point, Mich.; and the Yukon Ter-
ritory; but from nowhere in our western states. The specimens
named Artemisia canadensis from there belong to A. Forwoodit
or A. Scouleriana. Whether the latter two should be regarded as
RyDBERG: Rocky MountTAIN FLORA 451
distinct is questionable, but they are evidently different from
A. canadensis, and Besser, regarding them as such, referred them,
first to A. desertorum and later to A. commutata. In the original
publication,* Dr. Watson compares A. Forwoodii with A. discolor,
to which it’ has no close relationship. It is the same as A. deser-
torum Hookeriana Besser. t
Artemisia kansana Britton and A. stenoloba Rydb. are given
as synonyms of A. Wrightii. The description of the last in
the New Manual is mostly copied from Dr. Gray, who perhaps in-
cluded A. kansana, but the type, Wright 1279, is not the same as
A. kansana Britton. The plant Professor Nelson had in mind
is evidently A. kansana and not the true A. Wrightii, judging
_ from the key and from the association with A. coloradensis Oster-
hout. The true Artemisia Wrightii has an involucre only slightly
tomentose and the leaves glabrate above and is very close to A.
Bakeri Greene, differing mainly in the erect instead of nodding
heads. If Artemisia Bakeri should be reduced to a variety of
A. mexicana, A. Wrightii should also. A. stenoloba Rydberg was
never described, but the specimens so named in manuscript
belong to kansana. There is however, an older name for this
species, viz., A. Carruthii Wood, as pointed out by Mr. Mackenzie.
Artemisia rhizomata A. Nels., A. pudica Rydb., A. pabuiaris
(A. Nels.) Rydb., A. Purshiana Besser, and “‘probably”’ A. can-
dicans and A. floccosa Rydb. are reduced to synonyms of A.
gnaphalodes Nutt. If A. rhizomata and A. pabularis (originally
described as a variety by Nelson) are reduced to synonymy I
shall enter no protest. I do not know what the first really is. One
specimen in the Columbia herbarium bears the type number, but
it does not agree with the original description and the label evi-
dently has been interchanged. Some of the specimens distributed
later under that name belong to the form of A. gnaphalodes common
in the Rocky Mountain region. The form growing in Wisconsin,
the type state of A. gnaphalodes, looks quite different, although it
is almost impossible to characterize the differences in words.
Artemisia pabularis is a peculiar plant, in some respects inter-
mediate between A. gnaphalodes and A. microcephala Wooton,
*Proc. Am. Acad. 25: 133. 1890.
THook. Fl. Bor.~Am. 1: 325. 1833.
432 RyYvBERG: Rocky MounrAIN FLORA
~~ but with narrower leaves than either. A. pudica Rydb. is re-
lated to A. gnaphalodes and A. diversifolia, but in my opinion
distinct. This is, of course, a matter of individual opinion. A.
Purshiana is a northern plant with much broader leaves and denser
inflorescence than the ordinary A. gnaphalodes. It is common
in British America and Montana, has been collected in the Da-
kotas, and one specimen from Nevada I have referred doubtfully
here, but I have seen no specimens from Wyoming or southward.
Perhaps this species is unknown to Professor Nelson.
I must protest, however, against the reduction of Artemisia
candicans Rydb., and A. floccosa Rydb. to synonyms of A. gnaph-
alodes. Artemisia floccosa, as stated above, should take the place
of A. paucicephala and A. gracilenta, and the A. candicans is re-
lated to it. Using Nelson’s key, one would place it in A. pauci-
cephala, but the heads are still broader, sessile in small clusters,
nodding or spreading, instead of erect, and the tomentum is more
loose. ,
Artemisia Underwoodii Rydb., A. Brittonii Rydb. and A.
latiloba (Nutt.) Rydb. are made synonyms of A. ludoviciana
Nutt. I doubt if Professor Nelson knew what the first two
are. One specimen of A. Underwoodii, viz., Goodding 1034,
was distributed from the University of Wyoming under the
name A, silvicola G.E.O. Both A. Underwoodii and A. silvicola
are perhaps more closely related to A. mexicana than to A. lu-
doviciana.
Artemisia Brittonii Rydb. has the leaves permanently tomen-
tose on both sides and would be placed in A. gnaphalodes if Nelson's
key were used. It is most nearly related to A. Purshiana, but
has at least the lower leaves deeply lobed.
Artemisia latiloba (Nutt.) Rydb. should be known as A.
Hookeriana Besser. I have seen a duplicate of the latter in the
Gray herbarium and there is no doubt that it is the same as my
A. latiloba. It isa northern plant, not found in Wyoming and
rare in Montana. It has the same leaf-form as A. elatior and A.
Suksdorfii, but the inflorescence is denser and the involucre
is densely tomentose. It is sometimes hard to distinguish from,
and in the west seem to grade into, what has been known in Cali-
fornia and Nevada as A. heterophylla Nutt. The latter name is
+ ae a
Noe AS Brey
RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 453
untenable and ‘Belongs evidently to A. Suksdorfii. _The Cali- .
fornia-Nevada plant has been described as A. Kennedyi A.
Nels., but even this must pass into synonymy, for the plant has
an older name, A. Douglasiana Besser.
Under Artemisia discolor is given as a synonym: ‘‘A. elatior
(T. & G.) Rydb. as to our range.’’ A. discolor and A. elatior
can never be confused, but perhaps this could happen with the
latter and A. incompta Nutt., which Nelson has regarded as a
variety of A. discolor, following Dr. Gray. Good specimens of
A. elatior, resembling the type in the Columbia University her-
barium, have been collected in Montana and one specimen which
I can refer to no other described species we have from Colorado.
Artemisia spiciformis Osterhout is reduced to a synonym of
A. arbuscula Nutt. It is not related to that species but is related
to A. Rothrockii A. Gray. The specimens from Utah collected
by Ward and Parry and referred to by Dr. Gray,* belong to A.
spiciformis Osterhout.
Nelson has .also reduced several species to varieties, viz.,
A. Parryi A. Gray, A. coloradensis Osterhout, A. diversifolia
Rydb., A. silvicola Osterhout, and A. Bakeri Greene.
There is scarcely any better species than A. Parryi and it
can never be justly referred to A. saxicola. Not only has the
plant ‘‘a tendency to become glabrate,’’ but the pubescence, if
any is present, is not that of A. saxicola, but is short-silky and ap-
pressed, the heads are usually much more numerous than in that
species and not racemose, and the corollas are perfectly glabrous.
If it were not for the absolute lack of tomentum I should place
it next to A. franserioides and A. discolor. It is strange that
Professor Nelson reduced this species to a variety, while he re-
garded A. Pattersonii as distinct from A. scopulorum. Besides,
what rules of nomenclature was he following, when he reduced
the older species A. Parryi to a variety of the later A. saxicola?
Artemisia coloradensis Osterhout is made a variety of A.
Wrightii. As A. Wrightii of Nelson is not the original A. Wrightia
A. Gray, but A. kansana Britton (see above), a new combination
is necessitated, if the specific rank of A. coloradensis is not upheld.
__ Artemisia diversifolia Rydb. is made a variety of A. gnapha-
i ne
--#See Syn. Fl. 12: 375.
454 RypBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA
lodes Nutt. This is of course a matter of individual opinion.
It is fully as good as the two Nelsonian species A. aromatica
and A. nova, which I am inclined to admit.
Artemisia silvicola Osterhout and A. Bakeri Greene are made
varieties of A. mexicana. The former is, as stated before, related
to A. mexicana, but the latter is very hard to distinguish from the
original A. Wrightii. A. mexicana is not found in the Rockies
and not even near them. What goes under that name from New
Mexico and Arizona is mostly either A. neo-mexicana Greene or
A. microcephala Wooton. The latter extends into southern Utah
and Nevada.
So many species have already been proposed in this genus
that it may seem a little hazardous and unnecessary to add more
to the already too large number. There are, however, two plants,
both collected by Bourgeau on the Palliser Expedition in Saskat-
chewan, that can not be included in the species known by me, so
that it seems better to give descriptions of them here. The second
one was rediscovered in Alberta by Macoun and. Herriot.
“Artemisia Bourgeauana sp. nov.
Perennial with a tap-root and short caudex; stem silky-
pubescent, more or less tinged with red, 3-4 dm. high; basal
leaves petioled, 4-6 cm. long, sericeous-canescent on both sides,
twice-pinnatifid with oblanceolate divisions; stem-leaves pin-
natifid with linear, crowded divisions, rather small; heads nu-
merous in a narrow panicle; involucres nearly 5 mm. wide, silky-
villous, yellowish and shining; bracts oval, broadly scarious-
margined; flowers light yellow, the central ones sterile.
This species is perhaps most closely related to Artemisia For-
woodu, having the same habit and leaf form, but the plant is more
silky and the heads are twice as broad, fully as large as in A.
Spithamaea and A. canadensis. From the former it differs in the
humerous heads, compound inflorescence, yellow instead of
brown flowers, and taller stem. From A. canadensis it differs
in the compact inflorescence, the densely silky leaves, and broader
leaf-segments.
SASKATCHEWAN: 1857-9, Bourgeau (type, in herb. Columbia
University).
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 455
' Artemisia Herriotii sp. nov.
Perennial with a rootstock; stem 6-10 dm. high or more,
tomentose; leaves entire or sparingly and sharply toothed, 5-20
cm. long, 5-15 mm. wide, glabrate and green above, densely
white-tomentose beneath, rather thin, margins not revolute;
r
small heads; branches erect, racemiform; heads erect; involucres
about 5 mm. high, 2.5—3 mm. broad; bracts oblong-ovate to ovate,
acute or obtuse, yellowish, densely tomentose; flowers yellow, the
central ones fertile; receptacle naked.
Bourgeau’s specimens were referred to Artemisia longifolia
by Dr. Gray, but they are not closely related to that species. The
leaves are not revolute-margined and the heads are not half the
size of those of that species. It is most closely related to A. silvi-
cola and A. Hookeriana Besser (A. latiloba Rydb.). It differs
from the former in the denser and narrower inflorescence, the erect
heads, the denser tomentum on the involucres, and the firmer
leaves, and from the latter in the more entire leaves and the
smaller, more cylindric heads.
ALBERTA: Edmonton, Aug. 25, 1906, Macoun & Herriot
72825 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
SASKATCHEWAN: 1858, Bourgeau (in herb. Gray).
ACHILLEA
A great diversity of opinion exists among botanists as to the
number of species of this genus found in America. Dr. Gray
admitted three species, Achillea Millefolium, A. multiflora, and A.
Ptarmica. Evidently Nelson held the same view, as he admits
only A. Millefolium, the other two not being found in the Rocky
Mountain region. Piper in his Flora of Washington* admitted A.
lanulosa Nutt. as variety of A. Millefolium. Robinson and Fer-
nald+ regarded A. lanulosa as a good species. Pollard { admitted
10 species as North American. Of these one is Mexican and three
escaped or introduced. Afterwards he, in codperation with
Cockerell,§ described an additional species from New Mexico.
ith the wes of A. multiflora and perhaps A. laxiflora,
*Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. vol. 11.
TtGray’s Neg Manual 8
tBull. Torrey Club 26: ake 375. 1899.
§Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 15: 179. 1902.
456 RYDBERG: RocKy MOUNTAIN FLORA
which is unknown to me, all the North American species are
closely related to A. Millefolium and may be only forms of that
species. Notwithstanding the fact that Achillea borealis, on account
of its large heads and numerous rays, has been placed in the
Ptarmica section of the genus, it is closely related to A. Millefolium,
and can be connected with it through two different lines of rela-
tionship. (See below.) It is very hard to say whether the native
species of the Millefolium group admitted by Pollard should be
regarded as species or as varieties of A. Millefolium and my inten-
tion here is not to express any opinion on that subject. I only wish
to clear certain points regarding which there seems to be a great
deal of confusion. I shall here use the specific names that have
been applied to the different forms, whenever such are available.
ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. Sp. Pl. 899. 1753
This is a native of northern Europe and I think also of northern
New York and New England and eastern Canada; at least it has
naturalized itself in that part of North America. Elsewhere it is
only sparingly introduced. It is a characteristic northern plant.
It differs from all the other native forms in being less villous and
having shorter hairs. |The rachis of the leaves is distinctly wing-
margined and the primary segments more or less decurrent; they are
usually decidedly spreading. The secondary segments are short,
lanceolate, and spinulose-tipped. The rays are comparatively
large, 2-3.5 mm. broad. The bracts have usually brown margins.
In the far north, the plant often becomes more hairy and the
margins almost black, and it approaches A. borealis on one hand
and A. lanulosa on the other. Of such specimens we have one
from North Iceland, collected by Olasur Davidson, and two col-
lected by Collins and Fernald, one at Carleton Point, Que., in
1904 (labeled A. lanulosa) and the other at Mt. Albert, Que., in
1906, no. 257 (labeled A. borealis).
Achillea occidentalis Raf.; DC. Prod. 6: 24. 1837,
as a synonym under
. Millefolium occidentalis DC. loc. cit.
- Millefolium Pollard, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 371, in part. 1899.
Not A. Millefolium L. 175
3.
This is evidently the plant that Pollard took for the real
ee
RYDBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FLORA 457
Achillea Millefolium. It is characterized by the small rays,
only 1.5-2.5 mm. broad, and straw-colored bracts, pointed out
by Pollard. It differs also from A. Millefolium in the narrow
linear and usually more elongated segments of the leaves. There
is also only a trace of a wing-margin on the rachis and the stem
is usually more hairy and with longer hairs. DeCandolle regarded
it as a variety of A. Millefolium and stated that it is intermediate
between that species and A. setacea, a native of Southern Europe.
In my opinion it is nearer to A. setacea, having the small rays
and narrow segments of that species, but is more hairy. It is the
common native form of the prairie region from Wisconsin to Ken-
tucky, Arkansas, and eastern Nebraska, but specimens have
been collected as far east as Pennsylvania and South Carolina.
ree sp from southern Colorado I have also referred here.
PCL TIS
ACHILLEA LANULOSA Nutt. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 7:
36. 1834
A. tomentosa Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 561. 1814. Not A. tomen-
tosa L. 1753.
This resembles the foregoing in many respects; the pubescence
(although often more copious) and the color of the bracts are
the same. The segments of the leaves are much shorter and more
crowded and more directed forward; the rachis has not even a
trace of a wing margin and the rays are much larger, 2.5-4 mm.
(Pollard gives them up to 6 mm.) broad. This is the common
plant of the Rocky Mountain region and its range extends from
Saskatchewan to Kansas, New Mexico, northern Mexico, the
mountains of California, and British Columbia.
ACHILLEA SUBALPINA Greene, Leaflets 1: 145. 1905
A. lanulosa alpicola Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 426. 1900.
A. alpicola Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 33: 157. 1906.
This resembles a depauperate Achillea lanulosa in habit, but
the margins of the bracts are strongly colored, usually almost
black, though sometimes only brown, and such specimens ap-
proach closely A. lanulosa. The inner bracts as are a rule de-
cidedly acute and in this respect it resembles A. borealis. It
differs, however, from that species in the small heads, not over 4
458 RypBeERG: Rocky MOuNTAIN FLORA
mm. broad, the less numerous rays, and the short and crowded
leaf-segments. It belongs to the higher Rocky Mountains.
ACHILLEA BOREALIS Bong. Veget. Sitcha 149. 1832
In many respects this is close to the typical Achillea Mulle-
folium. The heads are usually larger and have more rays; the
bracts are usually darker but not always so. The main differences
are in the inner bracts, which are decidedly acute, the narrow
and usually long segments of the leaves, the rachis, which is
almost without a wing margin, and the longer pubescence. The ~
leaves resemble much those of A. occidentalis and A. californica.
The range of A. borealis extends from the Mackenzie to Alberta,
British Columbia, and Alaska. The plant of Newfoundland and
Labrador, which has been referred to this species is somewhat
different. So far as I know, it has not received any specific name,
but it has been described under the following name: |
ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM NIGRESCENS E. Meyer, Pl. Labrad.
65. 1830
It has the large heads and dark-margined bracts of A. borealis,
but the bracts are not acute, the leaf-segments are broad and
short, and the rachis has a decided wing-margin. It agrees there-
fore in every respect with A. Millefolium, except the larger head
and the more numerous flowers.
ACHILLEA CALIFORNICA Pollard, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 369.
1899
This, so far as I know, is not found in the Rocky Mountain
region. It is restricted to the Pacific Coast. It is usually taller
and more robust than any of the species mentioned above. The
character of the head is practically the same as in A. Millefolium,
but the heads are larger, about as large as in A. borealis. The
margins of the bracts are usually not so dark as in that species
and none of the bracts are acute. The leaf-form is more that of
A. borealis and A. occidentalis, but the segments are usually still
more elongated and more divaricate. The leaves are usually
thrice rather than twice pinnatifid.
RypDBERG: Rocky MountTAIN FLORA 459
ACHILLEA ARENICOLA Heller, Muhlenbergia 1: 61. 1904
This resembles in many respects the preceding but is much
more copiously villous than any of the other species. The in-
florescence is compact and of many large heads. The leaf-seg-
ments are short and crowded as in A. lanulosa, but the plant is
stouter, the heads much larger and the margins darker. It
has been mistaken for A. borealis, but has neither the blackish
margins nor the acute inner bracts of that species.
ACHILLEA GIGANTEA Pollard, Bull. Torrey Club 26: 370. 1899,
and
ACHILLEA LAXIFLORA Pollard & Cockerell, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 15: 179. 1902, are both unknown to me.
The species or forms discussed above are fairly distinct when
typical specimens from the centers of their distribution are com-
pared. It must be admitted that intermediate forms are not al-
together lacking. Intermediate forms between Achillea Millefolium
and A. Millefolium nigrescens have been collected in Newfoundland.
In northern New England A. Millefolium seems to be the only
species. In New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania, both
this and A. occidentalis are found, but intermediate forms seem
to be very rare. In the center of distribution of A. occidentalis,
viz., in Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa, and Kentucky, A. Millefolium
seems to be unknown, while in the north it has been collected in
Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and even British Columbia.
It has been found also in Colorado; but judging from the localities,
these specimens might have been escapes from cultivation. I
have seen yarrows planted around miners’ cabins. From Colorado
and Nebraska I have seen a few specimens that were somewhat
intermediate between Achillea occidentalis and A. lanulosa, but
in almost every case they could be referred either to one or the
other. A. lanulosa and A. subalpina both belong to the Rockies,
but they grow at different altitudes; the former grows also on
hillsides of the Great Plain region and at an altitude of 1000-3500
m.; the latter only in the high mountains at an altitude of 3000-
4000 m. Hence at an altitude of 3000-3500 m., they are both
found. Here intermediate forms might be expected. In Cali-
fornia both Achillea lanulosa and A. californica are found, but
460 RypDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA
I have seen no intermediate forms. There are several specimens
from Utah, Idaho, and Washington which I refer to A. lanulosa,
though they approach A. californica in the stoutness of the plant
and the larger heads. From Washington I have seen a specimen
intermediate between Achillea californica and A. borealis and
another between A. arenicola and A. borealis. Achillea borealis
is not found in the Rockies within the United States and A. sub-
alpina not in British America outside of the Rockies. The only
specimen which I refer to A. borealis though approaching A.
subalpina, is from the Canadian Rockies of Alberta.
- Petasites corymbosa (R. Br.) Rydb. comb. nov.
Tussilago corymbosa R. Br. in Chloris Melv. 21. 1823.
Petasites palmata frigida Macoun, Cat. Canad. Pl. 1: 553. 1886.
Not P. frigida (L.) Fries. 1845.
This has been included in Petasites frigida (L.) Fries, but
differs in the deeply lobed leaves, the lobing extending one third
to one half the distance to the midrib. It is the more common
plant of the Canadian Rockies, known as P. frigida.
ARNICA :
This genus, as represented in western North America is one
of the most perplexing, and the last word concerning it is far from
being said. I doubt if all the species proposed by Dr. Greene
and Professor A. Nelson can be maintained. One of my own,
Arnica monocephala, must be regarded as a low broad-leaved
form of A. pedunculata, and A. tenuis Rydb. might be an entire-
leaved and monocephalous form of A. Rydbergii Greene. On
the other hand there are evidently forms of this genus that have
not been described.
Considerable confusion has existed in regard to Arnica Chamis-
sonis Lessing and A. mollis Hook. Gray in his Synoptical Flora
united the two. In the old Torrey herbarium there are two
specimens. One of these bears the printed label ‘Arnica
Chamissonis Lessing, Unalaschka” and was received from St.
Petersburg. It is evidently from the original collection. It is
a plant of the A. foliosa group, with longer loose villous pubes-
cence. We have several specimens similar to it from British
Columbia, Alberta, and Saskatchewan and at least one from Mon-
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 461
tana. The other specimen is a duplicate of the type of A. mollis,
received from Hooker. This is almost identical with A. subplu-
mosa Greene, or A. Chamissonis longinodosa A. Nels., except that
the involucral bracts are broader, oblanceolate, and abruptly
short-acuminate. It represents a plant not uncommon in the
Rockies, from northern Wyoming northward. The Arnica that
is not uncommon in New England was referred to A. Chamissonis
in Gray’s Manual, 6th edition, and to A. mollis by Robinson &
Fernald in the Gray’s New Manual. It has nothing to do with the
former. It is related to the latter, but is, I think, distinct enough.
It has more affinity to A. amplexifolia Rydb. (A. amplexicaulis
Nutt.) and A. rivularis Greene than to A. mollis Hook. It does
not have the broad bracts of A. mollis. It should be known as
Arnica lanceolata Nutt. A duplicate of the type (if not the ac-
tual type) of the last named is found in the Torrey herbarium.
What Professor Nelson had in mind ‘as Arnica mollis when pre-
paring the manuscript of the New Manual, I can not imagine.
In his key he separates it from Arnica subplumosa by the “‘leaf
blades decurrent on the petioles.”” The blades are slightly and
but slightly decurrent in both. His description is very vague
and evidently drawn from several species. As synonyms he cites
“A. Chamissonis in. part, but mostly A. latifolia as to our range
(A. latifolia A. Gray, Bot. Calif. 1: 415. 1885; A. tomentulosa
Rydb. loc. cit.28: 20. 1got).’”’ It is true that Gray and others re-
ferred A. mollis to A. Chamissonis, but I do not know that it
has been referred to A. latifolia, unless by Prof. Nelson. Arnica
latifolia A. Gray in the Botany of California comprises A. latifolia
Bong., A. Menziesii Hook. (this perhaps not specifically distinct
from A. latifolia) and A. diversifolia Greene ( A. latifolia viscidula
A. Gray). None of them has anything to do with A. mollis.
A. tomentulosa Rydb. is related to A. Chamissonis Less., but differs
in the short pubescence and the broad involucral bracts, rounded
at the apex. If the form of the bracts should happen to be a
variable character and of no specific value, Nelson’s own Arnica
rhizomata should be reduced to a synonym of A. fomentulosa, as
there are practically no important differences except the form of
the bracts and the latter name is nearly five months older.
Greene’s idea of Arnica Chamissonis is also wrong. He states —
462 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
under A. columbiana: “It can not be referred to A. Chamissonis,
since it lacks the distinctly obovate leaf-cut, the broad, short disk-
corollas and the tawny subplumose pappus of that species.”
These characters belong to A. mollis, not to A. Chamissonis.
There are more exceptions to be made to the treatment in
the New Manual. Under Arnica ventorum Greene are given as
synonyms A. platyphylla A. Nels. and A. grandiflora Greene. 1|
have not seen the type of A. platyphylla, but A. grandiflora Greene
is closely related to A. cordifolia Hook., and is not of the A. lati-
folia group. One specimen collected by R. S. Williams and re-
ferred to A. platyphylla by Nelson in his original publication is
exactly like a specimen sent to Dr. Torrey as A. Menziesii by
Dr. Hooker and included by him in his Flora. Both of these are
very close to the original Arnica latifolia Bong., of which there
is a duplicate in the Torrey herbarium. The only essential dif-
ference is that A. latifolia has perfectly glabrous achenes, while
in A. Menzies and Williams’ plant the achenes have a few scat-
tered hairs toward the upper end and are sparingly glandular-gran-
uliferous.
Arnica sylvatica Greene is made a variety of A. subplumosa,
and specimens distributed from the University of Wyoming under
the name Arnica subplumosa sylvatica are nothing but a low-
stemmed A. subplumosa. But the original A. sylvatica, of which
there are two duplicates in the herbarium of the New York
Botanical Garden, is quite different. It has cordate basal leaves
and coarsely and saliently toothed stem-leaves. It is related to
A. diversifolia Greene (A. latifolia viscidula A. Gray).
Professor Nelson has also united Arnica fulgens Pursh and A.
pedunculata Rydb. What the original A. fulgens was, I do not
really know, as I have not seen Bradbury's specimen; but A.
fulgens, as interpreted by myself and by Piper,* has a horizontal
slender rootstock, without any tufts of brown hairs, while A.
pedunculata, including A. monocephala Rydb., is characterized by
its short, thick, almost erect rootstock, with dark brown hair-
tufts in the manner of Plantago eriopoda. It is the only species
in North America that has this character, so far as I know.
*Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 11: 590 and 592.
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 463
» Arnica caudata Rydb. sp. nov.
Perennial, with a short cespitose rootstock; stems 2-3 dm.
high, leafy, villous, and densely glandular-puberulent; leaves
nearly erect, linear-lanceolate, mostly sheathing at the base,
densely glandular-puberulent and with scattered villous hairs,
5-10 cm. long, 5-8 mm. broad, caudate-attenuate at the apex,
with entire, somewhat revolute margins; heads mostly 3, cymose,
with the lateral peduncles usually exceeding the terminal one;
involucres turbinate, about 1 cm. high, glandular-puberulent
and hirsute; bracts linear-lanceolate, almost subulate, atten-
uate; ligules nearly 1 cm. long, I-1.5 mm. broad, deeply toothed
or cleft; achenes slender, cylindric, glandular-granuliferous, and
sparingly hispidulous; pappus short, sordid, plumose; corollas
more or less pubescent.
This species is perhaps related to Arnica longifolia but is
easily distinguished by the low habit, the caudate-attenuate leaves,
and the hirsute as well as glandular-puberulent bracts.
Urtan: Big Cottonwood Cafion, near Lake Catherine, Aug. 3,
1905, alt. 9300 ft., A. O. Garrett 1547 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot.
Gard.).
SENECIO
The original Senecio Bigelovit was collected by Bigelow on
the Whipple Expedition and a specimen is in the herbarium of
Columbia University. It differs from all that have been known —
under that name in later years by the lower leaves having long
petioles and ovate-lanceolate blades. The petioles are longer than
the blades, and the latter are abruptly contracted below. In S.
chloranthus Greene and SS. contristatus Greene the basal leaves have
comparatively short petioles, and the blades taper gradually
below. These two species, which it may be, should be united
in one, are therefore fully as distinct from 5S. Bigelovii as is S.
scopulinus Greene. The latter is acknowledged as a variety in
Coulter & Nelson’s New Manual under the name S. Bigelovit
Hallii A. Gray. It is in reality much closer to S. chloranthus than
either is to S. Bigelovii. Dr. Greene* in proposing S. scopulinus
says: “True Bigelovii is still unknown except from southern New
Mexico, and is of very different aspect, with thin and not at all
succulent deep-green herbage, usually no trace of any pubescence,
*Pittonia 4: 117-118.
464 RypBperc: Rocky MOountTAIN FLORA
but consisting of short stiff straight hairs whenever present.
This, the real S. Bigelovii, was distributed by Mr. Wooton, from
the White Mountains of New Mexico, as S. Rusbyi, an error for
which I am solely responsible. The species is nearer to S. Rusbyt
than it is to S. scopulinus, which latter I have until recently as-
sumed to be the typical S. Bigelovii.” These statements of Greene
are correct in as far as that the specimens distributed by Wooton
and referred to by Greene are the most like the original S. Bigelovit
of any that we have in the herbarium of the New York Botanical
Garden, but Wooton’s specimens have narrow leaves, the blades
of the basal ones are not abruptly contracted at the bases, and
the heads are smaller than in S. scopulinus, while those of the type
of S. Bigelovii are much larger, even larger than those of S. con-
tristatus.
The treatment of Senecio in the New Manual of the Botany
of the Central Rocky Mountains is fairly good. There are many
cases, however, in which the authors have reduced species to
synonymy under closely related species, where the writer is in-
clined to keep them distinct, but where this is merely a matter
of difference of opinion. But there are other cases in which
such reductions are wholly unwarranted, misleading, and destruc-
tive to real science. Such a case for instance, is where Senecio
solitarius Rydb. is made a synonym of S. subnudus DC. A
mere reading of the description of the former would show that it
is related to the group comprising S. integrifolius Nutt., S. colum-
bianus Greene, S. perplexus A. Nels. etc., while S. subnudus is
related to S. aureus. Another case is where Senecio Flintii Rydb.
is made a synonym of S. glaucescens Rydb. The former is closely
related to S. exaltatus Nutt. and has a short crown with fascicled
roots, characteristic of the S. integrifolius group, while S. glau-
cescens has a distinct rootstock, and is related to S. anacletus
Greene.
Under Senecio perplexus A. Nels. we find the following state-
ment: “(S. columbianus Rydb. in Fl. Col., not S. columbianus
Greene, of which S. atriapiculatus Rydb. is a synonym.)"" The
true typical Senecio columbianus Greene is found in Colorado
and not uncommon. The only question in my mind is whether
S. perplexus A. Nels. is really specifically distinct. The only
RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 465
difference is the more distinct toothing of the leaves of the former
and the tendency of the upper stem-leaves to be narrower and
more distinctly auriculate-clasping. S. columbianus and S. per-
plexus are really more closely related to each other than S. dispar
A. Nels. is to S. perplexus, of which Professor Nelson has made
it a variety.
Both Senecio Harbourii Rydb. and S. Howellii Greene have
been made synonyms of S. canus. Before I published the former
I visited the Gray Herbarium and had a conference with Dr.
Greenman. I found that two of the species I had in manuscript
he also intended to publish, viz., S. Harbourii Rydb. and S.
multicapitatus Greenm. I published the latter under Greenman’s
name, and retained my own for the former. S. multicapitatus
Greenm., Professor Nelson reduces to a synonym of S. Riddellii
T. & G. I know that at least a few years ago, Dr. Greenman,
our best student of Senecio, regarded both S. Harbourti and S.
multicapitatus as good species. In Piper’s Flora of Washington,*
S. Howellii is kept distinct from S. canus. The manuscript of
the genus was prepared by the aid of Dr. Greenman.
Senecio salicinus Rydb., S. canovirens Rydb., and S. lanatifolius
Osterhout are given as synonyms of S. Fendleri. S. salicinus is
more closely related to S. rosulatus Rydb. than to S. Fendlert.
The other two are somewhat related to S. Fendleri but I think
perfectly distinct, having an altogether different foliage. S.
lanatifolius has besides discoid heads.
Regarding Senecio rosulatus Rydb., I may say that when that
species was proposed we had but one sheet of S. Nelsonii and
that not a duplicate of the type. This sheet bears two undeveloped
plants, one of them evidently belonging to the variety uintahensis.
My conception of S. Nelsonii was therefore rather S. uintahensts
A. Nels. I am willing therefore to accept S. rosulatus as a syn-
onym.
Senecio uintahensis A. Nels. is related to S. multilobatus T.
& G., as Nelson indicates; but the latter is not a winter annual
or biennial, but a perennial with a tap-root, just as S. wintahensis
eh AR main differences are that S. multilobatus is more glabrous,
*Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 11: 599
tSee Bull. Torrey Club 27: 170 gaa 172.
466 Rypsperc: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
has narrower divisions to the stem-leaves, and has hispidulous
instead of glabrous achenes.
Under Senecio cymbalarioides Nutt., in’ the New Manual is
given the following: ‘(S. Jonesit, S. subcuneatus, S. acutidens
Rydb. * * * and S. oodes Rydb. * * * seem to be impossible
to discriminate satisfactorily).”’ S. subcuneatus and S. acutidens,
especially the latter, are closely related to S. cymbalarioides, but
the others are not. S. Jonesii is more closely related to S. uin-
tahensis than to S. cymbalarioides and is perhaps not specifically
distinct. If not, S. Jonesii is the older name and should be used.
Senecio Hartianus Heller is given as a synonym of S. pseu-
daureus Rydb. Professor Nelson may have been led astray by
myself, for the specimens referred to S. Hartianus in my Flora
of Colorado are but depauperate specimens of S. pseudaureus.
The true S. Hartianus is closely related to S. flavulus Greene.
Senecio pyrrochrous Greene and S. Tracyi Rydb. are made syno-
nyms of S. longipetiolatus Rydb. They are both more related to
S. pseudaureus, having cordate or reniform, although entire, basal
leaves, while in S. longipetiolatus the basal leaves are narrow and
oblanceolate, tapering into the petioles.
Senecio fediifolius Rydb. and S. nephrophyllus Rydb. are made
synonyms of S. discoideus (Hook.) Britton, perhaps because all
three have usually discoid heads. The original descriptions show
that they are entirely different plants. S. discoideus should be
replaced by S. pauciflorus Pursh, which is an older name. Green-
man and Blankinship* think that S. nephrophyllus is the same as
S. debilis Nutt. I have not seen the type of the latter and can
not express any opinion.
Dr. Greenman some years ago called my attention to the fact
that the plant usually known as Senecio eremophilus Richardson,
does not agree with the original. There is a duplicate of the latter
in the Columbia University herbarium and it differs from the
Colorado plant in the larger heads, which are 10-12 mm. high
and about 1 cm. wide and ascending or spreading instead of erect.
In the Colorado plant the heads are less than 1 cm. high. _S. ere-
mophilus is a northern plant, its range extending from Manitoba to
*See Supplement to the Flora of Montana ro2.
1
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 467
North Dakota, Montana, and northward far down the Mackenzie.
Dr. Greenman thought that the Colorado plant should be referred
to S. MacDougalu Heer, and so I adopted that view in the Flora
of Colorado. I have seen two specimens from Colorado which
may be included in S. MacDougalii, but the rest belong to what I
think should be recognized as a distinct species.
Senecio ambrosioides sp. nov.
Senecio eremophilus Porter & Coulter, Syn. Fl. Colo. 82, mainly.
1874. Not S. eremophilus Richards.
Senecio MacDougalii Rydb. Fl. Colo. 397. 1906. Not S. Mac-
Dougalii Heller. 1899.
Perennial, with a stout rootstock; stem glabrous, leafy, 4-10
dm. high; leaves lanceolate or oblanceolate in outline, pinnatifid to
near the midrib or the lower incised, glabrous, all except the
uppermost short-petioled, the lobes lanceolate, coarsely sige s or
incised; heads numerous, corymbose- paniculate, 9-10 m. high,
erect; involugres glabrous, 6 mm. high and shack as. ti soe
bracts carinate, linear, acute, with black tips, the calyculate ones
subulate, 4-5 mm. long; ligules light yellow, 5-6 mm. long, 1.5-2
mm. wide; achenes minutely scabrous-puberulent on the angles.
This species differs from Senecio MacDougalii in the larger
heads (in S. MacDougalii only about 7 mm. high), more campanu-
late involucres, lanceolate instead of linear divisions of the leaves,
and the achenes scabrous-puberulent on the angles. From 5S.
eremophilus it differs in the smaller and erect heads (in S. ere-
mophilus 10-12 mm. high), shorter rays, and smaller leaves. 5S.
ambrosioides grows in damp places at an altitude of 1800-3000 m.
CoLtorApo: Green Mountain Falls, El Paso County, Aug. 2,
1892, C. S. Sheldon (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); above
Beaver Creek, July 8, 1896, Crandall 3030; Pagosa Peak, 1899,
Baker 706; Parrott City, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 475 475; Ute
Pass, 1896, Clements 190; Colorado Springs, July, 1893, Saunders;
Parlin, Aug. 16, 1901, B. H. Smith 127; Ruston Park, Igor,
Clements ents 152; Mesa Yempa, 1898, Shear 3943; Chambers Lake,
1896, Baker; Ute Pass, 1896, Shear 3695; mountains between
Sunshine and Ward, 1902, Tweedy 4863; Empire, 1903, Tweedy
5783; Silver Plume, 1895, Shear 4999; La Veta, 1896, Clements
166; Silver Plume, 1894, E. A. Bessey; Georgetown, 1878,
M. E. Jones 728; Gunnison, 1901, Baker 590.
ge on
/
468 RypBerGc: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
Wvyominc: Bridger Peak, 1903, Goodding 1942; between
Sheridan and Buffalo, 1900, Tweedy 3034; Upper Buffalo Fork,
1899, C. C. Curtis; Centennial Mountain, Albany Co., 1902,
Aven Nelson 8773; also 1900, 7719; Copperton, 1901, Tweedy
4136; Eastern slope of Big Horn Mountains, 1900, Tweedy 3033.
New Mexico: Mineral Creek, 1904, Metcalfe 1415; Santa
Fé Cafion, 1897, Heller 3819.
~ Senecio Kingii sp. nov.
Senecio eremophilus D. C. Eat., Bot. King’s Exp. 191. 1871.
Not S. eremophilus Richards. 1823.
Perennial, with a thick rootstock; stems glabrous, 3-6 dm.
high, rather stout, leafy; leaves obovate or oblanceolate in out-
line, 4-7 cm. long, the lower petioled, all pinnately lobed one
third to one half the distance to the midrib, with ovate or lanceo-
late, more or less toothed lobes; heads numerous, corymbose-
paniculate, 9-11 mm. high; involucres glabrous, campanulate,
7-8 mm. high, 6-7 mm. broad; bracts linear, acute, carinate,
sometimes with small black tips; the calyculate ones few, subulate;
rays 5-7 mm. long; achenes scabrous-papillose on the rounded
angles.
This species is related to S. eremophilus, but differs in the some-
what smaller and erect heads, less deeply dissected leaves, and
their broad and short divisions, and shorter rays. One of the -
specimens cited below was determined some years ago as S. glauci-
folius, but that species differs from this as well as from the rest
of the group in the narrower and scarcely carinate bracts.
Utan: Cottonwood Cafion, Aug. 1869, S. Watson 676 (type,
in herb. Columbia University); Alta, Wahsatch Mountains, 1879,
M. E. Jones 1144; American Fork Cafion, July 1895, M. E. Jones;
Big Cottonwood Cajfion, Aug. 1905, Garrett 1591; near Marysvale,
1905, Rydberg & Carlton 7068; Mount Barrette, 7200; Fish Lake,
7500.
~ Senecio Leonardi sp. nov.
es Perennial, with a short rootstock; stem 4~—5 dm. high, loosely
floccose; basal leaves long-petioled; petioles 5-15 cm. long;
blades obovate or oval, 2-6 cm. long, densely crenate, rather thick,
loosely floccose, or in age glabrate, rounded at the apex; lower
stem-leaves similar but with shorter petioles, the middle ones
more or less lyrate-pinnatifid at the base; upper stem-leaves
1-3 cm. long, lanceolate in outline, pinnately lobed and somewhat
RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 469
auriculate-clasping; heads in a rather dense corymb, 8-9 mm.
high; involucres somewhat turbinate and floccose at the base,
5-6 mm. high, 6-7 mm. broad; bracts linear, acute, carinate,
brownish-black on the backs, yellowish brown on the margins;
rays orange, about 6 mm. long, 2 mm. wide; achenes glabrous.
This species resembles most the eastern Senecio tomentosus
in habit and pubescence, but differs in the shorter blades of the
basal leaves, which are obovate or oval instead of ovate, in the ¥.
dark involucres, and the glabrous achenes. It grows in meadows @
at an altitude of 1500-2000 m.
Urau: Near divide, head of American Fork Cafion, July 29,
1885, Leonard 143 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Wahsatch .
County, near Midway, July 6, 1905, Carlton &G Garrett 970%. US be Hop
“Senecio Tweedyi sp. nov.
Senecio flavovirens Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 27: 181, in part. 3
1900. A
Senecio Balsamitae A. Nels., Coult. & Nels. New Man. Cent. 4
Rocky Mts. 583, in part. 1909.
Perennial, with a rootstock; stem glabrous, or slightly floccose
at the leaf-axils, 4-6 dm. high, striate; basal leaves 3-15 cm. long,
petioled; blades elliptic or oval to oblanceolate, crenate-dentate,
often lyrate-pinnatifid with a few lobes below the large terminal
one; lower stem-leaves similar, but more pinnatifid; upper stem-
leaves deeply pinnatifid, with oblong toothed divisions; heads
corymbose, 9-10 mm. high; involucres glabrous, somewhat tur-
binate at the base, about 8 mm. high and as broad; rays narrow,
bright yellow, 8-10 mm. long and a little over I mm. wide; achenes
hispidulous on the margins.
_ This species has been mistaken for Senecio flavulus Greene
(S. flavovirens Rydb.). In fact, the type was included in the orig-
inal publication of S. flavovirens and the characters of the achenes
were drawn from it. The type of S. flavovirens is just in bloom
and the achenes only slightly developed, but a closer investigation
shows that they are perfectly glabrous. So are the young achenes
of all the specimens cited under S. flavovirens except Tweedy 586.
As this had well-developed achenes, I unfortunately described
the achenes from it. The type of S. flavovirens and the other
specimens cited under it, with the single exception mentioned,
belong to S. flavulus Greene, described a few months earlier. Be-
470 RypBerRG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA
- sides the difference in the achenes, Tweedy 586 has longer and
narrower rays and more deeply dissected stem-leaves than has
S. flavulus. Since the publication of S. flavovirens we have re-
ceived more specimens with long and narrow rays, but otherwise
resembling closely S. flavulus. All these specimens have also
hispidulous achenes.
Wvominc: Buffalo Fork, Aug. 1897, Tweedy 586 (type, in
herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Snake River, Aug. 12, 1899, Aven
Nelson & Elias Nelson 6402; headwaters of Clear Creek and
Crazy Woman River, 1900, Tweedy 3031; low ground, Adams
Ranch, Jackson’s Hole, July 15, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, 967.
Montana: Lima, June 30, 1895, Shear 3400.
The following species described from within the range of the
New Manual or known to exist therein are not accounted for at
all in that publication: S. seridophyllus Greene, S. lanceolatus
T. &. G., S. perezitfolius Rydb., S. neomexicanus A. Gray, S. lara-
miensis A. Nels., S. Hallii Britton, S. exaltatus Nutt., S. Scrib-
nert Rydb., S. Porteri Greene, S. alpicola Rydb., S. turbinatus
Rydb., S. pentadontus Greene, S. cognatus Greene, and S. Wardit
Greene.
Greene and Greenman regard Senecio altus Rydb. as a syno-
nym of S. sphaerocephalus Greene, and I think that S. perennans
A. Nels. is but a broad-leaved form of S. werneriaefolius A. Gray.
Blankinship in his Supplement to the Flora of Montana
adopts Senecio saxosus Klatt, giving under it the synonyms:
S. petraeus Klatt, S. petrocallis Greene, and S. alpicola Rydb. I
can not find that S. saxosus Klatt was ever published. S. petraeus
Klatt, or S. petrocallis Greene, is not found in Montana and S.
alpicola is well distinct, being more closely related to S. werner-
iaefolius than to S. petrocallis.
TETRADYMIA
In the New Manual, Tetradymia multicaulis A. Nels. and
T. linearis Rydb. are given as synonyms of T. inermis Nutt.
The first I regard as a low depauperate form of T. inermis, but the
second can not well be reduced to a synonym thereof. It is some-
what intermediate between Tetradymia canescens and T. glabrata.
Except in the early spring it bears fasciculate leaves, as does T.
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 471
glabrata, but these leaves are more tomentose. The primary
leaves are neither erect nor subulate and somewhat spine-like as
they are in T. glabrata. It differs from T. canescens in the narrower,
more or less falcate primary leaves and the presence of secondary
fasciculate ones.
v Tetradymia longispina (M. E. Jones) Rydb. comb. nov.
Tetradymia spinosa longispina M. E. Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci. I]. 5: G8. - 130%.
This I think deserves specific rank.
NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Cienfuegosia Drummondii, a rare Texas plant
FREDERICK L. LEWTON
Several years ago, while collecting in western Texas, the writer’s
attention was attracted by a note in Coulter’s Botany of Western
Texas in reference to a malvaceous plant, Fugosia Drummondii
Gray. ‘‘Found in Gonzales County many years ago by Drum-
mond, but, so far as known, not since found.”’
Being engaged in field experiments with cotton for the United
States Department of Agriculture, the ragity of this close relative
of the cotton plant aroused a desire to discover it again, and during
the past four years the plant has been kept in mind and sought
for pretty generally throughout southwestern Texas.
Consultation of the United States National Herbarium re-
vealed the fact that the single North American specimen of this
plant there preserved was obtained by that indefatigable collector
of western plants, A. A. Heller, at Corpus Christi, Texas, in 1894.
Of this find he says:
‘Tn rich black land on the edge of a water hole near the Arroyo,
Corpus Christi, altitude 40 feet. Very few plants were seen,
and only one in flower, but the others in good fruit. Flowers
almost two inches in diameter, greenish yellow. Apparently a
very rare plant.’’*
With this clue the writer carefully investigated the locality
mentioned in July, 1909, but found no traces of the plant.
A species of Sida having leaves closely resembling those of the
plant sought was eagerly gathered many times in the belief that
the quest was ended, but a closer examination showed that it
belonged to the opposite end of the mallow family from that of
Fugosia.
On June 15, 1910, the four-year search was rewarded by finding
several plants of this rare species in flourishing condition in a
*Contr. Herb. Franklin & Marshall College, no. 1:67. 1895.
473
A474 LEWTON: CIENFUEGOSIA DRUMMONDII
cotton field belonging to the Coleman-Fulton Pasture Company
at Taft, Texas. Thisisa rapidly developing town in San Patricio
County, located on the San Antonio & Aransas Pass Railway
between Sinton, the county seat, and Gregory, the junction with
the Rockport branch of the railroad. The first plant found was
all but buried in the soil, the field having been cultivated a few
days before.
This plant was subsequently found to be plentiful at Taft,
in the fields, where it can escape the agricultural implements,
around the margins of the irrigating tanks, and along the banks
of the roadside ditches. Its large sulphur-yellow flowers tinged
with green make it a conspicuous object when in bloom.
According to Small* and Heller} this plant is the same as the
Brazilian plant described by Saint-Hilairet under the name
Fugosia sulfurea. Another student of this difficult genus, Hoch-
reutiner, considers the Texan plant a variety of the Brazilian
species and in an annotated list of the species of the genus§ labels
it Cienfuegosia sulphurea, var. Drummondii.
The Brazilian species is evidently quite variable, however,
and Giirke has described|| under the name of Cienfuegosia sul-
phurea, var. glabra, a variety which appears to be nearer Gray’s
Fugosia Drummondti than the typical F. sulfurea. Morong’s
no. 929, collected in Paraguay in February 1891, when compared
with the Texas specimen, shows a larger, more erect plant; leaves
more nearly round; curved and much shorter peduncles, having
fewer, smaller and narrower involucral bracts and bearing smaller
flowers, which have a “brown eye at the base inside.” §
In the opinion of the writer the Texas plant differs from the
Brazilian Cienfuegosia sulfurea (St. Hil.) Garcke by sufficient
characters to warrant the restoration of Gray’s specific name.
These differences might be contrasted as ‘follows:
*Small, J. K. Flora Southeastern United States og Ue Paes 163
tHeller, A. A. Contr. Herb. Franklin & ms Coll. no. 1:67. 1895.
tSaint-Hilaire, A. Flora Brain Meridionalis 1 . pl. 4 1825.
§Hochreutiner, B. P. G. onserv, et Jard. brig Sie 57. 1902.
||Giirke, M. Martius, hi “Seacliaee 123: 577. 1892
—{Morong, T. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 60. 1892.
LEWTON:
C. sulfurea
Plant pubescent.
Stipules ovate.
Leaves subrotund, subcordate,
less than I inch lon
Peduncles a aoe lancer than
the pet
Bracts of iavglie 5-6, linear,
—8 mm
Flowers with brown or purple
center
Style exserted beyond the stam-
ineal tube more than the
length of the stamens.
Capsules 3-4-celled, covered
with black tuberculate glands.
Cells 1-seeded by abortion.
CIENFUEGOSIA DRUMMONDII
475
C. Drummondii
Plant glabrous but for a few
scattered stellate hairs on
younger parts.
Stipules linear-subulate.
Leaves oblong or obovate, 2
inches long.
Peduncles twice as long as the
petioles or more.
Bracts of involucre Sees spatu-
ate, 10-20 mm :
Flowers without ak center,
greenish yellow throughout.
Style but little exserted beyond
the stamineal tube.
Capsules 5- or rarely 4-celled;
black glands not conspic-
uous.
Cells 3—5-seeded.
~ The name for the Texas plant should thus be Cienfuegosia
Drummondii (A. Gray) Lewton, comb. nov.
The synonymy is as follows:
Fugosia Drummondii A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 23.
Hibiscus Drummondii Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1: 67.
1852.
1892.
(?) Cienfuegosia sulphurea, var. glabra Giirke; Mart. Fl. Bras. 12°:
577.5 Teor
Cienfuegosia sulphurea, var. Drummondii Hochreutiner, Ann.
Conserv. et Jard. Bot. Genéve 7: 57. 1902.
BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY
. S. DEPARTMENT OF Acunosieees,
WASHINGTON, D. C
Development of the embryo-sac of Hybanthus concolor
FRANK M. ANDREWS
The embryo-sac of Hybanthus concolor (Forst.) Spreng. (Cu-
belium concolor Raf.) begins its development as an hypodermal
cell. At first this cell is not different apparently from the other
cells about it, but soon it becomes very grumous and is then easily
distinguishable (Fic. 1).
The mother-cell of the embryo-sac next divides by a transverse
wall into two cells unequal in size (Fic. 2). The terminal one of
these two cells becomes somewhat more granular than the others
and gives rise to the primary tapetal cell. By the rapid and nu-
RS \
ne
@,
Figures 1-8. Development of the embryo-sac of Hybanthus concolor. The
figures are magnified 420 diameters. See text for explanations.
merous transverse divisions of this primary tapetal cell the embryo-
sac when completely formed and sometimes even before maturity
is covered by many layers of cells. Vertical as well as transverse
divisions of the cells of the tapetal region also occur, so that fre-
quently several quite regular rows of cells above the embryo-sac
are produced (FIGs. 3, 4, 5,6). Sometimes this regularity of these
477
478 ANDREWS: EmMBRYO-SAC OF HYBANTHUS CONCOLOR
divisions in the tapetal region is not shown. Instances were no-
ticed where before and also after the formation of the primary
tapetal cell the mother-cell of the embryo-sac divided longitu-
dinally. These, however, in every instance divided into cells
like those usually surrounding the embryo-sac mother-cell but
were more granular.
The embryo-sac mother-cell divided first into two and then
into four cells in the usual way. These divisions were often very
irregular, as in some cases (FIG. 3) they were nearly vertical, and
as shown by FIG. 4 were completely vertical after the first division.
The formation of the embryo-sac by the dissolution of these four
cells generally begins with the lowest one of the tetrad and proceeds
apically as regards the ovule through the other three. This is
not always the case, for some instances were noticed in this same
plant where the dissolution began with the next to the lowest
cell of the tetrad as shown in Fic. 7. The embryo-sac, formed by
the destruction of the tetrad as well as some of the surrounding
cells, is very large.
The egg apparatus and antipodal cells in this plant are un-
usually large, as shown by Fic. 8. They frequently extend nearly
across the embryo-sac lengthwise. The secondary nucleus was
usually rather small.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY,
BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA.
AEN eee RE note ae ete ara
, at ere
Other editions of Emory’s Report, 1848
OLIVER A. FARWELL
In the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for September,
1895, Dr. Barnhart points out some differences in detail between
the botanical portions of Executive Document No. 7, for the
Senate, and Executive Document No. 41, for the House, the
same being Lieut. W. H. Emory’s Notes on a Military Recon-
noissance. In the same journal, for the following March, Mr.
F. V. Coville, in discussing the above paper, deduces from internal
evidence that Ex. Doc. No. 41 was published earlier in 1848 than
Ex. Doc. No. 7.. Mr. Coville also mentions a third edition, by
H. Long and Brother, of New York, which is an exact copy of
Ex. Document No. 7 but paged differently.
It may be of interest to botanists to know that other editions
have been published. In the library of Parke, Davis & Co.,
Detroit, Mich., there is a copy of each of both House and Senate
documents which are different in pects from those described
by Dr. Barnhart and Mr. Coville. Judging from the remarks of
Messrs. Barnhart and Coville on the subject of typographical
errors in the earlier editions, I should imagine, from a careful
perusal of these copies, that many of the earlier errors were cor-
rected in these editions.
Executive Document No. 41 was oublished in 1848, according
to the date of the title page. The character (7) appears on pages
17-32, inclusive, of Lieut. Emory’s ‘‘Notes”’ instead of on pages
145-158 of the botanical portion as described by Dr. Barnhart.
The full description of Zinnia grandiflora Nutt. is included and
appears on page 144. In other respects it agrees with the edition
described by Messrs. Barnhart and Coville.
The other copy is appendix No. 2, taken bodily from some
report, but gives no evidence to indicate the report of which it
formed a part or its date of publication. The page is somewhat
smaller than that of Ex. Doc. No. 41 and the lines are double-
spaced, but the body of the report is essentially the same; the
479
480 FARWELL: Epitrions oF Emory’s REPORT
pagination is from 179 to 211, the figures appearing in the middle
at the top of each page, and therefore is probably a second issue
of edition 3 described by Mr. Coville and is Doc. No. 7; it
differs from this however, in that the plates are those of C. B.
Graham of Washington, D. C., and plate VI is labeled Baileya
multiflora instead of B. multiradiata. It includes Convolvulus
Nuttallii and Alternanthera? (Endotheca) lanuginosa, which are not
in Doc. No. 41. Cereus gigantens of the latter becomes C.
giganteus in the former; E. |Eriogonum| Aberteanum n. sp.
becomes EF. Abertianum n. sp.; and Stillengia spinulosa n. sp.
becomes Stillingia spinulosa n. sp. Also the concluding part of
Dr. Engelmann’s Report, matter pertaining to No. 15 and Cereus
giganteus, is entirely rewritten. Prof. Torrey’s report occupies
pages 179-206; p. 207 is occupied by an explanation of plates;
and on pages 208-211 appears Dr. Engelmann’s report.
It would, therefore, appear that there are five editions of
Lieut. Emory’s Report, all of which probably were published in
1848: two of Ex. Doc. No. 41, one without a description of Zinnia
grandiflora and one with it; three of Ex. Doc. No. 7, one with
pagination the same as that of No. 41 and two with different
pagination; of the latter, one has the plates of E. Weber & Co.
and one has the plates of C. B. Graham; and all three differ from
the second edition of No. 41 in including Convoloulus Nuttallii
and Alternanthera lanuginosa.
DETROIT, MICHIGAN.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
oe
(1910)
aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in Sie or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica be se used in its broadest se
s, and papers stich ue exclusively to forestry, — horticulture,
hacen products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. fe occasional exception is
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some fsectianhe particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errers or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated
ndex is reprinted ye on cards, end furnished in this form to subscribers,
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all sare published piesa the term of his subscription. Corre-
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Club.
Babcock, E. B. Teratology in Juglans californica Wats. Plant World 13:
27-31. f. I-97. 1G8o.
Barnhart, J. H. Koeberliniaceae. N.Am. Flora 25: 101,102. 3 Je 1910.
Bean, W. J. Cornus florida var. rubra. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8315.
My Ig10.
Berger, A. Agave Franzosini. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8317. Je 1910.
Berry, E. W. Additions to the Pleistocene flora of Alabama. Am. Jour.
Sci. IV. 29: 387-398. f. 1-3. My 1910.
Berry, E. W. Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal
plain—V. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 181-200. pl. 19-24. 29 Ap 1910.
Birger, S. Om férekomsten i Sverige af Elodea canadensis L. C. Rich. och
Matricaria discoidea DC. Arkiv Bot. 9’: 1-32. pl. r-3+f. 1,2. 18
Ja 1910.
Blakeslee, A. F. The botanic garden as a field museum of agriculture.
Science II. 31: 685-688. 6 My 1910.
Blumer, J. C. Fire as a biological factor. Plant World 13: 42-44. F
1gI0.
Britton, E. G. Adalbert Geheeb. Bryologist 13: 86. Jl 1910.
Britton, E. G. A plea for more and better local work, Bryologist 13:
30-32. 9 Mr i910.
481
ee
482 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Britton, N. L. Studies of West Indian plants—III. Bull. Torrey Club
37: 345-363. 29 JI 1910.
Campbell, D. H. The embryo and young sporophyte of Angiopteris and
Kaulfussia. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg Suppl. 3: 69-81. pl. 6, 7.
1910,
Campbell, D. H. The embryo-sac of Pandanus coronatus. Bull. Torrey
Club 37: 293-295. f. 1-6. 21 Jl 1910.
Cardiff, I. D. An aberrant walnut. Plant World 13: 82-85. f. 2,3. My
1910.
Cockerell, T. D. A. Descriptions of Tertiary plants. Am. Jour. Sci. IV.
ag; Foee. J. 7,2... Ja 1oro.
Cockerell, T. D.A. Notes on the genus Sambucus. Torreya 10: 125-128:
Fis OF JF THi0,
Cook, O. F. Relationships of the ivory palms. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.
13: 133-141. f. 42-44. 22 Je 1910.
Dachnowski, A. Physiologically arid habitats and drought resistance in
plants. Bot. Gaz. 49: 325-339. 17 My 1g10.
Davidson, A. Calochortus paludicola n. sp. Bull. So. California Acad.
Sci. 9g: 52-54. Jaisg1o. [Illust.]
Deane, W. Some facts relating to Silene antirrhina. Rhodora 12: 129-
I31. 13 Je 1910.
Dowell, P. The violets of Staten Island. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 163-179.
pl. 11-18. 29 Ap 1910.
Edgerton, C. W. Trochila populorum Desm. Mycologia 2: 169-173.
$037. F531: 1010.
Evans, A. W. Vegetative reproduction in Metzgeria. Ann. Bot. 20:
71-303. f. 1-16. Ap 1910.
3 U.S. species described as new.
Evermann, B. W., & Clark, H. W. Fletcher Lake, Indiana, and its flora
and fauna. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 23: 81-88. 4 My 1910.
Fawcett, H. S. An important entomogenous fungus. Mycologia 2:
164-168. pl. 28, 29. 15 Jl 1910.
Aegerita Webberi sp. nov.
Fernald, M. L. New or little known Mexican plants, chiefly Labdiatae.
Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. & Sci. 45: 415-422. [20] My 1910.
Frye, T. C. Grimmia olympica, a new species. Bryologist 13: 58, 59-
pl. 7. 2 My Iog10.
Greene, E. L. A fascicle of violets. Leaflets 2: 94-98. 9 Jl 1910.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 483
Greene, E. L. A new name for the bayberries. Leaflets 2: 101-104,
9 Jl 1910.
Greene, E. L. Miscellaneous specific types—II. Leaflets 2: 86-88,
11 My roto.
Greene, E. L. New Papilionaceae. Leaflets 2: 83-85. 11 My 1910.
New species in Baptisia (3) and Lupinus (2).
Greene, E. L. New species of Sambucus. Leaflets 2: 99-101. 9 Jl 1910.
Greene, E.L. Some western species of Arabis. Leaflets2: 69-83. 11 My
1910.
27 species described as new.
Greenwood, H. E. Five common Cephalonias. Bryologist 13: 72-76.
j. 6... Ji 19x;
Grout, A. J. Amblystegium Holzingeri—a correction. Bryologist 13: 32.
9 Mr 1910.
Hamburg, A. M. The preservation of our native wild flowers. Jour. N.
Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 136-146. Je 1910
Hasse, H. E. Additions to the lichen flora of southern California. Bry-
ologist 13: 60-62. 2 My 1910.
Bacidia Clementis and Haematomma pacifica, spp. nov.
Haynes, C. C. Pleuroclada albescens found in United States of America.
Bryologist 13: 49, 50. pl. 6. 2 My Igto.
Heller, A. A. Some Nevada violets. Muhlenbergia 6: 39-46. f. 7. 12
My 1910.
Herre, A.W.C.T. The lichen flora of the Santa Cruz peninsula, California.
Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. 12: 27-269. 15 My 1910.
Includes many new species and the new genus Zahlbrucknera.
Hollick, A. A new fossil polypore. Mycologia 2: 93, 94. f- 1, 2. 8 Mr
1910.
Pseudopolyporus carbonicus gen. et sp. nov.
Holzinger, J. M. Moss flora of the north shore of Lake Superior in Min-
nesota. Bryologist 13: 50-56. 2 My 1910.
Holzinger, J. M. Some additions to the moss flora of the United States.
Bryologist 13: 84, 85. Jl 1910.
Hopkins, L. S. New varieties of common ferns. Ohio Nat. 10: 179-181.
f. 1; 2. 9 Je 1910.
Howe, M.A. Charles Reid Barnes. Bryologist 13: 66, 67. 2 My 1910.
Howe, R. H. Lichens of Mt. Ascutney, Vermont. Bryologist 13: 85.
Jl 1910.
a
484 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Howe, R. H. Species plantarum (1753) as a starting point for licheno-
logical nomenclature. Proc. Thoreau Mus. Nat. Hist. 1: 1-6. 26 Ap
1910. 2
Hoyt, W. D. Physiological aspects of fertilization and hybridization in
ferns. Bot. Gaz. 49: 340-370. f. 1-12. 17 My 1910.
Jennings, O. E. A supplementary description of Cerastiwm arvense Webbii
Jennings. Ohio Nat. 10: 136. 2 Mr 1gro.
Kern, F.D. The morphology of the peridial cells in the Roesteliae. Bot.
Gaz. 49: 445-452. pl. 21, 22 +f. 1, 2. 23 Je 1910.
Kern, F. D. os new species of Uromyces on Carex. Rhodora 12: 124-
127. 13 Je
U. uniporulus ae U. valens, spp. nov.
Kindberg, N.C. New pees to Canadian bryology. Ottawa Nat.
a3: 480-191. 2% Ja }
Includes new species in Sundin (4), Barbula (2), Meesea, pated
Philonotis, Physcomitrium, Mnium, Bryum (10), Brachythecium (2), a .
Lambert, F. D. An unattached zoosporic form of Coleochaete. Fike
Coll. Studies 3: 62-68. pl. 9. My 1910.
Leveille, H. Decades plantarum novarum. XXXIV-XXXVII. Repert.
Nov. Spec. 8: 280-286. 1 My toro.
Oenothera (Onagra) Heribaudi Lévl., sp. nov. from Mexico.
Lewis, C.E. Occurrence of Monascus Barkeri in bottled pickles. Mycol-
ogia 2: 174. 15 Jl 1910.
Lloyd, C.G. Mycological notes 34: 445-460. F 1910. [Illust.]
Loesener, T. Labiatae [In Mexikanische und zentralamerikanische No-
vitaten. IT.} Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 308-311. 1 Je 1910.
Lorenz, A. Notes on a alpestris (Schleich.) Evans. Bryologist 13:
69-71. pl. 8. Jl 19
Lorenz,A. Some ie 0 of the ventricosa group. Bryologist 13: 36-45.
pl. 3,4. 9 Mr 1910.
Lotsy, J. P. Phylogeny of plants. Bot. Gaz. 49: 460, 461. 23 Je 1910.
Macoun, J. M. Contributions from the herbarium of the Geological Sur-
vey. Ottawa Nat. 24: 37, 38. 7 My rgto.
Merrill, G. K. Lichen notes no. 14. Two new Cetraria forms and three
new combinations. Bryologist 13: 25-30. pl. 2. 9 Mr 1gto.
Miller, M. F. Carolyn Wilson Harris. Bryologist 13: 86. Jl 1910.
Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi—VI. Mycologia 2: 43-47. pl. 19.
8 Mr 1910.
Tricholoma personatum, Ceriomyces communis, C. subsanguineus, C. subtomentosus,
Marasmius oreades, Fistulina hepatica, and Boletinellus merulioides,
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 485
Murrill, W. A. Illustrations of fungi—VII. Mycologia 2: 159-163.
pl. 27. 15 JV rote,
Sebel ee) abet H. ceraceus, H. chlorophanus, H. onthe. A. puniceus,
H. nitidus, H. eus, H. conicus, H. miniatus, and H. Lau
Nakano, H. Variation and correlation in rays and disk of Aster fastig-
iatus. Bot. Gaz. 49: 371-378. f. I-4. 17 My 1910.
O'Kane, W. C. The Ohio powdery mildews. Ohio Nat. 10: 166-176.
pl. 9, 10. 9 My 1910.
Osterhout, G.E. Two Colorado Umbeiliferafe]. Muhlenbergia 6: 59, 60.
30 Je 1910. [Illust.]
Phellopterus macrocarpus and Cymopterus lucidus, spp. nov.
Peace, L. M. Notes upon the clearing and staining of leaves and stems.
Plant World 13: 93-96. [My] 1910.
Pittier, H. New or noteworthy plants from Colombia and Central America
—II. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 13: 93-132. f. 1-41+ pl. 17-20. 11 Je
Ig10.
Ramaley, F. European plants growing without cultivation in Colorado.
Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg Suppl. 3: 493-504. 1910.
Rehder, A. A new hybrid Cornus (Cornus rugosa X stolonifera). Rho-
dora 12: 121-124. 13 Je 1910.
C. Slavinii Rehder.
Robinson, B. L. Spermatophytes, new or reclassified, chiefly Rubiaceae
and Gentianaceae. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 45: 394-412. [20]
My togto,
Rolfe, R. A. New orchids: decade 35. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1910: 158-
162. GTO,
Lycaste peruviana, Anguloa Cliftoni, spp. nov., both South American.
Roll, J. The typical form and the series of forms. Bryologist 13: 77-79.
Jl 1910.
Rydberg, P. A. Balsaminaceae. N. Am. Flora 25: 93-96. 3 Je 1910.
Rydberg, P. A. Limnanthaceae. N. Am, Flora 25: 97-100. 3 Je 1910.
Rydberg, P. A. Notes on Rosaceae—IlI. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 375-
386. 29 Jl 1910.
Schaffner, J. H. A proposed list of plants to be excluded from the Ohio
catalog. Ohio Nat. 10: 185-190. 9 Je 1910.
Schaffner, J. H. Xerophytic adaptations of Apocynum hypericifolium.
Ohio Nat. 10: 184, 185. f. 1. 9 Je 1910.
Schreiner, O., & Skinner, J. J. Ratio of phosphate, nitrate, and potassium
on absorption and growth. Bot. Gaz. 50: 1-30. f. {-9. 14 Jl 1910.
é
\\ Transeau, E. N. A simple vaporimeter.
486 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Scribner, F. L., & Merrill, E. D. The grasses of Alaska. Contr. Us &
Nat. Herb. 13: 47-02. pl. 15, 16. 8 Je 1910.
Seaver, F. J. Notes on North American Hypocreales—IIlI. Two new
species with studies of their life histories. Mycologia 2: 175-182. pl.
got+f. 1. 15 Jl 1910.
Seaver, F. J., & Clarke, E.D. Studies in pyrophilous fungi—II. Mycol-
ogia 2: 109-124. pl. 24-26. 9 Je 1910.
Setchell, W. A. The genus Sphaerosoma. Univ. California Publ. Bot. 4:
107-120. pl. 15. 26 My I9gI10.
Shafer, J. A. Botanical exploration of the cays on the north coast of
Camaguey Province, Cuba. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 11: 147-159. Je
1910.
Shreve, F. The coastal deserts of Jamaica. Plant World 13: 129-134.
F.2, 2. Je 1910.
Shull,G.H. Results of crossing Bursa Bursa-pastoris and Bursa Heegeri.
1-6. 1910
Advance reprint from Proc. Seventh Intern. Zool. Cong. 1907.
Skan, S. A. Nothofagus antarctica, var. uliginosa. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV.
6: pl. 8314. My 1910.
Small, J. K. Malpighiaceae. N. Am. Flora 25: 117-171. 3 Je 1910.
Smith, J. D. Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central
American republics—XXXIII. Bot. Gaz. 49: 453-458. 23 Je 1910.
To new species in as many genera.
Somes, M. P. A new variety of Claytonia. Jowa Nat. 2: 67, 68. 23 Je
Igto.
Sterki, V. Winter-buds of Spirodela polyrhiza (L.). Ohio Nat. 10: 181,
182. 9g Je 1910.
Stevens, N. E. Discoid gemmae in the leafy hepatics of New England.
Bull. Torrey Club 37: 365-373. f. I-4. 29 Jl 1910.
Stockberger, W. W. Theeffect of some toxic solutions on mitosis. Bot.
Gaz. 49: 401-429. f. 1-7. 23 Je 1910.
Stover, W.G. Notes on new Ohio agarics. Ohio Nat. 10: 177,178. 9 Je
1910.
Tilden, J. The Myxophyceae of North America and adjacent regions,
including Central America, Greenland, Bermuda, the West Indies, and
Hawaii. Minnesota Algae 1: i-iv+1~328. pl. 1-20. Minneapolis,
Minnesota. 1 Ap 1910.
Report of the Survey, Botanical series VIII.
Bot. Gaz. 49: 459, 460. 23 Je
1910. [Illust.]
THE BRYOLOGIsF
WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics,
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings
and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working tiryclaghe professional]
as wellasamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.
INDEX TO
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
s Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on
hiaig catalogue cards ; cn are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each c
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLece or PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City.
From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
daper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year,
North American Flora
HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing independently
| of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central
America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Trinidad,
af o, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is
essentially South American.
will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles
P. Daly.
It is planned a issue ibe as Ao as they can be prepared, the extent of
the work making i ssible nee publication at any number of = ints.
The completed week wall form a series of ok leds with Bog following sequence
Volum ozoa, Schizophyta, Diatomacea
un
Volumes 14 and 1 5. yophyta
Volume c hates i and Gymnospermae.
ito pe = eee seria =
Volum 0 30, Di Scotited
The sevandion of the work bas ere Botte by the Scientific Directors of the
Garden to a committee consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr.
J. H. Barnhart
Professor Gioale F. Atkinson, of Cornell sii Professors Charles R. Barnes
and John M. Coulter, of the peed f Chicago, Mr. ep age ie Coville, of the
United one big oxen t of Agr epee Edw d L. Greene, of the United
States Nat eum, Profecas. on D. Halsted, a Rutgers Collage, and Pro-
pag William. “ release, of the Missbard. Siisdical Garden, have consented to act as
advisory committee.
The following parts have been published :
Vol. 7. Part 1, Ustila: penaanye by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule-
dinaceae, and Aecidiaceae Sauce y J. C. Arthur
Vol. 9. Parts olyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. Part 3, neater by
WGA Murrill ; Aarcacen pie by W. A. Manill and G. S. Burling
Vol. 16. Part 1, Ophioglossaceae, by L. M. Underwood and R. - ries gir
Marattiaceae, by L. M. Underwood; Osmundaceae and Ceratopteridaceae, by R. C.
Benedict ; Schieeeaiee: Gleicheniaceae, aod Seon (pars), by W. R. Maxon.
Vol. x7. Part 1, pregeceee: B y P. ; Spargani gare Elodeaceae, and Hy-
oe by P. ydbe ag ; Zamichelinc eae, Zosteraceae, oo sips,
Naiadaceae, and Lilacaceae, N. Tay Scheuchzeriaceae, by N. L. a tton
Allapnceae by J. K. Small ; Holaniceen wa Poaceae (pars), by G. V. Nas
bi Fart i, Podos temonace y G. sh; a wieeer the 7
ae V. Na N. i.
Britto and J. N ; Penthoraceae and togee ee by P. A. Rydberg. Part 2,
Saxifagacese and Hydrangeaceae by J. K A. Rydbe erg; Cunoniaceae,
Iteac and Hamamelidaceae, by N. L, Britton ; Pterostemonaceae, by J. K. Small;
Altingiacene, by °?. Wilson; Phyllonomaceae, by H. H. ae Part 3, Grossularia-
y F. Ria e me N. . Britton; hee met by H. A, Gleason; Cross
pers ot e, by hk ; Connaraceae, by N. L. Britton; Calycanthaceae, by C. L
Pollard ; Rosaceae son by PAR ydberg. Part 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A.
Rydberg.
Vol. 25. Part 1, Geraniaceae, by I Hanks and J. K. Sgucias Oxalidaceae
and Linaceae, by J. K.S mall ; Eoniecefacen by N. L. Britto
The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is oe that four or
“his Spi will be — yee each volume. A limited number of separate parts will
dress
at $2.00
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
. MEmotrs OF THE DEPARTMENT :
Vel A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Pobygonin (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893-
395; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1808.
Gae ye pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00.
Vol. Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898).
By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, a =
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE feviicandiee
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00.
Vol os, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00,
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00
Vol. 5. Nos. ror-125,. 1896-1897. Price $5.00.
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00.
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00,
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current).
List of separate numbers available on application.
3- A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert
Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896.
Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.2 5 Naar ; $3.80 (paper).
Published by Wiad N. Clute & Co. Binghamt
The Department invites propositions whic S pads of her-
barium materi for any of the above nam med ogden Address
ty.
n Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and
the british Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes-
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi-
son Brown.
Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in ike text, ella every
species described.
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ-
ately, $10.0
: eee Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900.
By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907.
odecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt &
Co., New York. Price, $1.
6. Moulds, Mildews, a "Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un-
derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. _
Du odecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt &
Co. Price $150.
7. Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar-
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany,
1895—1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; "Adjunct Professor of
Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany, 1910—
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published by Henry Holt
& Co., New York. Price $2.50.
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave.,
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
Our Specialties K AHLBAUM? Ss
MICROSCOPES C, P. Chemicals
and Reagents
and
ACCESSORIE “OARL
a fee SCHLEICHER
i fF & SCHULL’S
MICROTOMES C. P. Filters
SC T &
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S
Famous Labora-
and
tory Glassware
WEIGHTS
And for many other
renowned European
houses in our line.
COMPLETE LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited,
MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at irregular intervals.
Price 83.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange.
No. 1; not furnished separately :
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the wees of various species af the genus Carex:
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889.
Vol. 1, No. 2; not furnished separate]
artindale, Isaac Comly. Marine _ of the New Jersey coast and adjacent
waters of Setar Island. Pages 87-11 24 Au 1889.
No. te price, z cents
Spruce, Richard. Azfaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus elke orientalis, annis
1885-6, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Peoes eek Ja 1890.
Vol. L No. 4; price, 75¢
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. ak 141- Pact 30 My 1890.
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separately
Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food-materials in buds sat surrounding cori
Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10 S 1890.
sti 1. 2, No, 2; price, 75 cents
ail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Contripations to the botany of
Virginia, Pages 27-56, plates 7, g. 23 D 1890.
©. 3; not furnished s
Holm, Herman Theodor Conielaeinds to the know ledge of the , oer: of |
some North American plants. Pages 57-108, plates Pes 15 Ap
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents
Wheelock, Dagger Efner. ‘The genus Polygala in North America. Pages 109-
152. 30D 1891
3, No 1; not furnished separately
Small, John eae Pe Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Carolina
and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F 1892.
Vv }; price, $2.00
rong, Thom Naiadaceae North America Cwith illustrations ot all the
pg es]. Pass oe. Soon 20~74. 15 Mr 1893.
es 3, — 3; not furnished tely
Rusby, Hi umeration of the ete collected in Bolivia by Miguel
Bang. wr eer t; - Spee parry 28
Vol. 4,.No. 1; not furnished
Underwood, Lucien literal’ Index Hefaticarum. aa ‘, | Bibliography. Peer ea
I-gl. Ic Je 1893.
4, No. 2; not furnished ie
Small, John Kunkel, & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on ‘the botanical explora-
tion of southwestern Virginia curiae the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, plates
75-82. 18 N 1893-17 Ap 1894
ol. 4, No. 3; a. e, 50 cents
Pe eae Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel —
g. Part 2. Pages sess 10 Mr-17
4, No. 4; price, 50
Pettit, Anna Pn nee hypogaea 1. es 275-2096, Lee ai «
5 Te 1895.
ol. 4, No. 5; price, 75 cents:
Rydberg, Per Axel. The North American species of Physalis and related genera. —
Pages 297-374. 15 S 1896
es
ek ae eae eat ule
ae
BRERA Ee pe, ae
ote ee Es a AN Le CORA tet ee the RE oor tee 2 Se Pe Phare
‘
eeacug hs
fen
a
Contributions to the Mesozoiciflora of the Atlantic coastal plain—VI. Georgia
ef)
Additions to the flora of peninsular Florida... . -. » JOHN K. SMALL 513
PP PR GEN ER SPS
Rie ease
VOL. 37 OCTOBER, 1910 NO. 10
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB —
2
:
:
. €ditor
E:: s
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE
( Associate €Cditors : a
~ JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART ‘Tracy Evviot HAZEN : =.
E JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSG MuRRILt
3 Puitip Dowett CHARLES Louis POLLARD
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS
p
a
a : :
ae CONTENTS oe
4 = Motes. on Rosacese— IV. os es PER AXEL RYDBERG pee
EDWARD W. BERRY 503 ee
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE ..-.-.-..--- Sg ee
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
- EDWARD S, BURGESS, Pu.D. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.b
Recording Secretary, Treasurer,
im PERCY WILSON. WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.D.
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City. College of Pharmacy,
2 as t 2X5 West 68th St., New York big
GS
Meetings twice each month from October to May inclusive : the second Base
PUBLICATIONS
All subscripti d other business communications relating to the publications
_ Pharmacy, 115 West 68th St., New York City.
| _ of other volumes are. available, but the entire stock of som
reserved for the completion of sets. Manuscripts intended na wsiblication in re
Bo! ;
BULLETIN should be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York
- Garden, Bronx Park, New York City,
ge Ss Torreya. onthly, established 1901. Price, $1.00 a year. Manuscripts in- 2
a tended oaks in TORREYA should be addressed to Jean Broadhurst, Editor,
Re Teachers College, Columbia University, New York City.
: Memoirs. Occasional, established 1889. { See last pages of cover. )
Se Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Presidophyts within 109 > miles a
ee New York City, 1888. Price, $1.00 te
ef the Club should Se wanna ee Treasurer, William Mansfield, College of
-_-—- Bulletin. Monthly, established 1870. Price, $3.00 a year; single panes 30°
- ¢ents. Of former jellies. only 24~36 can be supplied Sates ; certain numbers
has been
Vol. 37 * No.9
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
——
OCTOBER, tg1o0
Notes on Rosaceae — IV
Per AXEL RYDBERG
POTENTILLA (continued)*
PERMOLLES
This group contains only one species, Potentilla permollis
Rydb. Dr. Wolf reduced this to a variety of P. Blaschkeana,
evidently without having seen any specimen. It has a pubescence
wholly unlike any species in the GRACILEs or the NUTTALLIANAE
groups, and although somewhat related to these, I regard it as
distinct enough to be placed in a group by itself. Piper, who is
rather conservative in his treatment, regards it as distinct in his
Flora of Washington,t and cites three specimens.
CANDIDAE
This group contains six species, of which four are proposed as
new. These are Potentilla Elmeri, P. Pecten, P. subvillosa, and
P.comosa. Of these, the last one is related to P. Bakeri, and the
rest to P. candida. Potentilla Pecten stands nearest to that species
and differs mainly in the leaves, which are green above, and in the
stem, which bears only a few small leaves. The following speci-
mens belong to P. Pecten:
Montana: Bridger Mountains, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey
4377 -
Wyominc: Cokerville, 1898, Aven Nelson 4647; Union Pass,
Aven Nelson 043.
*See Bull. Torrey Club 37: 375-386.
Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. vol. 11.
“The BULLETIN for September, 1910 (37: 443-486) was issued 5 O rgro.]
487
488 Rypsperc: Notes on RosacEAE
-Uran: Big Cottonwood Cafion, 1905, Garrett 1614.
Potentilla Elmeri resembles P. Pecten in habit but is silky,
not at all tomentose. It is represented by the following:
CattrorniA: Griffins, Ventura County, 1902, Elmer 4000;
Donner Lake, 1903, Heller.
Potentilla subvillosa and P. comosa are very local and are
represented by the type collections only.
Dr. Wolf in his monograph and Professor Aven Nelson in
the New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains
unite Potentilla Bakeri and P. viridescens, and the former reduces
both to a variety of P. gracilis. P. viridescens is evidently related
to P. gracilis and differs in the characters presented by Dr. Wolf;
but P. Bakeri has the leaves dissected to near the midrib into
linear or linear-oblong and obtuse, not lanceolate and acute divi-
sions. P. Bakeri has spreading pubescence on the stem, and the
leaves are rather densely tomentose beneath. I have collected
Potentilla Bakert myself in Utah and P. viridescens in Montana
and know that they both hold their characters well. Besides
the specimens cited by me in the original publication, the following
represent P. Bakeri:
UtaH: Wahsatch County, near Midway, 1905, Carlton &
Garrett 6721 and 6696; Juab, June 10, 1902, Goodding 1092; Big
Cottonwood Cafion, Aug. 14, 1905, Garrett 1614; Hot Pots,
Wahsatch County, Garrett F726.
Wvyominc: Chug Creek, Albany Co., June 29, 1900, Aven
Nelson 7318 (not 7317, which is cited by Dr. Wolf under P.
gracilis viridescens).
PECTINISECTAE
This group contains four species, of which Potentilla longiloba
is described as new. It resembles P. Blaschkeana in habit, but
the leaves are loosely villous-tomentose above.
specimens belong here:
Montana: Lo Lo, May 29, 1897, Elrod and assistants 110;
Gallatin Valley, near Bozeman, 1896, Flodman 563, in part.
WASHINGTON: Pullman, June, 1903, Piper 4134.
BritIisH COLUMBIA: Near international boundary between
Kettle and Columbia rivers, June 25, 1902, Macoun 63901.
Ipano: Clear Water, Spaulding.
The following
Rypgperc: Nores on RosAcEAE 489
Dr. Wolf regards Potentilla ctenophora as a variety of P.
flabelliformis, which was also my first idea, before I knew the
plant better. Dr. Wolf makes some remarks which read in trans-
lation as follows: ‘The relationship of this variety to var. typica
seems to me about the same as, for instance, that of P. argentea
var. decumbens to its var. typica, and its elevation to specific rank
seems to have been made on slight grounds, as the author himself
in his monograph says that it should perhaps be regarded as a
variety of P. flabelliformis, as intermediate forms are not lacking.
Why has he not let it remain in its original category? It seems
that he makes the limitations of his idea of a species narrower as
the years pass by.’” This may be in a certain sense true, but it
has been brought about by a study of many years and the char-
acters stand out better and better as the plants become better
known. In this special case Dr. Wolf's remarks were more or
less amiss. I do not know what specimens he might have had
at hand to support his statements. Neither in the original descrip-
tions of P. flabelliformis ctenophora in the Bulletin of the Torrey
Botanical Club nor in my monograph, did I cite any specimens.
Unfortunately, I forgot to do so. The illustration in the mono-
graph gives only a basal leaf. There is nothing to show the
differences in general habit and the flowers. Professor Piper has
directed my attention to the fact that my P. ctenophora is the
same as P. Blaschkeana Lehm. Later he has also recorded his
views on this point in his Flora of Washington. I agree fully
with Professor Piper and have stated before that my conception
of P. Blaschkeana was a composite one, mainly made up of P.
grosse-serrata. Dr. Wolf, I think, did not make the same mistake,
for his description points unmistakably to P. Blaschkeana Turcz.,
as described and illustrated by Lehmann, not as characterized
in my monograph. After the citation of Lehmann’s plate, Dr.
Wolf gives in parenthesis “(optima)”. His conception of P.
Blaschkeana was therefore evidently correct. As my P. cteno-
phora is evidently the same, why should it not be regarded as
specifically distinct from P. flabelliformis?
Professor Aven Nelson in the New Manual of Botany of the
Central Rocky Mountains makes P. Blaschkeana a synonym of
P. gracilis and P. ctenophora a synonym of P. flabelliformis.
490 RypsBerGc: Nores oN ROSACEAE
GRACILES
The following species were described as new in the North
American Flora: Potentilla intermittens, P. alaskana, P. dichroa,
and P. camporum.
As stated in the North American Flora, Potentilla intermittens
may be a hybrid between P. glaucophylla and P. filipes, so inter-
mediate is it in every respect that a mere glance would suggest
its hybrid origin. As I had no direct evidence, however, I pro-
posed a specific name and described it, hoping that botanists might
study it further in the field. The following specimens belong here:
CoLorapo: Cameron Pass, 1896, Baker 25; Buffalo Pass, 1898,
Shear 3863.
ALBERTA: Foothills, 1897, Macoun 16722.
Potentilla alaskana resembles P. viridescens in habit but the
flowers are much larger, the petals being 9-14 mm. long, the
bractlets linear instead of lanceolate, and the leaves densely tomen-
tose beneath. It differs from P. gracilis in the lower stem and
the appressed pubescence on stems and petioles. Several speci-
mens have been seen, but all were from the Island of Kadiak,
Alaska.
Potentilla dichroa is related to P. glomerata but differs in the
dense white tomentum of the lower surface of the leaves. It
differs from P. gracilis in the thicker leaves, and in the stouter
and lower, more leafy stem, which is appressed-hairy. The fol-
lowing specimens belong here:
Montana: Old Sentinel, t901, MacDougal 185.
OREGON: Burns, 1901, Griffiths & Morris 766.
The following I have referred here, although they are less
typical specimens:
Utau: Hot Pots, Wahsatch County, 1905, Garrett F727.
NEVADA: Washoe Valley, Stretch 74.
Potentilla camporum is somewhat intermediate between P.
gracilis and P. filipes, having the toothing of the leaves of the
former and the small flowers of the latter. It has much broader,
thicker, and more pubescent leaves than the former, more coarsely
toothed and more hairy leaves than the latter. The following
specimens are referred here:
SoutH Dakota: Black Hills, Miss Pratt 93
Rypperc: Notes on RosacKAE 491
MAnitosa: Rapid City, 1896, Macoun 14447 and 14450;
Fort Ellis, 1906, Macoun & Herriot 68930.
SASKATCHEWAN: Milk River, 1881, Dawson 34348; The Holes,
1885, Macoun 10447; Cypress Hills, 1894, Macoun 4538; Herzel,
1906, Macoun & Herriot 69827; Park Bay, 1896, Macoun 14447;
Silver City, 1885, Macoun 635 and 7284.
BritisH CoLumBIA: Slotch-oot-a Lake, 1876, Dawson 7282;
Nicola Valley, Macoun 7229; Revelstoke, 1890, Macoun 7287.
In 1901, while visiting northern Europe, I found in the Botan-
ical Garden at Upsala specimens of Potentilla pulcherrima Lehm.,
which had been cultivated for several generations since Lehmann’s
time and kept unchanged the characters of pinnate leaves, etc.
Side by side were growing also specimens of the so-called P.
gracilis from Colorado with its digitate leaves. The latter is of
course not the true P. gracilis but the P. pulcherrima of my
monograph or P. pulcherrima communis Th. Wolf. Seeing these
two forms together, the suggestion came to me that they might
not be one species. While collecting in Utah, I found P. pul-
cherrima in the same cafion where Dr. Watson had rediscovered
it, viz., in the Big Cottonwood Cajfion, southeast of Salt Lake
City. Here it was growing alone. Numerous specimens were
seen in an open place along the river, but no digitate-leaved
specimens were seen. I have come to the conclusion that it is
not a parallel case to P. diversifolia, in which the basal leaves are
either pinnate or digitate or both on the same plant. In all speci-
mens of P. pulcherrima proper, the basal leaves are all pinnate,
while in P. pulcherrima communis they are all digitate. In 19OI,
I described a supposed new species under the name of P. jilipes,
which Dr. Wolf reduced to a variety of P. pulcherrima. I have
found that the characters separating P. filipes and the so-called
P. pulcherrima of Colorado do not hold. I therefore united the
two into one species under the name of P. filipes in the North
American Flora. A depauperate high-mountain form of this
species is P. pulcherrima condensata Th. Wolf.
Professor Nelson in the New Manual of Botany of the Central
Rocky Mountains makes not only P. pulcherrima and P. filtpes
but also P. fastigiata and P. Blaschkeana synonyms of P. grace ’
a consolidation which goes altogether too far.
492 Rypserc: NotTes oN ROSACEAE
LONGIPEDUNCULATAE
This section contains only one species, which Dr. Wolf makes a
doubtful variety of P. gracilis.
SUBJUGAE
This group also contains only a single species, Potentilla sub-
. juga. In my monograph, I included also in this group P. quin-
quefolia, a disposition which Dr. Simmons in the Flora of Elles-
mere Land rightly criticizes. This species I transferred in the
North American Flora to the CONCINNAE group.
SUBCORIACEAE
This group contains three species, all Mexican. Dr. Wolf calls
the group RANUNCULOIDEs and includes in it not only these three
species, and the BREVIFOLIAE and SuBVISCOSAE groups, but also
such diverse plants as Potentilla Townsendii, P. Palmeri, P. Ra-
nunculus, P. flabellifolia, P. fragiformis, and P. Sierrae-Blancae,
together with P. acuminata, which is a species with pinnate leaves
related to P. saxosa.
OBOVATIFOLIAE
This group also is Mexican and Central American and consists
of three species. The first of these, P. staminea Rydb., was until
lately known only from the type collection by Ghiesbrecht. It
has been collected also in Guatemala, in 1896, Seler 2753. If I
am not mistaken, they are the same specimens that Dr. Wolf
cites under P. haematochrus on page 226 of his monograph. A
few years after its publication I referred to this species doubtfully
Pringle 6890. This evidently was the reason why Dr. Wolf re-
duced P. staminea to a variety of P. leptopetala Lehm. Pringle
6890 is evidently much more closely related to P. leptopetala than
to P. staminea. I have been inclined to refer Pringle 6890 and
other material collected later in the same region to P. leptopetala,
for they agree fairly well with Lehmann’s description (except as
to the size of the petals). If, however, Lehmann’s figure in his
Monographia, fl. 43, is correct, then the plant from which it was
prawn must be of a different species from Pringle 6890 or else it is a
freak or in an abnormal condition. I have seen neither the type of
RyDBERG: NoTEs on ROSACEAE 493
P. leptopetala, nor the plants collected by Schiede and by Ehrenberg,
enumerated in Linnaea. From certain remarks there I have sus-
pected that these specimens belonged rather to the same species
as Pringle 6890 than to the typical P. leptopetala. Dr. Wolf, on
page 228 of his monograph, also states that these specimens agree
very well with Pringle 6890. From this I may judge that Dr.
Wolf's interpretation of my P. staminea is wrong and that his
P. leptopetala staminea is the same as my P. obovatifolia, which
was based on Pringle 6890. Dr. Wolf has committed another
grave blunder, for on page 251 he reduces P. obovatifolia to a
variety of P. concinnaeformis. Here he also cites Pringle 6890,
overlooking the fact that he had already cited the same number
under P. leptopetala staminea. When preparing the manuscript
for page 228, he evidently had the specimen before him, while
when doing the same for page 251, he made use of no specimens
and simply made P. obovatifolia a variety of P. concinnaeformis,
because of my statement that it was nearest P. concinnaeformis
of the CoNCINNAE group. From his treatment of P. concinnae-
jormis, it is evident that Dr. Wolf had seen no specimens of that
species. All he had to go by was the short description and plate
in my monograph. I think it rather audacious to reduce one
species to a variety of another, without knowing material of
either. The following specimens belong to P. obovatifolia:
Mexico: Sierra de Pachuca, Hidalgo, 1898, Pringle 6890;
also in 1902, Pringle 9783; Cuyamaloya, Hidalgo, 1906, Pringle
10276.
HorrRIDAE
This group contains two Mexican species, known only
from the type collections. Potentilla horrida is referred to the
HAEMATOCHROAE group by Dr. Wolf, notwithstanding its yellow
flowers. P. durangensis is described as new in the North Ameri-
can Flora.
RUBRAE
The oldest known species of this group is Potentilla coma-
rioides Humb. & Bonp. Unfortunately this universally known
name is antedated by one year by P. rubra Willd., which name
must be adopted. The group contains seven species from northern
Mexico and the southwestern United States. Of these, P.
494 RypsBerc: Nores oN ROSACEAE
madrensis is overlooked by Dr. Wolf. P. sanguinea is described
as new in the North American Flora.
AUREAE
As treated in the North American Flora, this group contains
nine North American species. If one follows Dr. Wolf in laying so
much stress on the form of the style, all the American species, except
Potentilla maculata and P. Langeana, should be excluded from the
AuREAE group. In this group the styles should be somewhat
thickened upward, instead of downward. In some species the styles
are perfectly filiform, not thickened either way. The result is
that a distinct line can not be drawn between the CONOSTYLAE
and the GompHosTYLAE of Dr. Wolf’s monograph. In the
Avureak, Dr. Wolf has such diverse species as Potentilla maculata,
P. elegans, P. Robbinsiana, and P. gelida. Of these, P. Robbin-
siana at least does not have the styles thickened upwards. The
RANUNCULOIDES group of Dr. Wolf is still worse. It contains not
only the thick-leaved and thick-rhizomed Mexican and Central
American species, of which it was made up in my treatment, and
my SUBVISCOSAE and BREVIFOLIAE groups, but also such diverse
species as Potentilla acuminata Hall (related to P. saxosa), P.
flabellifolia Hook., P. fragiformis Willd., P. Townsendii Rydb.,
P. Palmeri Th. Wolf, and P. Sierrae-Blancae Rydb. Potentilla
emarginata Pursh is placed with the AUREAE, while the closely
related P. fragiformis is placed in RANUNCULOIDES. P. gelida
Mey. is put in the former, and P. flabelliformis Hook., which S,
Watson and other students of Potentilla have not been able to
distinguish from it, is put in the latter group; P. perdissecta
Rydb. or, as Dr. Wolf calls it, P. diversifolia var. decurrens (Wats.)
Th. Wolf, is placed in the MuttijuGAr, while P. Ranunculus
Lange, which can be separated from it only by the different root-
stock (see below), is placed in the RANUNCULOIDES. P. Town-
send and P. Palmeri and their relationship I have discussed
before. Dr. Wolf's grouping in this case therefore is very artificial
and unsatisfactory.
I think that the group as constituted by me is more natural,
although it could be subdivided into three subgroups. Potentilla
Sierrae-Blancae stands alone, is not so closely related to the rest,
RypDBERG: Notes oN ROSACEAE 495
and shows many affinities to the ConcrnNag, although it lacks
tomentum.
Potentilla maculata and P. Langeana are closely related. Dr.
Wolf adopts the name P. alpestris for the former, claiming that
the name P. maculata Pourr. probably belongs to P. pyrenaica
Ram. He does not, however, adopt the name P. maculata for
the latter, although the name is much older. Dr. Wolf does not
admit P. Langeana as a distinct species.
The rest of my AUREAE group are closely related. Potentilla
Vreelandit Rydb. was first described in the North American Flora,
and was consequently unknown to Dr. Wolf.
Potentilla diversifolia Lehm. is placed in the MULTIJUGAE group
by Dr. Wolf, and under it he recognizes four varieties: genuina,
decurrens, glaucophylla, and jucunda. It is true that P. diverst-
folia often has at least some of the leaves pinnate, although with
closely approximate pairs of leaflets, and that it connects the
MULTIJUGAE and the AUREAE groups. The forms regarded as
varieties of it by Dr. Wolf have digitate leaves.
Concerning Potentilla glaucophylia Lehm., first described as a
species and afterwards reduced to a variety of P. diversifolia by
the author himself, it may be said that although it is very close
to some forms of P. diversifolia, especially when they bear only
digitate leaves, it seems to be more different in the living state
than in dried material, and Professor Aven Nelson,* who also has
had chance to study them in the field agrees with me in regarding
them as distinct.
That Dr. Wolf reduced Potentilla jucunda to a variety is
probably due to the fact that he had received unusually large
specimens of P. glaucophylla which were labeled P. jucunda.
See the remarks in my preceding Notes on Rosaceae.
What I actually described and figured in my monograph of
Potentilla as Potentilla decurrens, was not the same as P. dissecta
decurrens of S. Watson. My description was, however, made
broad enough to include Watson's plant. In 1905, while collecting
in Utah, I collected at several places a plant which I regarded as
a new species. A closer comparison with Watson’s type of P.
‘dissecta decurrens (which is a rather poor specimen) revealed my
*See Coult. & Nels. New Man. Cent. Rocky Mts. 257.
496 RypBERG: Nores ON ROSACEAE
mistake. Potentilla decurrens of my monograph, and as under-
stood by A. Nelson, Joc. cit., or A. diversifolia var. decurrens
Th. Wolf, mainly, is not the same as Watson’s plant. It is a
plant related to P. glaucophylla and P. Ranunculus, while the
original P. dissecta decurrens is related to P. ovina J. M. Macoun:
In the North American Flora, the former is described under the
name P. perdissecta.
Potentilla Ranunculus Lange, which Dr. Wolf associates with
P. ranunculoides H. B. K., is not related to that species but to
the one just discussed above and to P. glaucophylla. It is hard
to distinguish it from these species except by the rootstock, which
in P. Ranunculus is much branched and creeping and densely
covered with scales. This character is found in many arctic
plants and is perhaps due to the climatic conditions. P. Ranun-
culus has usually broader leaflets than P. glaucophylla and they
are less dissected than in P. perdissecta.
Potentilla multisecta (S. Wats.) Rydb. is closely related to P.
perdissecta. Dr. Wolf reduces it back to a variety of P. dissecta,
as it was originally described by S. Watson. This is really a
transfer to another species, for P. dissecta of Watson was not the
same as P. dissecta Pursh, but was P. diversifolia Lehm. This
transfer is made, although Dr. Wolf expressly states that he has
not seen P. dissecta Pursh. Professor Nelson, loc. cit., has omitted
this species, although it has been collected in Wyoming.
% SUBVISCOSAE
Very little can be said about this group, as little material has
been received since my monograph and few new facts have been
brought to light since that time. Through further study of Poten-
tilla Wheelerit viscidula, 1 have come to the conclusion that it
deserves specific rank and it is given such in the North American
Flora. Dr. Wolf has made no change in the species of this group,
as he had seen specimens of only P. Wheeleri. As stated before,
he includes the whole group in his RANUNCULOIDEs.
CONCINNAE
This group has been a little modified from the treatment in
my monograph and a few species have been transferred from other
groups.
RYDBERG: Notes oN ROSACEAE 497
Potentilla fastigiata Nutt. was transferred from the GRACILES
group. Although it connects the CoNCINNAE with this group and
with the CANDIDAE, and has a more erect stem than the other
species, I think, after all, that it should be placed here and that it
has its nearest relative in P. concinnaeformis Rydb. Dr. Wolf
retains it in the GRACILEs group and associates it with P. tomen-
tosa, P. oaxacana, and P. Nuttallii. Its nearest relative outside
the CONCINNAE is P. candida Rydb., and a few of the specimens
cited by me under the latter in my monograph belong to P. fasti-
giata instead. It is evidently unknown to Professor Nelson, for
under P. gracilis, he has the following remark: ‘(This may be a
composite species; as here used it includes the following, which
are not readily discriminated: P. fastigiata Nutt.; P. pulcherrima
Lehm.; P. Blaschkeana Turcz..... )” The leaves of P. fasti-
giata are silky-villous with rather long hairs on both sides, only
very slightly tomentose beneath.
A species related to thisand P. concinnaeformis is described in
the North American Flora under the name of Potentilla Hasset.
It differs from P. fastigiata in the broader, broadly obovate leaf-
lets and the oblong instead of linear-lanceolate bractlets, and from
P. concinnaeformis in the dense many-flowered inflorescence, the
densely pubescent stem, and the oblong bractlets. Besides the
type given in the North American Flora, I have seen the following
specimens, referable to it:
CALIFORNIA: Head of Stanislaus River, 1903, Hall & Chandler
4778.
There has been no change made in Potentilla concinnaeformis,
P. oblanceolata, and P. bicrenata since my monograph, except that
the range of the last one has been extended to Wyoming, where
it has been collected by Professor Nelson. Dr. Wolf admits all
three as species, although he had not seen specimens of any of
them. Concerning the reduction of P. obovatifolia Rydb. to a
variety of the first one, see my remarks on page 493.
A further study of P. concinna and its variety divisa brought to
light facts that seemed to me sufficient to warrant the raising of
the latter to specific rank.
In the North American Flora, I transfer Potentilla quinquefolia
Rydb. to this group. In my monograph I had placed it with P.
498 RYDBERG: NOTES ON ROSACEAE
subjuga. My placing it with that species was done simply because
both show a tendency to combining digitate and pinnate characters
in the leaves. Dr. Simmons in the Flora of Ellesmereland, has
rightly criticized me for so doing. The species was based upon
Potentilla nivea pentaphylla Lehm., as represented by some of the
specimens cited in Hooker's Flora Boreali-Americana. Unfor-
tunately Dr. Lehmann did not propose the name in the work
just mentioned, although he gave a description. His publication
of the variety did not appear until 1850.* In the meantime, the
name had been taken up by Turczaninow,t but whether for the
same plant or not I can not tell. As the name pentaphylla was
not available I used another name, P. quinquefolia, and it
matters little what plant Turczaninow had, as P. quinquefolia
applies to the North American plant characterized in my descrip-
tion. In 1900 Mr. Morten Pedersen Porsild sent me a collection
of Potentillas from Greenland. J undertook to determine them
and also published a paper upon them in the Bulletin of the
Torrey Botanical Club for March, 1901. Some of the work was
hastily done and several corrections to that paper must be made.
One of the mistakes made was that I regarded P. nivea subquinata
Lange as identical with P. quinquefolia. Following the Madison
amendments to the Rochester Code, I substituted the name P.
subquinata (Lange) Rydb. for P. quinquefolia. P. nivea, as well
as other 3-foliolate species, has occasionally some of the lower
leaves 5-foliolate, but P. quinquefolia has them nearly always so.
On account of this confusion, I have been severely criticized both
by Dr. Simmons and by Dr. Wolf for regarding P. quinquefolia
Rydb. as a distinct species. The former made the following re-
marks: “‘there being not the slightest cause to look upon it as a
species as Rydberg has done, probably because he has had no
opportunity of studying the plant from nature.”’ If Dr. Simmons
had taken a little trouble, he could have found that this statement
was not exactly true, for in my monograph, I cited a specimen
collected by myself in Montana, viz., Rydberg & Bessey 4397, and
I had had opportunity to study it in the field. I have since
collected it at two other stations, one in Colorado and one in Utah.
¥*Delect. Sem. Hort. Hamb. 1850: 12. 1850.
7Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 14: 607. 1843.
RypperGc: Nores on ROSACEAE 499
In neither case did I find a single specimen that could be referred
to P. nivea. At the Colorado station it was associated with P.
saximontana and P. uniflora, but was easy to distinguish, especially
from the latter. In the collections at the New York Botanical
Garden there are eighteen sheets of P. guinquefolia, representing
sixteen localities. I have seen perhaps as many more localities
represented in other herbaria, and have seen no sheets on which
it was mixed with P. nivea proper. We have only four sheets of
P. nivea from the Rocky Mountain region. When I visited Copen-
hagen in 1901, I confused P. rubricaulis with it and named a
specimen of the latter P. subquinata. This was due mostly to
the fact that I had a wrong idea of P. rubricaulis Lehm. and had
applied the latter name to what appears in the North American
Flora as P. rubripes Rydb. Dr. Simmons has cleared up P.
rubricaulis Lehm. in such a way that nothing more needs to
be said, except perhaps that he could have made plainer the dif-
ferences between the trifoliolate P. rubricaulis var. arctica and
P. nivea L., taken in such a broad sense as Dr. Simmons has done.
Of the specimens collected by Pedersen and referred to P. sub-
quinata by me, no. 496, as represented in the New York Botanical
Garden herbarium, is a form of P. nivea L., with some quinate
leaves. It is intermediate between P. nivea macrophylla and P.
nivea subquinata. Nos. 113 and 233 belong to P. nipharga Rydb.,
which also sometimes has quinate leaves. The other numbers
are not represented here. There is none referable to P. quingue-
folia, which seems confined to the Rocky Mountains of the United
States and Northwestern Canada.
Closely related to P. quinquefolia, perhaps a depauperate
variety thereof, is P. modesta Rydb., described as new in the North
American Flora. It is confined to two mountain chains in Utah.
It differs from P.-guinguefolia, besides in the smaller stature, in
the linear and obtuse instead of lanceolate and acute bractlets,
the golden yellow petals only 4 mm. long, and the dense inflores-
cence, reminding one of that of P. Hookeriana. The following
specimens belong to it:
UraH: Mount Barrette, July 26, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton
7261, 7259, and 7258; Sierra La Sal, 1899, C. A. Purpus G, Q,
and R.
500 Rypserc: Notes oN ROSACEAE
NIVEAE
This group is represented in the North American Flora by nine
“species. Of these, two are proposed as new, P. nipharga and P.
Pedersenii, the first based on specimens referred to P. nivea and
several of its varieties, the latter based on P. subquinata Peder-
senit Rydb.
Dr. Simmons in his Flora of Ellesmere Land remarked:
“Rather might it be justifiable to distinguish all the arctic forms
with deeply incised leaflets, from the typical P. nivea, which has
them more rounded and feebler dentate. I have, however, had
too little opportunity to study them from nature, to be able to
give any definite opinion about it. . . . Rydberg has, however,
not only established a new species P. quinquefolia for the plant
here in question, but . . . .’’. If we compare this quotation with
the other one from the same discussion given above we notice that
Dr.Simmons contradicts himself. In the first quotation he states
“there being not the slightest cause to look upon it as a species”
and in the latter “rather might it be justifiable to distinguish all
the arctic forms. . . ."’. These arctic forms with deeply incised
leaflets, certainly look very different from P. nivea proper, but at
the same time they are not the same as my P. quinquefolia. As
I could not find any available name for them I proposed P.
nipharga in the North American Flora. The plant is not exclu-
sively arctic, for similar specimens, although usually smaller, have
been collected in the Rockies, especially in Utah. Some of the
specimens included in P. nivea dissecta by S. Watson belong here,
others belong to P. divisa Rydb. The name dissecta is, however,
not available. Potentilla nivea subquinata Lange is probably a
form of this with some quinate leaves, but as the name P. sub-
quinata has been applied to another species, it is not available
for this. It includes probably P. nivea arenosa Lange, but it is not
P. nivea arenosa Turcz. I think that it is P. nivea pinnatifida
Lange (not that of Lehmann), but pinnatifida can not be used as a
specific name for it. It is the same as P. nivea altaica Rydb., at
least as far as the Utah specimens are concerned. I thought that
it was the same as P. altaica Bunge, but have seen my mistake.
I agree fully with the opinion of Dr. Simmons that “‘it [P. altaica]
does not belong to P. nivea,” not even if P. quinquefolia, P. ni-
RypBERG: Notes on ROSACEAE 501
pharga,and P. uniflora are included. Dr. Simmons states further:
“In the Index Kewensis, it is referred to P. multifida L., where its
right place seems rather to be.’’ This statement was made after
Dr. Simmons had seen the original specimens of Bunge. It is not
unlikely at all that its relationship is with P. pinnatifida, but the
plate illustrating it does not resemble so much P. pinnatifida as
P. Hookeriana. The latter is also intermediate between the
NIVEAE and the MULTIFIDAE groups, both in habit, the congested
inflorescence, and the fusiform style. I can not agree with Dr.
Wolf in regarding P. altaica as merely a form of P. nivea pinnati-
fida in the sense he uses the name. I refer the following specimens
to P. nipharga:
MACKENZIE: Fort Good Hope, 1861-2, 7. S. Onion (type).
ALBERTA: Rocky Mountains, Drummond 368.
Urtau: Sierra La Sal, 1899, C. A. Purpus A, C, L, and H.
GREENLAND: Vajat-shore, Disco, Morten Pedersen 113; Un-
artuarsuk, Disco, Morten Pedersen; Onjigsak, Disco, Morten Peder-
Sen 233.
Potentilla Pedersenit Rydb. was based upon P. subquinata
Pedersenti Rydb. In describing the latter I had only one collec-
tion in flower, viz., Morten Pedersen 470, and the description was
drawn wholly from that. Laying too much stress upon the pe-
culiar rootstock of this species and almost overlooking more
essential characters, I referred carelessly to it several sterile speci-
mens with a similar rootstock. These do not belong to it and
Dr. Wolf is fully correct in his criticism of me for basing the
variety on a mixture and for including in it specimens which he
refers to P. nivea and var. subquinata. The type specimen he
regards as a small-flowered P. Wahliana. With this I can not
agree. Itis true that it has something of the habit of P. Wahliana,
the long hairs, although not yellowish, of that species, and the
pubescent upper surface of the leaves; but it does not have the
large, broad, and overlapping petals of P. Wahliana, or the oval
or elliptic obtusish bractlets characteristic of that species and P.
villosa. It has the flowers of Potentilla nivea. It could be a
hybrid of P. nivea and P. Wahliana.
Dr. Wolf regards both P. uniflora and P. Hookertana as vari-
502 Rypsperc: Nores ON ROSACEAE
eties of P. nivea. P. Hookeriana, at least, is very distinct, and
were it not for the 3-foliolate leaves, I would associate it with the
MULTIFIDAE group, especially with P. pseudosericea and P. pauct-
juga. The style is just as fusiform as in those species and the
inflorescence is compact as in that group, not open as in the typical
species of the NIVEAE.
Dr. Wolf also regards P. prostrata as a variety of P. nivea, in
this respect following Dr. Lehmann, but neither Lehmann nor
Wolf seems to have seen the type of P. prostrata Rottboell. Dr.
Wolf refers to it a specimen collected by Morten Pedersen, labeled
as P. quinquefolia Rydb., but according to Wolf, better referable to
P.nivea macrophylla. It is probably Pedersen 496 that is referred
to, but this has nothing to do with P. prostrata Rottb. The type
of the latter is in the herbarium of the Botanical Garden at
Copenhagen, where I saw it in 1901 and drew from it the descrip-
tion which is found in the North American Flora. I have seen
no other specimen resembling it, and no form of P. nivea or of any
of the species often included in it approaches it. The leaflets
resemble those of P. gracilis but are three in number, and the
flower and inflorescence are different.
NEW YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN.
Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal plain—
Vi. Georgia
Epwarp W. BERRY
No fossil plants have been specifically recorded from the
coastal plain of Georgia, although several Eocene plant localities
are mentioned by McCallie in his Report on the Underground
Waters of Georgia* and one of the following Cretaceous localities
is mentioned by Veatch in his recent Report on the Clay Deposits
of Georgia.t With the exception of this latter locality near Buena
Vista in Marion County all of the following localities have been
discovered recently by Dr. L. W. Stephenson or the writer.
Both Lower and Upper Cretaceous deposits are present in
Georgia, the former, which have thus far proved unfossiliferous,
extending entirely across the state along the “‘fall-line’’ and the
latter extensively developed west of the Ocmulgee River, which is
in the central part of the state, being transgressed east of that
point by the late Eocene.
These Upper Cretaceous deposits have been divided by Veatch,
on lithologic grounds, into five units, which are, from the oldest
to the youngest, the Eutaw (=Tuscaloosa formation), Blufftown,
Cusseta, Renfroes, and Providence. They emphasize slight alter-
ations in conditions of sedimentation whereby beds predominantly
of sand alternate with marl, the Blufftown and Renfroes phases
representing the latter type of sediments. These lithologic phases
are fairly well defined in the western part of the state but merge
toward the eastward into an indivisible series of sands with local
clay lenses, for the most part unfossiliferous. The geology of
this area, no doubt with a revised nomenclature, will be published
shortly by Dr. Stephenson, so that the foregoing very brief out-
line will suffice in the present connection.
Determinable fossil plants have beeen collected from the follow-
ing five localities:
Geol. Sarr. Georgia, Bull. 15: 36, 336, 347. 1908.
rs: Surv. Georgia, Bull. 18: 88. 1909.
503
504 BerRRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
1. McBride’s Ford—This locality is in the basal part of the
Tuscaloosa formation, on the left bank of Upatoi Creek, about
10 miles southeast of Columbus, in Chattahoochee County. The
plants were all collected from one small clay lens and include the
following species:
_ Andromeda cretacea Lesq?
Andromeda Wardiana Lesq.
Androvettia sp. nov.
Aralia sp. nov.
Brachyphyllum macrocarpum
Newb.
Cinnamomum Heerii Lesq.?
Cinnamomum intermedium
Newb.
Eucalyptus angusta Velen.
Ficus ovatifolia Berry.
Juglans arctica Heer?
Magnolia Boulayana Lesq.
Magnolia Capellini Heer.
Manthotites sp. nov.
Menispermites sp. nov.
Paliurus sp. nov.
Salix flexuosa Newb.
Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.)
Heer.
Tumion carolinianum Berry?
Zizyphus sp. nov.
The Sequoia and Androvettia are the most abundant forms and
the horizon indicated by the general facies of the foregoing 19
species is one homotaxial with the Tuscaloosa formation of Ala-
bama, the Black Creek formation of the Carolinas, the Magothy
formation of the northern coastal plain, and the Dakota-Woodbine
formations of the western Gulf and interior.
2. Broken Arrow Bend.—This locality is on the left bank of
the Chattahoochee River about 13 miles below Columbus in
Chattahoochee County, and the flora, as at the preceding locality,
comes from small clay lenses near the base of the Tuscaloosa
formation. The following species have been recognized:
Malapoenna horrellensis Berry? Salix flecuosa Newb.
Phragmites Prattti Berry. Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.)
Salix eutawensis Berry. Heer.
The Sequoia is characteristic and is the most abundant form
present. The horizon indicated is the same as in the preceding
case.
3. Chimney Bluff——This locality is on the left bank of the
Chattahoochee River about 22 miles below Columbus and still in
Chattahoochee County. The plants from this locality are near
BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 505
the top of the Tuscaloosa formation and include the following
species:
Araucaria bladenensis Berry. Salix flecuosa Newb.
Araucaria Jeffreyi Berry. Salix Lesquereuxti Berry.
Ficus crassipes Heer. Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.)
Ficus Krausiana Heer. Heer.
The Sequoia is rare at this outcrop and Araucaria bladenensis
is the most abundant form. The indicated horizon does not
differ greatly from that of the preceding localities.
4. Near Buena Vista.—This locality is in a gully along the
Buena Vista-Tazewell road, about 6 miles northeast of the former
town in Marion County. The horizon is that of the so-called
Cusseta sands and the following identifiable species, based on poor
and scattered material, indicate a flora not appreciably different
from the preceding:
Andromeda Novae- Caesareae Manthotites sp. nov. (same as at
Hollick. McBride’s Ford).
Araucaria bladenensis Berry. Monocotyledon, gen. et sp. nov.
Eucalyptus angusta Velen. common to the Black Creek
Ficus sp. nov. and Tuscaloosa formations).
5. Near Byron.—This locality is in a cut of the Central of
Georgia Railway about 1.5 miles northeast of Byron in Houston
County. The specimens are few and poor but point to a correla-
tion with the Cusseta sands near Buena Vista. The following have
been identified, of which the Cunninghamites is the most abundant:
Araucaria Jeffreyi Berry. Dryopteris sp. nov.
Cunninghamites elegans (Corda)
ndl
When this Upper Cretaceous flora, which consists of but 32
determinable species, is compared with allied floras one is struck
with its paucity. For example, the Tuscaloosa flora of Alabama
probably contains about 200 species, the Black Creek flora of the
Carolinas about 100 species and the Magothy flora considerably
more than 100 species. It is evident that the Georgia flora pre-
sents but a meager picture of the contemporaneous vegetation
of the Piedmont area of Georgia. Another noticeable feature is
506 Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
the coriaceous nature of most of the leaves. The conifers, which
are among the slowest plants to succumb to maceration, are the
most abundant types, and the various andromedas, magnolias,
and lanceolate leaves of Ficus are also very resistant. The con-
clusion is obvious that all of the more delicate plant remains
that floated into the Cretaceous sea were destroyed, and this is
corroborated by the character of the sediments, which are pre-
dominantly sandy and indicate deposition in shallow much agi-
tated waters. Possibly the Cretaceous coast-line in this region
was not broken by any re-entrants of any size, which usually offer
exceptional opportunities for the formation of bars and lagoons
and the resulting mud-flats, which furnish such excellent facilities
for the preservation of the terrestrial vegetation supplied by the
tributary rivers. We know that vegetable matter was abundant
in these Cretaceous waters from the lignitic character of many
of the sands and from the dark carbonaceous clays, but the bulk
of it was evidently thoroughly triturated and comminuted before
entombment. Possibly too, subsequent erosion of the landward
margins of the sediments may account for the absence of land
plants, since at McBride’s Ford near the landward margin of the
deposits they are so much more abundant than at any of the
other localities.
These thirty-two Georgia Cretaceous species are distributed
among seventeen families in fifteen orders. They include a single
polypodiaceous fern and seven species of conifers, most of the latter
apparently referable to the Araucarieae, although the relatively
primitive Taxaceae are represented by a species of Tumion. There
are two monocotyledons of little significance and twenty-two dicot-
yledons of various affinities, including four figs, three willows,
three andromedas, two magnolias, and two cinnamomums.
Perhaps the most remarkable form collected is a new species
of Euphorbiaceae, very similar to the modern tropical genera Ja-
tropha and Manihot. These leaves are of immense size and are
represented in the collections by the two nearly complete leaves,
restorations of which are here figured, and by a number of frag-
ments. This species, which is unlike anything previously known
either in this country or abroad, may be briefly characterized as
follows :—
BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 507
Manihotites georgiana gen. et sp. nov.
Leaves large, 36 cm. t m, in diameter, palmately and
0 48 c
deeply lobate, the main lobes dichotomously sublobate. Base
probably peltate. Margins entire, more or less undulate. Tex-
ture coriaceous. Venation coarse, consisting of five or six stout
primaries diverging at acute angles from the top of the petiole,
Ficure 1. Restoration of Manihotites georgiana Berry, from the Upper Cretaceous
of Georgia. (X14
size and running to the apex of a subordinate lobe. — There are a
sparse number of relatively fine secondaries diverging at angles
of about 45° or more and apparently camptodrome. The deep and
narrow but rounded sinuses approach to within three to five centi-
meters of the base and divide the leaf into five or more major
lobes and these are subdivided by more or less deep sinuses of a
similar character into inequilateral, ovate-lanceolate, obtusely
pointed, subordinate lobes. [FIGURES I and 2.
508 Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
There was considerable variation in the lobation of these
leaves as is shown by the specimens figured. It seems very prob-
able that these two leaves were from a single plant, since it is very
unlikely that two separate leaves of this size and of the same degree
of preservation would have found their way out into the Cretaceous
sea and have come to rest within a few inches of one another in
this very small clay lens which was not over ten feet in diameter
and which was several miles from the Cretaceous shore. The one
leaf has the lobes broadly rounded and each main lobe divided
Ficure 2. Restoration of a second nearly complete leaf of Manihotites georgiana
Berry, from the Upper Cretaceous of Georgia. (xX 1/3.33)
into two nearly equal subordinate lobes, while in the other leaf
these subordinate lobes are subdivided in a like manner and some
of these subdivisions are again subdivided.
The only fossils that are at all comparable to this species are,
first, the forms from the Raritan formation in New Jersey described
by Professor Newberry as Fontainea grandifolia;* second, those
named Haliserites Reichii by Sternbergt from their supposed algal
nature, although they are clearly angiospermous as Rothpletz has
*Newberry, Fl. Amboy Clays 96. pl. 45. f. 1-4. 1806.
TSternberg, Fl. Vorwelt 2: 34. pl. 24. f. 7. 1833
Berry: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 509
recently pointed out.* The latter fossils come from the Ceno-
manian of Saxony, while a third form, suggestive of the Georgia
fossils from the Cenomanian of Bohemia, is called by Velenovsky
Aralia furcata.t
The Georgia plant is, however, entirely distinct from any of
these forms and it has been compared with a large amount of
recent material such as Jatropha, Cecropia, various tropical
Araliaceae, etc. It proves to be closest, however, to certain
species of the genus Manzhot of Adanson and it is believed that
the remarkably variable leaves in the latter genus furnish a satis-
factory clue to the relationship of this Cretaceous species, since
no other comparable modern genus has leaves with similar wavy
margins and inequilateral rounded lobes. This relationship is
indicated in the generic name chosen for the Georgia fossils. The
modern genus Manihot has between eighty and one hundred
species in the American tropics.
An effort to picture accurately the environment of this flora is
beset with unusual difficulties, as may be imagined from what has
already been said. It is safe to assume that the climate was mild
and humid, the latter being probably the most important factor
aside from the absence of frost. That the temperature was not
tropical in character we may assume from the manner in which
this flora preserves its integrity when traced northward over a good
many degrees of latitude. Judged by the facts of the present-
day geographical distribution of plants, this flora presents an
antipodean facies with its Eucalyptus and abundant Araucarieae, |
but this is only another way of emphasizing its Mesozoic character,
since the abundant evidence at our command shows that both of
these types were practically cosmopolitan in the Mesozoic. An-
other feature, strange in the eyes of modern plant geographers
is the curious mingling of forms which in the existing flora are to
a greater or less extent climatically segregated. Willows and wal-
nuts growing with figs, eucalypts, laurels, and araucarias would
indeed be anomalous in the present flora, but this and similar
associations are familiar enough in fossil floras not only during
the Mesozoic but well into the Cenozoic.
*Rothpletz, Zeits. Deutsch. Geol. Gesells. 48: 904. 1896.
TVelenovsky, Fl. Béhm. Kreidef. 3: 13. pl. 4. f. 1. 1884.
510 BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN
Even though no close comparisons with modern ecological
groups are possible it would seem that if the Upper Cretaceous
flora were existing at the present time it would be included by
ecological botanists under that somewhat elastic head which Schim-
per calls ‘‘temperate rain-forests.’’ In no other modern plant
associations do we find that commingling of temperate and tropical
types that we find in certain present-day temperate rain-forests,
as for example those of southern Chile, southern Japan, northern
Australia, and New Zealand. In the last mentioned we find
aralias, laurels, Cinnamomum, Magnolia, and Sterculia associated
with Quercus, Fagus, Gleichenia, Dryopteris, Dicksonia, etc. In
some respects this type in New Zealand is the most tropical in
its facies and more like our eastern American Upper Cretaceous
floras than any other existing flora. In New Zealand conifers
are abundant and include forms with reduced leaves like Lzbo-
cedrus and Dacrydium, as well as forms with broad leaves like
Dammara, Podocarpus, and Phyllocladus. Dicotyledonae are
numerous and varied, including between 100 and 150 species,
among which forms of Myrtaceae, Lauraceae, Proteaceae, etc., with
coriaceous leaves are prominent. The undergrowth is rich in
tree-ferns and various genera of Araliaceae.
When this modern flora is compared element for element with
the coastal plain Cretaceous flora many differences naturally
become apparent, nevertheless the resemblance between the two
is remarkable. In the coastal plain Cretaceous floras the narrow
or scale-leaved conifers are represented by Sequoia, Moriconia,
Brachyphyllum, and Widdringtonites. Dammara represents the
broad-leaved araucarias, while Androvettia and Protophyllocladus
represent the modern Phyllocladus. The dicotyledons are nu-
merous and varied with a mixing of temperate and tropical types
and with numerous coriaceous forms belonging to a number of
the same families as do the New Zealand plants. Aralias are
common in the former as in the latter. That the Cretaceous
rainfall was plentiful may be inferred, not only from the species
of plants preserved, but also from the formation of dripping
points on various leaves, this feature being especially emphasized
in the Tuscaloosa flora of Alabama, although it is often obscured
by the facility with which these long slender tips are broken off by
current action before entombment.
BERRY: MersOzOIC FLORA OF THE COASTAL PLAIN 511
The present brief note is in the nature of an abstract of a full
discussion of the Georgia flora which will be published by the
U.S. Geological Survey, to the Director of which the writer is
indebted for the permission to publish the present paper, setting
forth such conclusions as seemed to be of especial botanical interest.
Jouns Hopkins UNIVERSITY,
BALTIMORE, Mp.
Additions to the flora of peninsular Florida
Il. NATURALIZED SPECIES
JoHN K. SMALL
The plants recorded in the following list represent species
chiefly new to the hitherto known flora of the United States.
Two of the species have been established on the Florida Keys for
many years, and two have been collected in other parts of the
United States. The others have been brought into peninsular
Florida from many foreign countries and only recently established
themselves as members of our naturalized flora. The specimens
were for the most part secured through explorations in Florida
maintained by the New York Botanical Garden.
CYPERUS ALTERNIFOLIUS L.
It was a surprise to find this African plant established in the
Everglades. In company with Mr. J. J. Carter, I discovered it
growing in the front prairie at a point about five miles south of
Black Point Creek and two miles east of Naranja. The plant was
evidently carried there through the agency of animals. Specimens
were collected on January 14, 1909, Small & Carter 2911.
RHOEO DISCOLOR (L’Her.) Hance
This species, commonly cultivated in Florida, has begun to
establish itself beyond the limits of the gardens, and should now
be recognized as a member of our wild flora.
The writer collected specimens in pinelands about Miami in
November, 1904, Small 2295, while Mr. A. A. Eaton discovered
naturally self-supporting plants at Chatham Bay, on the opposite
side of the state, in the spring of 1905.
ANEILEMA NUDIFLORUM R. Br.
This East Indian plant is now thoroughly established about
Braidentown, Florida, and is said to be spreading rapidly. Mr.
J. H. Simpson has had it under observation for several years past
513
514 SMALL: THE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA
and reports that it has now become a permanent member of the
flora of this continent.
ZEBRINA PENDULA Sch.
A copious growth of this species was discovered in the heart
of a dense hammock near the beach south of Palm Beach, Florida,
in November, 1904, Small 2168. If the species is not indigenous
it was doubtless carried to where I found it by birds or by other
animals.
ANANAS ANANAS (L.) Lyons
The pineapple has become spontaneous on the mainland as
well as on the Florida Keys, particularly in abandoned fields and
adjacent pinelands.
SANSEVIERA GUINEENSIS Willd.
This African plant, now widely cultivated in the tropics, is
naturalized in peninsular Florida, and Dr. Britton also found it
growing in waste places in Key West in the spring of 1903.
MUSA SAPIENTUM L.
The common banana has established itself in low hammocks
near Miami. Itisabundant between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler,
and thrives particularly well in Snapper Hammock. Specimens
were collected there in November, 1904, Small 2254.
Musa CAVENDISHII Lamb.
The dwarf banana, now widely cultivated in southern Florida,
is also naturalized. It is not uncommon in waste and abandoned
grounds about Miami, and I have observed it at points farther
north along the east coast. Specimens were collected in Snapper
Hammock between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in November,
1904, Small 2251.
ALPINIA SPECIOSA (Wendl.) Schum.
Recent exploration in the Everglades has discovered this East
Indian plant as a naturalized member of our flora. Mr. J. J.
Carter and the writer found the plants established in hammocks
between Perrine and Cutler on November 16, 1906, no. 2460.
SMALL: THE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA 515
ACHYRANTHES ASPERA L.
This tropical American plant was found in the Brickel Ham-
mock near Miami on February 20, 1905, by Mr. A. A. Eaton
(no. 1188). This collection adds a second species of the genus
Achyranthes to our flora. Achyranthes obtusifolia was collected
on Key West several years before.
GOMPHRENA DECUMBENS Jacq.
A native of Mexico, or perhaps of Texas and Mexico, this
relative of the Bachelors Button, Gomphrena globosa, has been
introduced into other countries chiefly through its cultivation in
gardens. As early as 1897 Mr. N. K. Berg collected specimens
at Tampa, and in 1903 Dr. Britton collected specimens in the
same region, no. So.
CLITORIA TERNATEA L,
This plant, originally from the East Indies, but now widely
dispersed through the tropics, has escaped from cultivation in
Florida. Specimens were collected by the writer in pinelands
between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in November, 1904, no. 2225.
Cajan Cajan (L.) Pollard
Within the last few years this species has escaped from culti-
vation and established itself in several localities in the vicinity of
Miami. Collections were recently made as follows:
Pinelands between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small 2229.
Pinelands about Arch Creek, Small 2305.
DoticHos LABLAB L.
The hyacinth bean, grown in Florida both as an ornamental
and an esculent plant, has become established as a member of
our flora. Specimens were collected by the writer about Miami
in November, 1904.
PHASEOLUS VULGARIS L.
The common bean has established itself in southern Florida.
It occurs not only in waste grounds, but also in the pinelands
remote from settlements or other human habitations. Its occur-
516 SMALL: LHE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA
rence in the pinelands may be accounted for by the former exist-
ence of camps. Specimens were collected in pinelands between
Cocoanut Grove and Cutler in the fall of 1903, Small & Carter
1280.
PHASEOLUS LUNATUS L.
The Lima bean became naturalized in Florida under the same
conditions as the Phaseolus vulgaris. Specimens were collected
on hammock islands between Homestead and Cross Key in the
fall of 1906, Small & Carter 2572. The plant occurs under nearly
similar conditions on Andros, Bahamas.
CICCA DISTICHA L.
This native of the East Indies, known as the Otaheite goose-
berry, now widely cultivated in the tropics, has escaped from
cultivation in South Florida, where it is grown for its fruits, which
are used as a substitute for gooseberries. Specimens were col-
lected in pinelands near Miami in November, 1904, Small 2227.
/’ Breynia nivosa (W. G. Smith) Small, comb. nov.
Phyllanthus nivosus W. G. Smith
This plant, very commonly cultivated in gardens, and par-
ticularly used for hedges, in southern Florida, where it grows
luxuriantly, has begun to spread beyond the limits of cultivated
grounds. It makes itself perfectly at home in the pinelands and
on the edges of hammocks. Specimens were collected near Miam
in November, 1904, Small 2218. The plant is also becoming
naturalized in the West Indies.
THESPESIA POPULNEA (L.) Soland.
Although introduced on the Florida Keys long ago and growing
naturally there for many years, this shrub or tree apparently did
not reach the mainland until recently. Specimens were collected
along the shore of Biscayne Bay near Cutler in 1905, by Dr.
S. H. Richmond, of Cutler. The fruits from which these trees
originated were evidently floated across the bay from the Keys.
Hipiscus SABDARIFFA L.
The roselle or Jamaica sorrel, cultivated in southern Florida for
its edible flowers, has become established in pinelands and waste
SMALL: THE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA 517
places about Miami. The plant is a vigorous grower and thrives
exceedingly well in that region. Specimens were collected there
in November, 1904, Small 2280.
HIBISCUS CANNABINUS L.
The ambaree or brown Indian hemp is naturalized in both
pinelands and about hammocks in southern Florida. Specimens
were collected near Miami in the fall of 1903 by the writer and
Mr. J. J. Cartes;
Hipiscus Rosa-sINEnsis L.
The Chinese rose or Shoe-black plant, cultivated throughout
peninsular Florida, chiefly for its showy flowers, is naturalized,
especially in the southern portions of the peninsula. We have
specimens collected on the west coast at Pinellas, by Mr. Otto
Frank and on the east coast about Miami by the writer.
JASMINUM GRANDIFLORUM L.
This widely cultivated tropical plant has escaped Kon culti-
vation and is growing spontaneously in the pinelands north and
south of Miami. Specimens were collected at two stations in
November, 1904:
Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, Small 2223.
About Arch Creek, Small 2307.
ANGELONIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Benth.
This tropical American plant, commonly cultivated in gardens,
has become established as a member of our wild flora in southern
peninsular Florida. Specimens were collected in Dade County,
in December, 1903, by Mr. A. A. Eaton, no. 872.
RUSSELLIA JUNCEA Zucc.
This Mexican shrub, commonly cultivated in gardens, has now
become established in peninsular Florida. Professor P. H. Rolfs
reports it as especially plentiful about towns on the west coast.
THUNBERGIA FRAGRANS Roxb.
Several species of Thunbergia are generally cultivated in
Florida, but only one seems to have become naturalized. The
species cited above was collected growing wild in waste places
518 SMALL: THE FLORA OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA
as early as 1894, at Eustis, Nash 728. The writer has observed
it in similar localities at several towns in the peninsula.
PAEDERIA FOETIDA L.
This vine, remarkable for the very offensive odor of its foliage
when bruised, has become established about Sanford. Specimens
were collected there by Mr. S. Rapp in 1903.
TRIDAX PROCUMBENS L.
This tropical American species, hitherto known as a member
of our flora only from the Florida Keys, is now very plentiful and
permanently established in southern peninsular Florida. Speci-
mens have been collected as follows:
Miami, November, 1903, Small & Carter.
Dade County, December, 1903, Eaton 458.
Between Cocoanut Grove and Cutler, November, 1904, Small
230.
Near Arch Creek, Dade County, November, 1904, Small 2245.
EMILIA SONCHIFOLIA (L.) DC.
This plant of the old world tropics is now firmly established
in southern Florida, where the following collections have been
made:
Dade County, Eaton rr5o.
Palm Beach, Small 2129.
Between Miami and Kendall Station, Small & Carter 2755.
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1910)
The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in seat or based upon American material ; the word,Amer-
ica being used in its broadest s
Reviews, and papers which ce exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture,
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not inc
noa ttempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is
wholly to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or cee pee kindness will be appreciated
This d monthly on cards, and furnished i in this form to subscribers,
at the rate of one sek for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre-
spondence lees to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Club
Agrelius, F. U. G. Investigations regarding the phloém and food-conduc-
tion in plants. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 5: 169-179. pl. 36, 37- Ap 1910.
4 Bailey, I. W. Oxidizing enzymes and their relation to “sap stain’”’ in lum-
ber. Bot. Gaz. 50: 142-147. 18 Au Igto.
Bartlett, H. H. Vernonia georgiana, a new species related to V. oligo-
phylla. Rhodora 12: 171, 172. 15 Au 1910.
Bicknell, E. P. Have we enough New England blackberries? Bull.
Torrey Club 37: 393-403. 8S 1910.
Billings, F. H. The nutrition of the embryo sac in certain Labiatae.
Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 5: 67-83. pl. rr-14. Ap 1910.
Bunton, L. Histology of Townsendia exscapa and Lesquerella spathulata.
Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 5: 183-205. pl. 38-40. Ap 1910.
Christensen, C. Ueber einige Farne in O. Swartz’ herbarium. Arkiv Bot.
9": 1-46. pl. 1-5. 22 F 1910.
Clark, E. D. The plant oxidases. 1-111. Easton, Pa. 1910.
Clute, W. N. The arrow-leaved Hemionitis. Hemionitis arifolia.
Bull. 18: 76-78. Jl 1910. [IIlust.]
Cockerell, T. D. A. A new variety of the sunflower. Science II. 32: 384.
16 S 1910.
. Fern
519
520 InDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Davis, B. M. Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in algae. Am,
Nat. 44: 513-532. S 1910.
Deane, W. Teratology in Trillium. Rhodora 12: 163-166. 15 Au I9QI0.
Dusen, P. Neue Gefasspflanzen aus Parana (Siidbrasilien). Arkiv Bot.
9: 1-37. f.13 + pl. 1-8. 20 Je 1910.
Dutton, D. L. Habitat of Botrychium simplex. Fern Bull. 18: 87. Jl
1910.
Fernald, M: L., & Wiegand, K.M. Notes on some northeastern species of
Spergularia. Rhodora 12: 157-163. 15 Au 1910.
Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. A summer’s botanizing in eastern
Maine and western New Brunswick. Rhodora 12: 101-121. 13 Je
1910; 133-146. pl. 84. 14 Jl 1910.
Fiebrig, K. Ein Beitrag zur Pflanzengeographie Boliviens. Bot. Jahrb.
45: 1-68. 9 Au I9gto.
Fries, R. E. Uber den Bau der Cortesia-Bliite, ein Beitrag zur Morphologie
und Systematik der Borragineen. Arkiv Bot. 9": 1-13. f. -4. 15 Ap
Ig10.
Gager, C. S. The Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
II: 190, 191. Au 1910.
Harper, R.A. Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in fungi. Am.
Nat. 44: 533-546. S IgI0.
Harper, R. M. A quantitative study of the more conspicuous vegetation
of the coastal plain, as observed in traveling from Georgia to New York
in July. Bull. Torrey Club 37: 405-428. f. 7. 8S 1910.
Harris, J. A. On the relationship between the length of the pod and
fertility and fecundity in Cercis. Bot. Gaz. 50: 117-127. f. r. 18 Au
1910.
Hill, E. J. Fern notes. Fern Bull. 18: 65-76. Jl 1910.
Livingston, B. E. Operation of the porous cup atmometer. Plant World
13: 111-119. My Igto.
Merrill, E. D. An enumeration of Philippine Leguminosae with keys to
the genera and species. Philippine Jour. Sci. 5: (Bot.) 1-94. My
1910; 95-136. Jl 1910.
’ Morris, F. J. A. Fern hunting in Ontario—I. Ottawa Nat. 24: 65-74:
9g Jl ro10;—II. Ottawa Nat. 24: 86-93. 3 Au 1910;—III. Ottawa
Nat. 24: 97-106. 10S 1910.
Murrill, W. A. A new Boletus from Mexico.
I9IO.
Ceriomyces jalapensis sp. nov
Mycologia 2: 248. 23 5
INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 521
Nash, G. V. The collections in the conservatory court. Jour. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. 11: 192-195. pl. 8r. Au 1910.
O’Gara, P. J. Occurrence of mistletoe ( Phoradendron flavescens) on Prunus
Simoni. Science IT. 32: 306. 2S 1910.
Prescott, A. Botrychium ramosum. Fern. Bull. 18: 86. Jl 1910.
Prescott, A. The boulder fern. Fern Bull. 18: 81, 82. Jl 1910.
Ramaley, F. Remarks on some northern Colorado plant communities
with special reference to Boulder Park (Tolland, Colorado). Univ.
Colorado Studies 7: 223-236. Je 1910.
Rehder, A. Lonicera prolifera and L. flavida. Rhodora 12: 166, 167.
15 Au 1910.
Richards, A. Mitosis in the root-tip cells of peice peltatum. Kan-
sas Univ. Sci. Bull. §: 87-93. pl. 15, 16.
» Schreiner, O., & Skinner, J. J. Some effects z a harmful organic soil
constituent. Bot. Gaz. 50; 161-181. f. 1-11. 21S I1g10.
Sheldon, M. Koeberlinia spinosa Zucc.: an ecological study of the an-
atomy of the stem and some other parts. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 5:
97-110. pl. 17-25. Ap 1910.
Small, J. K. A new terrestrial orchid. Torreya 10: 186-188. 29 Au 1910.
Carteria corallicola gen. et sp. nov.
Small, J.K. The geographical distribution of Lespedeza striata. Torreya
10: 207, 208. 23S 1910
Smith, F. G. Development of the ovulate strobilus and young ovule in
Zamia floridana. Bot. Gaz. 50: 128-141. f. r-22. 18 Au 1910.
Soth, B. The arctic-alpine flora of Pike’s Peak. Plant World 13: 105-109.
My 1910.
Soth, B. Potentillae of the arctic-alpine zone on Pike’s Peak. Torreya 1 10:
193, 194. 23S 1910.
Stapf, O. Fouquierias plendens. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8318. Je
1910.
Stiefelhagen, H. Systematische und pflanzengeographische Studien zur
Kenntnis der Gattung Scrophularia. Bot. Jarhb. 44: 406-408. 22 Mr
1910; 409-496. 9 Au 1910.
Stokey, A.G. The sporangium of Lycopodium pithyoides. Bot. Gaz. 50:
218-220. pl. 7. 21 S 1910.
Thompson, W. P. The origin of ray tracheids in the Coniferae. Bot.
Gaz. 50: 101-116. f. 1-16. 18 Au 1910.
-
§22 InDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Thomson, R. B. A modification of a Jung-Thoma sliding microtome for
cutting wood. Bot. Gaz. 50: 148, 149. 18 Au 1910. {Illust.]
Treichler, A. C. Prostrate juniper. Forest Leaves 12: 168. O 1910.
{Illust.].
Trelease, W. Species in Agave. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 49: 232-237. pl.
32, 33. Jl 1910.
Vail, A. M., & Rydberg, P. A. Zygophyllaceae. N. Am. Flora 25: 103-
116. 3 Je 1910.
Vinal, W.G. A guide for laboratory and field studies in botany. 1-30.
Huntington, W. Va. [Mr rgrol.
Vries, H. de. A new principle in the mechanism of nuclear division. Sci-
ence IT, 32: 182, 183. 5 Au I9gto.
Walker, E.R. Conditions influencing the growth of Usnea longissima.
Plant World 13: 173, 174. Jl 1910.
Weatherby, C. A. American forms of Lycopodium complanatum. Proc.
Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 45: 412-415. [20] My toto.
Weatherby, C. A. A preliminary synopsis of the genus Echeandia. Proc.
Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 45: 387-394. [20] My 1910.
Weatherby, C.A. Mexican phanerogams.—Notes and new species. Proc.
Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 45: 422-428. [20] My 1910.
White, J. Cruciferae of County Peel. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 65.
1910.
Wiegand, K. M. The relation of hairy and cutinized coverings to trans-
piration. Bot. Gaz. 49: 430-444. f. z. 23 Je 1910.
Williams, E. F. Notes on the flora of Franklin County, Massachusetts.
Rhodora 12: 168-170. 15 Au 1910.
Wilson, H. L. Gracilariophila, a new parasite on Gracilaria confervoides.
Univ. California Publ. Bot. 4: 75-84. pl. 12, 13. 26 My 1910.
Wolf, F. A. The prevalence of certain parasitic and saprophytic fungi in
orchards as determined by plate cultures. Plant World 13: 164-172.
f.r. Jl 1910; 190-202. f. 4,5. Au 1910.
Wolf, F. A. Formation of adventitious roots by the hackberry tree.
Plant World 13: 174, 175. Jl 1910.
Wolf, F. A. The leaf blight of the American mistletoe, Phoradendron
flavescens (Pursh) Nutt. Mycologia 2: 241-244. pl. 32. 23 S 1910.
Macrophoma Phoradendri Wolf.
BOTANICAL BOOKS
FRANKLIN BOOKSHOP
S. N. RHOADS, PROPRIETOR
920 WALNUT ST. PHILADELPHIA
Dealing in second-hand books, journals and excerpts relating to all branches of Natural History.
Catalogs.
"THE BRYOLOGIST
WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics,
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings
and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional
as well asamateur. Send forsample copy. Subscription price $1.00 a year
Address, Mrs. ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.
INDEX TO
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is reissued on
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each card.
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLece oF PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City.
From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
baper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $3.00 a year.
Back Numbers of The
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
are wanted to complete files as follows:
Vol. 7 (1880), Nos. 1 and 9 Vol. 15 (1888), No. 2
Vol. 9 (1882), No, 1 Vol. 16 (1889), No. 4
Vol. 11 (1884), Nos. 1 and 2 Vol. 17 (1890), No. 4
Vol. 12 (1885), Nos. 2 and 3 Vol. 18 (1891), No. 1
Those possessing the numbers desired are requested to state prices. Address
EDITOR, TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
New York Botanical Garden Bronx Park, New York City
North American Flora
HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing independently
| of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Gree nland, Centra
America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Trinidad,
Tobago, and Curacao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is
mie South American.
will be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
bas rach the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles ~
P. Dal “ig
It is planned to issue eae as unis as they can be As sate the extent of
the ck making it possible commence publication at an ber s is nts.
The completed work will form a series of volumes hoe om Rlicwing aorese
Volume 1. pig te ce yta, Diatomace
Fun
Ss It gee.
Volumes 14 and 15. Bryophyt
Volume 16. Pteridophyta se! Se watansieace:
Volumes . - 19. Monocotyledones.
Volumes oO 30. he pace las nes
The pr eparation of the work has been referred by the Scientific Directors of the
Garden to a te ittee eget of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr.
J. H. Barnhar
Professor i F. Atkinson, of Cornell pomehe Professors Charles R. Barn
and John M. Coulter, of the University of Chicago, Mr. ve wae k 2 oe of the
United States iy anager f Agriculture, Profs fe ides . Greene, of the United
States National Museum, Professor Byron D. Halsted, of "Ruger Caliees, and Pro-
fessor William T release, of the Memese tome Garden
n, have consented to act as
an advisory comm
e following parts have been published :
Vol. 7. Part 1, ti ara by G. P, Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule-
dinaceae, and Aecidiaceae (pars), by J. C. Arthur.
ol. 9. Parts 1 and 2, Polyporaceae, by W. A. Murrill. Part 3, Boletaceae, by
i ham
ol. 16. Part r; eo aneegy: ghd L. M. gener Ae and RC, Benedict
Marattiaceae, by n undaceae and C ot a a by R
Benedict ; Schizaeaceae, Glackentscea, and Cdpicnioes (ua, by W. R. Maxon.
Vol. 17. Part 1, Typhaceae, by P. W ; Sparg cine Please, and Hy-
oo by P. A. Rydberg ; Zannichelincen oes eae, Cymodoceaceae,
Naiadaceae, and Lilaeaceae, by N. Taylor; Scheuchze eiacene, by N. a “Buttes ‘
remem by J. K. Small; Butomaceae mr Poaceae (pars), by G. V. Nash.
ol. 22. Part 1, Podostemonaceae, by G. V. Nash; Crasulaceae by N. L.
Britton and J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and pcemgens byP. A . Rydberg. Part 2,
Saxifragaceae and rehtares a by J. K.5S and P. A. Ryd berg; ge capeinie
eaceae, and Hamamelidacese y N. L. Bri a Paruesidccens:; by J. K. Small ;
Altingiaceae, by P. Wilson Thyllonomaceae by i. H. Rus ers Part 3s Grossularia-
e, ape Coville and N : Britton Fe haga by H, Glea Crossoso-
mataceae, by J. K. Sm ee by N ritton ; Pe ce by C. L.
cra Rasen rpm by P. A. Rydberg. me 4, Rosaceae (pars), by P. A.
nn a 25. Part : pra by L. T. Hanks and J. K. Small; Oxalidaceae
and Linaceae, by J. K ; Erythroxylaceae, by N. L. Britton.
The subscription price is fixed at $1.50 for each part; it is expected that four or
five parts will be required for — volume. A limited number of separate parts will
be sold at $2.00 each. Addre
“THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART:
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
. MEmoirs OF THE DEPARTMENT :
ol A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polypore: (189 5). By John Kunkel Oe Fellow in Botany, 1893-
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-18
Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price das
Monograph of the North Aiericdh Potentilleae (1898).
By fa re Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, a ad
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE Sanaa
Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00
Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897 rice $5.00
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00.
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200. 1901-1902. Price $5.00.
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903-(current).
List of separate numbers available on application,
3 ext-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert
So Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896.
230 pages, 76 plates. bet de 25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper).
Published by Will ard N. Clute & Co. amton, N. Y.
The Department Ie nee relative to oe of her-
barium material for any of the above named publications. Address
Dr. Faye C. Curtis, Columbia Guise, N. Y
An Illu — F es of the Northern United eves Canada, and
the British Posses: m Newfoundland to ~ Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel oad Britton, ati
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi
son Brown.
Thre ee volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol.
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in i abe text, diesurstinig” ates
species described.
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ-
ately, $10.0
é geen Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1goo.
By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907.
odecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt &
Co., New York. Price, $1.00.
6. Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un-
derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. :
de ecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt &
Co. Price $1.50.
7. Nature and Development of Plants (1907). By Carlton Clar-
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895; Tutor in Botany,
1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; Adjunct Professor of
Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany, 1910—
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published by Henry Holt
& Co., New York. Price $2.50
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave.,
Corner 18th Street NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
FS ve
ca te | . KAHLBAUM’S
MICROSCOPES , C. P. Chemicals
and Reagents
and es
ACCESSORIES CARL
me SCHLEICHER
& SCHULL’S
MICROTOMES C. P. Filters
—— SCHOTT &
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S
Famous Labora-
and i tory Glassware
WEIGHTS
mAnd for many other
meio renowned European
ri houses in our line.
ee LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited,
= 3, Ho! &; oot Ree speed: 3
ie heh Henry H ion of the plants colietten Bs | Bolivia ope Mig
ang. [Part 1. me Pees pie ene 1893.
4, No. a wie torial sepals
Underwood, L: meee Index Hepaticarum. Part I, Piggy.
MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB mee
A series of technical papers on botanical subjects, published at regaler watevela: vets
Price $3.00 a volume. Not offered in exchange. ee
1, No. 1; not furnished separately : ?
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. Studies of the types of various species of the genus Carzx, SOY”
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889. :
Vol. 1, is 2; not furnished separate!
Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine algae of the pis “Jeney coast and adjacent
waters of State Island. As 87-111. 24 Au
Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 ‘cents : erie.
Spruce, Richard. “egaticae Bolivianae, in Andibus Boliviae orientalis, annis ==
1885-6, a cl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages 113-140. e 1890. aes
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen
_ Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. On seedless fruits. ace 141-187. 30 My 1890.
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished | separately : eae
Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food-materials in buds and mere pars. AE
Pages 1-26, plates 1,2, 1S! 1890.
. ive? 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents: %
Vail, Anna Murray, & ck, Charles Arthur. Contributions to the botany a
Virginia. Pages Be eae 3) 4 23 D 1890.
Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished a rapeee
olm, Herman Theodor. Seer . Ape knowledge o: f the g ;
some North American plants. Pages 08, plates — 15 sae gt.
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents * ae
Wheelock, William Efner. The genus Polyga/a in North America. Pane 109" :
152. 30D 18or.
Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished s
pee John rat rae & , Amos
d contiguous territory. Pages — 20 F
Moron aiadaceae oe
eee ee arog pains 20-74. 15 Mr i x
I-gI. 10 te saos
Vol. 4, No. 2; riot furnished separately = 3
Small, John eran us & Vail, Anna Murray. Report on the botanical pl
tion of southwestern Virginia during the season of aoa ae Page 95-20, :
75-82. 18 N- bedi Ap 1894.
Rescate No. 3; price $0 cent pies
Rusby, Henry Hurd. n enumeration he ly cole i olny
Bang. Part 2. foe 203-274. 10. hei p 1895. aioe
Vol. 4, No. 4; price, $0 ce rg as
Pettit, Anna Stockton. Arachis Aypogaca Le Pages 275-296, plates 83-85
5. Je 1895. BE sas nae
Vol. 4, No. 5; price, 75 cents: =
Rydberg, Per Axel. The Noi Avian specie of Psa and reed
Pages 297-374. 15S $1896
ete past ite
ngs i
ae
VOL. 37 NOVEMBER, 1910 | ; le 1]
BULLETIN Ss
OF THE -
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
€ditor : :
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE | : “f
Associate Cditors -
Joun HENDLEY BARNHART Tracy Euiot HAZEN we oa
JEAN BROADHURST WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL ee
Puitip DoweLt CHARLES Louis POLLARD —
ALEXANDER WILLIAM EVANS , HerperT Mave Ricnaro
CONTENTS :
Five new species of Viola from the South. (Plates 34 and 35)
Megamart tegen cis er ee eee
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
President,
HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D.
Vice-Presidents,
EDWARDS. BURGESS, Px.D. een HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M.,M.b
. Recording Secretary, Treasurer,
PERCY WILSON. . WILLIAM MANSFIELD, Puar.b.
Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City, College 4 2
pee a : 1x3 West 68h S York Cys
: op ‘y LEETINGS
Mectings twice on month from October to May inclusive : the second Tuesday,
M., at the American Museum ef Natural History ; the last Wednesday, —
, in bl area pure. of the New York Botanical Garden.
- PUBLICATIONS
At aio and other apa communications Sate | to the gues
: t
Pee. are ee ‘hat re entire ‘stock oe some gine We has been
for the completion of sets. _ Manuseripts intended for publication in the
should be addressed to Marshall A. Howe, Editor, New York Botanical
3 Park, New Vork City, .
aoe established y90T. Price, $1. 00 ‘a y . Manuscripts in-
) in TORREYA should be addressed to i Sane: Editor,
Columbia Has etsy es York es
Vol. 37 No. 11
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
meer ere
NOVEMBER, tg10
Five new species of Viola from the South
Ezra BRAINERD
(WITH PLATES 34 AND 35)
I wish to report some results of my study of our southern
violets during the past four years. This has consisted of field
work during March and April of these years in portions of each
of the eleven states covered by Dr. Small’s Flora, and in the culture
in my home garden of all known species and varieties of this
region. My work has been greatly furthered by the kind assis-
tance of many collectors and students of the genus, to whom I
would acknowledge my grateful indebtedness, and to some of
whom I allude personally in the following report.
The five new species that I describe in the present paper have
been observed for at least two seasons, as they have developed
from the seed to the mature plant. The first is from Florida,
and is allied to Viola Langloisii Greene of southern Louisiana
and Texas.
Viola chalcosperma sp. nov.
Plant glabrous, heterophyllous; leaves at the beginning and
at the close of the season’s growth uncut, the former cordate,
2-3 cm. long, the latter truncate at the base, broadly deltoid, 4-5
cm. long; vernal leaves cordate, 3-lobed, the middle lobe ovate,
acute, the lateral more or less incised; flowers small, lilac-purple,
raised above the leaves on slender peduncles; lateral petals bearded,
odd petal sparsely villous, all finely purple-veined; cleistogamous
flowers sagittate, on ascending peduncles; capsule gray, tinged
with purple at base, ellipsoidal, about 11 mm. long, 5 mm. thick;
persistent sepals purplish, lanceolate, 5 mm. long; auricles 3-4
[The BULLETIN for October, 1910 (37: 487-522) was issued 28 O 1910.]
523
524 BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA
mm. long, the three outer with one or more sharp teeth; seeds
the color of old bronze, 1.5 mm. long, about 50 in a capsule.—
In wet soil in a wooded ravine, Jacksonville, Florida; the only
known station.
This plant was first called to my attention by Miss A. M.
Ryon, of New London, Conn., who sent living specimens in the
summer of 1907, collected the preceding March at Jacksonville,
Fla., by Mrs. E. K. Comstock. Numerous plants were raised
from seed the following season and seemed to represent an un-
recognized species. On a trip to Florida in March 1909, guided
by Mrs. Comstock’s precise directions, I readily found her station.
The plants were abundant, and collections were made on March
21 and on April 9, which will soon be distributed.
The four following belong to the group represented by Viola
palmata and V. papilionacea, and marked by ovoid cleistogamous
flowers on prostrate, usually short, peduncles.
Viola floridana sp. nov.
Leaves at time of petaliferous flowering on spreading petioles,
cordate, acute, finely crenate-serrate, often somewhat puberulent
above, 2-3 cm. wide, 3~—4 cm. long, leaves twice as long and wide
appearing soon after, on long erect petioles, glabrate, sometimes
persisting through the winter; corolla whitish or pale violet, on
peduncles much surpassing the leaves, the odd petal glabrous;
apetalous flowers under soil or dead leaves, narrowly ovoid-
acuminate; their ripe capsules blotched with purple, trigonous-cyl-
indric, about 16 mm. long, 7 mm. thick, on decumbent peduncles;
sepals broadly lanceolate, about one third the length of capsule;
seeds 2 mm. long, salmon-colored or dark brown, about 60 in a
capsule.—Moist rich woodland, northern and central Florida.
This I first collected March 13, 1907, near Jacksonville, Fla.,
on an embankment for a street railway across a little marsh near
Woodlawn Cemetery. Plants sent home at that time, or their
offspring, have since been growing in the Middlebury garden.
In March and April, 1909, I found the plant in several other
stations near Jacksonville, and at stations widely separated in
Volusia County—near the famous DeLeon Spring, on the shores
of Lake Beresford, in an orange grove on a shell island near the
outlet of this lake, on the edge of a tilled field near Lake Munroe,
and in moist woodland near Deep Creek. In flower and fruit it
BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA 525
resembles V. esculenta, but its constantly uncut leaves on erect
petioles and its habitat in well drained soil seem to mark it as
distinct. V. esculenta was not found in Volusia County.
Viola rosacea sp. nov.
Acaulescent; leaves at vernal flowering oe ovate-cordate,
acute or acuminate, crenate-serrate, 2-4 cm. long, sparsely hir-
tellous above; later leaves broadly ovate, ica. acuminate,
glabrous, 5-7 cm. long; corolla rose-purple, about 2 cm. broad,
spurred petal glabrous or slightly villous; cleistogamous flowers
ovoid, on prostrate peduncles; their mature capsules ellipsoid,
about 12 mm. long, 6 mm. thick, purple-dotted, enclosed for half
their length in lanceolate sepals; the auricles of the three outer
sepals short, appressed, entire, rounded; seeds buff, 2 mm. long,
about 50 in a capsule.—Dry open woodland, Point St. Martin,
near Biloxi, Mississippi; well drained borders of bayous, Crowley,
Louisiana.
I first observed this species March 19, 1908, in a grove of
deciduous trees on the fair-ground at Crowley, La. On the low,
often flooded, borders of the neighboring bayou, V. Langloisi
grew in profusion; but V. rosacea was confined to stretches of
woodland above the flood-plain. I afterward collected it in similar
situations in adjacent townships. The plant even at that early
date was out of flower, with leaves and capsules nearly mature.
Moreover, live plants shipped to Vermont failed to furnish flowers
the following spring. Last March on my way South Dr. Small
showed me a puzzling specimen of Viola collected by Professor
S. M. Tracy at ‘‘Point St. Martin,” Miss., March 10, 1898, no.
5008. A few days later I had the great pleasure of enjoying
Professor Tracy’s hospitality at his beautiful home on the north
shore of the Bay of Biloxi, and of learning that the station for his
5008 was on his own premises, that in fact the violet was then in
flower on the grounds in front of his house. In the early morning
we examined the plant. The flowers were beautifully rose-colored,
a feature quite unusual in the genus. A mist of dew on the foliage
brought out strikingly the minute stiff pubescence of the upper
surface of the leaves. This and the Crowley plant proved to be
identical. A half dozen vigorous specimens from each locality
have the past summer been growing side by side in the Vermont
garden.
526 BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA
Viola Lovelliana sp. nov.
Plant often minutely hoary-pubescent on the upper part of
the petiole and the adjacent lower surface of the blade, the pubes-
cence elsewhere sparse and obscure; leaves cordate at base,
earliest often uncut, later ones hastately 3-lobed, the middle lobe
much the longest, lanceolate, sometimes contracted at the base
and undulately serrate, the lateral lobes divaricate, either lunate
or variously 2-3-cleft; leaves at petaliferous flowering 2-5 cm.
long, those of late summer twice as long, often less deeply cut,
or uncut; flowers violet-purple, on petioles often taller than the
leaves, the three lower petals villous at the throat and marked with
dark purple lines; cleistogamous flowers and immature fruit on
prostrate peduncles; ripe capsules purple-dotted, trigonous-ellip-
soid, about 14 mm. long, 7 mm. thick; sepals broadly lanceolate,
acute, one third the length of capsule; auricles short, appressed,
rounded, sparsely ciliate; seeds buff, 2 mm. long.—Sparsely wooded
hillsides and knolls; from southern Louisiana to eastern Oklahoma.
Live plants of this, as an unknown species, were sent me in
March, 1906, by Mrs. Phoebe Lovell, of Crowley, La. The plants
did well in the garden; and mature leaves and fruit from cleistog-
amous flowers were obtained the following August, and petalif-
erous flowers in the spring of 1907. On my southern journey in
March, 1908, I visited the station, a recent pine-chopping on loamy
clay, more or less broken by low ravines. Four additional live
plants were shipped home, and from each of these, and from their
seedlings in 1909, many specimens were made of the mature plant.
The species turns out to be a common one in the western portion
of the territory covered by Dr. Small’s Flora. In April, 1908,
I collected it in open woodlands near Muskogee, Okla., a mile from
' the Arkansas River; also, in the same state, under dwarf oaks on
the slopes of a rocky hill at Eufaula, and in the vicinity of Stigler.
In March, 1910, I obtained beautiful specimens at Mansfield,
La., in a piece of woodland cut up by deep ravines; and also at
Mena, Ark. I have in addition to these specimens one from
Texarkana, Ark., ‘‘Pine woods, April 6, 1905, B. F. Bush, no.
2237. °
Viola Egglestonii sp. nov.
Plant acaulescent, of spreading habit, especially when young;
leaves truncate at base, often flabellately decurrent, rarely sub-
cordate; early leaves simply 3-5 lobed, later ones 3-parted, with
BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA 527
the middle or all three primary segments 2—3-cleft, the divisions
oblanceolate or linear, crenately serrate toward the summit and
bearing a few long narrow teeth below, the central division much
the widest; flowers violet-purple, lateral petals bearded at the
throat, spurred petal somewhat villous; cleistogamous flowers
and fruit on short underground peduncles till seeds ripen; capsules
green, turning gray, broadly ellipsoid, about 8 mm. wide and 13
mm. long, with lanceolate sepals one third as long; their ——
short, appressed, the three outer dentate; seeds brown, 2.5 m
long. (PLATEs 34 and 35)—Limestone barrens, West Nashville,
Tennessee, W. W. Eggleston, no. 4421, May 26, 1909, type.
Flowers and mature fruit and leaves observed from plants trans-
ferred to garden at Middlebury, Vermont
This species is so distinct that at first sight of the growing
plant one might not suspect to what known violets it was nearest
of kin. It is a vigorous plant under cultivation. In the early
stages of its growth the leaves spread out horizontally in all
directions, and the roots penetrate deeply into the soil. In mid-
summer, when cespitose, the leaves are most of them erect and
long-petioled. I know of no violet whose cleistogamous flowers
and fruit are more thoroughly concealed under the soil; and as a
result the capsules are rarely eaten into by beetles, often trouble-
some pests when one is endeavoring to collect violet seeds. Only
a day or two before its seeds ripen does this unique species extrude
its round green capsule from the ground, and lift it erect from its
nodding position on the peduncle. Then after an hour or two
of fair weather the three broad valves open widely, disclosing
its large brown seeds; and in another hour, by the contraction of
the thin sides of the valves, the seeds are pinched out and flirted
in all directions. :
This violet has as yet been found at one station only. But it
may be expected to appear, to the collector who is looking for it,
in many other of the extensive limestone barrens of Tennessee,
and of northern Alabama and Georgia.
The types of the five species described in the present paper will
be deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.
MIDDLEBURY, VERMONT.
528 BRAINERD: FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VIOLA
Explanation of plates 34 and 35
PLATE 34
Viola Egglestonii Brainerd, natural size. Specimen collected at West Nash-
ville, Tennessee, by W. W. Eggleston, May 26, 1909, no. 4421—type.
PLATE 35
Viola Egglestonii Brainerd. From three plants grown in the garden of E.
Brainerd, Middlebury, Vt., transplanted from West Nashville, Tenn., May, 1909.
A. Flowering specimen, May 10, 1910; X%. B. A full-grown summer leaf, July
14, 1910; X#. . A mature capsule from cleistogamous flower, Oct. 1910; x.
Pollination experiments with Anonas
P. J. WESTER
Among the tropical and semi-tropical fruits that have found
a congenial home in south Florida are the sugar apple, Anona
squamosa L., the custard apple, Anona reticulata L., and the
cherimoya, Anona Cherimolia Miller; one species, the pond apple,
Anona glabra L., is indigenous. The sugar apple was intro-
duced in 1833 by Dr: Henry Perrine, but whether the plants
survived after his death in the massacre at Indian Key in 1840,
and are the progenitors of the now naturalized plants of this
species on the Florida Keys, or whether some of these are the
offspring of a later unauthenticated introduction will probably
never be known. It is probable that several separate introduc-
tions have been made from the Bahamas, where the species luxur-
iates and with which islands the early settlers on the Florida
Keys were in intercommunication. Introductions have probably
also been made from Cuba by way of Key West. The custard
apple was probably introduced in a similar manner. The cheri-
moya referred to by Reasoner in Bull. No. 1, Div. of Pomology,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, in 1887, is the custard apple,
with which the cherimoya is very frequently confounded. The first
authentic introduction of the cherimoya was made in 1895, when
Mr. William Freeman brought seed to Little River from San
José, Costa Rica.
The two first-named species have fruited fairly well in Florida,
the sugar apple frequently coming into bearing the third year from
the sowing of the seed; but only rarely do the trees bear abundantly.
The failure of the cherimoya to set fruit after having bloomed for
several years led the writer to begin investigations in 1907, in
regard to the probable cause of the sterility of this species in
Florida. From the construction of the flowers and their fragrance
it became evident that they were entomophilous, and in the course
of the observations it was discovered that they were proterogynous.
After this discovery was made there was begun a comparative
529
530 WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS
study of the flowers and pollination of the sugar apple and the
custard apple, the flowers of which superficially appeared to be
identical with those of the cherimoya. It was then found that
these two species were likewise proterogynous. In the course
of this investigation it was noted that the flowers of the cherimoya
and the custard apple shed their pollen in the afternoon from about
3.30 to 6 P.M. In the sugar apple the pollen is discharged in
the morning from the rising of the sun to about 9 A.M., when
practically all the pollen is shed. After examinations of a large
number of trees of this species three were found to shed their pollen
in the afternoon and the interesting fact was noted that this
phenomenon does not occur on the same trees in the morning.
A more limited number of trees of the custard apple and the cheri-
moya were available for observation; were it extended to a large
number it is quite probable that individual trees may be found
that shed their pollen at other times of the day than has been
noted in the course of these observations.
The flowers of the three species enumerated, belonging to
the section Aftae Martius, are nodding; the calyx is tripartite,
the sepals small and triangular; the six petals are arranged in
two rows, the three exterior ones being linear-oblong with an
obtuse sometimes acute apex; outside, these petals are ferru-
ginous-tomentose and velvety in the cherimoya, while in the
custard apple and the sugar apple they are greenish and sparsely
hairy. The petals are shortest in the custard apple, being some-
times only 16 mm. long; in the cherimoya they frequently exceed
30 mm. in length. In all species they are keeled inside, whitish,
concave, with a maroon blotch in the cavity, at the base; the
interior petals are rudimentary; the number of stamens, which are
attached to the torus, is indefinite and they cohere by a connective
gland beyond the anthers, surrounding the syncarpium in which
an indefinite number of carpids are united. As the flowers be-
come full grown a viscid fluid is secreted that covers the syncar-
pium and which appears to be most abundant about twenty-four
hours before the pollen is shed.
Until the shedding of the pollen the petals assume an almost
perpendicular position (see FIGURES I and 3a) and leave a small
opening, facing downward, for the entrance of pollen-bearing
WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WiTH ANoNAS 53]
insects.* (In individual trees of the cherimoya the apical end of
of the petal is curved outward, though not to the extent of facili-
tating the conveyance of pollen to the stigma.) As the time ap-
proaches for the discharge of the pollen, the petals spread out
and upward so rapidly that the movement is readily perceived;
this phenomenon is accompanied by the exhalation from the
flower of a fragrance analogous to that of a well-ripened banana
4
Ficure 1. Flower of the cherimoya, showing position of petals when the
stigmas are in the receptive state. (One third natural size.
or pineapple in the cherimoya and custard apple; in the sugar
apple it partakes of the odor of ethyl acetate and continues for a
few hours until the pollen is shed, after which it disappears and
the petals wither. The fragrance is also noticeable in the flowers
twenty-four hours previous to the shedding of the pollen and is
undoubtedly intended to serve as a guide for insects that aid in
the pollination. The stigma is now readily approached by large
as well as small insects and were the stamens and stigmas syn-
chronous self-pollination by insects or the wind might be effected
(FIGURES 2 and 3)).
as it is very evident that the flowers are
*This expression is used advisedly,
will appear presently.
not constructed for wind pollination nor are self-pollinized, as
“i
532 WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH
flowering season of another year.
Dr. C. L. Marlatt, assistant chief of the Bureau of Entomology
in considerable numbers in the flowers of the sugar apple.
ANONAS
Owing to the advanced season of the year when the investiga-
tion began, with the consequent scarcity of bloom, extensive ob-
servations must perforce be suspended until the advent of the
A small beetle, identified by
as Colastus truncatus, was then found acting as pollinating agent
This
spring (1910) I found the same insect in flowers of the cherimoya
and sent a specimen of this as well as of another species to the
Bureau of Entomology for identification. The latter was identi-
fied by Prof. F. H. Chittenden as “Triphleps, probably in-
‘IGURE 2. The same flower asin Figure 1, 24 hours later, showing position
of petals when the pollen is discharged. (One third natural size.)
sidiosus."’ As this specimen is the only one of this species so far
discovered, its presence in the flower may have been accidental.
Another small beetle was found in the flowers of the sugar apple
and sent to Dr. Marlatt for identification in 1908, who transmitted
to me the following notes, by Mr. E. A. Schwarz, in regard to this
species:
‘The small brownish beetle has for a number of years been
represented in our collection, but belongs to a family of Coleoptera
which has been very little studied so far, the gentis of which has
never been determined. As near as we can say it belongs to the
group Pharaxonothi. Many years ago the species was found by
WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH Anonas) 433
the late Mr.H. G. Hubbard, an assistant of the Bureau, and he
made some interesting observations on it at Crescent City, Florida.
The larvae were found by him feeding upon the substance of the
flower stems of both male and female cones of the coontie plant,
Zamia integrifolia, but in no way injuring the flower. Mr. Hub-
bard came to the conclusion that both the larvae and the imagos of
this little beetle are intended to facilitate the fertilization of the
plant. The same species was found by me in great numbers on
the flowers of the Florida palmetto and no further notes have
been taken by me. The species does not seem to occur in the
West Indies, nor is anything similar reported from Central America.
There are various. genera of the family described from South
America but whether or not this species is identical with any
one of them can not be ascertained at present.”’
onan enact ontantts nite, gine
FiGuRE 3. Flowers of the sugar apple; a, when the stigmas are receptive
to the pollen; b, at the time of the discharge of the pollen, (One third natural
size
In addition to these species a small thrips frequents the flowers
of these Anonas and probably to some extent assists in their
pollination.
In order to ascertain the validity of the theory of proterogyny
in the Anonas in question a series of pollination experiments was
inaugurated in 1908 on all three species, which was concluded this
spring. In the course of this experiment on a cherimoya tree pol-
len was applied to the stigmas of twenty-seven flowers at the
time of the discharge of the pollen in the flower, all of which
dropped. The pollen was in some instances taken from the flower
5384 Wester: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS
pollinated, in others from other flowers of the same tree. Ina
few instances pollen of the sugar apple and the pond apple was
applied. Thirty-four flowers were pollinated twenty-four or more
hours before the shedding of the pollen and all set. Many of
these dropped after partial development but the dissection of the
FIGURE 4. Pond apple
| flowers; a type introduced from Trinidad, B. W. I.
(One third natural size.)
immature fruits showed that fertilization had taken place and that
the drop was due to some other cause. In many instances it
was undoubtedly due to overproduction, as the tree few too small
to bring to full maturity all the fruits that set. Pollination of the
flowers on the same tree in 1909, according to the theory of pro-
WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH: ANONAS 535
terogyny, produced another crop of fruits that year and the
flowers responded likewise to pollination in the spring of I9gIo.
Dr. A. Robertson Proschowsky, Nice, France, writes me that the
results obtained by him in pollination experiments conducted on
the cherimoya are analogous to those obtained by the author.
The plants of the sugar apple and the custard apple available
for experimentation bore a larger number of flowers than the one
cherimoya plant, and 143 flowers on one sugar apple tree were, in
FIGURE 5. Pond apple flowers; a type indigenous to South Florida. (One
third natural size.)
April and May, 1908, pollinated with their own pollen or that of
eT
flowers other plants of the same species, 41 with pollen
)
of the cherimoya, 41 with pollen of the pond apple, and 51
flowers with pollen from the custard apple. In no instance did
fruit set where the pollen was applied to the stigma simulta-
neously with the discharge of its pollen; practically all dig ar
ded where it was applied fifteen to forty-eight hours previous
536 WeEsTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS
to this act, though here, as in the case of the cherimoya, the
tree shed much of the fruit before it matured owing to its inability
to carry it all. In September twenty-five pollinations of flowers
on a sugar apple tree were made, in accordance with the theory of
proterogyny, all successful. In order to verify the observations
already made in regard to the pollinization and fertilization of the
flowers of the species, over 100 flowers were pollinated on three
trees in April and May, 1910, the results confirming the conclu-
sions already made.
The pollination experiments with the custard apple in 1908
were conducted on three trees. In the course of these experiments
154 flowers, pollinated twenty-four hours before the discharge of
the pollen in the flower, all, with few exceptions, set; 104 flowers,
pollinated at the time of its discharge, all dropped.
The writer has in the course of his work with the Anonas in a
very few instances noted that individual trees subjected to ap-
parently the same conditions as others less fruitful were exceed-
ingly prolific and from the results obtained in these investigations
concluded that this was possibly due to synacmy and self-pollina-
tion. In order to obtain some information on this point with respect
to the pond apple and to ascertain whether the pollination of the
flowers of this species conformed to the same laws as those of its
cultivated congeners, a series of experiments was carried through
during April and May this year. Sixty-two flowers were bagged,
in order to exclude all foreign pollen; none of these set. Fifty-six
flowers were pollinated with pond apple pollen eighteen or more
hours before the discharge of the pollen, and seven with pollen
of the sugar apple and the cherimoya, with the result that sixty
flowers were fecundated. The pollination of the flowers of this
species thus appears to be analogous to that of its cultivated
congeners.
The flowers of the pond apple, which belongs to the section
Guanabant Martius, have six distinct, glabrous, concave, fleshy,
outwardly yellowish white petals, in two series, the exterior being
25 to 40 mm. long, marked with red near the base inside, the
interior smaller and red within except for a narrow transverse
yellowish band near the base, the arrangements of the androecium
and gynoecium being similar to those in the Affae. The flowers
WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS 537
open sufficiently twenty-four hours before the shedding of the
pollen to admit the entrance of small insects to the stigmas.
Practically all the flowers shed their pollen early in the morning
before sunrise; only rarely has it been noted in the afternoon.
This is accompanied by a strong, rather disagreeable odor and it is
highly probable that the pollination is performed by nocturnal
insects. There is no evidence that the pollination of this species
is performed in the manner indicated by Morong in Anona corni-
folia St. Hil., the construction of whose flowers is very similar,
and the results obtained in the pollination work show that the
pollen must be conveyed from one flower to another in a less
advanced stage of development.
In this connection it is interesting to note that the observations
on Anona cornifolia St. Hil. in Paraguay by Morong, to which
my attention was directed a few months ago, led him to the con-
clusion that this species also is entomophilous.
“The stigmas lie . . . as far as I could judge entirely out of
reach of the pollen by any action of the organs themselves. I
found, however, that the pollen was very plentiful and that a pin
thrust through the anthers obliquely would carry its grains to
the stigmas. There seemed in the older flowers to kh ae
that this operation is performed by insects, and I o the
conclusion that the an must always depend for Pecan
upon insect agency.’
It would appear that Morong considered the stamens and
pistils synchronous, although it is not evident that this conclusion
was arrived at after investigation. That the flowers might have
been dichogamous seemingly escaped him.
In the course of the pollination experiments of the cherimoya
and custard apple a very interesting observation of the retardation
of the development of a large number of fruits was made. Some
cherimoya fruits developed without interruption from the time
of pollination and matured in September, while a number remained
stationary in size, about 8 mm. in diameter, until after July 25,
when they suddenly began to increase in size and matured in
October and November.
The flowering season of the custard apple begins in the latter
*Morong, T. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 47- 1892.
588 Wester: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS
half of May and continues throughout the summer and fall.
Curiously enough, the flowers, which occur in great abundance,
do not set until October and November, the fruit maturing in
the spring. The pollination experiments with this species were
started in May and continued during the following months.
As already stated on a previous page, nearly all the pollinated
flowers set, but with exceedingly few exceptions remained station-
ary in size, 6-8 mm. in diameter, until November, when they
started to develop and matured in the usual season. The few
fruits whose development began immediately after the pollination
of the flowers matured in December.
The investigations indicate that the flowers of the cherimoya,
the sugar apple, the custard apple, and the pond apple are pro-
terogynous and entomophilous, though the pollinating agent of
the last-named species has not been detected.
Since the investigations here related began, the cherimoya,
after the trees have grown larger, has without artificial pollination,
though sparingly, set fruit in Florida less than 20 feet above tide
water. In California and Southern France it likewise fruits at a
low altitude. In some parts of the world, i. e., Hawaii, the species
fruits only at an elevation of many hundred feet above the sea
level. On investigation it may be found that this is due to the
presence there of certain insects that do not occur at lower al-
titudes.
_ The sterility of the cherimoya in Florida has undoubtedly
been due to the scarcity of blooms, which on this species is only
one third of the number on the sugar apple, and to an insufficient
number of insects to assist in the pollination of the flowers. As
the trees grow larger and carry a greater number of flowers they
may be expected to fruit more abundantly.
It has been demonstrated that the sugar apple hybridizes
readily with the cherimoya, custard apple, and pond apple; the
cherimoya has also been successfully crossed with the pond apple.
So far, the attempts to cross the soursop, Anona muricata L., with
the cherimoya, sugar apple, and custard apple have failed.
The extraordinary productivity of a few individual trees
suggests a change in regard to the pollination of the flowers of
these trees, possibly due to synacmy and self-pollination. Should
WESTER: POLLINATION EXPERIMENTS WITH ANONAS 539
this hypothesis be confirmed on investigation, such trees would be
of inestimable value for breeding work in the creation of varieties
that are independent of outside agencies for fructification.
BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY,
WASHINGTON, D. C
Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora — XXIV
PER AXEL RYDBERG
- Saussurea densa (Hook.) Rydb. sp. nov.
Saussurea alpina densa Hook. FI. Bor.-Am. 1: 303. . 1833.
Saussurea alpina Ledebouri A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1?: 397. 1884.
Not S. Ledebourt Herder, 1810.
Saussurea Ledebouri Herder was based on S. subsinuata,
S. nuda, and S. Tilesti of Ledebour, which Herder united into one
species under another name. All three are illustrated in Lede-
bour’s Icones Fl. Ross., and it is evident that S. alpina densa
Hook. is different from each of them. None of the three illus-
trations shows the elongated, acuminate outer bracts, character-
istic of S. densa. Only S. nuda shows a dense inflorescence with
subsessile heads and a low stem, but the heads are fewer and less
crowded, the stem is naked above, and the leaves entire.
S. densa is a plant of the higher mountains of the Canadian
Rockies.
“ Saussurea remotiflora (Hook.) Rydb. sp. nov.
Saussurea alpina remotiflora Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 303. 1833.
Saussurea alpina A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 12: 396, in part. 1884.
Saussurea nuda Britt. & Rydb. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2: 187.
1901. Not. S. nuda Ledeb. 1829.
This species is nearer to Saussurea subsinuata Ledeb. than to
either S. alpina or S. nuda, but the inflorescence is laxer and the
involucre is different, judging from Ledebour’s illustration. S.
remotiflora grows on low ground from northern Saskatchewan to
Yukon and Alaska.
CaRDUUS
So many species of thistles have lately been described from
the Rocky Mountains that the number has more than doubled
since the issue of Gray’s Synoptical Flora. Some of these species
should be reduced to synonymy and some of them are probably
hybrids, but I think that the larger number will remain as good
541
542 RypBerc: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
species. It seems as if it should be unnecessary to propose more,
but it has been impossible for me to include the following four
in any known species. ‘
“ Carduus polyphyllus sp. nov.
Carduus scopulorum Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 449. 1900.
Not C. scopulorum Greene. 1892.
Perennial; stem stout, 3-8 dm. high, very leafy, angled, arach-
noid-hairy; leaves 1-2 dm. long, linear in outline, deeply pinnati-
fid, with lanceolate divisions ending in yellow spreading spines,
green on both sides, sparingly arachnoid-hairy; heads hemis-
pheric, about 3 cm. high and broad, usually numerous, sessile
in the axils of the leaves, often forming a leafy spike 2-3 dm. long;
bracts linear-subulate, densely arachnoid-hairy, the outer with
rather long yellow spines often 1 cm. long, the inner attenuate
into slender straight tips; corollas straw-colored; pappus plumose
with slender, barbellate tips.
In my Flora of Montana, I referred this species to Carduus
scopulorum Greene. The latter was based on Cnicus eriocephalus
or Cirsium eriocephalum A. Gray, the type of which was collected
by Parry in Colorado. The rather common Colorado plant is
characterized by its leaves, which are grayish-tomentose beneath,
and by its heads conglomerate at the end of the stem, forming a
cluster which at first is nodding. Carduus polyphyllus is more
closely related to C. Kelseyi and C. Tweedyi. From the latter it
differs in the straw-colored instead of red corollas, the narrower
bracts, and more numerous Jeaf-lobes, and from the former in
the deeply dissected and decidedly crisp leaves. If the leaves are
lobed at all in C. Kelseyi the spines are directed forward and the
blades are almost perfectly flat.
Montana: Mountains near Indian Creek, July 21, 1897,
Rydberg & Bessey 5216 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Park
Co., Aug., 1887, Tweedy 349.
“Carduus Butleri sp. nov.
Perennial or biennial; stem angled, striate, purple, sparingly
arachnoid-hairy, very leafy, 6-10 dm. high or more; leaves linear-
oblanceolate or linear, almost entire or sinuately lobed, spinulose-
ciliate and if lobed the short lobes ending in slightly stronger
spines, green and sparingly arachnoid above, grayish-tomentose
RypBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FLORA 543
beneath; heads few, ending the stem and short branches, sub-
tended by narrowly linear spinulose-ciliate leaves, hemispheric,
about 4 cm. high, 4-5 cm. wide; outer bracts lanceolate, brownish,
glabrous or nearly so, ending in short weak spines 2-3 mm. long,
the innermost linear-lanceolate, attenuate, ending in slender
brownish or purplish somewhat twisted and spreading lance-
linear tips, these neither dilated nor erose; corollas pinkish; pap-
pus plumose; tips more or less clavate.
This species resembles Carduus Kelseyi and C. foliosus in the
leaves, but differs from both in the scattered few heads and purplish
stem. In both species mentioned, the heads are conglomerate at
the end of the stem. In Carduus Kelseyi the involucral bracts
are much narrower and decidedly arachnoid. In C. foliosus the
bracts are somewhat broader than in C. Butleri, the inner ones
have dilated, lanceolate and erose tips, and the leaves are usually
more lobed.
Montana: Big Fork, July 28, 1908, B. T. Butler, 674 (type,
in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); also near Rost Lake, 677.
‘ Carduus lacerus sp. nov.
Probably biennial; stem stout, 6-10 dm. high, sparingly arach-
noid, angled and striate; lower leaves oblanceolate, 2-3 dm. long,
pinnatifid, with rather broad, ovate or lanceolate divisions ending
heads more or less clustered, about 4 cm. high and broad; outer
bracts ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, without glutinous ridge, ending
in short stout spreading spines 3-5 mm. long; inner bracts with
dilated, ovate, abruptly acuminate, erose and crisp, spreading
tips; corollas rose-colored; pappus plumose; tips slightly clavate.
This species was probably included in Cnicus scariosus by
Gray, judging from his description in the Synoptical Flora; but
it is not Cirsium scariosum Nutt., for Nuttall characterized the
latter as having arachnoid-hairy involucres, the bracts with dilated
erose tips, and the leaves tomentose beneath. I know of only
one species which agrees with this characterization. This is well
represented by Flodman 880, which was distributed as Carduus
Hookerianus.
Uran: Wahsatch County, near Midway, July 6, 1905, Carlton
544 RypBerGc: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA
& Garrett 6732 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); apparently
also, Salt Lake City, August, 1880, M. E. Jones 1905, and the
same locality, Sept., 1905, A. O. Garrett 1718.
- Carduus olivescens sp. nov.
Perennial; stem slender, somewhat tinged with purple, more or
less floccose, 4-8 dm. high, leafy; leaves linear in outline, 1-2 dm.
long, densely white-tomentose beneath, loosely floccose above,
deeply pinnatifid, with numerous lanceolate, often 2- or 3-cleft
lobes, ending in short yellow spines; heads few, peduncled, about
3 cm. high, 3-3.5 cm. wide; bracts slightly floccose on the margins,
light olive-colored, darker towards the apex, ending in yellow spines
2-4 mm. long, or the innermost with lance-linear, slightly twisted
yellowish tips; corollas straw-colored; pappus plumose; tips
slightly clavate.
This species was first determined questionably as Carduus
Tracyi, to which it is not closely related, not having the con-
spicuous broad glutinous dorsal ridges or the broad bracts of that
species. In leaf-form it resembles somewhat C. pulcherrimus,
although the upper surface is more floccose, but otherwise it is
not close to that species.
Uran: Aquarius Plateau, August 5, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton
7450 (type, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.).
Thistle hybrids are very common in Europe and even tertiary
hybrids have been reported. No attempt has been made in this
country to segregate or recognize hybrids in this genus. Asa rule
specimens of thistles are not so common in herbaria as would be
expected, probably owing to the difficulty in collecting and pre-
paring them.
Thistles are not uncommon in the Rocky Mountains, especially
in Colorado. No person has perhaps contributed more to the
knowledge of these plants of that state than Mr. George E.
Osterhout, of New Windsor, Colorado. He has described a few
species himself and others have been described from material
collected by him. There are still more forms recognized by him
and distributed under manuscript names, but which he has been
reluctant to describe. With the aid of the material sent me
by him, augmented by other specimens collected by Baker, Shear,
Clements, myself, and others, -it has been possible to recognize
RYDBERG: Rocky MounTAIN FLORA 545
a good many forms which I regard as hybrids. The two species
which seem to have produced the most hybrids are Carduus
americanus (A. Gray) Greene (not Rydb.) and C. griseus Rydb.
The former of these is comparatively common in Colorado, but
the latter is rather rare. Several of the specimens cited under
the latter in my Flora of Colorado do not belong to it, but are
hybrids of Carduus americanus and various species. The original
of C. griseus and later specimens collected by Osterhout do not
have the bracts dilated at all or erose; the spines of the involucral
bracts are long and somewhat flattened, and the leaves are darker
and less deeply divided than in C. americanus. The following
probable hybrids have been recognized, but, like Mr. E. P. Bick-
nell, in the matter of Rubus hybrids,* we wish “ to divest the sub-
ject from all nomenclatorial claims”? and ‘‘to be understood
merely as pointing out the probability of the occurrence of the
hybrids mentioned.”
CARDUUS AMERICANUS XGRISEUS
This has the leaves of C. griseus, i. e. dark green above, grayish-
tomentose beneath and with short lobes, as well as the strong and
broad spines of the involucral bracts of that species, and some of
the outer bracts are spinulose-ciliate; but most of the bracts are
erose on the margins and the inner ones have dilated tips as in
C. americanus. The following specimens are to be referred here:
CoLorapo: Toland, Gilpin Co., July 20, 1906, Osterhout 3266;
Ward, Boulder Co., July 17, 1901, Osterhout 2429. __
The former of these was labeled by Osterhout Cardwus erosus
Rydb. (2). The original C. erosus is quite different. To strengthen
the probability of hybridity, it may be mentioned that Mr. Oster-
hout has sent in specimens of one of the supposed parents, viz., C.
griseus, also from Toland, Gilpin Co., collected on the same date,
his 3267, the next number, and that C. americanus is a rather
common plant in Colorado.
The latter of the two specimens was determined by me as
C. griseus, although I now regard it as a hybrid of that species
and C. americanus. C. americanus has been collected at Ward,
by Tweedy.
* Bull. Torrey Club 37: 399. 1910.
546 RyDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
CARDUUS AMERICANUS XSPATHULATUS
This resembles most C. americanus in habit and leaf-form; the
bracts are somewhat erose on the margins as in that species, but
they are scarcely at all dilated, and if so only the innermost, and
they are tipped with the short and broad spines characteristic of
C. spathulatus. To this are referred:
Co.Lorapo: Estes Park, Aug. 16, 1905, Osterhout 3091; Sulphur
Springs, July 16, 1905, Osterhout 3057; Happy Hollow, July 14,
1898 (collector not given), Herb. State Agric. College, mo. 2801.
The last was distributed as Carduus griseus and has perhaps
given rise to a wrong impression of that species. C. spathulatus
was then undescribed and the bracts excluded no. 2801 from C.
americanus. We have no specimens of either of the supposed
parents, from exactly the same locality, but C. americanus is found
nearly everywhere in the mountains of northern Colorado, and
Osterhout in the original description of C. spathulatus states that
it is common on both sides of the range of mountains east of the
North Park.
CARDUUS AMERICANUS X COLORADENSIS
Carduus erosus Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 28: 507. Igot.
This was originally described as a distinct species. Professor
Nelson reduces it to a synonym of Carduus americanus. The
broad hemispheric head, the broad bracts with less dilated tips,
and the more spiny leaves with more numerous and lanceolate
lobes are very different from those of the typical C. americanus.
The form and structure of the involucre, the form of the leaves,
and the habit approach those of C. coloradensis. The upper
surface of the leaves and the midrib beneath show some of the
arachnoid hairs characteristic of C. coloradensis and its allies.
We have no specimens of the two supposed parents from Durango,
the type locality of C. erosus, but the locality is not without the
range of either.
CoLorAbDo: Durango, 1896, F. Tweedy 517.
CARDUUS ACAULESCENS X AMERICANUS
This resembles most C. americanus, but the stem is lower,
the heads crowded, the involucral bracts elongated and less dilated
RYDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 547
at the tip, the leaves have more lanceolate lobes and stronger
spines, and the stem and midribs of the leaves are more or less
arachnoid-hairy. The clustered heads, the arachnoid pubes-
cence on the stem, and almost glabrous bracts, with broad bases
gradually tapering upwards, would suggest C. acaulescens as the
other parent.
CoLorapo: Plains and foothills near Boulder, July, 1903,
Tweedy 5852.
CARDUUS ACAULESCENS X COLORADENSIS
Carduus acaulescens (A. Gray) Rydb. and C. coloradensis
Rydb. are closely allied and many regard them as forms of the
same species. As they often grow together and intermediate
forms are found, this disposition seems plausible, but these inter-
mediate forms may as well be explained by hybridity. The typical
C. acaulescens has practically no stem and the small campanulate
heads, seldom more than 3 cm. wide, are sessile and congregated
in a flat-topped head-like cluster, while the typical C. coloradensis
has a stem 3-10 dm. high and the larger heads are more or less
peduncled, 4-7 cm. broad, hemispheric, and scattered. The
intermediate forms are usually low-stemmed and the heads, inter-
mediate in size and shape, are in a dense flat-topped cluster at
the end of the stem. At the south end of Fish Lake, Utah.,
C. acaulescens and C. coloradensis were found together by myself
and Mr. Carlton and the specimens in the New York Botanical
Garden bear the numbers 7547 and 7546, respectively. The
supposed hybrid also was collected, although I can not find any
specimens now in the collection of the New York Botanical
Garden. They may have met the same fate as some other speci-
mens of the collection in being damaged by rain. There is one
specimen, however, in our herbarium, which I regard as belong-
ing to this hybrid, viz.
Cotorapo: Sulphur Springs, Grand Co., Aug. 8, 1907, Oster-
hout 3615.
CARDUUS ACAULESCENS XSCOPULORUM
Carduus crassus Osterhout, MS.
This was distributed under the manuscript name cited above
and regarded by Osterhout as a distinct species. I am inclined
548 RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
to think it a hybrid of the two species mentioned for the following
reasons. The form and the pubescence of the leaves are almost
exactly those of Carduus acaulescens. The small and clustered
heads also suggest that species; but the plant has an evident stem
and the involucre is decidedly arachnoid-hairy. As C. scopu-
lorum and C. Parryi are the only species in Colorado which have
arachnoid involucres, one of these may be supposed to be the other
parent. As C. Parryi has also dilated erose bracts, it must be
thrown out of consideration. In C. crassus the involucral bracts
have also the long slender spines characteristic of C. scopulorum.
CoLorapo: Sulphur Springs, Grand Co., July 17, 1905, Oster-
hout 3042.
Neither of the two supposed parents is represented by speci-
mens from Sulphur Springs, but there is a specimen, Osterhout
3615, just cited above, which I regard as a hybrid of C. acaulescens
with another species.
CARDUUS GRISEUS XLATERIFOLIUS
Carduus canalensis Osterhout, MS.
This I included in Carduus griseus in my Flora of Colorado
but it differs in many respects from the type of that species, the
leaves being much broader and less lobed, the upper leaves with
broad auricles and the inner bracts with dilated erose tips. These
two characters suggest C. laterifolius, from which it diffets in the
long and broad spines of the outer bracts, characteristic of C.
erosus.
CoLorRADO: Canyon of Thompson River, Larimer County,
August 16, 1905, Osterhout 3080.
This specimen was collected together with the type number of
C. laterifolius, viz., Osterhout 3090 (the next number).
CARDUUS GRISEUS X SCOPULORUM
Carduus Osterhoutii Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 131. 1905.
This has the habit, the leaf form, and the long flat spines of the
bracts of Carduus griseus, but the inflorescence is conspicuously
arachnoid-hairy as in C. scopulorum and the leaf segments are
rather more numerous than in C. griseus. The following speci-
mens belong here:
RYDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA 549
CoLorapo: Red Cliff, Eagle Co., July 17, 1902, Osterhout
2706 ; Tennessee Pass, July 28, 1902, Osterhout 2640.
The first of these specimens was associated with Carduus
griseus, Osterhout 2707 (the next number), collected at the same
date and locality. C. griseus was collected at Red Cliff in 1906
also, Osterhout 3362. C. scopulorum, the other supposed parent,
is rather common throughout the mountains of Colorado.
CARDUUS GRISEUS X PARRYI
Carduus araneosus Osterhout, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 612. 1905.
Osterhout in the original description of Carduus araneosus
suggests the relationship with C. Parryt. C. araneosus differs
from that species mainly in the less greenish corollas, the stouter
and broader spines of the bracts, and the grayish under surface
of the leaves. These characters suggest C. griseus, but the in-
volucral bracts are decidedly arachnoid-pubescent and the inner
bracts are more or less dilated above and erose. The following
specimens belong here:
CoLorabo: Red Cliff, Eagle Co., June 26, 1900, Osterhout
2169; and also Aug. 16, 1906, Osterhout 3363; Boreas, July 24,
1897, Crandall 2806; without locality, J. Wolf 459 (Wheeler Exp.).
The first two specimens were collected at Red Cliff, where
also two numbers of C. griseus (see under preceding hybrid) and
one of C. Parryi, viz., Osterhout 2708, were collected.
CARDUUS OREOPHILUS X SCOPULORUM
This resembles C. scopulorum in the heads crowded at the ends
of the stem, the arachnoid involucres and general habit; but the
leaves are broader, with fewer lobes; the involucral bracts are
broader at the base, and the flower-cluster not nodding. In
these characters it approaches C. oreophilus, but it has less deeply
dissected leaves with broader ene: and the inflorescence is much
more arachnoid.
CoLorapo: Silver Plume, hoe: 23, 1895, Shear 4948 and 4960.
Carduus oreophilus also was collected at Silver Plume the same
day by Shear, no. 3258, and also by Rydberg on the following day.
C. scopulorum is common in the upper part of Clear Creek above
Silver Plume. In the herbarium of the Garden there is one speci-
550 RypBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
men from near Gray’s Peak, Shear 4734, collected on the same
date as 4948 and 4060.
CARDUUS COLORADENSIS X UNDULATUS
With the specimen cited below, Mr. Osterhout sent a slip of
paper on which is written: ‘Do not think this is Carduus undu-
latus —do not know what it is.’ It resembles C. undulatus, the
flowers being red, although paler, the bracts having a glandular
dorsal ridge, and the general habit and leaf-form being similar, but
the dorsal ridge is very inconspicuous. It resembles perhaps more
C. coloradensis in habit, in the form of the bracts, and the lanceo-
late twisted tips of the innermost of these. There is also an indi-
cation of arachnoid hairs on the stem, but the corollas are pink,
not dirty white, and there is an evident though narrow dorsal ridge
towards the ends of the bracts.
Cotorapo: Wolcott, Eagle Co., July 11, 1902, Osterhout 2653.
Mr. Osterhout collected also C. coloradensis at the same date
and locality, viz., 2651.
CARDUUS FILIPENDULUS X OCHROCENTRUS
Carduus dispersus Osterhout MS.
This has the large heads and the long spines of C. ochrocentrus
but the broad non-decurrent leaves and dark green glabrate upper
surfaces of C. filipendulus.
CoLorapo: Home, Larimer Co., July 29, 1904, Osterhout 2808.
Both of the supposed parents are common in Larimer County.
Mr. Osterhout doubts that this can be a hybrid between the two
supposed parents given above, as he has not seen either growing
so far up in the mountains.
Carpuus FLODMANII X MEGACEPHALUS
This specimen cited below was determined as Carduus Flod-
manit, but its leaves are much broader and with shorter and broader
lobes, the heads are larger, and their bracts more glutinous than in
the typical C. Flodmanii. The plant is almost exactly inter-
mediate between that and C. megacephalus.
CoLorapo: Fort Collins, July 30, 1904, Osterhout 2903.
Both of the supposed parents are common around Fort Collins.
RYDBERG: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA 551
CARDUUS PLATTENSIS X UNDULATUS
The specimen cited below was sent me by Mr. Osterhout, who
suggested that it was a hybrid of Carduus plattensis Rydb. and
C. undulatus Nutt. It has the head of the former, but somewhat
smaller and with narrower and less viscid bracts. The leaves
also are those of that species but approach those of C. undulatus.
CoLorapo: Thompson’s River, Larimer Co., Aug. 16, 1905,
Osterhout 3087.
There are many features that suggest hybridity in Carduus
perplexans Rydb. In the original description, attention was
directed to its relationship to C. Centaureae (= C. americanus
Greene) and also to the C. altissimus group. At that time I was
inclined to regard it as a hybrid between C. americanus and C.
jilipendulus, but the broad leaves seemed to contradict such a
disposition.
Since that time I have been inclined to regard it as a hybrid
of C. laterifolius Osterhout and C. filipendulus, as the former
has broad leaves resembling those of C. perplexans. The bracts,
erose-tipped as they are, are not much like those of C. laterifolius.
Mr. Osterhout suggests that it might be a hybrid of an undescribed
species, specimens of which he has sent me. In these the bracts
resemble those of C. perplexans very much and the flowers are
also red; but the leaves are narrow and deeply pinnatifid. This
species and C. filipendulus could scarcely produce a hybrid like
C. perplexans.
All the supposed hybrids given above were collected in Colo-
rado. Besides these the following are in the herbarium of the
New York Botanical Garden from neighboring states.
CARDUUS MEGACEPHALUS X OCHROCENTRUS
There seem to be two rather distinct forms included in Carduus
ochrocentrus. As both are found in Texas and New Mexico and
I have not seen the type specimen, I am uncertain which of the
two is C. ochrocentrus proper. One of them extends northward to
Nebraska and northern Colorado and is the only one found within
the range of my studies. For the present I regard this as C.
ochrocentrus, until further information can be had. It is charac-
terized by strongly decurrent and strongly spinose, crisp leaves,
552 RypDBERG: Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA
with numerous short crowded lobes and densely white-tomentose
beneath. The spines of the involucral bracts are also long and
strong, in age usually strongly spreading. C. megacephalus,
which resembles it in many respects, has much broader flatter
leaves, with fewer lobes and short spines, scarcely decurrent
and at least the upper ones with broad clasping bases. The spines
of the involucres are also short and weak. The following two
specimens have leaves resembling those of C. ochrocentrus but
not decurrent and have involucral bracts with the short weak
spines of C. megacephalus.
NEBRASKA: Banner County, July 6, 1891, Rydberg 215a.
Kansas: Plains, Ellis County, July 16, 1895, Hitchcock 300.
The first of these was collected with Carduus megacephalus,
Rydberg 215. C. ochrocentrus was common in the region. Rydberg
214, belonging here, was collected a few miles further south.
There are also forms intermediate between C. megacephalus and C.
undulatus, but as these two species are so closely related that it
is almost impossible to draw a line between them, I have not tried
to distinguish any hybrids.
CARDUUS FOLIOSUS X SCOPULORUM
This has the habit and bracts of Carduus foliosus, but the in-
volucre is densely arachnoid as in C. scopulorum and the leaves
have more numerous and crowded lobes, in that respect approach-
ing those of the latter species.
WyominG: Big Horn Mountains, Aug., 1899, Tweedy 2120.
Carduus scopulorum was evidently growing near it, for a
specimen belonging to it and collected by Tweedy bears the
number 21722. C. foliosus is common in the Big Horn Mountains.
Among others are Tweedy 3051, collected there the following year.
Carduus Tweedyi, judging from the scarcity of the plant and
from the fact that it combines the characters of two groups, may
also be a hybrid. A plant of its type may be produced by the
crossing of C. polyphyllus and a red-flowered species such as
C. Macounit or C. edulis but neither of these two has been found
east of the continental divide and C. Tweedyi not west of it. A
somewhat similar plant would be produced by the crossing of
C. scopulorum and C. Eatoni, but I have seen no specimens of the
latter outside of Utah.
RYDBERG: Rocky MounrAIN FLORA 553
Carpuus BuTLERI Xx KELSEYI
The leaves of the two supposed parents are very similar, so
the differences are mostly found in the inflorescence ‘and the in-
volucral bracts. See under the description of Carduus Butleri.
The supposed hybrid has the inflorescence of C. Kelseyi, the
bracts of C. Butleri, but slightly arachnoid-hairy.
Montana: Rost Lake, July 28, 1908, Butler 703.
Carduus Butleri was collected at the same locality and on the
same date, Butler 677; and C. Kelseyi three days later a little
higher up in the mountains, Butler 308.
Carpuus EATONI XOLIVESCENS
Cnicus Eatont A. Gray included several forms. Three of
these had been distinguished by D. C. Eaton, who, however, had
applied wrong names for two of them. The first of the three
Eatonian synonyms cited by Dr. Gray is Cirsium eriocephalum
var. leiocephalum. Dr. Gray’s description also applies principally
tothis. Hence Carduus leiocephalus (D.C. Eaton) Heller becomes
asynonym. Cirsium foliosum D.C. Eaton, I think, is the same —
as Carduus nevadensis Greene and C. Drummondi D. C. Eaton is
a Nevada plant, almost identical with C. oreophilus of Colorado.
The supposed hybrid under consideration resembles C. Eaton
in general habit, but the leaves have fewer and deeper lobes and
are grayish tomentose beneath, and the involucres have shorter
and weaker spines. It differs from C. olivescens in the broader
segments of the leaves, the narrower bracts, of which the outer are
spinulose-ciliate as in C. Eatont.
Uran: Aquarius Plateau, Aug. 4, 1905, Rydberg & Carlton 7422.
Carduus olivescens also grew on the Aquarius Plateau. The
type of it was collected the following day and bears the’ number
7450. C. Eatoniis common in the same region, although Carlton
and myself did not preserve any specimens from the Aquarius
Plateau.
CARDUUS PULCHELLUS X UNDULATUS
This most resembles Carduus pulchellus in habit, but the in-
volucres are more hemispheric instead of truly campanulate, the
bracts are broader and with a narrow glutinous ridge, and the inner
554 Rypsperc: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA
ones are not so elongated as in that species. From C. undulatus
it differs in the narrower segments of the leaves, the glabrate upper
surface of the same, the somewhat purple-tipped inner bracts,
and the inconspicuous dorsal ridge.
Utau: Fish Lake, near Twin Creeks, Aug. 8, 1905, Rydberg
& Carlton 7499 and 7487; Beaver City, 1877, Palmer 273.
Cotorapo: Grand Junction, June 15, 1900, Mrs. Stokes.
Neither of the supposed parents was collected at the same
date and locality, but both are found in Utah and Colorado. C.
pulchellus was collected by Carlton and myself in the neighborhood
of Marysvale, nos. 7016 and 7179.
A good deal can be said about the treatment of this genus in
the New Manual of Botany of the Central Rocky Mountains.
Many of the species, reduced to synonymy, have little or no re-
lationship to those of which they were made synonyms.
Under Carduus americanus we find the following synonyms:
C. Centaureae Rydb., C. erosus Rydb., and C. griseus Rydb.
The first isa puresynonym. When the name was proposed I was
following the. Madison amendments of the ‘Rochester Code,”
and according to those amendments an older varietal name in-
validated the name C. americanus. C. erosus 1 now think is a
hybrid of C. americanus and C. coloradensis. C. griseus, on the
contrary, is a good species, easily distinct from C. americanus,
and its bracts have no dilated erose tips. In my Flora of Colorado
I included in it at least two hybrids of C. americanus with this
species and related ones. This may have given Professor Nelson
a wrong idea of C. griseus.
Under Carduus Hookerianus we find as a synonym C. Oster-
houttt. C. Hookerianus is, so far as I know, not found within the
United States. It is from the Saskatchewan region. I, as well
as Others, have referred specimens from Colorado to it, but all
these belong to a form of C. scopulorum. This may have been the
reason why Nelson has made the latter a variety of C. Hookeri-
anus under the name C. Hookerianus eriocephalus. C. Osterhoutit
neice”
Wade Ge porn — species and C. griseus.
ocephalus we find the follow-
RyDBERG: Rocky MounrTAIN FIORA 555
ing synonyms: ‘‘Cnicus eriocephalus Gray, Carduus scopulorum
Greene l.c., C. Tweedyi Rydb. l.c., C. araneosus Osterh. * * * C.
Eatonti Gray, *** C. canovirens Rydb. l.c. ( ?) C. pulcherrimus
Rydb.” Of these the two first are pure synonyms. CarduusTwee-
dyi is a related red-flowered species (see page 552). C. Eatoni,
as I understand it and limited to C. eriocephalus var. letocephalus
D.C. Eaton, is a good species, forming a group by itself. C. arane-
osus is not related to C. scopulorum but to C. Parryi, as Oster-
hout suggested, and is probably a hybrid of that species and C.
erosus. C. canovirens and C. pulcherrimus do not belong even
near C. scopulorum, but to the C. undulatus group. C. canovirens
has no very close relative. The nearest is perhaps C. canescens
(Nutt.). Nelson once thought it a good species, distributed it
under a manuscript name, and would have published it, if his
attention had not been called to the fact that it was already pub-
lished. C. pulcherrimus is most closely related to C. ochrocentrus
and stands to that species nearly in the same relationship as
C. undulatus does to C. megacephalus.
Under Carduus foliosus are found the following synonyms:
C. scariosus (Nutt.) Heller and C. coloradensis Rydb. Judging
from Nuttall’s original description of Cirsium scariosum, it is not
at all related to Carduus foliosus Hook. See remarks above under
C. lacerus. Carduus coloradensis is not to be referred to C.
foliosus. It was based mainly on Cnicus Drummondii of the
Synoptical Flora, and is apparently the same as Carduus Drum-
mondii of the New Manual, the corolla of which is described as
white. The original Cirsium Drummondii T. & G., of which there
is a duplicate in the Torrey herbarium, has rose-purple corollas.
The only specimens I have seen from the United States, are from
the Black Hills of South Dakota. All the others are from British
America.
Carduus oreophilus Rydb. is given as a synonym under C.
Drummondii. From what is just stated it may be seen that it is
not the original C. Drummondii and a comparison between my
description in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club and that
of C. Drummondii in the New Manual shows that it is not C.
Drummondii as understood by Professor Nelson. C. oreophilus
is very local and many things suggest a hybrid, but I have failed
556 Rypserc: Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA
to find two species that would produce a combination of characters
found in C. oreophilus. A mixture of four species, C. pulchellus,
C. spathulatus, C. scopulorum and C. coloradensis might do it.
I think therefore that it is best to regard it at present as distinct.
Under Carduus bipinnatus (Eastw.) Heller, in the New Manual,
we find: C. pulchella{us], C. truncatus Greene(?) and C. spathulatus
Osterh. The only true synonym is C. truncatus Greene. C.
pulchellus is related to it, but the leaves are white-tomentose
beneath. C. spathulatus Osterhout is related to C. griseus, though
its involucral bracts are much shorter. The plant resembles
closely C. americanus, but the bracts are not at all fimbriate. -
Carduus Tracyi Rydb. is, in the New Manual, made a syn-
onym of C. Nelsonii Pammel (Pammel did not use the generic
name Carduus and the page is wrongly cited), while the latter is
kept distinct from C. plattensis Rydb.
A botanist with broad limitations of species might regard
Carduus plattensis, C. Nelsonii, C. Tracyi, C. brevifolius, and C.
palousensis as one species. They are all closely related but each
has a definite range of itsown. C. plattensis belongs to the sandy
regions of Nebraska, Kansas, and northeastern Colorado; C.
Nelsonii, as far as I know, is found only in Wyoming; C. Tracyt
in southern Colorado; C. brevifolius in Wyoming and Montana; and
C. palousensis in western Idaho and eastern Washington and
Oregon. Carduus Nelsonti and C. platiensis are the most closely
related of the four; the only difference I can find is that C. plattensis
has the inner bracts prolonged into linear lanceolate, spreading,
more or less crisp tip, a character not found in the rest. The
characters given by Nelson in the key to distinguish C. Nelsonti
and C. plattensis are useless, because the characters assigned to
the latter are not true.
Under Carduus filipendulus (Engelm.) Rydb., in Coulter &
Nelson’s New Manual, are given as synonyms: C. Flodmanii
Rydb. and C. oblanceolatus Rydb. The description of C.
filipendulus is a verbatim copy of my description of C.
Flodmanni. Little could be said against this, if the two
were the same, but this is not the case. In the key, Professor
Nelson distinguishes C. filipendulus from C. undulatus, C. mega-
cephalus, and C. ochrocentrus by the characters: ‘‘Leaves becoming
RyDBERG: Rocky MouNTAIN FLORA 557
green and glabrate on the upper side” against ‘‘Leaves permanently
tomentose on both sides.’’ The glabrate character is correct
as far as C. filipendulus in concerned and was the reason why
Dr. Gray associated it with C. altissimus; but it is not true of
C. Flodmanii, for in that species the tomentum is as permanent
as in C. undulatus and C. ochrocentrus and far more so than in
C. megacephalus. In the key C. filipendulus is characterized,
but the description is of C. Fledmanii under a wrong name. Dr.
Gray included C. Flodmanii in his Cnicus undulatus canescens.
Professor Nelson has admitted a variety Carduus undulatus
canescens (Nutt.) Porter. Evidently this was unknown to him
for he simply copies Gray’s characterization of Cnicus undulatus
canescens. Some years ago, while visiting the Gray herbarium,
I was curious to see what Gray meant by this variety. I found
that it contained a mixture of Carduus Flodmanii, C. oblanceolatus,
another related species of Arizona, and Cirsium brevifolius Nutt.
The last is a yellow-flowered species related to Carduus Nelsonii
and C. plattensis, and antedates both. Of these C. Flodmanii
agrees best with the description of Cirsium canescens Nutt., and it
might be that species. I have seen, however, a specimen of another
species with strong erect involucral spines, which bore the name
Cirsium canescens in Nuttall’s own handwriting. Whether that
specimen was the type or not I do not know, but I have adopted
the name Carduus canescens for that species. Pammel in his
treatise on the Iowa thistles adopted the name Cnicus canescens
for Carduus Flodmanii. Uf Nelson had followed him, I would not
have made any criticism, as there is some doubt as to which the
name canescens belongs to, C. Flodmanii or the species for which
I have adopted it.
Professor Nelson has also omitted all the Utah species described
by Marcus E. Jones, although most of them belong to the range
of the New Manual.
CENTAUREA and ARCTIUM
Neither of these two genera are included in the New Manual,
although C. Cyanus has been collected at several places in Mon-
tana, C. solstitialis L. at Salt Lake City, Utah, and A. minus
Schk. in Colorado.
New York BoTaNICAL GARDEN,
Local flora notes—VII*
NorRMAN TAYLOR
In order to hasten the completion of these notes it is planned
to publish them monthly, either in Torreya or the BULLETIN.
For the same reason they will hereafter be in tabulated form.
LORANTHACEAE
Species Specimens wanted from
Razoumofskya pusilla (Peck) Catskill region, northern N. J.
Kuntze. and Pa.
Phoradendron flavescens (Pursh) Central and northern edge of
Nutt. pine-barrens in N. J.
ARISTOLOCHIACEAE
Asarum reflecum Bicknell. Anywhere in the range.f
POLYGONACEAE
Rumex hastatulus Muhl. New Jersey.
Rumex salicifolius Weinm. Anywhere in the range.
Rumex verticillatus L. N. Y. and Pa.
Rumex sanguineus L. Near any city. Is it estab-
lished ?
Rumex pulcher L. Near any city. Is it estab-
lished ?
Rumex conglomeratus Murr. Near any city. Is it estab-
lished ?
Northern N. Y. and Pa.
Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa.
S. I. and L. I., also N. J. coast.
Polygonum amphibium L.
Polygonum artfolium L.
Polygonum littorale Link.
*Continued from Torreya 10: 224-228.
+The local flora range as prescribed by the aaa $ ; bratiuieary Catalogue of 1888
is as follows: All of the state of Connecticut; Long Island; in New York the counties
bordering the Hudson River up to and including Columbia and Greene, also Sullivan
and Delaware counties; all of New Jersey; and Pike, Wayne, Monroe, Lackawanna,
uzerne, Northampton, Lehigh, Carbon, Bucks, Berks, Schu ykill, Montgomery,
Philadelphia, Delaware, and Chester counties in Pennsylvania.
559
560 TAYLOR : LOCAL FLORA NOTES
Species Specimens wanted from
Polygonum dumetorum L. Anywhere in the range.
Polygonum Hartwrightw A. Central and southern N. J.
Gray. and southeastern Pa.
Pélygonum Ray Babing. Along any of the coasts.
: CHENOPODIACEAE
Chenopodium Boscianum Moq. N.Y. and N. J.
Salicornia Bigelovii Torr. Coast of N. J.
AMARANTACEAE
Amaranthus pumilus Raf. Coast of N. J.
Cladothrix lanuginosa Nutt. Anywhere in the range.
PORTULACACEAE
Claytonia caroliniana Michx. Northern N. J. and Pa.
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Arenaria leptoclados Guss. Along any of the coasts.
Arenaria groenlandica (Retz.) Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa.
Spreng.
Arenaria Michauxit (Fenzl) N. Y. and northern N. J.
ook.
Ammodenia peploides (L.) Rupr. Coasts of Conn., L. I., S.
lL; and Nj.
Alsine borealis (Bigel.) Britton. Northern N. J.and Pa.
Alsine pubera (Michx.) Britton. N. J., and Pa. north of Bucks
Co.
Cerastium semidecandrum L. N. J., north of Atlantic Co.
Moenchia erecta (L.) Gaert. Anywhere in the range.
Lychnis coronaria (L.) Desr. L. I., Conn., and southern N. Y.
Silene virginica L. N. Y. and Pa.
Silene alba Muhl. Nef,
Silene antirrhina L. N. Y., north of Westchester
Co.
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. Anywhere in the range.
Tunica Saxifraga (L.) Scop. On L. I. or elsewhere.
Dianthus deltoides L. Greene and Ulster Cos., N. Y.,
and Monroe Co., Pa.
TAYLOR:
LOCAL FLORA NOTES
NYMPHAEACEAE
Species
Specimens wanted from
Castalia tuberosa (Paine) Greene. Anywhere in the range.
Nymphaea Kalmiana (Michx.)
ims.
Nymphaea advena variegata
(Engelm.) Fernald.
Nymphaea hybrida Peck.
Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers.
Northern N. Y.
Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa.
Northern N. J. and Pa.
N. Y. and Pa.
MAGNOLIACEAE
Magnolia virginiana L.
Magnolia acuminata L.
Magnolia tripetala L.
Long Island.
- Anywhere in the range.
Anywhere in the range.
ANONACEAE
Asimina triloba (L.) Durand.
N. Y. and N. J.
RANUNCULACEAE
Aconitum noveboracense A.
Gray.
Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd.
Anemone riparia Fernald.
Caltha radicans Forst.
Clematis ochroleuca Ait.
Clematis Viorna L.
Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb.
Hepatica acuta (Pursh) Britton.
Hydrastis canadensis L.
Ranunculus pusillus Poir.
Ranunculus alleghaniensis Britt.
Ranunculus pennsylvanicus L.
Batrachium trichophyllum
(Chaix) F. Schultz.
Trollius laxus Salisb.
Xanthorrhiza apiifolia L’Hér.
Orange, Greene, and Delaware
ha trae “fh
Stations not in Britton’s Man-
ual.
N. J.
Southern Pa. and (?) N. J
Below 500 ft. elevation any-
where.
N. J. and Pa.
Anywhere in the range.
Pa.
Northern N. Y., N. J., and Pa.
N. J. and Pa.
Anywhere in the range.
i Ae
. Anywhere in the range.
562 TayLor: LocaL FLORA NOTES
Species Specimens wanted from
Isopyrum biternatum_(Raf.) T. Anywhere in the range.
&G
BERBERIDACEAE
Podophyllum peltatum L. Northern N. J.
Jeffersonia diphylla (L.) Pers. Anywhere in the range.
PAPAVERACEAE
Sanguinaria canadensis L. N. J., south of Middlesex and
Mercer Cos.
FUMARIACEAE
Bicuculla canadensis (Goldie) Northern N. J. and Pa.
Millsp.
Capnoides flavulum (Ratf.) Middle counties of N. J.
Kuntze.
Capnoides aureum (Willd.) Anywhere in the range.
Kuntze.
New York BOTANICAL GARDEN.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1910)
aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in eit or based upon American material ; the word d Amer-
ica being used in its broadest sen
Reviews, and papers which pees exclusively to eee agriculture, horticulture,
itches products of vegetable origin, or laboratory ods are not included, and
no attempt is made to index the literature of aor Rees An occasional exception is
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
wholly to botany, Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
ed
ndex is reprinted monthly on cards, and fornished | in this form to subscribers,
at cee rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription. Corre-
spondence relating to the card-issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Clu!
Anderson, J. R. Plants injured by creosote. Ottawa Nat. 24: 128. 15
O 1910.
Andrews, F.M. A list of algae. (Chiefly from Monroe County, Indiana.)
Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 375-380. 1910.
Andrews, F. M. Development of the embryo-sac of Hybanthus concolor.
Bull. Torrey Club 37: 477, 478. f. 1-8. 5 O gto.
Andrews, F. M. Some monstrosities in plants. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci.
1909: 373, 374- 1910.
Andrews, F. M. Twin hybrids (/aefa and velutina) and their anatomical
distinctions. Bot. Gaz. 50: 193-201. 21 5 1910.
Appleman, C.O. Some observations on catalase. Bot. Gaz. 50: 182-192.
feis 21S 1010,
Arthur, J. C. Cultures of Uredineue in 1909. Mycologia 2: 213-240.
23S 1910.
Arthur, J.C. Right and wrong conceptions of plant rusts.
Acad. Sci. 1909: 383-390. 1910.
Bailey, W. W. Parnassia. Am. Bot. 16:69. O 1910.
Benedict, R. C. Fern leaves, ferns and fern allies. Am. Fern Jour. 1:
9-12. Au 1910.
Proc. Indiana
563
A
564 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Berry, E.W. Acretaceous Lycopodium. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 30: 275, 276.
f. 1-6. O 1910.
Berry, E. W. An Eocene flora in Georgia and the indicated physical
conditions. Bot. Gaz. 50: 202-208. f. 1, 2. 21 5 1910.
Berry, E.W. The epidermal characters of Frenelopsis ramostssima, Bot
Gaz. 50: 305-309. f. 1,2. 15 O19gI0.
Bitting, K.G. The effect of preservatives on the development of Pemnicil-
lium. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 391-416. f. I-24. 1910.
Brown, N. E. Kalmia cuneata. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 6: pl. 8319. Je
1910.
Chamberlain, C. J. Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in Gymno-
sperms. Am. Nat. 44: 595-603. O I9I10.
[Clute, W. N.] Rare forms of fernworts—XV. Young lif brakes. Fern
Bull. 18: 79, 80. Jl gto. [Illust.]
Coker, W.C. A new host and station for Exoascus filicinus (Rostr.) Sacc.
Mycologia 2: 247. 23S 1910.
Cook, M. T. The development of insect galls as illustrated by the genus
Amphibolips. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1909: 363-367. Ig10.
Coulter, J. M. Recent progress in botany. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci.
1909: IOI-I05. I9I0.
Davis, W. T. Notes on Staten Island plants. Proc. Staten Island Assoc.
Arts & Sci. 2: 161, 162. 18 Au 1910.
Davis, W. T. Note on the chestnut fungus. Proc. Staten Island Assoc.
Arts & Sci. 2: 128, 129. 18 Au 1910.
Deam, C.C. Additions to Indiana state flora—4. Proc. Indiana Acad.
Sci. 1909: 381, 382. 1910.
Derr, H. B. A new awnless barley. Science II. 32: 473, 474. 7 O 1910.
[Illust.]
Dowell, P. Notes on some ferns found during 1909. Am. Fern Jour. 1:
12-14. Au 1910.
East, E. M. The réle of hybridization in plant breeding. Pop. Sci. Mo.
"77° 342-355. f. I-11. O 1910.
Eikenberry, W. L. An atmograph. Bot. Gaz. 50: 214-218. f. 1-4. 21S
1910.
Elmer, A. D. E. A decade of new plants. Leaflets Philippine Bot. 2:
677-688. 8 Au 1810,
Elmer, A. D. E. A new genus and new species of Leguminosae. Leaflets
Philippine Bot. 2: 689-701. 31 Au rgro.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 565
Elmer, A.D. E. Myrsinaceae from Mount Apo. Leaflets Philippine Bot.
2: 659-675. 5 Au rogro.
Farlow, W. G., & Atkinson, G. F. The botanical congress at Brussels,
Bot. Gaz. 50: 220-225. 21S 1910.
Farwell, O. A. Other editions of Emory’s Report, 1848. Bull. Torrey
Club 37: 479-480. 5 O 1910.
Fawcett, H.S. Cladosporium Citri Mass. and C. elegans Penz. confused.
Mycologia 2: 245-246. 23 S 1910.
Fernald, M. L. Notes from the phaenogamic herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club—I. Rhodora 12: 185-192. 17 O 1910.
Frye, T. C. The Polytrichaceae of western North America. Proc. Wash-
ington Acad. Sci. 22: 271-382. f. I-30. 15 Au 1910.
{Gibson, H. H.]| American forest trees—84. Shingle oak. Quercus imbri-
caria Michx. Hardwood Record 29": 23. 25 Mr 1910. [Illust.]
[Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees-86. Spanish oak. Quercus digitata
Marsh. Hardwood Record 304: 23, 24. 10 Je 1910. [Illust.]
[Gibson, H. H.] American forest trees—87. Southern red oak. Quercus
texana Buckl. Hardwood Record 30°: 23, 24. 25 Je rg10. [llust.]
Graenicher, S. The bee-flies (Bombyliidae) in their relation to flowers-
Bull. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soc. 8: 91-101. 6 O 1910.
Graves, A. H. Woody plants of Brooklin, Maine. Rhodora 12: 173-184.
17 O 1910.
Greene, E. L. Some southwestern mulberries. Leaflets 2: 112-120,
6 O 1910,
Groh, H. Preliminary list of the Crataegi of the Ottawa district. Ottawa
Nat. 24: 126-128. 15 O 1910.
Girke, M. Echinocereus paucispinus (Engelm.) Rumpl. Monats. Kak-
teenk. 20: 141. 15S 1910.
Gurke, M. Opuntia Salmiana Parm. Monats. Kakteenk. 20: 109, 110.
15 Jl 1910.
Gussow, H. T. Plant physiology versus psychology. Ottawa Nat. 24:
113-116. 15 O 1gIo.
Hawkins, L.A. The porous clay cup for the automatic watering of plants.
Plant World 13: 220-227. f. 1-3. S 1910.
Heald, F. D., & Wolf, F.A. The whitening of the mountain cedar, Sabina
sabinoides (H.B.K.) Small. Mycologia 2: 205-212. pat + Jos.
23 S 1910.
Cyanospora Albicedrae gen. et sp. Nov.
a.
566 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
erre, A. C. Suggestions as to the origin of California’s lichen flora.
Plant World 13: 215-220. S I9g10.
Herriot, W. The Compositae of Galt, Ont., and vicinity. Ontario Nat.
Sci. Bull. 6: 55-64. 1910. \
Hollick, A. A maple tree fungus. Proc. Staten Island Assoc. Arts & Sci.
2: 190-192. 165 1910.
Hollick, A. Recently introduced grasses and sedges. Proc. Staten Island
Assoc. Arts & Sci. 2: 189. 165 1910.
Hollick, A. The chestnut disease on Staten Island. Proc. Staten Island
Assoc. Arts & Sci. 2: 125-127. 18 Au 1910.
Hopkins, L. S. Notes on the botrychia. Am. Fern Jour. 1: 3-6. pl. 1.
Au 1910.
House, H.D. Notes ona collection of plants from western North Carolina.
Muhlenbergia 6: 73-75. 30S 1910. °
Kennedy, P. B. Getting acquainted with Anulocaulis leiosolenus. Muh-
lenbergia 6: 75, 76. 30S 1910. [Illust.]
Kern, F. D. Further notes on timothy rust. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci.
1909: 417, 418. I9g10.
Kiugh, A. B. Notes on the flora of the Nerepis Marsh, New Brunswick.
Ottawa Nat. 24: 121, 122. 150 1910.
Kraemer, H. The histology of the rhizome and roots of Phlox ovata L.
(Phlox carolina L.) Am. Jour. Pharm. 82: 470-475. O 1910. [Illust.]
Kuntze, R. E. LEchinocactus polyancistrus Engelm. et Bigelow. Monats.
Kakteenk. 20: 130-134. 15 S 1910. [Illust.|
Lewton, F. L. Cienfuegosia Drummondii, a rare Texas plant. Bull.
Torrey Club 37: 473-475. 5 O 1910.
Livingston, B. E. Relation of soil moisture to desert vegetation. Bot.
Gaz. 50: 241-256. f. I-g. 15 O 1910. :
MacDougal, D. T. The making of parasites. Plant World 13: 207-214.
S TOF.
Marshall, M. A. Lycopodium inundatum in the White Mountains. Am.
Fern Jour. 1:15. Au 1910.
Merrill, H. W. Polypodium vulgare in Maine. Am. Fern Jour. 1: 7-9.
Au 1910.
Meyer, R. LEchinocactus Poselgerianus Dietr. Monats. Kakteenk. 20:
135-138. 15 S 1910.
Mitchell, F. Notes on local orchids. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 49-51.
1910,
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 567
Mitchell, F. Plant immigrants of 1909. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 66.
1910.
Morris, F. J. A. Orchids of Ontario. Ontario Nat. Sci. Bull. 6: 7-33.
1910.
Mottier, D. M. Notes on the sex of the gametophyte of Onoclea Struthiop-
teris. Bot. Gaz. 50: 209-213. 21 S 1910
Mottier, D.M. Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in angiosperms.
Am. Nat. 44: 604-623. O 1910.
Palmer, T. C. A newdiatom. Proc. Philadelphia Acad. Nat. Sci. 62:
460-463. pl. 35. S 1910.
Navicula socialis Palmer.
Penhallow, D. P. The relation of paleobotany to phylogeny. [In The
paleontologic record.}|_ Pop. Sci. Mo. 77: 333-338.
Pennington, L. H. The effect of longitudinal compression upon the pro-
duction of mechanicai tissue in stems. Bot. Gaz. 50: 257-284. f. 1, 2.
15 O 1910.
Phillips, F. J. Teratology of the banana. Plant World 13: 227-229.
f. 4, 5. S 1910.
Power, F. B., & Rogerson, H. Chemical examination of the tuberous root
of Ipomoea Horsfalliae Hooker. Am. Jour. Pharm. 82: 355-360. Au
1910. [Illust.]
Queh!, L. Echinocactus uncinatus Gal. var. Wrightti Engelm. Monats.
Kakteenk. 20: 104, 105. 15 Jlroro. [Hlust.]
Quehl, L. Mamillaria Emskétteriana Quehl, n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk.
20: 139, 140. 15S 1910.
Quehi, L. Mamillaria Bédekeriana Quehl, n. sp. Monats. Kakteenk.
20: 108, 109. 15 Jl rg10. [Illust.]
Riddle, L. W. The North American species of Stereocaulon. Bot. Gaz.
50: 285-304. f. 1-g. 15 O 1910.
Rydberg, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XXIII. Bull.
Torrey Club 37: 443-471. 5 O 1910.
Schlechter, R. Orchidaceae novae et criticae. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 453-
458. 10S 1910.
7 new American species described.
South, F. W. The control of scale insects in the British West Indies by
means of fungoid parasites. West Ind. Bull. 11: 1-30. 1910. [Illust.]
568 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Wheeler, L. A. Some rare Vermont plants. Am. Bot. 16: 65-68. O i910.
Wolff, H. Eryngia nova americana duo. Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 414, 415.
to Au 1910.
E, Ekmanii from Argentina and E. Harmsianum from California.
Wolff, H. Unmbelliferae {In Mexikanische und zentralamerikanische
Novititen. II.] Repert. Nov. Spec. 8: 306-308. 1 Je 1910.
Young, M. S. The morphology of the Podocarpineae. Bot. Gaz. 50:
81-100. pl. 4-6. 18 Au 1gt0.
BoLL. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 37, PLATE 34
VIOLA EGGLESTONI BRAINERD
wih. ao
BuLi. Torrey Crus Vi IME
OLUME 37, PLATE 35
VIOLA EGGLESTONIL BRAINERD
BOTANICAL BOOKS
FRANKLIN BOOKSHOP
S. N. RHOADS, PROPRIETOR
920 WALNUT ie PHILADELPHIA
Dealing in second-hand books, j a - relating to all branches of Natural History.
atalogs.
THE BRYOLOGicT
WITH THE JANUARY, 1910, NUMBER BEGINS ITS
THIRTEENTH YEAR ano VOLUME
It is a 16-20 page bi-monthly devoted to the study of the Mosses, Hepatics,
and Lichens. It is fully illustrated with new, original, and artistic drawings
and half-tones. It is indispensable to the working bryologist, professional
as wellasamateur. Send for sample copy. Subscription price $1.00a
Address, Mrs, ANNIE MORRILL SMITH, 78 Orange Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.
INDEX TO
AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
This Index, printed each month in the BULLETIN, is a on
library catalogue cards; these are furnished to subscribers at the
rate of one cent for each card.
Subscriptions to the card-issue may be addressed to the Treasurer of
the Torrey Botanical Club,
WILLIAM MANSFIELD, CoLLecE oF PHARMACY, 115 W. 68th St., N. Y. City.
From January, 1903, to December, 1909, inclusive, the Index was also reprinted on
baper, on one side only, and can be furnished in that form at the rate of $7.00 @ year,
Back Numbers of The
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
are wanted to complete files as follows:
Vol. 7 (1880), Nos. 1 and 9 Vol. 15 (1888), No, 2
Vol. 9 (1882), No, 1 Vol. 16 (1889), No. 4
Vol. 11 (1884), Nos. 1 and 2 Vol. 17 (1890), No. 4
Vol. 12 (1885), Nos. 2 and 3 Vol. 18 (1891), No. 1
Those possessing the numbers desired are requested to state prices. Address
EDITOR, TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
New York Botanical Garden Bronx Park, New York City
North American Flora
HIS work is designed to present descriptions of all plants growing independently
i of cultivation, in North America, here taken to include Greenland, Central
America, the Republic of Panama, and the West Indies, except Trinidad,
Tobago, and Curagao and other islands off the north coast of Venezuela, whose flora is
essentially South American
ill be published in parts at irregular intervals by the New York Botanical
Garden through the aid of the income of the David Lydig Fund bequeathed by Charles
1 Pe 8. aly.
It pest ah 2 issue pages as ape: as they can be prepared, the extent ‘s
the mode makin ossible ommence publication at any er toms
The cone sit will form a series of hes with the iiloaiie edoe
Vol Mycetozoa, pa ield Diatomaceae
Fung
; Mas
Volumes 14 and 15. Beyer hyt
Volume 16, Pteridophyta ae Gymnosperma.
iM ehectig pills 19. ef rei homie
Volum 0 30. Dicotyle don
The prensa of the work has tea Maas by the Scientific Directors of the
Garden to a ap tees consisting of Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. A. Murrill, and Dr,
J. H. Barnhar
Professor cue F. Atkinson, of ea a radars Professors Charles R. Barnes
and John M. Coulter, of the University of Chicago, Mr. eta: V. Coville, of the
United States a boss nt of Agriculture, Professor Edward L. Greene, of the United
States National Museum, earns Byron D. Halsted, of yen tgers College, and a
— or William T “Laie! f the Missouri Botanical Garden, have consented to act a
advisory committee.
e following parts have been published :
Vol. 7. Part 1, shay ete by G. P. Clinton. Part 2, Coleosporiaceae, Ule-
dinaceae, and sate iaceae (pars), by J. C. Art har
ol. 9. Parts 1 and 2 Polyporacene, 7 - Murrill. Part 3, haat by
W. A. Murrill ; ss aceae (pars) by W A. Mareill and G. S. Burlingh
Vol. 1 Part 1, ory atsee es by ae M. Sina ines and R ce desk;
os , by smundaceae and. C ratopteridaceae, | by R
Benedic ; Schimeacese, Giechoneecen, an sip Bee aceae a s), by . Maxon.
ol. tt; rd copa ety y P. W > Spargani a Bodega, and Hy-
drocharitaceae, by EF: Rydberg ; Zaanichelincene, Zoste Cy paar
Naia adaceae, and binacae by N. Taylor; Sche pei arta by N . Britton
Alismaceae, by J. K. Small; Butomaceae and Poaceae (pars), by G. V. Nash.
Vol
_ Vol, » by G. V. Nash;
Britton and J. N. Rose; Penthoraceae and as seme by P. er Ry dber Par 2;
a ‘ dberg ; Canoniaceae,
Iteaceae, and H grag sane by N. L. Britton ; Picsatmomssaceae, by
Altingiacene, PY "P. W i Phyllonomaceae, by H. Rusby. Part 3 Grossulrie
y F ¥. Coville and N.L ritton ; Platanaceae, by H. A, G Crossoso-
mataceae, by J. K, Sm Saas e, by N. L. Britton; casthacces, ae bea Fe
rel Rosaceae aoe, by P, A. Rydberg. Part 4, Rosa aceae (pars), by P. A.
y
Vol. 25. Part = Geraniaceae, by L. T. Hanks and J. K. Small; Oxalid
and Linaceae, by J. K. Small; Erythroxylaceae, by N. L. Bi tton 4 Kemmis
The subs seihgseee price is fixed at $1. be for each part; it is expected that four or
five parts will be required for each volume. A limited number of pected — will
e sold at $2.00 eac eh ess
THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
BRONX PARK, NEW YORK CITY
PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART-
MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
1. MEMOIRS OF THE espe
ol. Spiers a of the North American Species of the Genus
Pobiptecuk “(1895 )- -By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893-
1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898.
Quarto, Ae pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00.
onograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898).
By Per oe eric, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7.
Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00.
2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT:
Vol. 1 OS. I-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00
Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00
Vol. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00
Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00,
Vol. 5. Nos. ro1-125, 1896~1897. Price $5.00,
Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897~1898. Price $5.00
Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898~1901. Price $5.00.
Vol. 8. Nos. 176-200 -1902. Price $5.00.
Vol. 9. Nos. 201-. 1903—(current).
List of separate numbers available on application,
Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert
Schonaae ee in wgpenel 1895~189
Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. rae $4.2 5 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper).
Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y.
The Department invites geese slative to ee of her-
barium material for any of the above named publications. Address
Dr: Ga ie n C. Curtis, Columbia Chivas. N p ee is
n Illa strated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and
the british Possessions from Newfoundland to a Parallel of the
Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward
to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel oti Britton, Profes-
sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Peace 1896-, and Hon. Addi-
son Brown.
Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2, 642
pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in n the text, (Besteathige: every
species desc bed,
Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth,
$9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ
ately, — fore) : ais
r Na tive Ferns and their Allies.. (Sixth Edition) 1900.
By Lanes ‘Maroc Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907
Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt &
Co., New York. Price, $1.0 ;
“6. Moulds, Mildews, ai "Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Un-
derwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-1907. _
Duode cimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt &
Co. Price $1.
. Nature and Development of Plants (1907). ae Carlton-Clar-
ence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Botan
1895-1906 ; Instructor in Botany, 1906-1908 ; Adrane! Professor of
Botany, 1908-1910; Associate Professor of Botany, 1910—.
Octavo, 471 pages; 42 illustrations. Published by Henry Holt
& Co., New York. Price $2.
ESTABLISHED 1851
EIMER & AMEND
205-211 Third Ave.,
Corner 18th Street
NEW YORK
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF
Chemicals and
Chemical Apparatus
Sole Agents for
Our Specialties ee KAHLBAUM'S
MICROSCOPES C. P. Chemicals
and and Reagents
ACCESSORIES e CARL
! SCHLEICHER
: & SCHULL’S
MICROTOMES C. P. Filters
ease | SCHOTT &
BALANCES GENOSSEN’S
Famous Labora-
and
# tory Glassware
WEIGHTS
And for many other
renowned European
houses in our line.
kee
pe LINE OF
Bacteriological Apparatus
WE HANDLE
EVERYTHING NEEDED FOR A LABORATORY
Inspection of premises cordially invited,
. ea ay
Fe
MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
A series of technical papers on botanical a published at irregular inedeeals.
Price $3.00 a yolume. Not offered in exc chan
No. 1; not ick separately: — By
Bailey, Liberty Hyde. pb of the types of various species af the genus Carex. —
Pages 1-85. 25 My 1889.
Vol. 1, No. 25 not favciehed se pareeahy =
artindale, Isaac Comly. Marine pute of the New _Jersey const and idjacene |
waters of Seaton. Island. Pages 87-111. 24 Au 1889
1 oO. 3; price, 75 cen
Spruce, Richard. Aepaticae itiviedes: in Hers Boliviae ivientaibs anni
1885-6, acl. H. H. Rusby lectae. Pages r se Ja 1890.
Vol. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cen ;
Sturtevant, EGward Lewis. On seedless fruits. Fe ee 30 My 1890.
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished :
Halsted, Byron D avid, “Reserv tve food-materials in 85 "aut surrounding vars
Pages 1-26, plates 1; 2. 10 S 1890
ee 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents shes
Vail, Anna Murray, & Hollick, Charles Arthur. Gonidiatices to he on
Virgin nia, ge beefs Mae: 4. 23 D 1890.
Vol. 2, No. 3; not furnished separately :
Holm, Herman Theodor. Contributions to the knowledge of the ‘inatic
some North A American plants. Pages 57-108, baie eg 1 Ap Hot
Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 e 2
Wheel William Efner. The genus Poiygata in "North Ametica. Pages —
ock,
152. 30D 18or. : :
Vol. 3, No 1; not furnished separately : : eee
Small, John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. bisa asa sho
and contiguous territory. Pages 1-39. 20 F £892,
Vo: 1 3, No. 2; price, $2.00 ; id
Naiadaceae e North America. [with Ti t
police dle nese ee “wee 20-74. 15 Mr 93. a ae
bie 3, No. 3; dat fetubehed oe :
Rusby, Henry Hurd. n enumeration of bert te ed
» Bang.’- [Part 1.] Pager aes 28 A p 1893. = 5
Vol. 4, No. x not farnished separately: :
Underwood, Lucien Marcus. Index Hepat Part 1, b)
¥I-9!l. Ic Je 1803. ~ :
Vol. ws No. 2; not furnished separately:
Small, John Kunkel, & : NE ee
tion of Louies ig decay iri season, of ee, “Toes
75-82. 18 N 1893-17 Ap cae
ees Henry Hurd. An dainpatinn’ tf ihe ona meee
ang. “Part 2. Pages 203-274. 10 Mr-17 Ap 1895. ae ;
“Vol. 4, No. 4; price, 50 cents: 8 ie 4
Pettit, A nna Stockton. Arachis aperaee I Loe 215-296,
Je oa -
we 4, No. 5; price, 5 Bee:
sia orth Am erie d ‘
Pages a Teale is sig 1806".
a
Vol. 5; price, $3.00:
List of Preridophyta aud pirenugcars growing without cultivation in northeastern
North America. Pages 1-3 3-31 D 1894.
ar % e ; price, $1.25:
, Henry Hurd. An yi maar of the plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel
Bang. Part 3. Pages I- 96
Vol. 6, ae 2; not furnished separately
t, Abel Joel. A revision of the North American Raat and Brachythecia.
Pages 131-210, 30 Jl 189
= 16 6, No. 3; pee 50 cen
Hazen, Tracy Biliot. e life history Deas et Facustris ( Haematococcus®
pluvialis). Sides arab gg 86, i (colored ). &Je.2 1899.
Vol. fo. 4; price, 50 cents
Underwood, Lucien Mar ah "A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to
1832. Pages roerabe 1 D 1899.
ol. 6, No. 5; pr ice, 25 cen
Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen distribution in sgt upper Mississippi Valley.
Pages 285-307. 1 D 1899.
Vol. ce, $3.00:
Howe, Marshall Avery. The Abas and Anthocerotes of California. Pages
1-208, plates 88-122. a Au 1899.
: Vol. 8, No. 1; not furnished icine ys
a8 Pages Th e comparative embryology of the Rubiaceae. Par
te a
323; parvifolia, 3225 ai ima,
eflexa, os:
le, 435
rs androsaemifolium, 261;
bicolor, aes. 262; nabinum, 261;
cann nabin num nspeuat ata. "aes hy-
Arabis lyrata, 82
san - 504% capris vied nassauensis,
PF undiloba, fl
eae. aaa: pMin 27; wash-
ingtoniana, lee
Araucaria, 181, ; bladenensis, 505;
Clar kii, 182; ‘elie, 182, 505
»5
gr pices oi 560; leptoclados,
560; Baascirrs uxii, 560; eek dies robusta,
58; serpyllifolia, 58
Are esa ulbosa, 433
Arge
epeaeTT Oy eh 377, 380, Anserina, 375
istida, 420; stricta, 416, 417, 420, 601,
6
461;
ae
a ; Cha-
Menziesii, llis, 460-462;
monoce 462; pedunculata,
460, 462; platyphylla, 462; rhizomata,
461; rivularis, 461; Rydbergii, 460; sub-
plu , 461, 462; subplumosa at-
ica, 462; sylvati 462; tenuis, 460;
tomentulosa, 461; ventorum, 46
Artemisi 449;
a, arbuscula, 449, 453
aromatica, 449, 454; Bakeri, 451, 453,
INDEX
454; borealis, 450; Bourgeauana, ~
Brittonii, 452; canadensis, 450,
4543 candic an ns, 451,
i su 1533
tere um, I; desertorum
451; a ie, 450, 451, 4533
452; Carruthii,
451;
is) ouglasiana,
453; dracunculoides, 449; elatior, 452,
453; floccosa, 45 orwoodii, 450,
2;
451, 4543 iranserioides, =) gnapha
des, 451-453; gra mete
eenver ies. 450
p a:
, 452 ;
» 455% hetero-,
nsa
nedyi, 453; latiloba, 452,45 5 ; longifolia,
iana, 452
A5I, 452, 454; microcephala, 451, 454;
secilsh p 450; neo-mexicana, 454;
norvegi ; mova, 449, 45 abu-
laris, 451; yi, 453 ; Pattersonii, 4533
Purshiana, 451, 452; rhiz ;
Rothrockii, 453; saxicola, 449, 450, 453;
scopulorum, 4533 ler 450;
silvicola, 452-455; spiciformis, 453;
spithamaea, 450, 454; stenoloba, 451;
subglabra, 450; Suksdorfii, 452, 453;
Underwoodii, 452; Wrightii, 451, 453,
ArtTuHuR, J.C. New species of Uredineae,
Arundinaria, 422; aie at sa ¥T5;
A413, 419, 4
Asarum reflexum Hie a
rpeniones sieeaarg a, 56r
Aspidiophyllu
Asplenium ithe He 124, 125
Aster, 116, as 6 cuminatus, sie albus,
146; andinus, ey borealis, 141; But-
= 138, 139 sa oan ee sey
1373 nnus,
etlecaaine’ oot foliaceus, 15 Fr oe.
linianus, 141; Fremontii,
I4I,
130; st eo,
Macounii, 136;
>; Meritus, 135, . 136;
multiflorus, 137;
r4h:
proximu micoides,
ptarmicoides iitescens, set Spear
sol?
ichard 134-1 Richa
sonii, var., gigan mo 135, soley ehooind
IAI; " salicifoline 141; salsuginosus, 134}
INDEX
riceus montanus, 1355 sibiricus, 136;
143; sub Ss, ; Tradescanti,
141; Umbachii, 144; umbellatus pubens,
1473 yee : nity . oped
Wilsonii, ; Wootonii
<— rt pain, Contribution to
sozoic flora 19, 181, 503
Aedes arenaria, 53; pion ite Shee
361; acuminete. 363;
361; montana, 361,
, 362; Penaea, 360,
; virgata, 361
Bahia, 232) 333% Chis asin alee ed
desertorum, 333; dissecta, 333; -
iflora, 480; multiradiata, 480
a uniflora, 414, 594
iza, 3 areyana, 327;
ooke
floccosa, r ; Hookeri,
326; Hookeri hirsuta, 326; incana, 326,
B29 sepia eae 26, 327; Sagittata,
326, 3293 Schisabnne 326;,..3275
tomentosa, =
Baptisia, 413
Baptisia Serena
Barbarea riv aor, Te. stricta, 68; vul-
617
> ti 387; (1910), 439, 481, 519, 563,
II
Bovigz, W. T. The effects . ern =
o the soil on the am
available water, 273
ca ook llum, 185, 510; macrocarpum,
20
BRAINERD, E. Five new species of Viola
from “at South, pe Viola palmata and
~ its allies, 58
Brasenia Schreberi, 59
Brassica aes ee. 67, 60; campes se
66, 67, 69; juncea, e, Ri gs 67; nigra
67; oleracea, 67;
cle nivosa, 51
, N. L. Studies of West Indian
BRITT
ne: 345
Brown, H The genus Crataegus,
with e ‘the eories concerning the
rigin of its species, 251
se drawspe cirrhosa, I15
a Bursa-pastoris, 69
Buthotrephis, 310; gracilis, 309-311;
, 311; tenuis, 309-311
Buthotrephis gracilis Hall, The name,
Cajan Cajan, 515
ee edent ula, 66
_ Studies on the flora of South-
ern, ce
er poe Two new wip ascesie from the
garis,
Batrachium trichophyllum, 561 Lake Tahoe region,
Relonenns cullen a, 577 Callionia, 376
Berberis Thunbergii, 63; vulgaris, 62 Caloglossa, 1
Berry, E. W. Con ashen we to the! C aa a appa 561
Mesozoic flora of i Atlantic coastal | Camocladia, 345
plain, 19, 181, 503 ampanula americana, 120
Betula, 2% 117; nigra, 114, 424; populi- | CAMPB ee i fips embryo-sac of
folia, 426 Pandanus coronatu
BICKNELL, E. P. Have we enough New Mee hte aro: omatis, a 417, 601
England blackberries?, 393; The ferns | Capnoides aureum, ; flavulum, 562
and flowerin ts of Nantucket, 51 | Capriola Dactylon, a
Bicuculla canadensis, 562 | Cardamine arenicola, 68; flexuosa, 68;
BeSoFe 328; Bigelovii, ape 329; bipin- pennsylvanica, 68
a, 328, 329; Shrevei, 359 Cardiospermum Halic: m, II5, 120
aasiade graveolens ec ata, 131; | Carduus, 541, 556; acaulescens, 547, 548;
owardi attenuata, 130 acaulescen: ame us, 546
Bignonia crucigera, I15 lescens X coloradensis, 547; acaulescens
Blackberries?, Have we enough New copulorum, 547; issimus, ;
England, ; americanus, 545, 546, 551, 554,
Blasia, 21 556; ericanus Xcoloradensis, 546;
Blephariglottis cristata, 432; grandiflora, americanus X griseus, 545; americanus
432; peramoena, 433; psychodes, 433 Xspathulatus, 54 549,
Boebera, 555; bipinnatus, ace nena 556;
Boerhaavia erecta Butleri, 542, 543, 553; Butleri X Kelseyi,
bag th ts and take trip on the 553; canalensis, 548; e 5,
Warrior and Tombigbee rivers in the 557}; canovir 55; Centaureae, 551,
coastal ges of Alabama, A, 10 554; coloradensis, 546, 547, 550, 554-
Botanical literature, American, ( , 556 | is undulatus 550;
43; (1903-1909), 87; (1903-1908), 155; crassus, 548; dispersus, 550;
(1910), 207, 265; (1909), 337; (1900-| Dr eencianl 553, 555; Eatoni, 552,
618 INDEX
553, 555; EatoniXolivescens, 553 pedata, 244; polymorpha, 232, 234;
Eatonii, 555; edulis, 552; cassis ptychocarpa, 244; pubescens, 239, 244}
i us, 5 a, 249; rhom 2 p
. ; a
Flodmanii, 550, 556, 557; FlodmaniiX tegatensis, 249; saxatilis rhomalea, 2465
megacephalus, 550; foliosus, 543, 552, Sprengelii, 245; stellulata, 245, 250
555; foliosus X scopulorum, 552; griseus, pra 245, 249, 250; Sullivantii, 230;
Sw
545, 546, 548, 540, 554, 556; griseus X 246; tetanica, 231, 232, 234,
laterifolius, 548; a riseus X Parryi, 549; 235; Peas ii, 232; tomentosa,
griseus X scopulor 548; Hookeria- 245; triceps, 242; triceps cuspidata, 2433
nus, 543, 5543 eeckcnian ec anno triceps hirsuta, 247; triceps longicuspis,
54; Kelseyi 43, ; lacerus, I; vaginata, 232; virescens, 246-248;
543, 555; laterifolius, 548, 551; ia virescens minima, 246; virescens Swanii,
cephalus, 553; Macounii, 552; mega- 246; Woodii, 231, 234; oo.
cephalus, 550, 552, 555-557; mega- 246; xanthocarpa © pees ns 6
cephalus X ochrocentrus, 551; Nelsonii, | Carex, Not
556, 5573 mevadentst sis, 553; oblanceo- | Carpinus carolina, II
latus, 556, 557; ochrocentrus, 550-552, | Castalia odorata, 60; ea 561
555-5573
mn
Lo48
o
rg
=
ce,
iz)
i=
@.
Es
i=
n
& x
LV wn ot 8 2,
nea p
=
S,
On
ww
3
a
t
ata, a7 Peta ast de 246; Saakivank I
: 246; ari 24 rpus betulaefolius, 149; minuti-
atherodes, 245; ahaa 240, bas : orus,
i, : mo: Cereus giganteus, 480
Chaenactis, 334; wer cere wm Baas
alpina, 334; Douglasii, 334 uglasii
montana, 334; pedicularia, pdoe Sepa
Cl ethamancethalus propinquus, 360; venosus
60
S
+
Ned
Dien
lo}
°
)
ag
°
o
<6
=
oS
to
D>
>
p
&
Hap
bi : is
QO
oO
re
on
an
<
S&S
S,
0g
©
hia
f=}
-
44; Chamaechaenactis, 334
246; gr gos 239; gra- Chamaecrista fasciata, 352
i da ipcaa is, 238; » 2493 areas ren 427, 601, 602; thyoides,
Greeniana, 240; helo rei hirsuta, | 3, 426, se
242, ; hirsuta cuspidata, 241, 243; Chamaephyt x i
lia, 244; Hornschuchiana, 240, | Chelidonium eee 6
241; a 245; eso 236, 238;| Chenopodium album album
incom 250; erior capillacea, viride — 51s pat Ss a 53; Bos-
245; Lachendlis, Pe eee is, 235, 23
m, 560; Botrys, 53; hybridum, 53;
cianu
238; — gata, 240; lagopina, 246; lanceolatum, 52; leptophyllum, 51;
lanceata, ep lasiocarpa, 245; Leersii, murale, 52; opulifolium, 52; paganum,
245 250; fugues eh Thee 232, 240; 51, 52; rubrum, 53; viride, sr, 52
pempa 245; 244; Meadii, | Chondria, 104, 105
2355. 332; 9983 ney 246; montane 418
seisscass ea, 246; minima, 246; mi
mira- | Chondrophora nudata, 414, 416
bilis, 244; normalis, 244; oxylepie, 239; Chastiec neta Nordengkioldi, 189
INDEX 619
Chrysopsis, 147; alba, 146, 147; pen oe i
> : » 345; acuminata, + ce
tifolia, 128; barbata, 130; Jowenny 12 47; dentata, 349, 350; ncaa ioe
dis eivinie. 350; dentata propinqua, 350;
Do domi: ee
28; gra
stenophylla, 128; villo maea, 351;
b ? ’ ia 0;
hrysothamnus affinis attenuatus, 130; Ehrenberg 346; glabra, 349; , td
0; kii, fess iticifolia,
i atu oO
uatu 30; keri, 132; glaucus, dentata, 346; Hollic
a : 351; “intezrifolia, 345: intermedia, 349}
1
u
salicifolius, 130; cael eg 131; Vas- pilo
eyi, 132; viscidiflorus, 349; platyphylla, 348, 349; propinqua,
Cicca disticha, 516 348, 350; pubescens, 347; tricuspidata,
Cienfuegosia Drummondii, 475; sulfurea, ; undulata, 348; velutina, 347
475; sulphurea Drummondii, 474, | Comptonia, 426; peregrina, 426
475; sulphurea glabra, 474, 475 nobea multifida, ee 121
Cienfuegosia Drummondii, a rare Texas | Conoclinium, asa
plant, 473
Spee Seine se 510; Heerii, 199, 504; | Contributions t anges — ge of the
intermediu , 504 tlantic coastal plain, 39s , 503
Convolvulus oe
Cirsium breviotium, 557; canescens, 557;
Drummondii, 555; eriocephalum, 542;
eriocephalum leiocephalum, 553; folio-
a, 435
ormosus, Cornophiylium vetustum
; 27
mosus magothiensis, 25; Harker Corn 27; florida, qtr 414, 416, 417,
lacie 424; Forchhammeri, 27;
7 SOE
Se hema: 435; Wister-
28 s19-i8 F
bie porte itacea, 353 praec
Cladothrix lanuginosa, 560 ones didy mus, 66
Claytonia ences 60 Crataegus, at 251-260, 397; Brainerdi,
Clematis ochroleuca, 561; Viorna, 561 259; coccinea, — monn gyna, 259
Cle oes 20 alnifolia, 408, ie. Past 4I4, Crataegus, Mieke
h igin rea ase dehinn The genus, 2 SI
Ceci 409; monophylla, 408 Ctenopteris ‘andi 185
Clitoria Ternatea, 515 Cubelium concolor, 477
Clusia silvicola Cunn one's es, 198, 505; elegans, 186,
us canescens, 557; Drummondii, 555; aie te)
E ; 3; ocephalus, 2, §553| Cyca sass circularis, 182
scariosus, 543; undulatus canescens, 557 beens:
Coastal plain, as observed in traveling ee ras alternifolia 513; inflexus, 123
rom rgia to thes York in July, A vipteita caule, ; 430;
smaaaiagite study e more con- rien siete flavescens, 431; hir-
tation of certain natural sutum, 430, 431; parviflorum, 431; pu-
bescens, 431; Reginae,
the Mes- | Cyrilla, 417, 420, 598; racemiflora, 414,
ous vegeta
a hala of the, 405
Coastal plain . Contributions ¢
ozoic acs ora of the Atla
hes
Coastal plain from iSeorsh ia s humicola,
n| Cytius es pomeeh 597
in July, 1909, _ on the chet. ion
of some plants observed in travelin
through ; a Dacrydium, 510
Coastal plain Alabama, A botanical Dactslopyiim, 377
and geological trip on the ig a and a, 510; mesg 185
Tombigbee rivers in the, ae 379,
Colastus truncatus, 532 ee asya, 104, 10
Coleochaete, 2 Dasystoma ‘pectinata , 413
ner onde 366 72; Biddlecomiae, | Daucus Carota, 422-425, 595
365-368; calcarea, ape ase Goebelii, | Decodon verticillatus, 419
366, 30 elphinium, 31, 32, 35; cg Ate EN
Colutea arborescens, 574; primordialis, 24 2, 35; azureum, 31, 33; caloph lum
Comarella, 380 36; camporum, 32-34; Cockerellii, 3
Comarum, 380 39; conferti 32, 33; cucullatum,
Commelina, 573; per fans 573; ele- 41; Geye i, 34; mac 3, 40;
gans, 573; erecta, 573; hirtella, 115, 119; novo-mexicanum, 33, 37-39; occiden-
ale 31, 32, 41; robustum, 32, 37, 38;
sulcata, 573; virginica, es
620 INDEX
Sapellonis, 33, a scaposum, 32, 34;| Elaeodendron, 25; dioicum, 25; mary-
scopulorum 1-33, 36; . -Sier Trae- landicum, 24, a strictum, 25
Blancae, 335 3 carne 345 tenui- | Eleusine indica, 1
sectum, 31, 32, 36; Wooton, 33 Embryo-sac of * Hiehanthas concolor,
hampsia caespitosa,
ai
esc 570
Development 0 of air chambers in the
Ricciaceae, The, 73
sy St eh t of the embryo-sac of Hy-
anthus concolor, 47
Dianthera, 116, 117; americana, 115,
123
Dianthus Armeria, = preci 560
Diapedium brachia
Dichromens atl, pe, . one
Dickso
Diodia * virginiens, II
Dion;
oe filifolius,
ag
Discoid vam’ in the leafy hepatics of
New Eng 6
ee nen ‘ot fox me plants observed in
ough the coastal plain from
York in July, r9o9,
a, 351
Doelingera renin tor 146; pubens,
7; umbellata, 147
Dolicho S Lablab, "SIs
ste linearis, 54; m » 54
bs tir at THe tices oe np Island,
16
Draba verna, 69, 258
Drosera filiformis, 70; longifolia, 70, 304;
rotundifolia
Drymocallis, 377 379, 380
Dryo opteris, 201, 505, 510; Boottii, 201;
Clinto oniana, 201, 202; Clintoniana X
. marginalis, 201-203; cristata, 201; cris-
tataX edia, 201; cristata mar-
ginalis, 201-203; idiana, aay 5 ci
media, 201; marginalis, 201-
ar-
zinallsXaptanions, 203; piturecleaie.
203; 8
Geyectate. ee ‘a We sesh in, 201
Dubautia Waialealae, 303,
Duchesnea, 37
Dugaldea, 448; Hoopesii, 448
mi namidium, 377
Dysodia, 448; aurea, 449; papposa, 449;
Doposicstiien. 449
ssodia, 449
Echinochloa ps an II5, 120
Eclipta alba, 115,
pcan of Emory’ s 4 Fen 1848, Other,
Riccts of adding salts to the soil on the
amount of non-available water, The,
273
evelopment of the,
te Sic of Pandanus coronatus, The,
ee sonchifolia, 5
s Report, re Other editions of,
En eta nutans, 334
Enceliopsis, 328; nutans, 328
Encephalus albus, 146
433
um arvense, ie hyemale, 124
Sarcstls hy ene S, 119
Erigeron, 313, 314, 319; acris, 315, 318;
acris droebachensis, 317; alpinus, 318;
asper, a aeliaenena wt canus, 319;
cinere 318; colo- icanus, 318;
pevaneed us, 318; ‘compositus, 31 - con-
sobrinus, 316; conspicuus, 315; ait
folie, 316; So 5: 317, 318
pope 316; Eato ximius, 2H
filifoliue Ss, aie fabio 345; -for-
mosissimu Garrettii, 319; gla-
acranthus, 3 TG; nrelaapceheios
319; montanensis, 317, ; Muelleri,
318; multifid 315; nematophyllus,
316; nevadensis, 319; oblanceolatus,
16; Parryi, 316, 317; peucephyll
‘ llus, 315; pulchellus,
318; nalaschkensis, 318;
radicatus, 317; foie. 315; Scribneri,
316, 317; simplex pies sclenaapieed 3155
ie eae 315, 316
viscidus, 316; yellowstonensis,
315, 317
Eriocaulon decangulare, 409, 410, 4I4,
417, 420
Eriogonum, 413; Abertianum, 480; tomen-
tosum, 413, 599
Erysimum cheiranthoides, 6
Eucalyptus, 26, 195, 106, ed Q; angusta,
504, 505; angustioia, 26; Geinitzi, 26,
196; ug oe 195
Eumit
Bupatorium purpureum, 423; rotundi-
foliu iin j Echisg A4l4, 417, 419,
422; serotin
Kachecbin pT a 597; humistrata,
115, 119; nutans, 115, 119
Experiments with Aiecaa Pollination,
529
INDEX
Fagara, 8 at bijuga, 86; ee Boy
granulat — Harms iana, 86;
cop on 85; ao ae 25
miaotoheas on mgt $9 eo
Fagus, 420, 425, coe : peeps RS II4,
419, 421, 423, 4
FARWE O. ther editions of
E 3 Report, 1848, 479
mo
Ferns wes hp oer plants of Nantucket,
Ficus, 195, 196, 505, 506; atavina, pin
505; elastica, 195,
glacoeana, 195; Krausiana, 505; o a
folia, 504; Peruni, 196; St soph iiieenll,
I 200
Fimbristylis autumnalis, sect 1227 om
pusilla, 122; Vahlii, 115, 1
Five new species of Viola Eoin "he ce
2
F paragon magothiensis, 21
Flora notes, Local, 420,
Flora of peninsular Plorida, Additions
to the, 513
Flora of Southern California, Studies on
tne, 2%
Flora of — Atlantic coastal plain, Con-
tributi to the Mesozoic, 19, 181, 503
Flora, pe as on the Rocky Mountain,
127, 313, 443, 541
F pee ipod of Pita raise
ciated w 205
F lord, idiot ee ae flora ae penin-
ar, 513
F eo: plants of Nantucket 51
ia, 508
=
°
Fugosia, 473; Beasmencndil 473-475; sul-
Gaillardia aristata , 443; arizonica, 443;
Mearnsii, 443; pp aR ene 443
eras acaulis, 444,
ms, Py C.- The validity ah agai
Mitek prngeon'sy
Gemmae i © aly ne ees ee Shee
England, Disco
Genista, 574; tinct
Genus Crataegus, earns e theories con-
cerning the origin ¢ at mooie The, 251
s Li
enus Usnea and i innaean nomen-
clature, The, 605
Genus Usnea, as eapaaorege o North and
Middle Ameri rth the 15th
parallel, A man al - the, I
Geological trip on the War Tom
bigbee rs in the coastal Dain of
A'abama, A botanical and,
19
Gleditsiophyllum,
621
Ge pido Pproigeeenom to the Mesozoic
flor the Atlantic coastal plain—VI,
$03.
Geranium oe 304; Robertianum, 67
ph 2
ei ge, 571
ore ateaags
leditsia, 197; donensis, 197; triacanthos,
197; triacanthoides,
I
Gleichenia, 510; delawarensis, 20
am fluitans, 572;
ie 4; albescens, a
angustifolium, 324; chilense, 324;
3 ]
currens, 325; exilifolium, 324; lago-
podioides, 324; microcephalum ;
proximus, 324; Sprengelii, 324; sul-
phurescens, 323, 324; thermale, 323,
324; uliginosum, 324; Williamsii, 324;
Wri pe 4
Gomphren apchahae 515; globosa, 515
Conaisiug } laevis,
Gordonia, 417, pee aslewesce. 416, 419,
59
Raentis Pbuirareaaiges :. hey poate
8; integerrima, 128; 128;
at Sa very nes nana, of a se
Grossularia hirtella,
Guettarda argentea, ee constricta, 358
Gymnadeniopsis conopsea, 432; integra,
I
Gymnolomia noes ies ciliata, 328;
hispida ci _— 327;
longifolia, aa M eaitian
Gyrostachys plantaginea, a Ge 434
Habenaria, 422, 427; blephariglottis, 414,
I7~-419, 422, yee ciliaris, 423
Haliserites, 395, ; Dechenian
; Dech
eer
o New
in — 1308 pee
ugh New England black-
, Some n 207
Es, UCC, Gchacrveaeoue hians sp.
622
ith a revision of ig ~~ and
a ticwe of the species, 215
era, 28; cecilensis, 28, on cretacea,
Heder
:
lenium tenuifolium, 414, 417
Helianthella 328; Douglasii, 328; uni-
flor
Helianthus, 8 2 ; annuus, 328; aridus,
: 8;
328
nteus, 328; illinoensis, 79, 81;
ait eon 328; occidentalis, 79, 81,
4; occidentalis illinoensis, Br, 82, 84;
etiolaris, 328
illinoensis
ies, The validity
m, 146
eae as a
> 79
4
icarpha, oe micrantha, 123
sg acuta
Hepatics of New England, Discoid gem-
mae in the leafy
Haspetis pasate s, 69
Hibiscus aculeatus, 409; cannabinus, 517;
Drummo
Sabdariffa,
Hicoria aquatica, 114,
MiiIesH,< £6520.) > Phe developmen of air
chambers in oe Ricci:
: pag By asueg 305
eerie lium
ade a lenticularis, 123
Hor as , 380
ances i aga 120
‘Howe, R. H., A manual of the genus
Usnea, as bin resented in North and
Middle America, h
north of the 15t
parallel, 1; The genus yam and its
Linnaean n nomenclatire, 6
HuUMPH The name Butho-
wenn. aii aa 309
Hybanthus concolor, 477
yh sane ncolor, “Developnient of the
f, 477
Hybride in Dryopteris, One of the, 201
INDEX
Ilex Dodonaea, 3513 oo nerd 416, 417,
419, 420; a} , 419
American ed Sante,
(1909), Sah Genk 10; 87; (1903-
1908), 5; (1910), 207, 205; (1 1909 9),
3373 Gacestens). 387; (1910), 439, 481,
O11
Index to
519, 563,
Inoceramus labiatus, 22
88
ndii = $78) Rosa-sinensis, 517; | L
6
> IQ
us, 429; versicolor, 429
bag he ; 502
sotria "afte.
Jasminum grandiflorum, 517
Jatropha, 50 ah 50
Jeffersonia diphylla, 562
Juglans ee 192, 50
4
Juniperus, 117; virginiana, 114
Jussiaea decurrens, 119
Laburnum, 574; vulgare, 575
ake Tahoe region, fe greta Two new
Ceca -plants from esta 201
ana arida, nas aicensis, 356;
“as 3573 Pa hel see stricta lila-
aay sorbose seh Jessicae, 262,
+ micranth
areas — 31
26,
Laurus, abe mere 26; ecieng 26;
proteaefoli
ee hepatica * fs England, Discoid
n the, 365
Ce ic 197; peers age ae
ence guerionetes ~s robiniifolia,
Lejeunea_ cavifol 365; a
i ors 64, 65; apetalum, 63; b
65;
53 virginicum aiaeeis.
63; virginicum pubescens, 63
“ 420
.}
Lo] ih
II5, 120
oe capitata eevices, mes 4t
F. L. Cienfuegosia Drum-
ae a rare Texas plant, 473
t decoeteen: 510
Lichen pepsin 9, 607, 608; barbatus,
I, 7, 15, 607, 608; floridus, 2, 4, 607, 608;
hirtus, 1, ee 607-6095 plicatus, I, 5, 16,
H he
Hymenocallis coronaria,
Hymenopappus, 330 neosu :
cinereus, 330; eriopodus, 330; filifolius,
330; lugens, 330; luteus, 330;
glottis, 339; ochroleucus, 330; parvulus,
330; scaposus, 330; tenuifolius, 330;
tomentosus, 330
sel a a 332, 448; itera 447; |
Greenei, 448; ‘helenioide es, 8; Lem-
moni, gris Lemmoni Greene 448;
Macouni, hate aioe pie 4473
Richardson hardsoni
PYRic
Macouni, ar ication pumila, 447
Hypargyreu
Hypericum aspalathoides, 409
Hypoxis hirsuta,
606; sulphureus,
Liliaen. 427; Catesbac 417, 600, 601;
superbum
Limnorchis| “trons, 432; major, 432
ae enclature, The genus Usnea
Dae ato 409; Styraciflua, 114, 408,
INDEX
410, 411, 413, 414, 416, 419, 421, 423~
2
623
A manual of the genus ones as rep-
resented in North and,
mae acai mete 425; Tulipifera, 408, 410, | Moehrin nae Seager ang
4II, » 414, 416, 419, 421, 423, 424] Moenchia
Liredena opsis, 199 ollugo Setlichines 56, 1
Listera yagi 434; cordata, 434 Moriconia, 1 ee | americans, 20, 186,
Literature, American hoiiemes (1909), 200; cyclot
43; ee , 87; (1903-1908), 155; Morphology a Pcecwae The, 97
(1910), 207, 265; (1909), 337; (1900—| Morus rubra, 11
1909), 387; (1910), 439, 481, 519, 563, | Musa Cave adixhi, 514; sapientum, 514
6r1 Myrica, 423; cerifera, 409, 411, 414, 416,
Lobelia Fawcettii, 350; grandifolia, 350; 419- a ae ee 600, = we Oia ee
IOI; + 416, 4
kauaiensis, 304
ocal flora notes, 429, 559 Wada — te Has (Coates. 200
Lophiola, 426, 427; aurea, 426
Lowellia, Nabalus cee §72
Ludwigia pilosa, 410; suffruticosa, 411 | Nacrea, 3 4; lanata, 325
aren albifrons, 151; Halli, 151, 152; | Nageiopsis,
ame Ales Saha gracilis Hall, The,
Le
I
Pesan, alba, 57; coronaria, 560; dioica,
S7
309
Nantucket, The ferns and flowering plants
Lycium vulgare, 569 ee
Lysias orbiculata, 432 Nelumbo, 424; lutea, 424, 5099, 561;
Lysimachia glutinosa, 300, 302 prim: -
Neuropogon, i
Machaeranthera angustifoli lae-| New En gland blackberries?, Have we
47;
tevirens, 148; leptophylla, wp linearis,
I
Ce eaten K. K. Notes on Carex,
Macrosiphoni ‘brachyeiphon, 579
5 ac
121
42r, se aectonees 114, 117; L
gipes, abe obtu ee ee
wa erat virgini
Malapoenna, 199; ania cise. 198, 200,
09
505; georgiana, 507, 508
ual of the genus age as represented
in "Nor th lidd Bree merica, north
the 15th parallel,
Marshallia, 418; goeeet AI4, 417,
94
a Contributions to the Mesozoic
M53 of the Atlantic coastal plain—
M Dad GOR, Two new seed-plants
= m the pore Tahoe region, California,
Or
echsanac 119; axillaris, 353; umbrosa,
5
Menispermites, 504
Menispermum canadense, 121
Mesozoic flora of Atlantic coastal
plain, Contributions to the, 19, 181, 503
Metzgeria, 372; crassipilis, 372; furcata,
beard l
ngla: “4 Discoid gemmae in the
is fy hepatics of, Fob
New fossil fucoid, A, 305
e, 569
New species of Viola fron the South, Five,
menclat
23
Nolina, — georgiana, 413
No
ure, The genus sees and its
Linnaean,
05
Non-available water, The effects of
adding salts to abe soil on the amount of,
273
North psc Middle pecior Pees of the
15th parallel, A ee the genus
Usnea, as represe
orth Carolina, Contribation to the
Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal
lain—V, 181
otes, Local flora, 429, 559
-
arex, 23
Notes on Rosaceae, 375, 487
otes on Rutaceae, 85, 437
Notes on ua 4 tribution of some plants
observed traveling thro the
. pain from Georgia to New York
uly, » 591
NotctiGian. oe
Nymphaea advena, 60, 422, 423, 425, 5399;
Middle America north of the 15th parallel,
vena variegata, 561; rida, 561;
Kalmiana, 561; sagittifolia, 414, 598
Nyssa biflora a, 408, 410, 411, 413, 414.
624
416, 417, 419, 421, 423, 599; sylvatica,
426; uniflora, I II, 414, 419, 421
423, 596, 602
Oenothera biennis, 422; grandiflora, 119
he hybrids in Dryopteris, 201
Origin of its species 1 hie e genus Crataegus,
with some theories concerning the, 251
Orontium aquaticum, 601
Osmunda, 116, 117; ci momea A
410, 413, 414, 417,
Othake, 330, 3
erianum, 331; longifolium, —
rolepis, 332; maximum, 331
332; sphacelatum, 331, 332; cabunieals
I
Other editions of Emory’s Report, 1848,
soicnagaeey! make 423; arboreum, 410,
421,
Geese Cimber,
Oxypolis, 417, 4 sit formis, 410,
417, 595-5973 beetle Canbyi, 597
Paederia foetida, 518
oh pamepee 331; ookeriana, 330, 33
ookeriana subradiata, 331; texan,
ae
Paliurus, 504
Pandan 8 295; coronatus, 293, 204;
tectorius, 293
Pan ees ‘coreuiae The embryo-sac of,
293
Panax quinquefolium, 126
Panicum, 117; proliferum, 119; virgatum,
TFSi 0x
Parthenium —— 571; Hystero-
phorus, 571; incanu
nds fuitans ¥24; mucronatum, II5,
PATTERSO Fr W. Stemphylium Tritici
see nov., associated with floret sterility
ee : Waisleale, 304
Pellia, 2
Peninsular Florida, Additions to the flora
f,
Pent apbyttoides, hg:
Pentaphyllon
Nest tsb
eramium chi 4343 ae 434
578
Peridermium, 578; fructigenum
Perse » 4r
co
oO
w
INDEX
Phegopteris hexagonoptera,
16, 417,
Phoradendron 422; cg
15, 413, 416, 421, 559, 599
hragmites, I9Ql; Ter,
Phryma L arog 126
Phyllanthus nivosus, 51
es andra, 55
Picradenia, 332; biennis, 448; helenioides,
Picradeniopsis, 332; oppositifolia, 333;
Woodhousii, 333
Pieris, 420; nitida, 419
Pinus echinata 420, 423, 424,
7
tris, 124, 408, 410-414, 416, 419, 420,
427; raritanensis, 189; rigida, 426, 427;
serotina, 408—4II, 413, 414, 416, 419,
421, 422, 602; Taeda, 114, sie Ard, 416,
419, 421, 423-425, 592, , 602; vir-
giniana, 423-425, 602
isonia, 192; acufeata, 192; atavia, 191;
cretacea, 191; eocenica, 192; racemosa,
Pist ene 198; corrugata, 190; Mazelii, 190;
ordenskio' idi, 189, 200; Siratiotes, 189
Sate loriformis,
Pittosporum Hosmeri, 297, 298
Aine 189
Plan 116; aquatica, I14, 5990
aor aed reahdrwengi a, 185
aang Nitin
Plants, Some new ae ~
Plants, Studies of ioe Indian
Pla ee II 425; erent 28;
rii 3; occidentalis, 114, 424, 425
Platyschicuhria, 332. 333; desertorum,
eos ; integrifolia, 333; oblongifolia, 333
luchea bifrons, 410; imbricata, 409, 594,
3
Plumiera emarginata, 356; jamaicensis,
6
Shep trivialis, 572
Podocarpus, — 188, 510; elongata, 187
Pedoconiiaa, 19
Podophyllum i eluaioa: 562
Bi icp Siar. 182; Knowl-
182
Poscaie divaricata, 433
pees tion experiments with Anonas,
529
sine tits 413; caesium, ve
Polygala, 418; acuminata, osa,
pom gies 418, 507; diversitaBa. "3623
domingensis, 361 3; jamaicensis,
362; ese nee 417, ait 420, 423, 597>
598; Pen 361; ramosa, 410, 414
417, 419, por
Polygonum amphibium, 559; arifolium,
Phaseolus lunatus, 516; vulgaris, 515, 516
559; dumetorum, 560; Hartwrightii,
INDEX 625
560; littorale, 559; Rayi, 560; tenue,
2
Polypodium polypodioides, 115
a Hookeriana, 331; maxima, 330,
Polysiphonia, 100; macroura, 98;
per-
pus:
Pontedria cordata, 410, 4II, 417, 420,
Populus, 16, 117; deltoides, — 413
a, 56
ca grandiflora, 56; hp
Por
Potent nae ore A, 495i acumi-
a, 376;
des ana grees
aipestri is, sepa a, 500,
Ol; ama-
do orensis, 38 deere 3 384; Anseina,
37
4
densis, 379, 377) 380, sgn
493; comosa, 88; eee 4973
nei eform
concinna “divi ee, ids oe co
ens, 495, 496; dichroa, 490;
digitato-flabellata, 382; dissect 96,
0, dissecta decur 405, 496;
diversifolia, 385, at A495: 496; diversi-
a decurrens, 496; diversifolia
genuina, 495; div oaifolia glaucophylla,
495; diversifolia jucunda, ; divisa
500; angensis, 403} elegans, 4943
El » 48 ; em 494;
flabelliformis, 489, 494; flabelliformis
ctenophora, ; flavovirens, 382; flexu-
sa, 382; aah es 402, 494;
ni Rat ior
49 502; gracilis virid ns, 88;
grandiflora, 377, ; grosse-serrata,
384, 4 haematochrus, 492; Hallii,
384, 385; Hassei, 407; ecpephyiies
383; heterosepal 378; Hooker iana,
499, 2; horrida, 493; ter:
med , 382; intermittens,
5 ; ;
378, 382; Nicolletii, 3
81, 382
pharga, 499-501; nivea, 377, 378,
498-502; nivea altaica, 500; nivea
; cta ;
d A, 4915 Pp ,
pyrenaica, 495; quinquefolia, 492, 497~-
S$, 490; nun-
Blancae, 492, 494; simplex, 377,
381; staminea, 492, iis lis,
S77 S78: are ve a 498; subquinata,
498-500; subqu Pedersenii, 500,
501; subvi ‘ ern 88; supina, 377,
381; supina Nicolletii, 38 upina
aradoxa, 381; tomentosa, 497 r-
mentilla, 376, 377; Townsendii, 383,
villosa, 501; i alate se 488, 490;
Weegee 495; Wahliana, 501; Wheel-
496; Wheeleri wry aha 96
Po entillopsis, 3 377
Proto
Protonbyticcindin: 185, 510
Prunus angustifolia, 410, 411
Ps = chotria auriculata, 359; rer OO
ats aquilina, as rage 422 ~4 i
Puccinia, 576; Car 580 schamp-
siae, 570 Glaus my slobosipes, 560;
stg ; Parthenii, 570; Urticae,
Pastaiaran. 578; Agrimoniae, 576;
um, 578
o} secptagaiata study of the more conspic-
ion of certain natur al sub-
Puonll 510; alba, 419-421, 423-426;
626
—— = Catesbaei, 411, 413, 414, erie a 307, 308, 5453
416-418 ysolepis, 22; cinerea, 413,
416, ars yo de 408, 411, 414, 416,
AL, , 421, 423, 424; Holmesii, 22;
se Bt ‘jlicifolia, 426; laurifolia, 114;
lyrata 114, 117; marylandica, 410, 411,
413 aes 416, 419, 423, 426, 427; mor-
risoniana, 21; nigra, 114; palustris, 424,
rinus
» 424; tomen-
velutina, oe St, 832 0845
izeni, 22
Querco ian chinkapinensis, 22
Quinquefolium, 375, 376
Radi cula Armoracia, 68; Nasturtium-
is, 6
Radula, 366; complanata, 365, 366, 3690—
Hedingeri, 366, 373; tjibodensis,
Ranunculus acris,
61, 62; acris Steveni
alleghaniensis, pe.
bulbosus, 62; :
deiphinioi s, 61; Eschscholtzii, 315;
obtu culus, si arena ticceints 561;
sidiie. 36457
Ra aphanus
apanstr, 67; sativus, 67
Ravenia, 437; Shaferi, 437
Razoum soe pusilla ’ $50 59
Report, 1848, Other, editions of Emory’s,
479
Reseda lutea, 60
Revision of the genus and a of
the es ies, wie persigee ocarpus hia
nov., with a
eneaice nbicg ree 25; crocea pilosa,
Rham ilicifolia, 153; pilosa, 1
Rhexia a semi 409, 410, 414, ved 419,
5
ees discolor, 51
Rhus aa 4213; radicans, 115
Ribes gman ides calcicola, 72
Rice ae ee 217; arvensis hirta, 74;
pein aig eee Donnellii, 74; fluitans,
74; Frostii, 74-77; glauca, 74;
lutescens, 73; Miyakeana, 74; natans,
73; nigrella, 74
abe von Auge ves topes ts of air
mbers in the, 7
Ricciella, 73 79
» 73, 77; natans, 74-76
reagan
erste
Robinia Peeudo-Acacia, 424,
Bote:
425
Roc new actin plants,
O7
Rocky Mountain flora, Studies on the,
127, 313, 443, 5
Rondeletia elegans, 357; pallida, 358
Rosa, 25
Rosaceae, Notes on, 375, 487
INDEX
abbrevians,
2; allegheniensis, 396, 397, 399-
ees a ; all Saye weanling 400;
Baileya
s, 400; alle-
heniensis X canadensis ae alleghen-
iensisX Enslenii, 400; allegheniensis <
fr osus, 400; allegheniensis X hispi-
dus, 400; allegheniensis X nigricans, 400;
allegheniensis X procum cook 400; alle
niensis X vermontanu
bilis, edd amnicolus, pre 401; An-
drewsianus, 400; are
argutus, i. 397, 4
pre ea ponie 400;
nus, 401; argutusxXc
argutus es Enslenii 140%;
ellaris, 401; argutus
pc aay ge A ease 400; argutusX ni-
grican s&X procumbens,
argutu
Anns arundel 401; ascendens, 400,
402 396, 400, 402, 403;
ot avin ila 403; Bail-
aileyanus X
nsis, 396, 397;
us, 399; can
oo 399; Canadensis “DEG ocu
bens, 399; cubitans, 402 pia Sore
396; elegantulus, 3090; Ens slenii, 396,
399, 403; ee 403;
Enslenii Xargutus enii X
Baileyanus, 403; acre
403; ee 403; Enslénii
ispi Enslenii X nigricans,
dosus, 493; fla: gellar hispid
ro
S, 401; besitos he slenii,
1
nus, 401; hispidusXallegheniensis,
402; hispi gutus, 402; hispidus
= Ba ili Moe Seg
s Ens
Tiina ® Saactieis 402; hispidu> TSS SAS
mollis, 134; nana, 134; nivea, 133;
Radula, 134 radulina, Pe serotina,
a3 ikegs mieana, 132
Some n genase oe 207
Sata: a lepen
ae ae Five new se i e" Viola from the,
Spa hla
ae cubensis,
Species of U: nitty ’New
» 569
reins of Vicw SR the South, Five new,
523
ae Sphaerocarpos hians sp. no
with a revision sg the genus and fifue-
trations of t
Species, The genus °C sohesdees with some
the of its, 2
Species, The validity. ot Fialiens ove
ilinoens . Gegson a8
are nsis, 59
Fe cco IL73 Ae TE5,, 1190
ee 215-219, 223, 228; Ber-
eri, 224; Berterii, a9 $22,:324,.228;
Hla 216, 217, 228; californicus,
216, 2 Michelii_ californicus,
223; aris, .217;..S rocarpos,
216, 220, 222, 224, 225, 220; stipitatus,
215, 217, 220, 228, 230; terrestris, 216,
21-225; terrestris californicus, :
texanus, 216, 220, 222-225, 227, 220;
I
utriculosus, 22
Sphaerocarpos hians sp. nov., with a re-
eria, 56 ; dichotoma, 57, 560; vir- Stemphyi m Tritici sp. Boe’.
-
|
‘St
INDEX
) vision of the genus and illustrations of
the sate 215
| Sphaero sere see Sphaerocarpos
Meme a pens, 119
ee occidentalis, 576
, The violets of, 163
agit
mphylium, 205; Tritici, 205
associated
ith floret sterility of wheat, 205
23
Stes “nape Stenophyllus,
‘Steril
ity or ees Stemphylium Tritici
ae anata, ‘91% spinulosa, 480
a a of Southern Cali-
oe
St udieso on he eae Mountain flora, 127,
313,
Studies ys West Indian plants, 345
~ of ee more conspicuous vegetation
natural subdivisions of the
coastal pain * errs in traveling
m Geor w York in July,
- quantitative, oe
Suaeda americana, as
Sym es hac
je Siannige vied igeoran ib 306
Taenioma, 90, I macrourum, 98,
99; perpasium, a:
Taeni , The morphology of, 97
Targionia Pica ia tia 220
Taxi
Taxodium, “Bs adscendens, rae dis-
kh ee 416, 417, 30 4
TAYL oca seg notes; 429, 559
ma radicans, EX5.
Tee
Rerratent la, 470; canescens, 470, 4735
; ine
is,
- Siesta ib 443, 44. ] 445,
447; acaulis rosie eeaae 68 angusti-
folia, 444,
446; 444, 446;
brevifolia, 444, Pa "Crandall, 444,
446; epunctatz, ; eradiata, 445;
fastigiata, + 446; glabra, 444, 446;
glabriuscula, 4.1.4, 446; incaha, 4443
intermedia, 444, 446; lanata, 4453.
leptoclada, 446; linearis,- 444, 446;
mancosensis, 444, 446; pilosa, 444, 446;
septentrionalis, 447; simplex, 5
447; stenophylla, 444, 446; T ‘orreyana,
» 445
Texas plant, Cienfnegosia Drummondii, a
rare, 473
INDEX
Thalictrum polygamum, 62; revolutum, |
62
beers gations 306; Clarkei, 306; pas-
629
574; Commelinae, 573; inquirenda, 560;
ochracea, 574; Parthenii, 570; pegaz-
zinii, 573; Spirostachydis, 576; varia,
5773 Wilso 577.
sifrons,
Tha ogee hatbinode LB hapmani, 121 podii, 576; Coluteae, $74,
Thelesperma, 329; a um, 329; inter- Phe hi 573; Genistae-tin
medium, ame mar um, 329; sub- toriae, 574, 575; oe 572; Poa
u , 329; tenue, 329; trifidum, 329 S725. S zzinii
eories concerning the origin of the | Uropyxis, 576; jv! e, 575
— ies, The genus Crataegus, with} Urtica, 580 ee 580
251 Urticastrum div: tum, 122
Thes oe sia populnea enea, 1,3, 14, 15; , 609; angulata, 3,
Thinnfeldia, 185; Par ORS A 185 12, 15, 17; articulata, 9, 10, 17, 607, 609;
Thlaspi arvense articulata dimorpha, 11, ; barbata,
THOMPSON S | The morphology of 6, 7, 17, 607, 609; barbata dasypoga, 7,
_. Taenioma, 97 607; barb orida, 5, 608; barbata
Thrinax Rex, 352 glabrescens, 607; californica, 3, 6, 15,
Thuites Meriani, 186 17; capillacea, 9, 17; cavernosa, 9
Thunbergia,’517; fragrans, 517 TT; 15,707 tina, 5, 6, 606; ceratina
Thymophylla, 449 scabrosa, 6; c Fag i
Tillaea simplex, 70 607; dasypogoidis exasperatum,
Tillaeastrum aquaticum, 70; eras 70 endochrysea, 15; filaris, 15; pasion
Bs sieny 117; yee 420; usneoides, IIs, 5; florida, 3, 4, 6, 7, 15-17, 607-609;
409-4 416,
Tissa perenne oi marina, 59; rubra,
Tofieldia, 418; rac°>mosa, 417
Tombigbee rivers in the coastal plain of
ves bama, A botanical and Br istence
+i on the Warrior and,
une
Torment Fes 378; erecta, 376
Torrubia
landed 573
Treubia, 21
Tricera accede a4
, 518
mse, 425
418; odoraisina 417, 594
Trip on the aes and Tombigbee
rivers in the c gia. shia of ag eu
anical aa geological, 1
u
2 578; repens
nm, 187, 1 506;. plenie 181,
ane
Matos euaneae 560
go Cc cotymbona, 460
Usnea go its
Usnea, as “represented in
rt
as a species, The, 79
Vegetation of certain natural subdivisions
he a
florida intermedia, 15; florida major, 15;
florida rubigine ea, 4, 16; florida strigosa,
4 ; jamaicensis, 15; lacunosa, 15;
linearis, 15; longissima. 3, 8, 9, 13, 17,
18; tabilis, 15; nodosa, a7;
plicata, 3; -5~8, 15,.17, 606, 609; pli-
cata barbata, 7, 15, 17, 607, :
scoparia, 16; sphacelata, 16; st
gosa, 3; subfusca, 16; sulphurea, 14;
trichodea, 8, 9, 16, 17; trichodea ciliata,
9, 15; variegata, a6 vulgaris, 5, 17;
vulgatissima, 3, 4
S isekesn nomenclature,
The genu
North and
Middle ca, north of the r5th
parallel, A sree of the genus, I
Valerianoides jamaicensis X mutabilis, 356
Va. one of Helianthus illinoensis Gleason
aie ro
A quantitative study of the more
uly,
conspicuo
S$, 405
Vernonia, oe angustifolia, 411, 413, 414,
esquia Tournaisii, pi
m, 352; arboreum,
cag
Two new seed-plants from the Lake| 351; glabratum, oe villosum, 351
Tahoe gion, eign ia, 261 bey enki 333; rysanthemoides, 333;
Plas fattiolin, 4 Rad
Unamia, 147; alba, 146, 147; lutescens,
147; ptarmicoides, 14
Uniola, 117; latifolia, 11
Uredineae, New species of, 56
Uredo Beloperonis, 576; commelinacea, |
ec
sta: 117, 255-257, 525, 581, 584, 585;
173; affinis
Vi
ibe Ss, 164, 168, 170, 171,
Bri
niana, 169, 179; afinie Xcucllat,
EYO' ” affinis fimbriatula
affinis Xhirsutula, 171;
mata, soci 179; sffiae »2 pattie dares:
630 INDEX
172; affini sXsagittata, 172; affinisx | cea, 525, 590; rotundifolia, 165,
sororia, 172, affinis